diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5f4bacf --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +# Set default behaviour, in case users don't have core.autocrlf set. +* text=auto + +# Explicitly declare text files we want to always be normalized and converted +# to native line endings on checkout. +*.c text +*.h text +*.cs text +*.config text +*.xml text +*.manifest text +*.bat text +*.cmd text +*.sh text +*.txt text +*.dat text +*.rc text +*.ps1 text + +# Declare files that will always have CRLF line endings on checkout. + +# Denote all files that are truly binary and should not be modified. +*.png binary +*.jpg binary +*.dll binary +*.exe binary +*.pdb binary diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore index c3c6050..fb91c26 100644 --- a/.gitignore +++ b/.gitignore @@ -50,3 +50,5 @@ oi-definitions.json /MMProfiler/main/MMProfiler/MMProfiler64_i.h /MMProfiler/main/MMProfiler/MMProfiler.aps /MMProfiler/main/MMProfiler_mm_cache.bin + +*/_ReSharperPlatform*/ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/AutoTest.NET.sln b/AutoTest.Net/AutoTest.NET.sln index 2095e24..9682c08 100644 --- a/AutoTest.Net/AutoTest.NET.sln +++ b/AutoTest.Net/AutoTest.NET.sln @@ -1,6 +1,8 @@  -Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 11.00 -# Visual Studio 2010 +Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 12.00 +# Visual Studio 2013 +VisualStudioVersion = 12.0.31101.0 +MinimumVisualStudioVersion = 10.0.40219.1 Project("{2150E333-8FDC-42A3-9474-1A3956D46DE8}") = "Tests", "Tests", "{D0A96165-68B5-4DD8-82A6-04BFBEB67D12}" EndProject Project("{2150E333-8FDC-42A3-9474-1A3956D46DE8}") = "TestRunner", "TestRunner", "{64E18F23-8359-44D3-8B24-584FFBA63D67}" @@ -105,10 +107,17 @@ Project("{2150E333-8FDC-42A3-9474-1A3956D46DE8}") = "Solution Items", "Solution EndProject Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "AutoTest.Server", "src\AutoTest.Server\AutoTest.Server.csproj", "{95868EB3-9873-4017-A99E-7A6899BB6CD0}" EndProject +Project("{2150E333-8FDC-42A3-9474-1A3956D46DE8}") = "XUnit2", "XUnit2", "{58A6AAD3-6569-4DFC-8A7C-D9AD4B39EBC7}" +EndProject +Project("{2150E333-8FDC-42A3-9474-1A3956D46DE8}") = "Tests", "Tests", "{1930B2A0-A734-4F79-9963-BE7EBF5566C1}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2", "src\AutoTest.TestRunner\Plugins\AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2\AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.csproj", "{90DB0FF8-D635-4AD1-B310-37DB366CBFEB}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource", "src\AutoTest.TestRunner\Plugins\AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource\AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource.csproj", "{97E83122-AB34-438D-8D18-DFE2FADC6EEA}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests", "src\AutoTest.TestRunner\Plugins\AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests\AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.csproj", "{C847DCCC-36A3-4D73-BA13-E44765CF455D}" +EndProject Global - GlobalSection(TestCaseManagementSettings) = postSolution - CategoryFile = AutoTest.NET.vsmdi - EndGlobalSection GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution Debug|Any CPU = Debug|Any CPU Debug|Mixed Platforms = Debug|Mixed Platforms @@ -358,45 +367,83 @@ Global {95868EB3-9873-4017-A99E-7A6899BB6CD0}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 {95868EB3-9873-4017-A99E-7A6899BB6CD0}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {95868EB3-9873-4017-A99E-7A6899BB6CD0}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {90DB0FF8-D635-4AD1-B310-37DB366CBFEB}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {90DB0FF8-D635-4AD1-B310-37DB366CBFEB}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {90DB0FF8-D635-4AD1-B310-37DB366CBFEB}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {90DB0FF8-D635-4AD1-B310-37DB366CBFEB}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {90DB0FF8-D635-4AD1-B310-37DB366CBFEB}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {90DB0FF8-D635-4AD1-B310-37DB366CBFEB}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {90DB0FF8-D635-4AD1-B310-37DB366CBFEB}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {90DB0FF8-D635-4AD1-B310-37DB366CBFEB}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {90DB0FF8-D635-4AD1-B310-37DB366CBFEB}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {90DB0FF8-D635-4AD1-B310-37DB366CBFEB}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97E83122-AB34-438D-8D18-DFE2FADC6EEA}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {97E83122-AB34-438D-8D18-DFE2FADC6EEA}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {97E83122-AB34-438D-8D18-DFE2FADC6EEA}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {97E83122-AB34-438D-8D18-DFE2FADC6EEA}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {97E83122-AB34-438D-8D18-DFE2FADC6EEA}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {97E83122-AB34-438D-8D18-DFE2FADC6EEA}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97E83122-AB34-438D-8D18-DFE2FADC6EEA}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97E83122-AB34-438D-8D18-DFE2FADC6EEA}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97E83122-AB34-438D-8D18-DFE2FADC6EEA}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97E83122-AB34-438D-8D18-DFE2FADC6EEA}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C847DCCC-36A3-4D73-BA13-E44765CF455D}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {C847DCCC-36A3-4D73-BA13-E44765CF455D}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {C847DCCC-36A3-4D73-BA13-E44765CF455D}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {C847DCCC-36A3-4D73-BA13-E44765CF455D}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {C847DCCC-36A3-4D73-BA13-E44765CF455D}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {C847DCCC-36A3-4D73-BA13-E44765CF455D}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C847DCCC-36A3-4D73-BA13-E44765CF455D}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C847DCCC-36A3-4D73-BA13-E44765CF455D}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C847DCCC-36A3-4D73-BA13-E44765CF455D}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C847DCCC-36A3-4D73-BA13-E44765CF455D}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU EndGlobalSection GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution HideSolutionNode = FALSE EndGlobalSection GlobalSection(NestedProjects) = preSolution - {C10F3D4F-EE5A-4F5F-96B4-E4D88DD719BF} = {D0A96165-68B5-4DD8-82A6-04BFBEB67D12} - {D2BE27D7-36C9-4C0E-92A6-E2768666F430} = {D0A96165-68B5-4DD8-82A6-04BFBEB67D12} {2A038F0D-A396-4D7D-934F-05003B9624F8} = {64E18F23-8359-44D3-8B24-584FFBA63D67} {9584B75B-B21A-44C3-97AA-BECA427E091A} = {64E18F23-8359-44D3-8B24-584FFBA63D67} - {7D34AABB-DD67-4826-AD89-75D91A1375F5} = {64E18F23-8359-44D3-8B24-584FFBA63D67} - {E648C29A-EF25-44CB-924E-019949ABD6B9} = {64E18F23-8359-44D3-8B24-584FFBA63D67} - {86D43491-13DA-45E8-B74E-BD3F69030A45} = {2A038F0D-A396-4D7D-934F-05003B9624F8} {D8676CE8-51F3-444D-B356-FD3FE7BE33C6} = {9584B75B-B21A-44C3-97AA-BECA427E091A} + {75395DC3-E808-448E-A1F1-6C62D7FF7E80} = {D8676CE8-51F3-444D-B356-FD3FE7BE33C6} {759586B7-0DB5-4589-B03F-3A629BA8418C} = {9584B75B-B21A-44C3-97AA-BECA427E091A} + {0AB4F96C-8D25-4743-80ED-0F0AACA07E94} = {759586B7-0DB5-4589-B03F-3A629BA8418C} {AC6F930F-CE1D-4419-A49F-4CA7AE7B74CE} = {9584B75B-B21A-44C3-97AA-BECA427E091A} + {A0FE44DE-102D-4ACA-A72F-4BE1CF5EE868} = {AC6F930F-CE1D-4419-A49F-4CA7AE7B74CE} {B2F049EF-B53D-490D-9FD9-79FE31E43778} = {9584B75B-B21A-44C3-97AA-BECA427E091A} + {28B6942F-8E40-46E9-B370-FC9D892F05AB} = {B2F049EF-B53D-490D-9FD9-79FE31E43778} {3B4A0917-8A55-46A0-A5ED-6AA5E853DFF5} = {9584B75B-B21A-44C3-97AA-BECA427E091A} + {D4655401-9406-4E3B-B347-BF09715FB6CD} = {3B4A0917-8A55-46A0-A5ED-6AA5E853DFF5} {5FA46723-32D9-4512-9D8A-ECD4B27F0102} = {9584B75B-B21A-44C3-97AA-BECA427E091A} - {75395DC3-E808-448E-A1F1-6C62D7FF7E80} = {D8676CE8-51F3-444D-B356-FD3FE7BE33C6} - {C8D15BC2-50DA-48CD-9B7B-48CFB7FF36F5} = {D8676CE8-51F3-444D-B356-FD3FE7BE33C6} + {D6647114-59E5-4811-8C0D-6BBA3D4A68F5} = {5FA46723-32D9-4512-9D8A-ECD4B27F0102} + {C10F3D4F-EE5A-4F5F-96B4-E4D88DD719BF} = {D0A96165-68B5-4DD8-82A6-04BFBEB67D12} + {D2BE27D7-36C9-4C0E-92A6-E2768666F430} = {D0A96165-68B5-4DD8-82A6-04BFBEB67D12} + {7D34AABB-DD67-4826-AD89-75D91A1375F5} = {64E18F23-8359-44D3-8B24-584FFBA63D67} + {86D43491-13DA-45E8-B74E-BD3F69030A45} = {2A038F0D-A396-4D7D-934F-05003B9624F8} {50C99985-64CF-4E34-98A6-AD3CB3527A42} = {75395DC3-E808-448E-A1F1-6C62D7FF7E80} {8FC77959-F864-4795-87DF-7F52CE953F3E} = {75395DC3-E808-448E-A1F1-6C62D7FF7E80} - {0AB4F96C-8D25-4743-80ED-0F0AACA07E94} = {759586B7-0DB5-4589-B03F-3A629BA8418C} + {C8D15BC2-50DA-48CD-9B7B-48CFB7FF36F5} = {D8676CE8-51F3-444D-B356-FD3FE7BE33C6} {91AC898D-8D70-461F-B41F-E995895D40B3} = {759586B7-0DB5-4589-B03F-3A629BA8418C} - {712F063F-2F83-4E42-89A7-1EA114F539A1} = {759586B7-0DB5-4589-B03F-3A629BA8418C} - {A0FE44DE-102D-4ACA-A72F-4BE1CF5EE868} = {AC6F930F-CE1D-4419-A49F-4CA7AE7B74CE} {B0BD39D5-958D-4860-9897-9BB98907EF99} = {AC6F930F-CE1D-4419-A49F-4CA7AE7B74CE} {AFC7C4E0-8298-4EEB-B77D-0D4CE739A847} = {A0FE44DE-102D-4ACA-A72F-4BE1CF5EE868} {A756C120-9E09-4D1F-BAA8-D0AF982EEA28} = {A0FE44DE-102D-4ACA-A72F-4BE1CF5EE868} - {28B6942F-8E40-46E9-B370-FC9D892F05AB} = {B2F049EF-B53D-490D-9FD9-79FE31E43778} {EE41D60E-ED22-43F6-B746-630EA6E6FE85} = {B2F049EF-B53D-490D-9FD9-79FE31E43778} - {D4655401-9406-4E3B-B347-BF09715FB6CD} = {3B4A0917-8A55-46A0-A5ED-6AA5E853DFF5} - {68BA6298-D4EC-4A02-905E-1AF3C0EB2C76} = {3B4A0917-8A55-46A0-A5ED-6AA5E853DFF5} {849CF95D-A213-4CCE-B598-C328FE398FBC} = {D4655401-9406-4E3B-B347-BF09715FB6CD} - {5EEF8AED-7FE2-4929-8C27-79FBA466BA17} = {D4655401-9406-4E3B-B347-BF09715FB6CD} - {D6647114-59E5-4811-8C0D-6BBA3D4A68F5} = {5FA46723-32D9-4512-9D8A-ECD4B27F0102} + {68BA6298-D4EC-4A02-905E-1AF3C0EB2C76} = {3B4A0917-8A55-46A0-A5ED-6AA5E853DFF5} + {E648C29A-EF25-44CB-924E-019949ABD6B9} = {64E18F23-8359-44D3-8B24-584FFBA63D67} {96B0635D-C7E7-40F1-981D-89D1FC4BDC49} = {5FA46723-32D9-4512-9D8A-ECD4B27F0102} {7C78B8BD-C1F7-4F36-AC77-9510E67E8F48} = {D6647114-59E5-4811-8C0D-6BBA3D4A68F5} {F805F188-B103-4CD1-B68F-97B0A4698B15} = {D6647114-59E5-4811-8C0D-6BBA3D4A68F5} + {712F063F-2F83-4E42-89A7-1EA114F539A1} = {759586B7-0DB5-4589-B03F-3A629BA8418C} + {5EEF8AED-7FE2-4929-8C27-79FBA466BA17} = {D4655401-9406-4E3B-B347-BF09715FB6CD} + {58A6AAD3-6569-4DFC-8A7C-D9AD4B39EBC7} = {9584B75B-B21A-44C3-97AA-BECA427E091A} + {1930B2A0-A734-4F79-9963-BE7EBF5566C1} = {58A6AAD3-6569-4DFC-8A7C-D9AD4B39EBC7} + {90DB0FF8-D635-4AD1-B310-37DB366CBFEB} = {58A6AAD3-6569-4DFC-8A7C-D9AD4B39EBC7} + {97E83122-AB34-438D-8D18-DFE2FADC6EEA} = {1930B2A0-A734-4F79-9963-BE7EBF5566C1} + {C847DCCC-36A3-4D73-BA13-E44765CF455D} = {1930B2A0-A734-4F79-9963-BE7EBF5566C1} + EndGlobalSection + GlobalSection(TestCaseManagementSettings) = postSolution + CategoryFile = AutoTest.NET.vsmdi EndGlobalSection GlobalSection(MonoDevelopProperties) = preSolution StartupItem = src\AutoTest.WinForms\AutoTest.WinForms.csproj diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/AutoTest.TestRunner.sln b/AutoTest.Net/AutoTest.TestRunner.sln index be967f0..b0be3c7 100644 --- a/AutoTest.Net/AutoTest.TestRunner.sln +++ b/AutoTest.Net/AutoTest.TestRunner.sln @@ -1,6 +1,8 @@  -Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 11.00 -# Visual Studio 2010 +Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 12.00 +# Visual Studio 2013 +VisualStudioVersion = 12.0.31101.0 +MinimumVisualStudioVersion = 10.0.40219.1 Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "AutoTest.TestRunners.Shared", "src\AutoTest.TestRunner\AutoTest.TestRunners.Shared\AutoTest.TestRunners.Shared.csproj", "{7D34AABB-DD67-4826-AD89-75D91A1375F5}" EndProject Project("{2150E333-8FDC-42A3-9474-1A3956D46DE8}") = "Tests", "Tests", "{2A038F0D-A396-4D7D-934F-05003B9624F8}" @@ -47,6 +49,16 @@ Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "AutoTest.TestRunners.MbUnit EndProject Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "AutoTest.TestRunners.MbUnit.Tests.TestResource", "src\AutoTest.TestRunner\Plugins\AutoTest.TestRunners.MbUnit.Tests.TestResource\AutoTest.TestRunners.MbUnit.Tests.TestResource.csproj", "{10001BDE-02E0-40E5-98A2-3FB5DEBAFD14}" EndProject +Project("{2150E333-8FDC-42A3-9474-1A3956D46DE8}") = "XUnit2", "XUnit2", "{AA16AA45-9367-44F2-A7D1-3094874FBE0E}" +EndProject +Project("{2150E333-8FDC-42A3-9474-1A3956D46DE8}") = "Tests", "Tests", "{82AD7F13-3CBF-41BC-90C7-9681ED15A890}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2", "src\AutoTest.TestRunner\Plugins\AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2\AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.csproj", "{90DB0FF8-D635-4AD1-B310-37DB366CBFEB}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests", "src\AutoTest.TestRunner\Plugins\AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests\AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.csproj", "{C847DCCC-36A3-4D73-BA13-E44765CF455D}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource", "src\AutoTest.TestRunner\Plugins\AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource\AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource.csproj", "{97E83122-AB34-438D-8D18-DFE2FADC6EEA}" +EndProject Global GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution Debug|Any CPU = Debug|Any CPU @@ -78,6 +90,7 @@ Global {86D43491-13DA-45E8-B74E-BD3F69030A45}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {86D43491-13DA-45E8-B74E-BD3F69030A45}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {86D43491-13DA-45E8-B74E-BD3F69030A45}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {86D43491-13DA-45E8-B74E-BD3F69030A45}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {50C99985-64CF-4E34-98A6-AD3CB3527A42}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {50C99985-64CF-4E34-98A6-AD3CB3527A42}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {50C99985-64CF-4E34-98A6-AD3CB3527A42}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU @@ -88,6 +101,7 @@ Global {50C99985-64CF-4E34-98A6-AD3CB3527A42}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {50C99985-64CF-4E34-98A6-AD3CB3527A42}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {50C99985-64CF-4E34-98A6-AD3CB3527A42}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {50C99985-64CF-4E34-98A6-AD3CB3527A42}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {8FC77959-F864-4795-87DF-7F52CE953F3E}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {8FC77959-F864-4795-87DF-7F52CE953F3E}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {8FC77959-F864-4795-87DF-7F52CE953F3E}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU @@ -98,6 +112,7 @@ Global {8FC77959-F864-4795-87DF-7F52CE953F3E}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {8FC77959-F864-4795-87DF-7F52CE953F3E}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {8FC77959-F864-4795-87DF-7F52CE953F3E}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {8FC77959-F864-4795-87DF-7F52CE953F3E}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {C8D15BC2-50DA-48CD-9B7B-48CFB7FF36F5}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {C8D15BC2-50DA-48CD-9B7B-48CFB7FF36F5}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {C8D15BC2-50DA-48CD-9B7B-48CFB7FF36F5}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU @@ -108,6 +123,7 @@ Global {C8D15BC2-50DA-48CD-9B7B-48CFB7FF36F5}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {C8D15BC2-50DA-48CD-9B7B-48CFB7FF36F5}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {C8D15BC2-50DA-48CD-9B7B-48CFB7FF36F5}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {C8D15BC2-50DA-48CD-9B7B-48CFB7FF36F5}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {91AC898D-8D70-461F-B41F-E995895D40B3}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {91AC898D-8D70-461F-B41F-E995895D40B3}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {91AC898D-8D70-461F-B41F-E995895D40B3}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU @@ -118,6 +134,7 @@ Global {91AC898D-8D70-461F-B41F-E995895D40B3}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {91AC898D-8D70-461F-B41F-E995895D40B3}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {91AC898D-8D70-461F-B41F-E995895D40B3}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {91AC898D-8D70-461F-B41F-E995895D40B3}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {B0BD39D5-958D-4860-9897-9BB98907EF99}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {B0BD39D5-958D-4860-9897-9BB98907EF99}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {B0BD39D5-958D-4860-9897-9BB98907EF99}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU @@ -128,6 +145,7 @@ Global {B0BD39D5-958D-4860-9897-9BB98907EF99}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {B0BD39D5-958D-4860-9897-9BB98907EF99}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {B0BD39D5-958D-4860-9897-9BB98907EF99}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B0BD39D5-958D-4860-9897-9BB98907EF99}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {AFC7C4E0-8298-4EEB-B77D-0D4CE739A847}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {AFC7C4E0-8298-4EEB-B77D-0D4CE739A847}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {AFC7C4E0-8298-4EEB-B77D-0D4CE739A847}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU @@ -138,6 +156,7 @@ Global {AFC7C4E0-8298-4EEB-B77D-0D4CE739A847}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {AFC7C4E0-8298-4EEB-B77D-0D4CE739A847}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {AFC7C4E0-8298-4EEB-B77D-0D4CE739A847}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {AFC7C4E0-8298-4EEB-B77D-0D4CE739A847}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {A756C120-9E09-4D1F-BAA8-D0AF982EEA28}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {A756C120-9E09-4D1F-BAA8-D0AF982EEA28}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {A756C120-9E09-4D1F-BAA8-D0AF982EEA28}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU @@ -148,6 +167,7 @@ Global {A756C120-9E09-4D1F-BAA8-D0AF982EEA28}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {A756C120-9E09-4D1F-BAA8-D0AF982EEA28}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {A756C120-9E09-4D1F-BAA8-D0AF982EEA28}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A756C120-9E09-4D1F-BAA8-D0AF982EEA28}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {E648C29A-EF25-44CB-924E-019949ABD6B9}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {E648C29A-EF25-44CB-924E-019949ABD6B9}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {E648C29A-EF25-44CB-924E-019949ABD6B9}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU @@ -169,6 +189,7 @@ Global {EE41D60E-ED22-43F6-B746-630EA6E6FE85}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {EE41D60E-ED22-43F6-B746-630EA6E6FE85}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {EE41D60E-ED22-43F6-B746-630EA6E6FE85}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {EE41D60E-ED22-43F6-B746-630EA6E6FE85}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {4445CC5F-8C41-43F6-B000-39C9114E0CB3}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {4445CC5F-8C41-43F6-B000-39C9114E0CB3}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {4445CC5F-8C41-43F6-B000-39C9114E0CB3}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU @@ -179,6 +200,7 @@ Global {4445CC5F-8C41-43F6-B000-39C9114E0CB3}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {4445CC5F-8C41-43F6-B000-39C9114E0CB3}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {4445CC5F-8C41-43F6-B000-39C9114E0CB3}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4445CC5F-8C41-43F6-B000-39C9114E0CB3}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {10001BDE-02E0-40E5-98A2-3FB5DEBAFD14}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {10001BDE-02E0-40E5-98A2-3FB5DEBAFD14}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {10001BDE-02E0-40E5-98A2-3FB5DEBAFD14}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU @@ -189,6 +211,40 @@ Global {10001BDE-02E0-40E5-98A2-3FB5DEBAFD14}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {10001BDE-02E0-40E5-98A2-3FB5DEBAFD14}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {10001BDE-02E0-40E5-98A2-3FB5DEBAFD14}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {10001BDE-02E0-40E5-98A2-3FB5DEBAFD14}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {90DB0FF8-D635-4AD1-B310-37DB366CBFEB}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {90DB0FF8-D635-4AD1-B310-37DB366CBFEB}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {90DB0FF8-D635-4AD1-B310-37DB366CBFEB}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {90DB0FF8-D635-4AD1-B310-37DB366CBFEB}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {90DB0FF8-D635-4AD1-B310-37DB366CBFEB}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {90DB0FF8-D635-4AD1-B310-37DB366CBFEB}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {90DB0FF8-D635-4AD1-B310-37DB366CBFEB}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {90DB0FF8-D635-4AD1-B310-37DB366CBFEB}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {90DB0FF8-D635-4AD1-B310-37DB366CBFEB}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {90DB0FF8-D635-4AD1-B310-37DB366CBFEB}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {90DB0FF8-D635-4AD1-B310-37DB366CBFEB}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {C847DCCC-36A3-4D73-BA13-E44765CF455D}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {C847DCCC-36A3-4D73-BA13-E44765CF455D}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {C847DCCC-36A3-4D73-BA13-E44765CF455D}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {C847DCCC-36A3-4D73-BA13-E44765CF455D}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {C847DCCC-36A3-4D73-BA13-E44765CF455D}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {C847DCCC-36A3-4D73-BA13-E44765CF455D}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C847DCCC-36A3-4D73-BA13-E44765CF455D}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C847DCCC-36A3-4D73-BA13-E44765CF455D}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C847DCCC-36A3-4D73-BA13-E44765CF455D}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C847DCCC-36A3-4D73-BA13-E44765CF455D}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {C847DCCC-36A3-4D73-BA13-E44765CF455D}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {97E83122-AB34-438D-8D18-DFE2FADC6EEA}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {97E83122-AB34-438D-8D18-DFE2FADC6EEA}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {97E83122-AB34-438D-8D18-DFE2FADC6EEA}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {97E83122-AB34-438D-8D18-DFE2FADC6EEA}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {97E83122-AB34-438D-8D18-DFE2FADC6EEA}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {97E83122-AB34-438D-8D18-DFE2FADC6EEA}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97E83122-AB34-438D-8D18-DFE2FADC6EEA}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97E83122-AB34-438D-8D18-DFE2FADC6EEA}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97E83122-AB34-438D-8D18-DFE2FADC6EEA}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97E83122-AB34-438D-8D18-DFE2FADC6EEA}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {97E83122-AB34-438D-8D18-DFE2FADC6EEA}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 EndGlobalSection GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution HideSolutionNode = FALSE @@ -196,23 +252,28 @@ Global GlobalSection(NestedProjects) = preSolution {86D43491-13DA-45E8-B74E-BD3F69030A45} = {2A038F0D-A396-4D7D-934F-05003B9624F8} {D8676CE8-51F3-444D-B356-FD3FE7BE33C6} = {9584B75B-B21A-44C3-97AA-BECA427E091A} - {759586B7-0DB5-4589-B03F-3A629BA8418C} = {9584B75B-B21A-44C3-97AA-BECA427E091A} - {AC6F930F-CE1D-4419-A49F-4CA7AE7B74CE} = {9584B75B-B21A-44C3-97AA-BECA427E091A} - {D998BF73-7476-41EF-A414-3404C7EA9EEA} = {9584B75B-B21A-44C3-97AA-BECA427E091A} {75395DC3-E808-448E-A1F1-6C62D7FF7E80} = {D8676CE8-51F3-444D-B356-FD3FE7BE33C6} - {C8D15BC2-50DA-48CD-9B7B-48CFB7FF36F5} = {D8676CE8-51F3-444D-B356-FD3FE7BE33C6} {50C99985-64CF-4E34-98A6-AD3CB3527A42} = {75395DC3-E808-448E-A1F1-6C62D7FF7E80} {8FC77959-F864-4795-87DF-7F52CE953F3E} = {75395DC3-E808-448E-A1F1-6C62D7FF7E80} + {C8D15BC2-50DA-48CD-9B7B-48CFB7FF36F5} = {D8676CE8-51F3-444D-B356-FD3FE7BE33C6} + {759586B7-0DB5-4589-B03F-3A629BA8418C} = {9584B75B-B21A-44C3-97AA-BECA427E091A} {91AC898D-8D70-461F-B41F-E995895D40B3} = {759586B7-0DB5-4589-B03F-3A629BA8418C} {0AB4F96C-8D25-4743-80ED-0F0AACA07E94} = {759586B7-0DB5-4589-B03F-3A629BA8418C} + {AC6F930F-CE1D-4419-A49F-4CA7AE7B74CE} = {9584B75B-B21A-44C3-97AA-BECA427E091A} {B0BD39D5-958D-4860-9897-9BB98907EF99} = {AC6F930F-CE1D-4419-A49F-4CA7AE7B74CE} {A0FE44DE-102D-4ACA-A72F-4BE1CF5EE868} = {AC6F930F-CE1D-4419-A49F-4CA7AE7B74CE} {AFC7C4E0-8298-4EEB-B77D-0D4CE739A847} = {A0FE44DE-102D-4ACA-A72F-4BE1CF5EE868} {A756C120-9E09-4D1F-BAA8-D0AF982EEA28} = {A0FE44DE-102D-4ACA-A72F-4BE1CF5EE868} + {D998BF73-7476-41EF-A414-3404C7EA9EEA} = {9584B75B-B21A-44C3-97AA-BECA427E091A} {DE8B7DD5-6539-4B91-88AD-8392F38AE8AA} = {D998BF73-7476-41EF-A414-3404C7EA9EEA} {EE41D60E-ED22-43F6-B746-630EA6E6FE85} = {D998BF73-7476-41EF-A414-3404C7EA9EEA} {4445CC5F-8C41-43F6-B000-39C9114E0CB3} = {DE8B7DD5-6539-4B91-88AD-8392F38AE8AA} {10001BDE-02E0-40E5-98A2-3FB5DEBAFD14} = {DE8B7DD5-6539-4B91-88AD-8392F38AE8AA} + {AA16AA45-9367-44F2-A7D1-3094874FBE0E} = {9584B75B-B21A-44C3-97AA-BECA427E091A} + {82AD7F13-3CBF-41BC-90C7-9681ED15A890} = {AA16AA45-9367-44F2-A7D1-3094874FBE0E} + {90DB0FF8-D635-4AD1-B310-37DB366CBFEB} = {AA16AA45-9367-44F2-A7D1-3094874FBE0E} + {C847DCCC-36A3-4D73-BA13-E44765CF455D} = {82AD7F13-3CBF-41BC-90C7-9681ED15A890} + {97E83122-AB34-438D-8D18-DFE2FADC6EEA} = {82AD7F13-3CBF-41BC-90C7-9681ED15A890} EndGlobalSection GlobalSection(MonoDevelopProperties) = preSolution StartupItem = src\AutoTest.WinForms\AutoTest.WinForms.csproj diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/Settings/LOCAL.settings b/AutoTest.Net/Settings/LOCAL.settings deleted file mode 100644 index 5ebdaf9..0000000 --- a/AutoTest.Net/Settings/LOCAL.settings +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/Settings/SettingsFileReadMe.txt b/AutoTest.Net/Settings/SettingsFileReadMe.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 548f134..0000000 --- a/AutoTest.Net/Settings/SettingsFileReadMe.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -Warning! -You cannot edit these settings files with Visual Studio. It believes they are something they are not. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/Settings/UppercuT.config b/AutoTest.Net/Settings/UppercuT.config deleted file mode 100644 index a75c1b0..0000000 --- a/AutoTest.Net/Settings/UppercuT.config +++ /dev/null @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/Settings/UppercuTVSAddin.config b/AutoTest.Net/Settings/UppercuTVSAddin.config deleted file mode 100644 index bcbeaba..0000000 --- a/AutoTest.Net/Settings/UppercuTVSAddin.config +++ /dev/null @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/Settings/UppercuTx86.config b/AutoTest.Net/Settings/UppercuTx86.config deleted file mode 100644 index c158063..0000000 --- a/AutoTest.Net/Settings/UppercuTx86.config +++ /dev/null @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/build.bat b/AutoTest.Net/build.bat index 6af7913..f4ba442 100644 --- a/AutoTest.Net/build.bat +++ b/AutoTest.Net/build.bat @@ -11,12 +11,14 @@ if '%1' == '?' goto usage if '%1' == '/help' goto usage SET DIR=%~d0%~p0% -SET NANT="%DIR%lib\Nant\nant.exe" -SET build.config.settings="%DIR%settings\UppercuT.config" -SET buildx86.config.settings="%DIR%settings\UppercuTx86.config" +SET SOURCEDIR=%DIR% +SET BINARYDIR="%DIR%build_outputAnyCPU" +SET BINARYDIRx86="%DIR%build_outputx86" +SET DEPLOYDIR="%DIR%ReleaseBinaries" -%NANT% %1 /f:.\build\default.build -D:build.config.settings=%buildx86.config.settings% -%NANT% %1 /f:.\build\default.build -D:build.config.settings=%build.config.settings% + +%SystemRoot%\Microsoft.NET\Framework\v4.0.30319\MSBuild.exe %SOURCEDIR%\AutoTest.NET.sln /property:OutDir=%BINARYDIR%\AutoTest.NET;Configuration=Release /target:rebuild +%SystemRoot%\Microsoft.NET\Framework\v4.0.30319\MSBuild.exe %SOURCEDIR%\AutoTest.TestRunner.sln /property:OutDir=%BINARYDIRx86%\AutoTest.TestRunner;Configuration=Release /target:rebuild /p:Platform=x86 if %ERRORLEVEL% NEQ 0 goto errors diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/deploy.bat b/AutoTest.Net/deploy.bat index 2b198f4..876dccd 100644 --- a/AutoTest.Net/deploy.bat +++ b/AutoTest.Net/deploy.bat @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ IF NOT EXIST "%DEPLOYDIR%" ( mkdir "%DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners" mkdir "%DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\NUnit" mkdir "%DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\XUnit" + mkdir "%DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\XUnit2" mkdir "%DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\MSTest" mkdir "%DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\MSpec" mkdir "%DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\MbUnit" @@ -28,6 +29,7 @@ IF NOT EXIST "%DEPLOYDIR%" ( mkdir "%DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners" mkdir "%DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\NUnit" mkdir "%DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\XUnit" + mkdir "%DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\XUnit2" mkdir "%DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\MSTest" mkdir "%DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\MSpec" mkdir "%DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\MbUnit" @@ -43,6 +45,11 @@ IF NOT EXIST "%DEPLOYDIR%" ( ) ELSE ( del "%DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\XUnit\*" /Q ) + IF NOT EXIST "%DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\XUnit2" ( + mkdir "%DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\XUnit2" + ) ELSE ( + del "%DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\XUnit2\*" /Q + ) IF NOT EXIST "%DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\MSTest" ( mkdir "%DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\MSTest" ) ELSE ( @@ -93,6 +100,9 @@ copy "%BINARYDIR%\nunit.util.dll" "%DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\NUnit\nunit.util.dll" copy "%BINARYDIR%\AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.dll" "%DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\XUnit\AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.dll" copy "%BINARYDIR%\xunit.runner.utility.dll" "%DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\XUnit\xunit.runner.utility.dll" +copy "%BINARYDIR%\AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.dll" "%DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\XUnit2\AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.dll" +copy "%BINARYDIR%\xunit.runner.utility.desktop.dll" "%DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\XUnit2\xunit.runner.utility.desktop.dll" + copy "%BINARYDIR%\AutoTest.TestRunners.MSTest.dll" "%DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\MSTest\AutoTest.TestRunners.MSTest.dll" copy "%BINARYDIR%\celer.Core.dll" "%DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\MSTest\celer.Core.dll" diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/deploy.sh b/AutoTest.Net/deploy.sh index 406002a..d4595af 100755 --- a/AutoTest.Net/deploy.sh +++ b/AutoTest.Net/deploy.sh @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ mkdir $DEPLOYDIR/Icons mkdir $DEPLOYDIR/TestRunners mkdir $DEPLOYDIR/TestRunners/NUnit mkdir $DEPLOYDIR/TestRunners/XUnit +mkdir $DEPLOYDIR/TestRunners/XUnit2 mkdir $DEPLOYDIR/TestRunners/MSTest mkdir $DEPLOYDIR/TestRunners/MSpec mkdir $DEPLOYDIR/TestRunners/MbUnit @@ -53,6 +54,9 @@ cp $BINARYDIR/nunit.util.dll $DEPLOYDIR/TestRunners/NUnit/nunit.util.dll cp $BINARYDIR/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.dll $DEPLOYDIR/TestRunners/XUnit/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.dll cp $BINARYDIR/xunit.runner.utility.dll $DEPLOYDIR/TestRunners/XUnit/xunit.runner.utility.dll + +cp $BINARYDIR/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.dll $DEPLOYDIR/TestRunners/XUnit2/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.dll +cp $BINARYDIR/xunit.runner.utility.desktop.dll $DEPLOYDIR/TestRunners/XUnit2/xunit.runner.utility.desktop.dll cp $BINARYDIR/AutoTest.TestRunners.MSTest.dll $DEPLOYDIR/TestRunners/MSTest/AutoTest.TestRunners.MSTest.dll cp $BINARYDIR/celer.Core.dll $DEPLOYDIR/TestRunners/MSTest/celer.Core.dll diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/Castle.Core.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/Castle.Core.dll deleted file mode 100644 index b268f70..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/Castle.Core.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/Castle.DynamicProxy2.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/Castle.DynamicProxy2.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 596b587..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/Castle.DynamicProxy2.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/Castle.MicroKernel.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/Castle.MicroKernel.dll deleted file mode 100644 index f856d8b..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/Castle.MicroKernel.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/Castle.Windsor.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/Castle.Windsor.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 513e575..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/Castle.Windsor.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/CollectionGen.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/CollectionGen.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 7dd6c58..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/CollectionGen.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/Interop.MsmMergeTypeLib.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/Interop.MsmMergeTypeLib.dll deleted file mode 100644 index bd051e9..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/Interop.MsmMergeTypeLib.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/Interop.StarTeam.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/Interop.StarTeam.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 6f56767..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/Interop.StarTeam.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/Interop.WindowsInstaller.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/Interop.WindowsInstaller.dll deleted file mode 100644 index d669720..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/Interop.WindowsInstaller.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/MSITaskErrors.mst b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/MSITaskErrors.mst deleted file mode 100644 index bea4056..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/MSITaskErrors.mst and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/MSITaskTemplate.msi b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/MSITaskTemplate.msi deleted file mode 100644 index 99780dd..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/MSITaskTemplate.msi and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/MSMTaskErrors.mst b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/MSMTaskErrors.mst deleted file mode 100644 index bea4056..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/MSMTaskErrors.mst and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/MSMTaskTemplate.msm b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/MSMTaskTemplate.msm deleted file mode 100644 index d537ded..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/MSMTaskTemplate.msm and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/MbUnit.Framework.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/MbUnit.Framework.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 84534a4..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/MbUnit.Framework.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/MbUnit.Tasks.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/MbUnit.Tasks.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 6d34589..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/MbUnit.Tasks.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.CompressionTasks.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.CompressionTasks.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 09bc5d7..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.CompressionTasks.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.CompressionTasks.xml b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.CompressionTasks.xml deleted file mode 100644 index d240110..0000000 --- a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.CompressionTasks.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,711 +0,0 @@ - - - - NAnt.CompressionTasks - - - - - Summary description for ExpandTask. - - - - - Extracts a file entry from the specified stream. - - The containing the compressed entry. - The directory where to store the expanded file. - The name of the entry including directory information. - The date of the entry. - The uncompressed size of the entry. - - The destination directory for the entry could not be created. - -or- - The entry could not be extracted. - - - We cannot rely on the fact that the directory entry of a given file - is created before the file is extracted, so we should create the - directory if it doesn't yet exist. - - - - - Extracts a directory entry from the specified stream. - - The containing the directory entry. - The directory where to create the subdirectory. - The name of the directory entry. - The date of the entry. - - The destination directory for the entry could not be created. - - - - - Overwrite files, even if they are newer than the corresponding - entries in the archive. The default is . - - - - - Expands a file packed using GZip compression. - - - Expands "test.tar.gz" to "test2.tar". - - - ]]> - - - - - - Extracts the file from the gzip archive. - - - - - The file to expand. - - - - - The destination file. - - - - - Creates a tar file from the specified filesets. - - - Uses #ziplib (SharpZipLib), an open source Tar/Zip/GZip library written entirely in C#. - - - - Tar all files in ${build.dir} and ${doc.dir} into a file - called "backup.tar.gz", and apply gzip compression to it. - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Creates the tar file. - - - - - The tar file to create. - - - - - Include empty directories in the generated tar file. The default is - . - - - - - The set of files to be included in the archive. - - - - - The compression method. The default is . - - - - - Extracts files from a tar archive. - - - - Uses #ziplib - (SharpZipLib), an open source Zip/GZip library written entirely in C#. - - - - Extracts all files from a gzipped tar, preserving the directory structure. - - - ]]> - - - - - - Extracts the files from the archive. - - - - - The archive file to expand. - - - - - The directory where to store the expanded file(s). The default is - the project base directory. - - - - - The compression method. The default is . - - - - - Extracts files from a zip archive. - - - - Uses #ziplib - (SharpZipLib), an open source Zip/GZip library written entirely in C#. - - - - Extracts all the file from the zip, preserving the directory structure. - - - ]]> - - - - - - Extracts the files from the zip file. - - - - - The archive file to expand. - - - - - The directory where the expanded files should be stored. The - default is the project base directory. - - - - - The character encoding that has been used for filenames inside the - zip file. The default is the system's OEM code page. - - - - - Creates a zip file from the specified filesets. - - - - Uses #ziplib - (SharpZipLib), an open source Tar/Zip/GZip library written entirely in C#. - - - - - Zip all files in ${build.dir} and ${doc.dir} into a file - called "backup.zip". - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Creates the zip file. - - - - - The zip file to create. - - - - - The comment for the file. - - - - - Date/time stamp for the files in the format MM/DD/YYYY HH:MM:SS. - - - - - Desired level of compression. Possible values are 0 (STORE only) - to 9 (highest). The default is 6. - - - - - Include empty directories in the generated zip file. The default is - . - - - - - The set of files to be included in the archive. - - - - - Specifies the behaviour when a duplicate file is found. The default - is . - - - - - The character encoding to use for filenames and comment inside the - zip file. The default is the system's OEM code page. - - - - - Specifies how entries with the same name should be processed. - - - - - Overwrite existing entry with same name. - - - - - Preserve existing entry with the same name. - - - - - Report failure when two entries have the same name. - - - - - Specialized for - that ignores case when converting from string. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Converts the given object to the type of this converter, using the - specified context and culture information. - - An that provides a format context. - A object. If a is passed, the current culture is assumed. - The to convert. - - An that represents the converted value. - - - - - Specifies the compression methods supported by - and . - - - - - No compression. - - - - - GZIP compression. - - - - - BZIP2 compression. - - - - - Specialized for - that ignores case when converting from string. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Converts the given object to the type of this converter, using the - specified context and culture information. - - An that provides a format context. - A object. If a is passed, the current culture is assumed. - The to convert. - - An that represents the converted value. - - - - - A is a with extra - attributes useful in the context of the . - - - - - A 3 digit octal string, specify the user, group and other modes - in the standard Unix fashion. Only applies to plain files. The - default is 644. - - - - - A 3 digit octal string, specify the user, group and other modes - in the standard Unix fashion. Only applies to directories. The - default is 755. - - - - - The username for the tar entry. - - - - - The user identifier (UID) for the tar entry. - - - - - The groupname for the tar entry. - - - - - The group identifier (GID) for the tar entry. - - - - - The top level directory prefix. If set, all file and directory paths - in the fileset will have this value prepended. Can either be a single - directory name or a "/" separated path. - - - - - Contains a collection of elements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Get the total number of files that are represented by the - filesets in this collection. - - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - A is a with extra - attributes useful in the context of the . - - - - - The top level directory prefix. If set, all file and directory paths - in the fileset will have this value prepended. Can either be a single - directory name or a "/" separated path. - - - - - Contains a collection of elements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Get the total number of files that are represented by the - filesets in this collection. - - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 9a170e9..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.xml b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.xml deleted file mode 100644 index a230e36..0000000 --- a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18933 +0,0 @@ - - - - NAnt.Contrib.Tasks - - - - - Provides methods for interrogating Filesets. - - - - - Determines the number of files within a . - - The id of the FileSet to scan. - The number of files included in the FileSet - is not a valid refid to a defined fileset. - - - Define a fileset and check the number of files in it. - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Determines whether contains any files. - - The id of the fileset to check. - if the FileSet contains one or more files, otherwise . - is not a valid refid to a defined fileset. - - - Perform conditional processing on a fileset if it contains files. - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Returns a delimited string of all the filenames within a with each filename - separated by the specified delimiter string. - - The id of the fileset to check. - String to separate filenames with. - A delimited string of the filenames within the specified FileSet. - is not a valid refid to a defined fileset. - - - Displays a space-pipe-space separated string fo the files within a defined FileSet. - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Allow information on a Windows service to be retrieved. - - - - - Returns a value indicating whether the specified service is - installed on a given machine. - - The short name that identifies the service to the system. - The computer on which the service resides. - - if the service is installed; otherwise, - . - - - For the machineName parameter, you can use "." or a zero-length - to represent the local computer. - - - - The following example starts the "World Wide Web Publishing" - service if it's installed on the local computer. - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Returns a value indicating whether the specified service is running. - - The short name that identifies the service to the system. - The computer on which the service resides. - - if the service is running; otherwise, - . - - - For the machineName parameter, you can use "." or a zero-length - to represent the local computer. - - - - - Returns a value indicating whether the specified service is stopped. - - The short name that identifies the service to the system. - The computer on which the service resides. - - if the service is stopped; otherwise, - . - - - For the machineName parameter, you can use "." or a zero-length - to represent the local computer. - - - - - Returns a value indicating whether the specified service is paused. - - The short name that identifies the service to the system. - The computer on which the service resides. - - if the service is paused; otherwise, - . - - - For the machineName parameter, you can use "." or a zero-length - to represent the local computer. - - - - - Gets the status of the specified service. - - The short name that identifies the service to the system. - The computer on which the service resides. - - One of the values that - indicates whether the service is running, stopped, or paused, or - whether a start, stop, pause, or continue command is pending. - - - - For the machineName parameter, you can use "." or a zero-length - to represent the local computer. - - - The value returned by can be compared - to either a corresponding enum field name or the underlying - integral value. - - - - - Displays a warning if the Alerter service is stopping - on SV-ARD-EAI1. - - - - The Alerter service is stopping. - - ]]> - - - - - The "deploy-web-application" target is only executed if - IIS is running on the local computer. - - - - - - ... - - - - ... - - ]]> - - - - - - Gets the friendly name of the specified service. - - The short name that identifies the service to the system. - The computer on which the service resides. - - The friendly name of the service, which can be used to identify the service. - - - - - Gets the name that identifies the specified service - - The short name that identifies the service to the system. - The computer on which the service resides. - - The name that identifies the service. - - - - - The name of the management SQL database. - - - - - The name of the SQL Server where the management database is - located. - - - - - Deploys an assembly to a given BizTalk configuration database. - - - Deployment will fail if the assembly is already deployed. - - - - - Deploys the assembly. - - - The assembly does not exist. - -or- - The assembly binding information file does not exist. - -or- - The assembly could not be deployed. - - - - - The path to the BizTalk assembly to deploy. - - - - - Determines whether to install the assembly in the Global Assembly - Cache. The default is . - - - - - The path to an assembly binding information file to import bindings - from. - - - - - The path to the HTML log file to generate. - - - - - Exports bindings for a BizTalk assembly to an assembly binding - information file. - - - - - Exports the bindings. - - - The assembly does not exist. - -or- - The bindings could not be exported. - - - - - The path to the BizTalk assembly for which to export bindings. - - - - - The path to an assembly binding information file in which the - bindings will be saved. - - - - - The path to the HTML log file to generate. - - - - - Allows BizTalk (in-process) host instances to be controlled. - - - - Starts the "BizTalkServerApplication" host instance - on server "SV-ARD-EAI". - - - - ]]> - - - - - Stops all "BizTalkServerApplication" host instances. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - The name of the host on which the perform the action. - - - - - The name of the BizTalk server on which to perform the action. - If not specified, the action will be performed on all instances. - - - - - The action that should be performed on the host. - - - - - Defines the actions that can be performed on a host instance. - - - - - Starts the host instance. - - - - - Stops the host instance. - - - - - Stops and restarts the host instance. - - - - - Imports bindings from a given assembly binding information file into - the specified BizTalk configuration database. - - - - - Imports the assembly binding information file. - - - The assembly binding information file does not exist. - -or- - The assembly binding information file could not be imported. - - - - - The path to the assembly binding information file containing the - bindings to import. - - - - - The path to the HTML log file to generate. - - - - - Performs a set of actions on a given orchestration. - - - - - The name of the BizTalk server on which to perform the action. - - - - - The name of the orchestration to perform an action on. - - - - - Logs a message with the given priority. - - The message priority at which the specified message is to be logged. - The message to be logged. - - The actual logging is delegated to the project. - - - - - Logs a message with the given priority. - - The message priority at which the specified message is to be logged. - The message to log, containing zero or more format items. - An array containing zero or more objects to format. - - The actual logging is delegated to the project. - - - - - Starts the orchestration. - - - If the orchestration is not yet enlisted, then this will be done - first. - - - - - Specifies whether receive locations associated with this - orchestration should be automatically enabled. The default is - . - - - - - Specifies whether service instances of this orchestration that - were manually suspended previously should be automatically - resumed. The default is . - - - - - Specifies whether send ports and send port groups imported by - this orchestration should be automatically started. The default - is . - - - - - Stops the orchestration. - - - If the status of the orchestration is , - or , - then no further processing is done. - - - - - Stops the orchestration. - - The orchestration to stop. - - If the status of orchestration is , - or , - then no further processing is done. - - - - - Specifies whether receive locations associated with this - orchestration should be automatically disabled. The default - is . - - - - - Specifies whether instances of this orchestration should be - automatically suspended. The default is . - - - - - Enlists the orchestration by creating its activation subscription. - - - - - Specifies the BizTalk host on which to enlist the orchestration. - - - - - Unenlists the orchestration by removing its activation subscription. - - - - - Specifies whether instances of this orchestration type should - be automatically terminated. The default is . - - - - - Allows stopping, starting and resetting of BizTalk in-process host - instances on the specified server. - - - - - The name of the BizTalk server on which to perform the action. - - - - - Specifies the action(s) to perform on the BizTalk host instances. The - default is . - - - - - Defines the possible actions that can be performed on the BizTalk - in-process host instances. - - - - - Stops all in-process host instances. - - - - - Starts all in-process host instances. - - - - - Stops and restarts all in-process host instances. - - - - - Allows BizTalk send ports to be controlled. - - - - Starts the "UmeHttpSendPort" port on server - "SV-ARD-EAI". - - - - ]]> - - - - - Unenlists the "UmeHttpSendPort" on server "SV-ARD-EAI". - - - - ]]> - - - - - - The name of the send port on which the perform the action. - - - - - The name of the BizTalk server on which to perform the action. - - - - - The action that should be performed on the send port. - - - - - Defines the actions that can be performed on a BizTalk send port. - - - - - Starts the send port. - - - - - Stops the send port. - - - - - Stops and restarts the send port. - - - - - Enlists the send port. - - - - - Unenlists the send port. - - - - - Removes all bindings for a given assembly from a BizTalk configuration - database. - - - - - Removes bindings for the specified assembly. - - - The assembly does not exist. - -or- - The bindings could not be removed. - - - - - The path to the BizTalk assembly for which to remove all bindings. - - - - - The name of the BizTalk server on which to perform the operation. - - - - - The assembly qualified name of the receive pipeline to set when - unbinding a receive pipeline. - - - - - The assembly qualified name of the SEND pipeline to set when - unbinding a send pipeline. - - - - - Removes a given assembly from a BizTalk configuration database. - - - - - Removes an assembly from a BizTalk configuration database. - - - The assembly does not exist. - -or- - The assembly could not be remove from the BizTalk configuration database. - - - - - The path to the BizTalk assembly to remove. - - - - - Determines whether to remove the assembly from the Global Assembly - Cache. The default is . - - - - - The path to the HTML log file to generate. - - - - - Base class for all the ClearCase tasks. - - - - - Base Constructor. - - - - - Execute the perforce command assembled by subclasses. - - - - - Derived classes should override this to provide command-specific - commandline arguments. - - - - - Overrides the base class. - - - - - Displays a ClearCase config spec. - - - - - The view tag identifying the ClearCase view that will have its - config spec displayed. - - - - - This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args. - - - - - Checks files into a ClearCase VOB. - - - - - - This task uses the cleartool checkin command to check in ClearCase elements. - - - - - Performs a ClearCase checkin on the file c:/views/viewdir/afile. - All warning messages are suppressed, and the element is checked in even if identical to the original. - Comment text from the file acomment.txt is added to ClearCase as a comment. All warning messages are suppressed. The file is checked in even if it is identical to the original. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Path to the ClearCase view file or directory that the command will - operate on. - - - - - Specify a comment. Only one of or - may be used. - - - - - Specify a file containing a comment. Only one of - or may be used. - - - - - if warning messages should be suppressed. - The default is . - - - - - If , the modification time will be preserved. - Default is . - - - - - to keep a view-private copy of the file with - a .keep extension. Default is . - - - - - If , files may be checked in even if identical - to the original. Default is . - - - - - This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args. - - - - - Checks files out of a ClearCase VOB. - - - - - - This task uses the cleartool checkout command to check out ClearCase elements. - - - - - Performs a ClearCase checkout on the file c:/views/viewdir/afile. - It is checked out as reserved on branch called abranch. - All warning messages are suppressed. - Some comment text is added to ClearCase as a comment. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Path to the ClearCase view file or directory that the command will - operate on. - - - - - to check the element out as reserved. - Default is . - - - - - Creates a writable file under a different filename. - - - - - If , checks out the file but does not create - an editable file containing its data. Default is . - - - - - Specify a branch to check out the file to. - - - - - If , checkouts of elements with a version - other than main latest will be allowed. Default is . - - - - - if warning messages should be suppressed. - The default is . - - - - - Specify a comment. Only one of or - may be used. - - - - - Specify a file containing a comment. Only one of - or may be used. - - - - - If , the modification time will be preserved. - Default is . - - - - - This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args. - - - - - Locks ClearCase elements. - - - - - This task uses the cleartool lock command to lock ClearCase elements. - - - - - Performs a ClearCase lock on the object stream:Application_Integration@\MyProject_PVOB. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - If an existing lock can be replaced. - Default is . - - - - - Specifies user(s) who can still modify the object. - Only one of or may be - used. - - - - - If the object will be marked obsolete. - Only one of or may - be used. Default is . - - - - - Specify a comment. Only one of or - may be used. - - - - - Specify a file containing a comment. Only one of - or may be used. - - - - - Specifies the object pathname to be locked. - - - - - Specifies the object(s) to be locked. - - - - - This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args. - - - - - Creates elements in a ClearCase VOB. - - - - This task uses the cleartool mkelem command to create ClearCase elements. - - - - - Performs a ClearCase mkelem on the file c:/views/viewdir/afile with element type text_file. - It checks in the file after creation and adds Some comment text as a comment. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Path to the ClearCase view file or directory that the command will - operate on. - - - - - Specify a comment. Only one of or - may be used. - - - - - Specify a file containing a comment. Only one of - or may be used. - - - - - If , warning will be suppressed. - The default is . - - - - - Perform a checkout after element creation. - Default is . - - - - - Checkin element after creation. - Default is . - - - - - If , the modification time will be preserved. - Default is . - - - - - Assign mastership of the main branch to the current site. - Default is . - - - - - Element type to use during element creation. - - - - - Create elements from the view-private parent directories. - Default is . - - - - - This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args. - - - - - Applies a ClearCase label. - - - - - This task uses the cleartool mklabel command to apply a ClearCase label to specified elements. - - - - - Performs a ClearCase mklabel on the file c:/views/viewdir/afile under - the main branch for version 2 (\main\2). All matching - elements will be applied with label VERSION_1. - Some comment text is added as a comment. Subdirectories will be recursed. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Name of the label type - - - - - Path to the ClearCase view file or directory that the command will - operate on. - - - - - If , allow the replacement of a - label of the same type on the same branch. - The default is . - - - - - If , process each subdirectory recursively under the viewpath. - Default is . - - - - - Identify a specific version to attach the label to. - - - - - Path to the ClearCase view file or directory that the command will operate on. - - - - - Specify a comment. Only one of or - may be used. - - - - - Specify a file containing a comment. Only one of - or may be used. - - - - - For any VOB symbolic links encountered, labels the corresponding target. - - - - - This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args. - - - - - Creates a label object in a ClearCase VOB. - - - - - This task uses the cleartool mklabeltype command to create a ClearCase label object. - - - - - Performs a ClearCase mklbtype to create a label type named VERSION_1. - It is created as ordinary so it is available only to the current VOB. - The text Development version 1 is added as a comment. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Name of the label type to create. - - - - - Name of the VOB. Must be a valid path to somewhere on a VOB. - - - - - If , allow an existing label definition to be replaced. - The default is . - - - - - Creates a label type that is global to the VOB or to VOB's that use this VOB. - Either global or ordinary can be specified, not both. - The default is . - - - - - Creates a label type that can be used only in the current VOB. - Either global or ordinary can be specified, not both. - Although by default, if global is also or not specified ordinary is the default behaviour. - - - - - If the label type is allowed to be used once per branch in a given element's version tree. - The default is . - - - - - Sets the way mastership is checked by ClearCase. See ClearCase documentation for details. - The default is . - - - - - Specify a comment. Only one of or - may be used. - - - - - Specify a file containing a comment. Only one of - or may be used. - - - - - This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args. - - - - - Removes elements from a ClearCase VOB. - - - - This task uses the cleartool rmtype command to remove a ClearCase object. - - - - - Performs a ClearCase rmtype to remove a - type named VERSION_1. - Comment text from the file acomment.txt is added as a comment. - All instances of the type are removed, including the type object itself. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - The kind of type to remove. - - - - - The name of the object to remove. - - - - - Used with types only. - Forces removal of type even if a - pre-operation trigger would prevent its removal. - The default is . - - - - - Removes all instances of a type and the type object itself. - The default is . - - - - - Specify a comment. Only one of or - may be used. - - - - - Specify a file containing a comment. Only one of - or may be used. - - - - - This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args. - - - - - Uncheckout ClearCase elements. - - - - - - This task uses the cleartool unco command to remove a ClearCase object. - - - - - Does a ClearCase uncheckout on the file c:/views/viewdir/afile. - A copy of the file called c:/views/viewdir/afile.keep is kept. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Path to the ClearCase view file or directory that the command will - operate on. - - - - - If , a view-private copy of the file with a - .keep extension will be kept. Default is . - - - - - This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args. - - - - - Unlocks ClearCase elements. - - - - - This task uses the cleartool unlock command to unlock a ClearCase object. - - - - - Performs a ClearCase unlock on the object stream:Application_Integration@\MyProject_PVOB. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Specify a comment. Only one of or - may be used. - - - - - Specify a file containing a comment. Only one of - or may be used. - - - - - Specifies the object pathname to be unlocked. - - - - - Specifies the object(s) to be unlocked. - - - - - This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args. - - - - - Updates a ClearCase view. - - - - This task uses the cleartool update command to update a ClearCase view. - - - - - Performs a ClearCase update on the snapshot view directory c:/views/viewdir. - A graphical dialog will be displayed. - The output will be logged to log.log and it will overwrite any hijacked files. - The modified time will be set to the current time. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Path to the ClearCase view file or directory that the command will - operate on. - - - - - Displays a graphical dialog during the update. - The default is . - - - - - Specifies a log file for ClearCase to write to. - - - - - If , hijacked files will be overwritten. - The default is . - - - - - If , hijacked files will be renamed with a .keep extension. - The default is . - - - - - Specifies that modification time should be written as the current time. - Only one of or - can be specified. The default is . - - - - - Specifies that modification time should preserved from the VOB time. - Only one of or - can be specified. The default is . - - - - - This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args. - - - - - Searches files for a regular-expression and produces an XML report of - the matches. - - - - Extract all TODO:, UNDONE: or HACK:- - comment-tags from C# source files and write them to a file - out.xml. (A xslt-stylesheet could then transform it to - a nice html-page for your project-homepage, but that is beyond - the scope of this example.) - - - Path, File and LineNumber are automatically - generated elements. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - The resulting XML file for a comment-tag - 'TODO: [md, 14-02-2004] comment this method' - will look like - - - - - - TODO - comment this method - C:\MyProjects\MyPath - MyFile.cs - 146 - md - 14-02-2004 - - ... - - ]]> - - - - - - Performs the regex-search. - - - - - Writes the collection of matches to the specified - in XML format. - - The matches to write. - to write the matches to. - - - - Writes the specified matches to . - - The collection of matches to write. - - - - Specifies the name of the output file. - - - - - Specifies the regular-expression to search for. - - - - - The set of files in which the expression is searched. - - - - - This purpose of this class is to get the line-numbers within - a string for a specific position of a character - (an index, as returned by the class). - - - - - The string to count in - - - - - The current position within . - - - - - The number of line feeds upto (but exluding) . - - - - - Constructs a line-counter for a . - - for which lines are counted. - - - - Counts the line-numbers until the position - is reached. - - Index into the string given during construction - - The number of lines. - - - - - Counts the number of occurences of in the - range from to in - string . - - to count in. - Character to count. - Start of range. - End of range. - - The number of occurences of in the range from - to in string - . - - - - - Encapsulation of a match of a regular-expression with the - associated named capture-groups. - - - - - containing the mapping from group names - to values. - - - - - Writes this match to an . - - The to write to. - - - - Gets or sets the value for a capture group. - - - - - A strongly-typed collection of instances. - - - - - Adds a to this collection. - - to add. - - - - Adds all instances - to this collection. - - Collection of instances to add. - - - - Gets the th match stored in this collection. - - - - - Encapsulation of a search pattern. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class from - a regular-expression. - - The regular-expression. - - - - Concatenates the captures of to a string. - - containing the captures. - - containg the concatenated captures. - - - A named-group can captured multiple times, when the regular - expression has a quantifier, e.g. (// (?'Text'.*) )* will match - multiline comments with group Text having a capture for - every line. - - - - - Extracts the matches of this pattern from . - - The name of the file associated with . - The source string - - A collection of found matches. - - - - - The base abstract class for all MKS Tasks. - - - Provides the core attributes, and functionality for opening an item - in a MKS database. - - - - - Opens the MKS database and sets the reference to the specified - item and version. - - - - - The password to use to login to the MKS database. - - - - - The name of the user needed to access the MKS database. - - - - - The name of the host MKS server to connect to - - - - - The port number on which the host server is accepting requests - - - - - Checkpoints a project in an MKS Source Integrity database. - - - Checkpoint a project in an MKS database. - - ]]> - - - - - The label to apply to the checkpoint. - - - - - The project to checkpoint. - - - - - Apply label to all members. The default is . - - - - - The description of the checkpoint. - - - - - Retrieves an item or project from MKS Source Integrity. - - - Synchronise sandbox with MKS project. - - ]]> - - - - - The path to the local working directory. - - - - - The project to get from MKS. - - - - - Generates an XML file containing the differences between the sandbox and - the project in the MKS database. - - - Get changes to a project in an MKS database. - - ]]> - - - - - The project to retrieve the changes for. - - - - - The file where the output will be stored in XML format. - - - - - Base class for and . - - - - - Determines if the supplied version string is valid. A valid version string should look like: - 1 - 1.1 - 1.1.1 - 1.1.1.1 - - The version string to verify. - - - - - Sets the sequence number of files to match their - storage order in the cabinet file, after some - files have had their filenames changed to go in - their own component. - - The MSI database. - The last file's sequence number. - - - - Cleans the output directory after a build. - - The path to the cabinet file. - The path to temporary files. - - - - Loads records for the Properties table. - - The MSI database. - - - - Loads records for the Directories table. - - The MSI database. - - - - Adds a directory record to the directories table. - - The MSI database. - The MSI database view. - The parent directory. - This directory's Schema object. - The tree depth of this directory. - - - - Retrieves the relative path of a file based on - the component it belongs to and its entry in - the MSI directory table. - - The MSI database. - The Name of the Folder - The Parent of the Folder - The Relative Filesystem Path of the Folder - The Path to the Folder from previous calls. - The MSI database view. - - - - If the specified path is longer than 40 characters, 37 are returned plus ... - - A shortened path - - - - - Retrieves a DOS 8.3 filename for a file. - - The file to shorten. - The new shortened file. - - - - Retrieves a DOS 8.3 filename for a directory. - - The path to shorten. - The new shortened path. - - - - Retrieves a DOS 8.3 filename for a complete directory. - - The path to shorten. - The new shortened path. - - - - Recursively expands properties of all attributes of - a nodelist and their children. - - The nodes to recurse. - - - - Converts the Byte array in a public key - token of an assembly to a string MSI expects. - - The array of bytes. - The string containing the array. - - - - Loads TypeLibs for the TypeLib table. - - The MSI database. - - - - Loads environment variables for the Environment table. - - The MSI database. - - - - Loads records for the Registry table. - - The MSI database. - - - - Loads records for the RegLocator table - - The MSI database. - - - - Loads records for the CompLocator table - - The MSI database. - - - - Loads records for the IniLocator table - - The MSI database. - - - - Loads records for the DrLocator table - - The MSI database. - - - - Loads records for the RegLocator table - - The MSI database. - - - - Gets the name of the registry root id by it's name. - - Name of the registry root - - - - - Loads records for the AppSearch table - - The MSI database. - - - - Loads records for the Icon table. - - The MSI database. - - - - Loads records for the Shortcut table. - - The MSI database. - - - - Adds custom table(s) to the msi database - - The MSI database. - - - - Adds table data to the msi database table structure - - The MSI database. - The current table name - Xml node representing the current table - List of column objects for the current table (Containing: column name, id, type). - - - - Loads records for the Binary table. This table stores items - such as bitmaps, animations, and icons. The binary table is - also used to store data for custom actions. - - The MSI database. - - - - Loads records for the Dialog table. - - The MSI database. - - - - Loads records for the Control table. - - The MSI database. - - - - Loads records for the ControlCondtion table. - - The MSI database. - - - - Loads records for the ControlEvent table. - - The MSI database. - - - - Loads records for the CustomAction table - - The MSI database. - - - - Loads records for the ActionText table. Allows users to specify descriptions/templates for actions. - - The MSI database. - - - - Loads records for the _AppMappings table. - - The MSI database. - - - - Loads records for the _UrlToDir table. - "Load the url properties to convert - url properties to a properties object" ?? - - The MSI database. - - - - Loads records for the _VDirToUrl table. - Used for converting a vdir to an url - - The MSI database. - - - - Loads records for the _AppRootCreate table. - Used for making a virtual directory a virtual application - - The MSI database. - - - - Loads records for the _IISProperties table. - - The MSI database. - - - - Enumerates the registry to see if an assembly has been registered - for COM interop, and if so adds these registry keys to the Registry - table, ProgIds to the ProgId table, classes to the Classes table, - and a TypeLib to the TypeLib table. - - The MSI database. - The Assembly filename. - The Assembly to check. - The name of the containing component. - The name of the containing component's assembly GUID. - View containing the Class table. - View containing the ProgId table. - - - - Loads properties for the Summary Information Stream. - - The MSI database. - - - - Creates a .cab file with all source files included. - - The MSI database. - - - - Loads records for the sequence tables. - - The MSI database. - - - - Adds a file record to the Files table. - - The MSI database. - The MSI database view. - The Component's XML Element. - The MSI database view. - The directory of this file's component. - The name of this file's component. - The installation sequence number of this file. - View containing the MsiAssembly table. - View containing the MsiAssemblyName table. - View containing the Components table. - View containing the FeatureComponents table. - View containing the Class table. - View containing the ProgId table. - View containing the SelfReg table. - ModuleComponent table. - - - - Loads records for the Components table. - - The MSI database. - The sequence number of the last file in the .cab - - - - Executes the Task. - - None. - - - - .NET wrapper for a Windows Installer database - - - - - Drops empty tables. - - - - - Drops the empty tables. - - Determines if this is a merge module or not - If it is a merge module, the FeatureComponents table should not be dropped. - - - - Checks to see if the specified table is empty. - - Name of the table to check existance. - True if empy and False if full. - - - - Checks to see if the specified table exists in the database - already. - - Name of the table to check existance. - True if successful. - - - - Helper class used to avoid errors when instantiating - WindowsInstaller.Installer. - - - - - Use to read and manipulate existing records. - - - - - Creates a new reader for the entries in the view - - Database view to read entries from. Must be Execute()'ed already. - - - - Moves to the next record - - False iff no more records - - - - Deletes the current record. Needs no Commit(). - - - - - Set the value of a field in the current record. Remember to Commit() - - Zero-based index of the field to set - New value - - - - Get the string value of a field in the current record. - - Zero-based index of the field to get - - - - Commits changes to the current record. - - - - - A simple class for a single search clause. - TODO: more comparison types, use of the Composite pattern, etc. - - - - - Represents a single table in a Windows Installer archive - - - - - Base class for msi/msm installer tasks - - - - - Abstract that validates inheriting classes against - an XML schema of the same name. - - - - - Initializes the task and verifies parameters. - - Node that contains the XML fragment used to define this task instance. - - - - Occurs when a validation error is raised. - - The object that sent the event. - Validation arguments passed in. - - - - Recursively expands properties of all attributes of - a nodelist and their children. - - The nodes to recurse. - - - - Returns the object from the Schema wrapper after - is called. - - The object from the Schema wrapper after is called. - - - - The name of the file that will be generated when the task completes - execution (eg. MyInstall.msi or MyMergeModule.msm). - - - - - A directory relative to the NAnt script in which the msi task resides - from which to retrieve files that will be installed by the msi - database. All files that will be included in your installation need - to be located directly within or in subdirectories of this directory. - - - - - A installer file to use as the starting database in which all files - and entries will be made, and then copied to the filename specified - by the output parameter. Install templates are included with the - install tasks, you only need to supply this value if you want to - override the default template. - - - - - A .mst file to use as the starting database containing strings - displayed to the user when errors occur during installation. - A .mst template is included with the msi task, you only need to - supply this value if you want to override the default error - template and cannot perform something through the features of the - msi task. - - - - - Causes the generated msi database file to contain debug messages for - errors created by inconsistencies in creation of the database. This - makes the file slightly larger and should be avoided when generating - a production release of your software. - - - - - - Sets various properties in the SummaryInformation stream - (http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/library/en-us/msi/setup/summary_information_stream.asp) - - - All of the sub-elements are optional. - -

Nested Elements:

-

<title>

-
    - Briefly describes the type of installer package. Phrases such as "Installation Database" or - "Transform" or "Patch" may be used for this property. -
    Default value: Value of the ProductName property, if defined. -
-

</title>

-

<subject>

-
    - A short description of the product to be installed. This value is typically set from the installer - property ProductName -
    Default value: Value of the ProductName property, if defined. -
-

</subject>

-

<author>

-
    - The manufacturer of the installation database. This value is typically set from the installer - property Manufacturer. -
    Default value: Value of the Manufacturer property, if defined. -
-

</author>

-

<keywords>

-
    - Used by file browsers to hold keywords that permit the database file to be found in a keyword search. - The set of keywords typically includes "Installer" as well as product-specific keywords, and may be - localized. -
    Default value: Value of the Keywords property, if defined. -
-

</keywords>

-

<comments>

-
    - A general description/purpose of the installer database. -
    Default value: Value of the Comments property, if defined. -
-

</comments>

-

<template>

-
    - - Indicates the platform and language versions that are supported by the database. The Template Summary - Property of a patch package is a semicolon-delimited list of the product codes that can accept the - patch. - - - See http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/library/en-us/msi/setup/template_summary_property.asp for more information. - -
-

</template>

-

<revisionnumber>

-
    - Contains the package code (GUID) for the installer package. The package code is a unique identifier - of the installer package. Note: Default behavior - a new GUID is generated every time -
-

</revisionnumber>

-

<creatingapplication>

-
    - The name of the application used to author the database. Note: Default value is NAnt. -
-

</creatingapplication>

-

Examples

- - Define specific summary information. - - <summaryinformation> - <title>Installation Database</title> - <subject>${install.productname}</subject> - <author>${install.manufacturer}</author> - <keywords>MSI, database, NAnt, Installer</keywords> - <comments>This installer database contains the logic and data required to install NAnt</comments> - <template>;1033</template> - <creatingapplication>NAnt - http://nant.sf.net </creatingapplication> - </summaryinformation> - - -
-
- - - - Name/value pairs which will be set in the PROPERTY table of the - installer database. - - - The properties element contains within it one to any number of property elements.
- Public property names cannot contain lowercase letters.
- Private property names must contain some lowercase letters.
- Property names prefixed with % represent system and user environment variables. These are - never entered into the Property - table. The permanent settings of environment variables can only be modified using the Environment Table. - More information is available here. -
-

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - name - string - A name used to refer to the property. - True - - - value - string - The value of the property. This value can contain references to other, predefined properties to build a compound property. - True - - -

Examples

- - Define the required properties. - - <properties> - <property name="ProductName" value="My Product" /> - <property name="ProductVersion" value="1.0.0" /> - <property name="Manufacturer" value="ACME Inc." /> - <property name="ProductCode" value="{29D8F096-3371-4cba-87E1-A8C6511F7B4C}" /> - <property name="UpgradeCode" value="{69E66919-0DE1-4280-B4C1-94049F76BA1A}" /> - </properties> - - -
-
- - - - Contains within it one to any number of app, registry, ini, or dirfile elements. - These elements are used to search for an existing filesystem directory, file, or - Windows Registry setting. A property in the installer database is - then set with the value obtained from the search. - -

<app>

- - More information on these attributes can be found at: http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/library/en-us/msi/setup/complocator_table.asp - - - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - componentid - string - The component ID of the component whose key path is to be used for the search. - True - - - type - msi:MSILocatorTypeDirFile - Valid input: file or directory - True - - - setproperty - string - A name used to refer to the property within the Msi database. Set at install time. - True - - -

</app>

-

<registry>

- - More information on these attributes can be found at: http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/library/en-us/msi/setup/reglocator_table.asp - - - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - type - msi:MSILocatorTypeDirFileReg64 - Valid input: registry, file, directory, 64bit - True - - - path - string - Depending on the type specified: - - Path is a directory. - Path is a registry key. - - - True - - - root - msi:MSIRegistryKeyRoot - Valid input: - - dependent - If this is a per-user installation, the registry value is written under HKEY_CURRENT_USER. If this is a per-machine installation, the registry value is written under HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE. Note that a per-machine installation is specified by setting the ALLUSERS property to 1. - machine represents HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE - classes represents HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT - user represents HKEY_CURRENT_USER - users represents HKEY_USERS - - - True - - -
    -

    Nested Elements:

    -

    <value>

    -

    Parameters

    - - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - name - string - Depending on the type specified: - - Key path is a file name. - Key path is a registry value. - - - False - - - setproperty - string - A name used to refer to the property within the Msi database. Set at install time. - True - - -

    </value>

    -
-

</registry>

-

<ini>

- - More information on these attributes can be found at: http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/library/en-us/msi/setup/inilocator_table.asp - - - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - filename - string - The .ini file name. (The .ini file must be present in the default Microsoft Windows directory.) - - True - - - section - string - Section name within the .ini file. - - True - - - key - string - Key value within the section. - - True - - - field - msi:nonNegativeInt - The field in the .ini line. If Field is Null or 0, then the entire line is read. - This must be a non-negative number. - - False - - - type - msi:MSILocatorTypeDirFileRaw - Valid input: file ,directory, or raw - True - - - setproperty - string - A name used to refer to the property within the Msi database. Set at install time. - True - - -

</ini>

-

<dirfile>

- - More information on these attributes can be found at: - http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/library/en-us/msi/setup/drlocator_table.asp - and - http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/library/en-us/msi/setup/signature_table.asp - - - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - parent - string - An identifier to RegLocator, IniLocator, or CompLocator tables. - If it does not expand to a full path, then all the fixed drives of the user's system are searched by using the Path. -
In order to determine what the key is for a table, prefix the property name assigned - to that locator with SIG_ -
- False -
- - path - string - the path on the user's system. This is a either a full path or a relative subpath - below the directory specified in the Parent column. - - False - - - depth - msi:nonNegativeInt - The depth below the path that the installer searches for the file or directory. - - False - - - setproperty - string - A name used to refer to the property within the Msi database. Set at install time. - True - -
-
    -

    Nested Elements:

    -

    <file>

    -

    Parameters

    - - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - name - string - The name of the file. - True - - - minversion - string - The minimum version of the file, with a language comparison. If this field is - specified, then the file must have a version that is at least equal to MinVersion. - If the file has an equal version to the MinVersion field value but the language - specified in the Languages column differs, the file does not satisfy the signature - filter criteria. - False - - - maxversion - string - The maximum version of the file. If this field is specified, then the file - must have a version that is at most equal to MaxVersion. - False - - - minsize - msi:nonNegativeInt - The minimum size of the file. If this field is specified, then the file - under inspection must have a size that is at least equal to MinSize. This must - be a non-negative number. - False - - - maxsize - msi:nonNegativeInt - The maximum size of the file. If this field is specified, then the file - under inspection must have a size that is at most equal to MaxSize. This must - be a non-negative number. - False - - - mindate - msi:nonNegativeInt - The minimum modification date and time of the file. If this field is - specified, then the file under inspection must have a modification date and time - that is at least equal to MinDate. This must be a non-negative number. - False - - - maxdate - msi:nonNegativeInt - The maximum creation date of the file. If this field is specified, then the - file under inspection must have a creation date that is at most equal to MaxDate. - This must be a non-negative number. - False - - - languages - string - The languages supported by the file. - False - - -

    </file>

    -
-

</dirfile>

-

Examples

- - Get the path of the web directory and the version of IIS. Create new properties in the Msi file with those values. - - <search> - <registry type="registry" path="Software\Microsoft\InetStp" root="machine" > - <value name="PathWWWRoot" setproperty="IISWWWROOT" /> - </registry> - <registry type="registry" path="SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\W3SVC\Parameters" root="machine" > - <value name="MajorVersion" setproperty="IISVERSION" /> - </registry> - </search> - - - - Shows two ways to get the default key value for the specified key. Create new properties in the Msi file with those values. - - <search> - <registry type="registry" path="Software\Microsoft\MessengerService" root="machine" > - <value setproperty="MSGSRVNAME" /> - <value name="" setproperty="MSGSRVNAME2" /> - </registry> - </search> - - -
-
- - - - Contains within it one to any number of launchcondition elements. - Launch conditions are conditions that all must be satisfied for the - installation to begin. - -

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - name - string - A name used to identify the launch condition. - True - - - condition - string - Expression that must evaluate to True for installation to begin. - True - - -

Nested Elements:

-

<description>

-
    - Localizable text to display when the condition fails and the installation must be terminated. -
-

</description>

-

Examples

- - Create a check to make sure that IIS 5.x is installed. - - <launchconditions> - <launchcondition name="CheckIIS" condition="(IISVERSION = &quot;#5&quot;)" > - <description> - This setup requires Internet information Server 5.x. Please install Internet Information Server and run this setup again. - </description> - </launchcondition> - </launchconditions> - - -
-
- - - - Creates custom tables not directly managed by default features of - the installer task. - -

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - name - string - A unique name used to identify the table. - True - - -

Nested Elements:

-

<columns>

-
    -

    <column>

    -
      - Defines the columns making up the table -

      Parameters

      - - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - name - string - A unique name used to define the column. - True - - - nullable - bool - When set to true, allows the column to accept null values; false does not allow null values. - True - - - category - msi:MSITableColumnCategoryType - Valid input: - - Text - UpperCase - LowerCase - Integer - DoubleInteger - Time/Date - Identifier - Property - Filename - WildCardFilename - Path - Paths - AnyPath - DefaultDir - RegPath - Formatted - Template - Condition - GUID - Version - Language - Binary - Cabinet - Shortcut - - More information here: http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/column_data_types.asp - - False - - - type - string - Overrides the category specification. An example of valid input would be: S255 - False - - - key - bool - When set to true, the column is used to form the primary key for the table; false specifies that the column is not used to form the primary key. - False - - - minvalue - int - This field applies to columns having numeric value. The field contains the minimum permissible value. This can be the minimum value for an integer or the minimum value for a date or version string. - False - - - maxvalue - int - This field applies to columns having numeric value. The field is the maximum permissible value. This may be the maximum value for an integer or the maximum value for a date or version string. - False - - - keytable - string - This field applies to columns that are external keys. The field identified in Column must link to the column number specified by KeyColumn in the table named in KeyTable. This can be a list of tables separated by semicolons. - False - - - keycolumn - int - This field applies to table columns that are external keys. The field identified in Column must link to the column number specified by KeyColumn in the table named in KeyTable. The permissible range of the KeyColumn field is 1-32. - False - - - set - string - This is a list of permissible values for this field separated by semicolons. This field is usually used for enums. - False - - - description - string - A description of the data that is stored in the column. - False - - -
    -

    </column>

    -
-

</columns>

-

<rows>

-
    -

    <row>

    -
      - Defines the data for a row in the table -

      <columns>

      -
        -

        <column>

        -
          - Defines data for a specific cell in the row -

          Parameters

          - - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - name - string - Name of the column to populate. - True - - - value - string - Value to populate the cell with. - True - - -
        -

        </column>

        -
      -

      </columns>

      -
    -

    </row>

    -
-

</rows>

-

Examples

- - - Build the IniFile table. Since the WriteIniValues and RemoveIniValues actions exist in the template, they will use this table. - - - <tables> - <table name="IniFile"> - <columns> - <column name="IniFile" nullable="false" category="Identifier" key="true" description="The key for this table." /> - <column name="FileName" nullable="false" category="Text" description="The localizable name of the .ini file in which to write the information. " /> - <column name="DirProperty" nullable="true" category="Identifier" description="Name of a property having a value that resolves to the full path of the folder containing the .ini file. " /> - <column name="Section" nullable="false" category="Formatted" description="The localizable .ini file section." /> - <column name="Key" nullable="false" category="Formatted" description="The localizable .ini file key within the section" /> - <column name="Value" nullable="false" category="Formatted" description="The localizable value to be written. " /> - <column name="Action" nullable="false" category="Integer" description="The type of modification to be made. " /> - <column name="Component_" nullable="false" category="Identifier" description="External key into the first column of the Component table referencing the component that controls the installation of the .ini value. " /> - </columns> - <rows> - <row> - <columns> - <column name="IniFile" value="MyInternetShortcut" /> - <column name="FileName" value="MyInternetAddr.url" /> - <column name="DirProperty" value="D__MYDIR" /> - <column name="Section" value="InternetShortcut" /> - <column name="Key" value="URL" /> - <column name="Value" value="[TARGETURL]" /> - <column name="Action" value="0" /> - <column name="Component_" value="C__Documentation" /> - </columns> - </row> - </rows> - </table> - </tables> - - -
-
- - - - Specifies the directory layout for the product. - -

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - name - string - A name used to refer to the directory. - True - - - foldername - string - The directory's name (localizable)under the parent directory. - True - - - root - string - A reference to the directory's parent directory. This can be a property name or one of the predefined directories included with the default template: - - AdminToolsFolder - AppDataFolder - CommonAppDataFolder - CommonFiles64Folder - CommonFilesFolder - DesktopFolder - FavoritesFolder - FontsFolder - LocalAppDataFolder - MyPicturesFolder - PersonalFolder - ProgramFilesFolder - ProgramMenuFolder - ProgramFiles64Folder - SendToFolder - StartMenuFolder - StartupFolder - System16Folder - System64Folder - SystemFolder - TARGETDIR - TempFolder - TemplateFolder - WindowsFolder - WindowsVolume - - - True - - -

Nested Elements:

-

<directory>

-
    - Sub directories. Note, this element can contain nested <directory/> sub elements. -

    Parameters

    - - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - name - string - A name used to refer to the directory. - True - - - foldername - string - The directory's name (localizable)under the parent directory. - True - - -
-

</directory>

-

Examples

- - Define a sample directory structure. - - <directories> - <directory name="D__ACME" foldername="ACME" root="TARGETDIR" > - <directory name="D__ACME_MyProduct" foldername="My Product" /> - </directory> - </directories> - - -
-
- - - - Used to modify the environment variables of the target computer at - runtime. - -

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - name - string - The localizable name of the environment variable. The key values are written or removed depending upon - which of the characters in the following table are prefixed to the name. There is no effect in the ordering of - the symbols used in a prefix. - - - Prefix - Description - - - = - Create the environment variable if it does not exist, and then set it during installation. If the environment variable exists, set it during the installation. - - - + - Create the environment variable if it does not exist, then set it during installation. This has no effect on the value of the environment variable if it already exists. - - - - - Remove the environment variable when the component is removed. This symbol can be combined with any prefix. - - - ! - Remove the environment variable during an installation. The installer only removes an environment variable during an installation if the name and value of the variable match the entries in the Name and Value fields of the Environment table. If you want to remove an environment variable, regardless of its value, use the '!' syntax, and leave the Value field empty. - - - * - This prefix is used with Microsoft® Windows® NT/Windows® 2000 to indicate that the name refers to a system environment variable. If no asterisk is present, the installer writes the variable to the user's environment. Microsoft Windows 95/98 ignores the asterisk and add the environment variable to autoexec.bat. This symbol can be combined with any prefix. A package that is used for per-machine installations should write environment variables to the machine's environment by including * in the Name column. For more information, see http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/environment_table.asp - - - =- - The environment variable is set on install and removed on uninstall. This is the usual behavior. - - - !- - Removes an environment variable during an install or uninstall. - - - More information can be found here: http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/environment_table.asp - - True - - - append - string - Localizable value that is to be set as a formatted string - True - - - component - string - Refrence to a component. Allows the variabled to be modified when the component is un/installed. - True - - -

Examples

- - Append the installation path to the user PATH variable. - - <environment> - <variable name="PATH" append="'[TARGETDIR]'" component="C__MainFiles" /> - </environment> - - -
-
- - - - Groups sets of files into named sets, these can be used to install - and perform operations on a set of files as one entity. - -

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - name - string - A name used to refer to the component. - True - - - id - string - A string GUID unique to this component, version, and language.
Note that the letters of these GUIDs must be - uppercase. Utilities such as GUIDGEN can generate GUIDs containing lowercase letters. The lowercase letters must be - changed to uppercase to make these valid component code GUIDs. -
- True -
- - attr - int - This column contains a bit flag that specifies options for remote execution. Add the indicated bit to the total value in the column to include an option. - - - Value - Description - - - 0 - Component cannot be run from source.
- Set this bit for all components belonging to a feature to prevent the feature from being run-from-network or - run-from-source. Note that if a feature has no components, the feature always shows run-from-source and - run-from-my-computer as valid options. -
-
- - 1 - Component can only be run from source.
- Set this bit for all components belonging to a feature to prevent the feature from being run-from-my-computer. - Note that if a feature has no components, the feature always shows run-from-source and run-from-my-computer as - valid options. -
-
- - 2 - Component can run locally or from source. - - - 4 - If this bit is set, the value in the key element is used as a key into the Registry table.
- If the Value field of the corresponding record in the Registry table is null, the Name field in that record must - not contain "+", "-", or "*". For more information, see the description of the Name field in Registry table.
- Setting this bit is recommended for registry entries written to the HKCU hive. This ensures the installer writes - the necessary HKCU registry entries when there are multiple users on the same machine. -
-
- - 16 - If this bit is set, the installer does not remove the component during an uninstall. The installer registers an extra system client for the component in the Windows Installer registry settings. - - - - 32 - If this bit is set, the value in the KeyPath column is a key into the ODBCDataSource table. - - - 64 - If this bit is set, the installer reevaluates the value of the statement in the Condition column - upon a reinstall. If the value was previously False and has changed to True, the installer installs the component. - If the value was previously True and has changed to False, the installer removes the component even if the component - has other products as clients.
This bit should only be set for transitive components. See Using Transitive - Components. -
-
- - 128 - If this bit is set, the installer does not install or reinstall the component if a key path file or - a key path registry entry for the component already exists. The application does register itself as a client of - the component.
- Use this flag only for components that are being registered by the Registry table. -
-
- - 256 - Set this bit to mark this as a 64-bit component. This attribute facilitates the installation of - packages that include both 32-bit and 64-bit components. If this bit is not set, the component is registered - as a 32-bit component. - - -
-
- True -
- - directory - string - Refrence to a directory. Defines the directory location for where the files assigned to the component are to be placed. - True - - - feature - string - Refrence to a feature. Maps a feature to the component. Used to determine if the component is to be installed or not. - True - - - condition - string - A conditional statement that can control whether a component is installed. If the condition is null or evaluates to - true, then the component is enabled. If the condition evaluates to False, then the component is disabled and is not - installed. - False - - - fileattr - int - Integer containing bit flags representing file attributes.
- The following table shows the definition of the bit field. - - - Value - Description - - - 1 - Read-Only - - - 2 - Hidden - - - 4 - System - - - 512 - The file is vital for the proper operation of the component to which it belongs - - - 1024 - The file contains a valid checksum. A checksum is required to repair a file that has become corrupted. - - - 4096 - This bit must only be added by a patch and if the file is being added by the patch. - - - 8192 - The file's source type is uncompressed. If set, ignore the Word Count Summary Property. - If neither msidbFileAttributesNoncompressed or msidbFileAttributesCompressed are set, the compression - state of the file is specified by the Word Count Summary Property. Do not set both msidbFileAttributesNoncompressed - and msidbFileAttributesCompressed. - - - 16384 - The file's source type is compressed. If set, ignore the Word Count Summary Property. - If neither msidbFileAttributesNoncompressed or msidbFileAttributesCompressed are set, the compression state of - the file is specified by the Word Count Summary Property. Do not set both msidbFileAttributesNoncompressed and - msidbFileAttributesCompressed. - - -
- False -
- - checkinterop - bool - Used to determine if file(s) in the fileset are interop file(s). If true, extra information will be added in the install - package to register each interop file. If false, the file(s) will not be not be checked and the extra registration information - will not be added to the msi. - False - - - installassembliestogac - bool - Used to determine if assemblies should be installed to the Global Assembly Cache. - If true, all assemblies in the fileset will be added to the GAC. If false, the assemblies will be installed - to the specified directory (as a normal file would). Note: If an assembly is specified to be installed into the GAC, it will not - also be installed to the directory specified. - False - - - keepsubdirs - bool - Used to determine if directories in the fileset should be built. - If true, all subdirectories of the fileset basedir will be built. If false the directories structure will be - flattened. The default is false. - False - -
-

Nested Elements:

-

<keyfile>

-
    - This value points to a file or folder belonging to the component that the installer uses to detect the component. Two components cannot share the same key path value. -

    Parameters

    - - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - file - string - Name of the key (file) to use. Also, this could be an id of a registry key value. - True - - -
-

</keyfile>

-

<fileset>

-
    - Specifies the files to include with the component -
-

</fileset>

-

<forceid>

-
    - Used to force specific attributes on a per file basis -

    Parameters

    - - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - file - string - Name of the file, in the fileset, to override. - True - - - id - string - Unique GUID to assign to the file. - True - - - attr - int - Integer containing bit flags representing file attributes.
    - The following table shows the definition of the bit field. - - - Value - Description - - - 1 - Read-Only - - - 2 - Hidden - - - 4 - System - - - 512 - The file is vital for the proper operation of the component to which it belongs - - - 1024 - The file contains a valid checksum. A checksum is required to repair a file that has become corrupted. - - - 4096 - This bit must only be added by a patch and if the file is being added by the patch. - - - 8192 - The file's source type is uncompressed. If set, ignore the Word Count Summary Property. - If neither msidbFileAttributesNoncompressed or msidbFileAttributesCompressed are set, the compression - state of the file is specified by the Word Count Summary Property. Do not set both msidbFileAttributesNoncompressed - and msidbFileAttributesCompressed. - - - 16384 - The file's source type is compressed. If set, ignore the Word Count Summary Property. - If neither msidbFileAttributesNoncompressed or msidbFileAttributesCompressed are set, the compression state of - the file is specified by the Word Count Summary Property. Do not set both msidbFileAttributesNoncompressed and - msidbFileAttributesCompressed. - - -
    - False -
    - - version - string - This field is the version string for a versioned file. This field is blank for non-versioned files. - False - - - language - string - A list of decimal language IDs separated by commas. - False - - - checkinterop - bool - Used to determine if file is an interop file. If true, extra information will be added in the install - package to register the interop file. If false, the file will not be not be checked and the extra registration information - will not be added to the msi. - False - - - installtogac - bool - If true, and if the file is an assembly, it will be installed to the GAC. If false, the file - will be installed to the directory specified by the component. Note: If an assembly is specified to - be installed into the GAC, it will not also be installed to the directory specified. - False - -
    -
-

</forceid>

-

Examples

- - Define a sample component structure. - - <components> - <component name="C__MainFiles" id="{26AA7144-E683-441D-9843-3C79AEC1C636}" attr="2" directory="TARGETDIR" feature="F__MainFiles" > - <key file="default.aspx" /> - <fileset basedir="${install.dir}"> - <include name="*.*" /> - </fileset> - </component> - </components> - - - - Install files to TARGETDIR and assemblies to the GAC (Global Assembly Cache). Do not install MyOtherAssembly.dll to the GAC, but rather install it with the other files (to TARGETDIR) - - <components> - <component name="C__MainFiles" id="{26AA7144-E683-441D-9843-3C79AEC1C636}" attr="2" directory="TARGETDIR" feature="F__MainFiles" installassembliestogac="true" > - <key file="MyAssemblyName.xml" /> - <fileset basedir="${install.dir}"> - <include name="*.*" /> - </fileset> - <forceid file="MyOtherAssembly.dll" id="_4EB7CCB23D394958988ED817DA00B9D1" installtogac="false" /> - </component> - </components> - - - - Assign a registry entry to a specific component. - - <components> - <component name="C__RegistryEntry" id="{06C654AA-273D-4E39-885C-3E5225D9F336}" attr="4" directory="TARGETDIR" feature="F__DefaultFeature" > - <key file="R__822EC365A8754FACBF6C713BFE4E57F0" /> - </component> - </components> - . - . - . - <registry> - <key path="SOFTWARE\MyCompany\MyProduct\" root="machine" component="C__RegistryEntry"> - <value id="R__822EC365A8754FACBF6C713BFE4E57F0" name="MyKeyName" value="MyKeyValue" /> - </key> - </registry> - - -
-
- - - - Creates custom dialogs that can gather information not handled by - the default installer template. - -

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - name - string - A name used to refer to the dialog. - True - - - hcenter - int - Horizontal position of the dialog box. The range is 0 to 100, with 0 at the left edge of the screen and 100 at the right edge. - True - - - vcenter - int - Vertical position of the dialog box. The range is 0 to 100, with 0 at the top edge of the screen and 100 at the bottom edge. - True - - - width - int - Width of the rectangular boundary of the dialog box. This number must be non-negative. - True - - - height - int - Height of the rectangular boundary of the dialog box. This number must be non-negative. - True - - - attr - int - A 32-bit word that specifies the attribute flags to be applied to this dialog box. This number must be non-negative. - - - Value - Description - - - 1 - Visible - - - 2 - Modal - - - 4 - Minimize - - - 8 - SysModal - - - 16 - KeepModeless - - - 32 - TrackDiskSpace - - - 64 - UseCustomPalette - - - 128 - RTLRO - - - 256 - RightAligned - - - 512 - LeftScroll - - - 896 - BiDi - - - 65536 - Error - - - More information here: http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/dialog_style_bits.asp - - True - - - title - string - A localizable text string specifying the title to be displayed in the title bar of the dialog box. - True - - - firstcontrol - string - An external key to the second column of the Control table. Combining this field with the Dialog field identifies a - unique control in the Control table. This defines the control that takes the focus when the dialog box is created. This - column is ignored in an Error dialog box.
- Because static text cannot take the focus, a Text control that describes an Edit, PathEdit, ListView, ComboBox or - VolumeSelectCombo control must be made the first control in the dialog box to ensure compatibility with screen readers. -
- True -
- - defaultcontrol - string - An external key to the second column of the Control table. Combining this field with the Dialog field results in - a primary key into the Control table that defines the default control. Hitting the Return key is equivalent to clicking - on the default control. If this column is left blank, then there is no default control. This column is ignored in the - Error dialog box. - - True - - - cancelcontrol - string - An external key to the second column of the Control table. Combining this field with the Dialog field results in - a primary key of the Control table that defines the cancel control. Hitting the ESC key or clicking the Close button in - the dialog box is equivalent to clicking on the cancel control. This column is ignored in an Error dialog box.
- The cancel control is hidden during rollback or the removal of backed up files. The protected UI handler hides the control - upon receiving a INSTALLMESSAGE_COMMONDATA message. -
- True -
-
-

Examples

- - Add a web folder dialog: - - <dialogs> - <dialog name="WebFolderDlg" hcenter="50" vcenter="50" width="370" height="270" attr="39" title="[ProductName] [Setup]" firstcontrol="Next" defaultcontrol="Next" cancelcontrol="Cancel" /> - </dialogs> - - -
-
- - - - Creates user interface controls displayed on custom dialogs. - -

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - name - string - Name of the control. This name must be unique within a dialog box but can be repeated on different dialog boxes. - True - - - dialog - string - Refrence to a dialog. Used to associate the control with the dialog. - True - - - type - string - The type of the control. - - - Control name - Description - - - Billboard - Displays billboards based on progress messages. - - - Bitmap - Displays a static picture of a bitmap. - - - CheckBox - A two-state check box. - - - ComboBox - A drop-down list with an edit field. - - - DirectoryCombo - Select all except the last segment of the path. - - - DirectoryList - Displays folders below the main part of path. - - - Edit - A regular edit field for any string or integer. - - - GroupBox - Displays a rectangle that groups other controls together. - - - Icon - Displays a static picture of an icon. - - - Line - Displays a horizontal line. - - - ListBox - A drop-down list without an edit field. - - - ListView - Displays a column of values with icons for selection. - - - MaskedEdit - An edit field with a mask in the text field. - - - PathEdit - Displays folder name or entire path in an edit field. - - - ProgressBar - Bar graph that changes length as it receives progress messages. - - - PushButton - Displays a basic push button. - - - RadioButtonGroup - A group of radio buttons. - - - ScrollableText - Displays a long string of text. - - - SelectionTree - Displays information from the Feature table and enables the user to change their selection state. - - - Text - Displays static text. - - - VolumeCostList - Displays costing information on different volumes. - - - VolumeSelectCombo - Selects volume from an alphabetical list. - - - More information found here: http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/controls.asp - True - - - x - int - Horizontal coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular boundary of the control. This must be a non-negative number. - True - - - y - int - Vertical coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular boundary of the control. This must be a non-negative number. - True - - - width - int - Width of the rectangular boundary of the control. This must be a non-negative number. - True - - - height - int - Height of the rectangular boundary of the control. This must be a non-negative number. - True - - - attr - int - A 32-bit word that specifies the bit flags to be applied to this control. This must be a non-negative number, and the allowed values depend upon the type of control.For a list of all control attributes, and the value to enter in this field, see Control Attributes. - True - - - property - string - The name of a defined property to be linked to this control. Radio button, list box, and combo box values are tied into a group by being linked to the same property. This column is required for active controls and is ignored by static controls. - False - - - text - string - A localizable string used to set the initial text contained in a control. The string can also contain embedded properties. - False - - - nextcontrol - string - The name of another control on the same dialog box. If the focus in the dialog box is on the control in the Control column, hitting the tab key moves the focus to the control listed here. Therefore this is used to specify the tab order of the controls on the dialog box. The links between the controls must form a closed cycle. Some controls, such as static text controls, can be left out of the cycle. In that case, this field may be left blank. - False - - - help - string - Optional, localizable text strings that are used with the Help button. The string is divided into two parts by a separator character (|). The first part of the string is used as ToolTip text. This text is used by screen readers for controls that contain a picture. The second part of the string is reserved for future use. The separator character is required even if only one of the two kinds of text is present. - False - - - remove - bool - If true, the control is removed. If false, the control is added. - False - - -

Examples

- - Remove the Browse button from the customize dialog and add controls for a web dialog - - <controls> - <!-- Remove the Browse button from customize dialog --> - <control dialog="CustomizeDlg" name="Browse" type="PushButton" - x="304" y="200" width="56" height="17" attr="3" remove="true" /> - <control dialog="CustomizeDlg" name="Tree" type="SelectionTree" - x="25" y="85" width="175" height="95" attr="7" remove="true" /> - - <!-- Re add the tree control with the proper next control --> - <control dialog="CustomizeDlg" name="Tree" type="SelectionTree" - x="25" y="85" width="175" height="95" attr="7" - property="_BrowseProperty" text="Tree of selections" nextcontrol="Reset" /> - - <!-- Adds the controls associated with the webfolder dialog --> - <control dialog="WebFolderDlg" name="BannerBitmap" type="Bitmap" - x="0" y="0" width="374" height="44" attr="1" - text="[BannerBitmap]" nextcontrol="VDirLabel" /> - <control dialog="WebFolderDlg" name="Title" type="Text" - x="15" y="6" width="200" height="15" attr="196611" - text="[DlgTitleFont]Virtual Directory Information" /> - <control dialog="WebFolderDlg" name="Description" type="Text" - x="25" y="23" width="280" height="15" attr="196611" - text="Please enter your virtual directory and port information." /> - <control dialog="WebFolderDlg" name="BannerLine" type="Line" - x="0" y="44" width="374" height="0" attr="1" /> - <control dialog="WebFolderDlg" name="VDirLabel" type="Text" - x="18" y="73" width="348" height="15" attr="3" - text="&Virtual directory:" - nextcontrol="Edit_VDir" /> - <control dialog="WebFolderDlg" name="Edit_VDir" type="Edit" - x="18" y="85" width="252" height="18" attr="7" - property="TARGETVDIR" - text="[TARGETVDIR]" - nextcontrol="PortLabel" /> - <control dialog="WebFolderDlg" name="PortLabel" type="Text" - x="18" y="110" width="348" height="15" attr="3" - text="&Port:" - nextcontrol="Edit_Port" /> - <control dialog="WebFolderDlg" name="Edit_Port" type="Edit" - x="18" y="122" width="48" height="18" attr="7" - property="TARGETPORT" - text="[TARGETPORT]" - nextcontrol="Back" /> - <control dialog="WebFolderDlg" name="BottomLine" type="Line" - x="0" y="234" width="374" height="0" attr="1" /> - <control dialog="WebFolderDlg" name="Back" type="PushButton" - x="180" y="243" width="56" height="17" attr="3" - text="[ButtonText_Back]" nextcontrol="Next" /> - <control dialog="WebFolderDlg" name="Next" type="PushButton" - x="236" y="243" width="56" height="17" attr="3" - text="[ButtonText_Next]" nextcontrol="Cancel" /> - <control dialog="WebFolderDlg" name="Cancel" type="PushButton" - x="304" y="243" width="56" height="17" attr="3" - text="[ButtonText_Cancel]" nextcontrol="BannerBitmap" /> - </controls> - - -
-
- - - - Used to validate and perform operations as the result of information - entered by the user into controls on custom dialogs. - -

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - dialog - string - Refrence to a dialog. Used to associate the control with the dialog. - True - - - control - string - Refrence to a control. Maps to a control for the specified dialog. - True - - - action - string - The action that is to be taken on the control. The possible actions are shown in the following table. - - - Value - Description - - - Default - Set control as the default. - - - Disable - Disable the control. - - - Enable - Enable the control. - - - Hide - Hide the control. - - - Show - Display the control. - - - - True - - - condition - string - A conditional statement that specifies under which conditions the action should be triggered. If this statement does not evaluate to TRUE, the action does not take place. If it is set to 1, the action is always applied. - True - - - remove - bool - If true, the control condition is removed. If false, the control condition is added. - False - - -

Examples

- - Remove the control condition for the Browse button from the customize dialog and add control conditions for a web dialog - - <controlconditions> - <!-- Remove control condition for Browse button on customizeDlg --> - <controlcondition dialog="CustomizeDlg" control="Browse" action="Hide" - condition="Installed" remove="true" /> - <!-- Add control conditions for the web folder dialog --> - <controlcondition dialog="WebFolderDlg" control="Back" action="Disable" - condition="ShowUserRegistrationDlg=""" /> - <controlcondition dialog="WebFolderDlg" control="Back" action="Enable" - condition="ShowUserRegistrationDlg<>""" /> - </controlconditions> - - -
-
- - - - Used to route the flow of the installation process as the result of - events raised by the user interacting with controls on dialogs. - -

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - dialog - string - Refrence to a dialog. Used to associate the control with the dialog. - True - - - control - string - Refrence to a control. Maps to a control for the specified dialog. - True - - - name - string - An identifier that specifies the type of event that should take place when the user interacts with the control - specified by Dialog_ and Control_. For a list of possible values see ControlEvent Overview.
- To set a property with a control, put [Property_Name] in this field and the new value in the argument field. Put { } - into the argument field to enter the null value. -
- True -
- - argument - string - A value used as a modifier when triggering a particular event. - True - - - condition - string - A conditional statement that determines whether the installer activates the event in the Event column. The installer - triggers the event if the conditional statement in the Condition field evaluates to True. Therefore put a 1 in this column - to ensure that the installer triggers the event. The installer does not trigger the event if the Condition field contains - a statement that evaluates to False. The installer does not trigger an event with a blank in the Condition field unless no - other events of the control evaluate to True. If none of the Condition fields for the control named in the Control_ field - evaluate to True, the installer triggers the one event having a blank Condition field, and if more than one Condition field - is blank it triggers the one event of these with the largest value in the Ordering field. - False - - - order - int - An integer used to order several events tied to the same control. This must be a non-negative number. - False - - - remove - bool - If true, the control condition is removed. If false, the control condition is added. - False - -
-

Examples

- - Remove the control events for the Browse button from the customize dialog and add events conditions for a web dialog - - - <controlevents> - <!-- Remove the old control events --> - <controlevent dialog="UserRegistrationDlg" control="Next" name="NewDialog" - argument="SetupTypeDlg" condition="ProductID" remove="true" /> - <controlevent dialog="SetupTypeDlg" control="Back" name="NewDialog" - argument="LicenseAgreementDlg" condition="ShowUserRegistrationDlg <> 1" remove="true" /> - <controlevent dialog="SetupTypeDlg" control="Back" name="NewDialog" - argument="UserRegistrationDlg" condition="ShowUserRegistrationDlg = 1" remove="true" /> - <!-- Remove control events for Browse button on CustomizeDlg --> - <controlevent dialog="CustomizeDlg" control="Browse" name="SelectionBrowse" - argument="BrowseDlg" condition="1" remove="true" /> - - <!-- Add new control events for the web dialog --> - <controlevent dialog="UserRegistrationDlg" control="Next" name="NewDialog" - argument="WebFolderDlg" condition="ProductID" /> - <controlevent dialog="SetupTypeDlg" control="Back" name="NewDialog" - argument="WebFolderDlg" condition="ShowWebFolderDlg <> 1" /> - <controlevent dialog="SetupTypeDlg" control="Back" name="NewDialog" - argument="WebFolderDlg" condition="ShowWebFolderDlg = 1" /> - <controlevent dialog="WebFolderDlg" control="Cancel" name="SpawnDialog" - argument="CancelDlg" order="0" /> - <controlevent dialog="WebFolderDlg" control="Back" name="NewDialog" - argument="LicenseAgreementDlg" condition="ShowUserRegistrationDlg<>1" - order="0" /> - <controlevent dialog="WebFolderDlg" control="Back" name="NewDialog" - argument="UserRegistrationDlg" condition="ShowUserRegistrationDlg=1" - order="0" /> - <!-- Virtual Directory Control Events --> - <controlevent dialog="WebFolderDlg" control="Next" name="DoAction" - argument="WEBCA_CreateURLs" condition="1" order="0" /> - <controlevent dialog="WebFolderDlg" control="Next" name="DoAction" - argument="WEBCA_EvaluateURLsMB" condition="1" order="1" /> - <controlevent dialog="WebFolderDlg" control="Next" name="SetTargetPath" - argument="TARGETDIR" condition="1" order="2" /> - <controlevent dialog="WebFolderDlg" control="Next" name="NewDialog" - argument="SetupTypeDlg" condition="1" order="3" /> - </controlevents> - - -
-
- - - - Makes modifications to the Windows Registry of the target computer - at runtime. - -

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - component - string - Refrence to a component. The component that controls the installation of the registry value. - True - - - root - msi:MSIRegistryKeyRoot - Valid input: - - dependent - If this is a per-user installation, the registry value is written under HKEY_CURRENT_USER. If this is a per-machine installation, the registry value is written under HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE. Note that a per-machine installation is specified by setting the ALLUSERS property to 1. - machine represents HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE - classes represents HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT - user represents HKEY_CURRENT_USER - users represents HKEY_USERS - - - True - - - path - string - Registry key. - True - - -

Nested Elements:

-

<value>

-
    - Specifies the registry value to add to the target machine. - - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - name - string - The registry value name (localizable). If this is Null, then the data entered into the Value column are - written to the default registry key.
    - If the Value column is Null, then the strings shown in the following table in the Name column have special - significance. - - - String - Description - - - + - The key is to be created, if absent, when the component is installed. - - - - - The key is to be deleted, if present, with all of its values and subkeys, when the component is uninstalled. - - - * - The key is to be created, if absent, when the component is installed. Additionally, the key is to be deleted, if present, with all of its values and subkeys, when the component is uninstalled. - - -
    - False -
    - - value - string - The localizable registry value. The field is Formatted. If the value is attached to one of the following prefixes (i.e. #%value) then the value is interpreted as described in the table. Note that each prefix begins with a number sign (#). If the value begins with two or more consecutive number signs (#), the first # is ignored and value is interpreted and stored as a string. - - - Prefix - Description - - - #x - The value is interpreted and stored as a hexadecimal value (REG_BINARY). - - - #% - The value is interpreted and stored as an expandable string (REG_EXPAND_SZ). - - - # - The value is interpreted and stored as an integer (REG_DWORD). - - - - If the value contains the sequence tilde [~], then the value is interpreted as a Null-delimited list of strings (REG_MULTI_SZ). For example, to specify a list containing the three strings a, b and c, use "a[~]b[~]c." - The sequence [~] within the value separates the individual strings and is interpreted and stored as a Null character. - If a [~] precedes the string list, the strings are to be appended to any existing registry value strings. If an appending string already occurs in the registry value, the original occurrence of the string is removed. - If a [~] follows the end of the string list, the strings are to be prepended to any existing registry value strings. If a prepending string already occurs in the registry value, the original occurrence of the string is removed. - If a [~] is at both the beginning and the end or at neither the beginning nor the end of the string list, the strings are to replace any existing registry value strings. - Otherwise, the value is interpreted and stored as a string (REG_SZ). - - - False - - - dword - string - A dword value to input, if the value attribute is null. This removes the requirement of adding "#" before the value. - False - - - id - string - Primary key used to identify a registry record. - False - -
    -
-

</value>

-

Examples

- - Add the a couple registry entries on the target machine. - - <registry> - <key component="C__MainFiles" root="machine" path="SOFTWARE\ACME\My Product\" > - <value name="ProductVersion" value="1.0.0" /> - <value name="ProductDir" value="[TARGETDIR]" /> - <value name="VirtualDir" value="[TARGETVDIR]" /> - </key> - </registry> - - - - Add a default key value to the specified registry key path - - <registry> - <key component="C__MainFiles" root="machine" path="SOFTWARE\ACME\My Product\" > - <value value="1.0.0" /> - </key> - </registry> - - - - Another way to add a default key value to the specified registry key path - - <registry> - <key component="C__MainFiles" root="machine" path="SOFTWARE\ACME\My Product\" > - <value name="" value="1.0.0" /> - </key> - </registry> - - - - Specify hexadecimal value (REG_BINARY) for the default key - - <registry> - <key component="C__MainFiles" root="machine" path="SOFTWARE\ACME\My Product\" > - <value> - 1a,81,0a,03,01,00,06,00,00,00,d3,15,fd,00,01,00,00,00,00,00,01, - 00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,b0,90,ce,09,01,00,00,00,00,00,ff,ff,ff,00, - 00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,6d,7a,0a,03,01,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,38,40,00,00,00, - 00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,90,01,00,00,00,00,00,01,00,00,00,00,0f,00,00,00, - f0,ff,ff,ff,54,69,6d,65,73,20,4e,65,77,20,52,6f,6d,61,6e,f4,6f,d4,08,02,00 - </value> - </key> - </registry> - - -
-
- - - - Stores icons to be used with shortcuts, file extensions, CLSIDs or - similar uses. - -

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - name - string - Name of the icon file. - True - - - value - string - The binary icon data in PE (.dll or .exe) or icon (.ico) format. - True - - -

Examples

- - Add a compiled help icon to the msi database; To be used with a shortcut. - - <icons> - <icon name="CHMICON" value="${resource.dir}\chm.ico" /> - </icons> - - -
-
- - - - Creates shortcuts on the target computer. - -

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - name - string - Unique name identifying the shortcut. - True - - - directory - string - Reference to a directory. The location of where the shortcut should be created. - True - - - filename - string - The localizable name of the shortcut to be created. - True - - - component - string - Reference to a component. The installer uses the installation state of this specified component to determine whether the shortcut is created or deleted. This component must have a valid key path for the shortcut to be installed. If the Target column contains the name of a feature, the file launched by the shortcut is the key file of the component listed in this column. - True - - - target - string - The shortcut target. The installer evaluates this field as a Formatted string. The field should contains a property identifier enclosed by square brackets ([ ]), that is expanded into the file or a folder pointed to by the shortcut. - True - - - arguments - string - The command-line arguments for the shortcut.
Note that the resolution of properties in the Arguments field is limited. A property formatted as [Property] in this field can only be resolved if the property already has the intended value when the component owning the shortcut is installed. For example, for the argument "[#MyDoc.doc]" to resolve to the correct value, the same process must be installing the file MyDoc.doc and the component that owns the shortcut. -
- False -
- - hotkey - string - The hotkey for the shortcut. The low-order byte contains the virtual-key code for the key, and the high-order byte contains modifier flags. This must be a non-negative number. Authors of installation packages are generally recommend not to set this option, because this can add duplicate hotkeys to a users desktop. In addition, the practice of assigning hotkeys to shortcuts can be problematic for users using hotkeys for accessibility. - False - - - icon - string - Reference to an icon. - False - - - iconindex - int - The icon index for the shortcut. This must be a non-negative number. - False - - - showcmd - int - The Show command for the application window.
The following values may be used. The values are as defined for the Windows API function ShowWindow. - - - Value - Description - - - 1 - SW_SHOWNORMAL - - - 3 - SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED - - - 7 - SW_SHOWMINNOACTIVE - - -
- False -
- - wkdir - string - The name of the property that has the path of the working directory for the shortcut. - False - -
-

Nested Elements:

-

<description>

-
    - The localizable description of the shortcut. -
-

</description>

-

Examples

- - Add a compiled help icon to the msi database; To be used with a shortcut. - - <shortcuts> - <shortcut name="HelpFiles" directory="D__PROGRAMMENU_ACME_MYPRODUCT" filename="Help File" component="C__MainFiles" target="[$C__MainFiles]\Help.chm" icon="CHMICON" iconindex="0" showcmd="3" > - <description>My Product help documentation</description> - </shortcut> - </shortcuts> - - -
-
- - - - Stores the binary data for items such as bitmaps, animations, and - icons. The binary table is also used to store data for custom - actions. - -

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - name - string - A unique key that identifies the particular binary data. If the binary data is for a control, the key appears in the Text column of the associated control in the Control table. This key must be unique among all controls requiring binary data. - True - - - value - string - The binary file to add. - True - - -

Examples

- - Add the custom action dll to create/modify virtual directories - - <binaries> - <binary name="MSVBDPCADLL" value="${resource.dir}\MSVBDPCA.DLL" /> - </binaries> - - -
-
- - - - Used to configure executables that may be run during steps in the - installation process to do things outside the bounds of MSI - technology's feature set. This is the main spot you can extend MSI - technology to perform custom processes via compiled code. - -

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - action - string - Name of the action. The action normally appears in a sequence table unless it is called by another custom action. If the name matches any built-in action, then the custom action is never called. - True - - - type - string - A field of flag bits specifying the basic type of custom action and options. See Summary List of All Custom Action Types for a list of the basic types. See Custom Action Return Processing Options, Custom Action Execution Scheduling Options, Custom Action Hidden Target Option, and Custom Action In-Script Execution Options. - True - - - source - string - A property name or external key into another table. For a discussion of the possible custom action sources, see Custom Action Sources and the Summary List of All Custom Action Types. For example, the Source column may contain an external key into the first column of one of the following tables containing the source of the custom action code.
- Directory table for calling existing executables.
- File table for calling executables and DLLs that have just been installed.
- Binary table for calling executables, DLLs, and data stored in the database.
- Property table for calling executables whose paths are held by a property. -
- True -
- - target - string - An execution parameter that depends on the basic type of custom action. See the Summary List of All Custom Action Types for a description of what should be entered in this field for each type of custom action. For example, this field may contain the following depending on the custom action. - - - Target - Custom Action - - - Entry point (required) - Calling a DLL. - - - Executable name with arguments (required) - Calling an existing executable. - - - Command line arguments (optional) - Calling an executable just installed. - - - Target file name (required) - Creating a file from custom data. - - - Null - Executing script code. - - - - True - -
-

Examples

- - Add some custom actions related to the virtual directory dialog and custom action. - - <customactions> - <!-- Custom actions creating entry points into the custom action dll specified in the binary table --> - <customaction action="WEBCA_GatherWebFolderProperties" type="1" source="MSVBDPCADLL" target="GatherWebFolderProperties" /> - <customaction action="WEBCA_ApplyWebFolderProperties" type="1537" source="MSVBDPCADLL" target="ApplyWebFolderProperties" /> - <customaction action="WEBCA_RollbackApplyWebFolderProperties" type="1281" source="MSVBDPCADLL" target="RollbackApplyWebFolderProperties" /> - <customaction action="WEBCA_CreateURLs" type="1" source="MSVBDPCADLL" target="CreateURLs" /> - <customaction action="WEBCA_EvaluateURLs" type="1" source="MSVBDPCADLL" target="EvaluateURLs" /> - <customaction action="WEBCA_EvaluateURLsNoFail" type="1" source="MSVBDPCADLL" target="EvaluateURLsNoFail" /> - <customaction action="WEBCA_EvaluateURLsMB" type="1" source="MSVBDPCADLL" target="EvaluateURLsMB" /> - <customaction action="WEBCA_CreateAppRoots" type="1" source="MSVBDPCADLL" target="CreateAppRoots" /> - - <!-- Custom actions to set default control values in the webfolder dialog --> - <customaction action="WEBCA_TARGETVDIR" type="307" source="TARGETVDIR" target="Default VDir" /> - <customaction action="WEBCA_TARGETPORT" type="307" source="TARGETPORT" target="80" /> - </customactions> - - -
-
- - - - Used to modify the sequence of tasks/events that execute during the - overall installation process. - -

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - type - msi:MSISequenceTable - Valid inputs: - - installexecute represents InstallExecuteSequence Table. - installui represents InstallUISequence Table - adminexecute represents AdminExecuteSequence Table - adminui represents AdminUISequence Table - advtexecute represents AdvtUISequence Table - - - True - - - action - string - Name of the action to execute. This is either a built-in action or a custom action. - True - - - value - int - Number that determines the sequence position in which this action is to be executed.
- A positive value represents the sequence position. A Null value indicates that the action is not executed. The following - negative values indicate that this action is to be executed if the installer returns the associated termination flag. No - more than one action may have a negative value entered in the Sequence field. - - - Value - Description - - - -1 - Successful completion. - - - -2 - User terminates install. - - - -3 - Fatal exit terminates. - - - -4 - Install is suspended. - - -
- True -
- - condition - string - This field contains a conditional expression. If the expression evaluates to False, then the action is skipped. If the expression syntax is invalid, then the sequence terminates, returning iesBadActionData. - False - -
-

Examples

- - Add the sequences to support virtual directories - - <sequences> - <sequence type="installexecute" action="WEBCA_TARGETVDIR" value="750" condition="TARGETVDIR=&quot;&quot;" /> - <sequence type="installexecute" action="WEBCA_TARGETPORT" value="750" condition="TARGETPORT=&quot;&quot;" /> - <sequence type="installexecute" action="WEBCA_CreateURLs" value="752" condition="NOT Installed" /> - <sequence type="installexecute" action="WEBCA_EvaluateURLs" value="753" condition="NOT Installed" /> - <sequence type="installexecute" action="WEBCA_GatherWebFolderProperties" value="3701" condition="NOT Installed" /> - <sequence type="installexecute" action="WEBCA_ApplyWebFolderProperties" value="3701" condition="NOT Installed" /> - <sequence type="installexecute" action="WEBCA_RollbackApplyWebFolderProperties" value="3701" condition="NOT Installed" /> - <sequence type="installexecute" action="WEBCA_CreateAppRoots" value="3701" condition="NOT Installed" /> - <sequence type="installui" action="WEBCA_TARGETVDIR" value="750" condition="TARGETVDIR=&quot;&quot;" /> - <sequence type="installui" action="WEBCA_TARGETPORT" value="750" condition="TARGETPORT=&quot;&quot;" /> - <sequence type="installui" action="WEBCA_CreateURLs" value="752" condition="NOT Installed" /> - <sequence type="installui" action="WEBCA_EvaluateURLsNoFail" value="753" condition="NOT Installed" /> - <sequence type="adminexecute" action="WEBCA_TARGETVDIR" value="750" condition="TARGETVDIR=&quot;&quot;" /> - <sequence type="adminexecute" action="WEBCA_TARGETPORT" value="750" condition="TARGETPORT=&quot;&quot;" /> - <sequence type="adminexecute" action="WEBCA_CreateURLs" value="752" condition="NOT Installed" /> - <sequence type="adminexecute" action="WEBCA_EvaluateURLs" value="753" condition="NOT Installed" /> - <sequence type="adminui" action="WEBCA_TARGETVDIR" value="750" condition="TARGETVDIR=&quot;&quot;" /> - <sequence type="adminui" action="WEBCA_TARGETPORT" value="750" condition="TARGETPORT=&quot;&quot;" /> - <sequence type="adminui" action="WEBCA_CreateURLs" value="752" condition="NOT Installed" /> - <sequence type="adminui" action="WEBCA_EvaluateURLsNoFail" value="753" condition="NOT Installed" /> - </sequences> - - -
-
- - - - Creates text to be displayed in a progress dialog box and written - to the log for actions that take a long time to execute. The text - displayed consists of the action description and optionally formatted - data from the action. The entries in the ActionText table typically - refer to actions in sequence tables. - -

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - name - string - Unique name identifying the action. - True - - - template - string - A localized format template is used to format action data records for display during action execution. If no template is supplied, then the action data will not be displayed. - False - - -

Nested Elements:

-

<description>

-
    - Localized description displayed in the progress dialog box or written to the log when the action is executing. -
-

</description>

-

Examples

- - Add the related action text for the web folder actions. - - <actiontext> - <action name="WEBCA_GatherWebFolderProperties" > - <description>Gathering web folder properties</description> - </action> - <action name="WEBCA_ApplyWebFolderProperties" > - <description>Applying web folder properties</description> - </action> - <action name="WEBCA_RollbackApplyWebFolderProperties" > - <description>Removing web folder properties</description> - </action> - <action name="WEBCA_CreateURLs" > - <description>Creating URLs</description> - </action> - <action name="WEBCA_EvaluateURLs" > - <description>Evaluating URLs</description> - </action> - <action name="WEBCA_EvaluateURLsNoFail" > - <description>Evaluating URLs and do not fail if URL is invalid</description> - </action> - <action name="WEBCA_EvaluateURLsMB" > - <description>Evaluating URLs</description> - </action> - <action name="WEBCA_CreateAppRoots" > - <description>Creating application roots</description> - </action> - <action name="WEBCA_TARGETVDIR" > - <description>Set TARGETVDIR property to the specified virtual dir</description> - </action> - <action name="WEBCA_TARGETPORT" > - <description>Set TARGETPORT property to the specified virtual dir port</description> - </action> - </actiontext> - - -
-
- - - - Adds Verbs and a handler for the specified file type. - - This not an officially Microsoft supported table. -

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - directory - string - Refrence to a directory. The directory to add the specific verb/handler to IIS for the specified file type. - True - - - extension - string - File name extension to specifically handle - False - - - exepath - string - Path to the Internet Server API (ISAPI) or Common Gateway Interface (CGI) program to run to process a request. - False - - - verbs - string - Internet Information Services verbs that are allowed for the executable file. Only verbs entered in this field will be allowed. - False - - -

Examples

- - Add the aspx app mapping - - <appmappings> - <appmapping directory="D__ACME_MyProduct" extension=".aspx" exepath="[DOTNETFOLDER]aspnet_isapi.dll" verbs="GET,HEAD,POST,DEBUG" /> - </appmappings> - - -
-
- - - - Determines the local path equivalent for a url and stores this - information in a property. - - This not an officially Microsoft supported table. -

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - name - string - The name of the URLProperty to convert - True - - - property - string - The name of the property to store the directory information. - True - - -

Examples

- - Convert the TARGETURL property to a directory and store that information in TARGETDIR - - <urlproperties> - <urlproperty name="TARGETURL" property="TARGETDIR" /> - </urlproperties> - - -
-
- - - - Creates a URLProperty representing the virtual directory and port. - - This not an officially Microsoft supported table. -

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - name - string - Property containing the virtual directory - True - - - portproperty - string - Property containing the network port number to use. - True - - - urlproperty - string - URLProperty to store the url in - True - - -

Examples

- - Convert the virtual directory and port to a url and store the value in a property. - - <vdirproperties> - <vdirproperty name="TARGETVDIR" portproperty="TARGETPORT" urlproperty="TARGETURL" /> - </vdirproperties> - - -
-
- - - - Create a Web application definition and marks it as running in-process - or out-of-process. If an application already exists at the specified - path, you can use this method to reconfigure the application from - in-process to out-of-process, or the reverse. - - This not an officially Microsoft supported table. -

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - component - string - Reference to a component. Determines when the approot will be created. - True - - - urlproperty - string - URLProperty with stored url - True - - - inprocflag - int - Specifies whether the application being created is to run in-process (0), out-of-process (1), or in a pooled process (2). If the application already exists and is running, changing the value of this flag will cause the application definition to be deleted and a new application created to run in the specified process space. - True - - -

Examples

- - Convert the virtual directory and port to a url and store the value in a property. - - <approots> - <approot component="C__MainFiles" urlproperty="TARGETURL" inprocflag="2" /> - </approots> - - -
-
- - - - Specifies directory security in IIS. Can also configure the default - documents supported by each directory. - - This not an officially Microsoft supported table. -

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - directory - string - Reference to a directory. This is the directory that gets modified with the specific attributes. - True - - - attr - int - Attributes to set for the directory. - - - Value - Flag Name - Description - - - 1 - AccessRead - The file or the contents of the folder may be read through Microsoft Internet Explorer. - - - 2 - AccessWrite - Users are allowed to upload files and their associated properties to the enabled directory on your server or to change content in a Write-enabled file. Write can be implemented only with a browser that supports the PUT feature of the HTTP 1.1 protocol standard. - - - 4 - AccessExecute - The file or the contents of the folder may be executed, regardless of file type. - - - 8 - AccessSSL - File access requires SSL file permission processing, with or without a client certificate. - - - 16 - AccessSource - Users are allowed to access source code if either Read or Write permissions are set. Source code includes scripts in Microsoft ® Active Server Pages (ASP) applications. - - - 32 - AccessSSLNegotiateCert - SSL file access processing requests a certificate from the client. A value of false indicates that access continues if the client does not have a certificate. Some versions of Internet Explorer will close the connection if the server requests a certificate and a certificate is not available (even if AccessSSLRequireCert is also set to true). - - - 64 - AccessSSLRequireCert - SSL file access processing requests a certificate from the client. If the client provides no certificate, the connection is closed. AccessSSLNegotiateCert must also be set to true when using AccessSSLRequireCert. - - - 128 - AccessSSLMapCert - SSL file permission processing maps a client certificate to a Microsoft Windows ® operating system user-account. The AccessSSLNegotiateCert property must also be set to true for the mapping to occur. - - - 256 - AccessSSL128 - File access requires SSL file permission processing with a minimum key size of 128 bits, with or without a client certificate. - - - 512 - AccessScript - The file or the contents of the folder may be executed if they are script files or static content. A value of false only allows static files, such as HTML files, to be served. - - - 1024 - AccessNoRemoteWrite - Remote requests to create or change files are denied; only requests from the same computer as the IIS server succeed if the AccessWrite property is set to true. You cannot set AccessNoRemoteWrite to false to enable remote requests, and set AccessWrite to false to disable local requests. - - - 4096 - AccessNoRemoteRead - Remote requests to view files are denied; only requests from the same computer as the IIS server succeed if the AccessRead property is set to true. You cannot set AccessNoRemoteRead to false to enable remote requests, and set AccessRead to false to disable local requests. - - - 8192 - AccessNoRemoteExecute - Remote requests to execute applications are denied; only requests from the same computer as the IIS server succeed if the AccessExecute property is set to true. You cannot set AccessNoRemoteExecute to false to enable remote requests, and set AccessExecute to false to disable local requests. - - - 16384 - AccessNoRemoteScript - Requests to view dynamic content are denied; only requests from the same computer as the IIS server succeed if the AccessScript property is set to true. You cannot set AccessNoRemoteScript to false to enable remote requests, and set AccessScript to false to disable local requests. - - - 32768 - AccessNoPhysicalDir - Access to the physical path is not allowed. - - - - True - - - defaultdoc - string - Adds a filename to the Default Documents to process. Add multiple separated with a comma (Eg. "Default.aspx,Default.htm") - False - - -

Examples

- - Specify permissions for the directory structure. - - <iisproperties> - <iisproperty directory="TARGETDIR" attr="626" defaultdoc="Default.aspx" /> - <iisproperty directory="D__BIN" attr="112" /> - <iisproperty directory="D__SomeSubDir" attr="114" /> - </iisproperties> - - -
-
- - - Summary description for MsiTaskInfo. - - - - - Loads the banner image. - - The MSI database. - - - - Loads the background image. - - The MSI database. - - - - Loads the license file. - - The MSI database. - - - - Loads records for the Media table. - - The MSI database. - The sequence number of the last file in the .cab. - - - - Loads records for the Features table. - - The MSI database. - - - - Adds a feature record to the Features table. - - The MSI database Feature table. - The MSI database Condition table. - The name of this feature's parent. - The MSI database. - This Feature's Schema element. - The tree depth of this feature. - The tree order of this feature. - - - - Loads records for the LaunchCondition table - - The MSI database. - - - - Merges Merge Modules into the MSI Database. - - The MSI Database. - The path to temporary files. - - - - Creates a Windows Installer (also known as Microsoft Installer, or MSI) setup database for installing software on the Windows Platform. - - - - Requires cabarc.exe in the path. This tool is part of the - Microsoft Cabinet SDK. - - - Requires mergemod.dll version 2.0 or greater. This dll is part of the - Microsoft Platform SDK. - - - See the Roadmap to Windows Installer Documentation - at Microsoft's MSDN website for more information. - - - - - - Initializes task and verifies parameters. - - Node that contains the XML fragment used to define this task instance. - - - - Executes the task. - - - - - An .rtf (rich text format) file containing the license agreement - for your software. The contents of this file will be displayed to - the user when setup runs and must be accepted to continue. - - - - - A .bmp (bitmap) file 495x60 pixels in size that will be displayed - as the banner (top) image of the installation user interface. - - - - - A .bmp (bitmap) file 495x315 pixels in size that will be displayed - as the background image of the installation user interface. - - - - - - Groups sets of components into named sets, these can be used to - layout the tree control that allows users to select and deselect - features of your software product when a custom installation is - selected at runtime. - -

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - name - string - A name used to refer to the feature. - True - - - display - int - The number in this field specifies the order in which the feature is to be displayed in the user interface. - The value also determines if the feature is initially displayed expanded or collapsed.
- If the value is null or zero, the record is not displayed. If the value is odd, the feature node is expanded initially. - If the value is even, the feature node is collapsed initially. -
- True -
- - title - string - Short string of text identifying the feature. This string is listed as an item by the SelectionTree control of the Selection Dialog. - False - - - typical - bool - Determines if the feature should be included in a "typical" install. This is useful for when the user selects to just install the typical features. - False - - - directory - string - Refrence to a directory. Specify a corresponding directory to go with the feature. - False - - - attr - int - Any combination of the following: - - - Value - Description - - - 0 - Components of this feature that are not marked for installation from source are installed locally. - - - 1 - Components of this feature not marked for local installation are installed to run from the source CD-ROM or server. - - - 2 - Set this attribute and the state of the feature is the same as the state of the feature's parent. - - - 4 - Set this attribute and the feature state is Advertise. - - - 8 - Note that this bit works only with features that are listed by the ADVERTISE property.
Set this attribute to prevent the feature from being advertised.
-
- - 16 - Set this attribute and the user interface does not display an option to change the feature state to Absent. Setting this attribute forces the feature to the installation state, whether or not the feature is visible in the UI. - - - 32 - Set this attribute and advertising is disabled for the feature if the operating system shell does not support Windows Installer descriptors. - -
- More information found here: http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/feature_table.asp -
- False -
-
-

Nested Elements:

-

<feature>

-
    - Nested feature elements are supported. -
-

</feature>

-

<description>

-
    - Longer string of text describing the feature. This localizable string is displayed by the Text control of the Selection Dialog. -
-

</description>

-

<conditions>

-
    -

    <condition>

    -
      - - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - expression - string - If this conditional expression evaluates to TRUE, then the Level column in the Feature table is set to the - conditional install level.
      - The expression in the Condition column should not contain reference to the installed state of any feature or component. - This is because the expressions in the Condition column are evaluated before the installer evaluates the installed - states of features and components. Any expression in the Condition table that attempts to check the installed state - of a feature or component always evaluates to false.
      - For information on the syntax of conditional statements, see Conditional Statement Syntax. -
      - True -
      - - level - int - The installer sets the install level of this feature to the level specified in this column if the expression in - the Condition column evaluates to TRUE. Set this value to 0 to have the component not install if the condition is not met.
      - For any installation, there is a defined install level, which is an integral value from 1 to 32,767. The initial value - is determined by the InstallLevel property, which is set in the Property table.
      - A feature is installed only if the feature level value is less than or equal to the current install level. The user - interface can be authored such that once the installation is initialized, the installer allows the user to modify the - install level of any feature in the Feature table. For example, an author can define install level values that represent - specific installation options, such as Complete, Typical, or Minimum, and then create a dialog box that uses - SetInstallLevel ControlEvents to enable the user to select one of these states. Depending on the state the user selects, - the dialog box sets the install level property to the corresponding value. If the author assigns Typical a level of 100 - and the user selects Typical, only those features with a level of 100 or less are installed. In addition, the Custom - option could lead to another dialog box containing a Selection Tree control. The Selection Tree would then allow the user - to individually change whether each feature is installed.
      - True -
      -
      -
    -

    </condition>

    -
-

</conditions>

-

Examples

- - Define a sample features structure. - - <features> - <feature name="F__Default" title="My Product" display="1" typical="true" directory="TARGETDIR"> - <description>My Product from ACME, Inc. </description> - <feature name="F__MainFiles" display="0" typical="true" /> - </feature> - <feature name="F__Help" title="My Product Help Files" display="1" typical="false" directory="D__ACME_MyProduct_Help" /> - </features> - - -
-
- - - - Includes pre-packaged installation components (.msm files) as part - of the msi database. This feature allows reuse of installation - components that use MSI technology from other setup vendors or as - created by the . - -

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - feature - string - Refrence to a feature. Used to associate the merge module with the feature (and the feature's directory) for when to install the components in the merge module. - True - - -

Nested Elements:

-

<modules>

-
    - Specifies the merge module(s) to include with the specified feature. -
-

</modules>

-

<configurationitems>

-
    -

    <configurationitem>

    -
      - Specifies the value for a configurable item -

      Parameters

      - - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - module - string - Merge module filename to limit the configuration item to. If this is not set, the configuration item will be applied to all merge modules in the fileset. - True - - - name - string - Name of item for which data is to be set - True - - - value - string - Value of the configurable item - True - - -
    -

    </configurationitem>

    -
-

</configurationitems>

-

Examples

- - Add the NAnt merge module to the install. - - <mergemodules> - <merge feature="F__NAntMSM"> - <modules> - <include name="${nant.dir}\Install\NAnt.msm" /> - </modules> - </merge> - </mergemodules> - - - - Add a Visual Studio .wid package (merge module) and specify some configurable items. - - <mergemodules> - <merge feature="F__DefaultFeature"> - <modules> - <include name="VsdReadmeDlg.wid" /> - </modules> - <configurationitems> - <configurationitem name="BannerBitmap" value="CONFIGURED_BANNERBITMAP" /> - <configurationitem module="VsdReadmeDlg.wid" name="ReadmeText" value="CONFIGURED_READMETEXT" /> - </configurationitems> - </merge> - </mergemodules> - - -
-
- - - Summary description for MsmTaskInfo. - - - - - Loads records for the ModuleSignature table. - - The MSM database. - - - - Loads records for the ModuleDependency table. - - The MSM database. - - - - Loads records for the ModuleExclusion table. - - The MSM database. - - - - Loads records for the ModuleInstallUISequence, ModuleInstallExecuteSequence, - ModuleAdminUISequence, ModuleAdminExecute, and ModuleAdvtExecuteSequence tables. - - The MSM database. - - - - Loads records for the ModuleIgnoreTable table. - - The MSM database. - - - - Loads records for the ModuleSubstitution table. - - The MSM database. - - - - Loads records for the ModuleConfiguration table. - - The MSM database. - - - - Builds a Windows Installer Merge Module (MSM) database. - - - Requires cabarc.exe in the path. This tool is part of the - http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/dncabsdk/html/cabdl.asp">Microsoft Cabinet SDK. - - - - - Initializes task and verifies parameters. - - Node that contains the XML fragment used to define this task instance. - - - - Executes the task. - - - - - Stores a unique identifier for a merge module. To be used as the merge module's ModuleSignature - - - - - Specifies the numeric language ID or IDs for a merge module. - - - - - Stores the version number of a merge module. - - - - - - Lists other merge modules that are required for this merge module - to operate properly. - - - Contains any number of dependency elements. - - - More information is available here. - -

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - id - string - Identifier of the merge module required - True - - - language - string - Numeric language ID of the dependent merge module. Can specify the language ID for a single language, such as 1033 for U.S. English, or specify the language ID for a language group, such as 9 for any English. If the field contains a group language ID, any merge module with having a language code in that group satisfies the dependency. If the RequiredLanguage is set to 0, any merge module filling the other requirements satisfies the dependency. - True - - - version - string - Version of the dependent merge module. If ommited, any version fills the dependency. - False - - -

Examples

- - Make sure that the NAnt merge module is included - - <moduledependencies> - <dependency id="NAnt_MergeModule.2D2FB50C_DADF_4813_8932_8EF1E8CB8E80" language="0" /> - </moduledependencies> - - -
-
- - - - Lists other merge modules that are incompatible in the same - installer database. - - - Contains any number of exclusion elements. - - - More information is available here. - -

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - id - string - Identifier of the merge module required - True - - - language - string - Numeric language ID of the merge module in ExcludedID. The ExcludedLanguage column can specify the language ID for a single language, such as 1033 for U.S. English, or specify the language ID for a language group, such as 9 for any English. The ExcludedLanguage column can accept negative language IDs. The meaning of the value in the ExcludedLanguage column is as follows. - - - ExcludedLanguage - Description - - - > 0 - Exclude the language IDs specified by ExcludedLanguage. - - - = 0 - Exclude no language IDs. - - - < 0 - Exclude all language IDs except those specified by ExcludedLanguage. - - - - True - - - minversion - string - Minimum version excluded from a range. If ommitted, all versions before maxversion are excluded. If both minversion and maxversion are ommitted there is no exclusion based on version. - False - - - maxversion - string - Maximum version excluded from a range. If ommitted, all versions after minversion are excluded. If both minversion and maxversion are ommitted there is no exclusion based on version. - False - - -

Examples

- - Exclude the all NAnt merge modules created before version 0.85.0 - - <moduleexclusions> - <exclusion id="NAnt_MergeModule.2D2FB50C_DADF_4813_8932_8EF1E8CB8E80" language="0" maxversion="0.85.0" /> - </moduleexclusions> - - -
-
- - - - Used to modify the sequence of tasks/events that execute during the - overall installation process. - -

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - type - msi:MSISequenceTable - Valid inputs: - - installexecute represents ModuleInstallExecuteSequence Table. - installui represents ModuleInstallUISequence Table - adminexecute represents ModuleAdminExecuteSequence Table - adminui represents ModuleAdminUISequence Table - advtexecute represents ModuleAdvtUISequence Table - - - True - - - action - string - Action to insert into sequence. Refers to one of the installer standard actions, or an entry in the merge module's CustomAction table or Dialog table.
If a standard action is used in the Action column of a merge module sequence table, the BaseAction and After attributes must be ommitted.
- True -
- - sequence - int - The sequence number of a standard action. If a custom action or dialog is entered into the Action column of this row, this attribute must be ommitted
When using standard actions in merge module sequence tables, the value in the Sequence column should be the recommended action sequence number. If the sequence number in the merge module differs from that for the same action in the .msi file sequence table, the merge tool uses the sequence number from the .msi file. See the suggested sequences in Using a Sequence Table for the recommended sequence numbers of standard actions.
- False -
- - baseaction - string - Can contain a standard action, a custom action specified in the merge module's custom action table, or a dialog specified in the module's dialog table. Is a key into the Action column of this table. It cannot be a foreign key into another merge table or table in the .msi file. This means that every standard action, custom action, or dialog listed in the BaseAction column must also be listed in the Action column of another record in this table. - False - - - after - bool - Boolean for whether Action comes before or after BaseAction - - - Value - Description - - - True - Action to come after BaseAction - - - False - Action to come before BaseAction - - - - False - - - condition - string - A conditional statement that indicates if the action is be executed. - False - -
-
-
- - - - If a table in the merge module is listed in the ModuleIgnoreTable - table, it is not merged into the .msi file. If the table already - exists in the .msi file, it is not modified by the merge. The tables - in the ModuleIgnoreTable can therefore contain data that is unneeded - after the merge. - - - More information is available here. - -

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - table - string - Name of the table in the merge module that is not to be merged into the .msi file. - True - - -

Examples

- - Ensure the module is compatible for users who have versions of Mergemod.dll earlier than 2.0 - - <moduleignoretables> - <table name="ModuleConfiguration" /> - <table name="ModuleSubstitution" /> - <table name="_ModuleConfigurationGroup" /> - </moduleignoretables> - - -
-
- - - - The ModuleSubstitution table specifies the configurable fields of a - module database and provides a template for the configuration of each - field. The user or merge tool may query this table to determine what - configuration operations are to take place. This table is not merged - into the target database. - - - More information is available here. - -

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - table - string - Name of the table being modified in the module database. - True - - - row - string - Specifies the primary keys of the target row in the table named in the Table column. Multiple primary keys are separated by semicolons. Target rows are selected for modification before any changes are made to the target table. If one record in the ModuleSubstitution table changes the primary key field of a target row, other records in the ModuleSubstitution table are applied based on the original primary key data, not the resulting of primary key substitutions. The order of row substitution is undefined.
Values in this column are always in CMSM special format. A literal semicolon (';') or equal sign ('=') can be added by prefixing the character with a backslash. '\'. A null value for a key is signified by a null, a leading semicolon, two consecutive semicolons, or a trailing semicolon, depending on whether the null value is a sole, first, middle, or final key column value.
- True -
- - column - string - Specifies the target column in the row named in the Row column. If multiple rows in the ModuleSubstitution table change different columns of the same target row, all the column substitutions are performed before the modified row is inserted into the database. The order of column substitution is undefined. - True - - - value - string - Contains a string that provides a formatting template for the data being substituted into the target field specified by Table, Row, and Column. When a substitution string of the form [=ItemA] is encountered, the string, including the bracket characters, is replaced by the value for the configurable "ItemA." The configurable item "ItemA" is specified in the Name column of the ModuleConfiguration table and its value is provided by the merge tool. If the merge tool declines to provide a value for any item in a replacement string, the default value specified in the DefaultValue column of the ModuleConfiguration Table is substituted. If a string references an item not in the ModuleConfiguration table, the merge fails. - - - This column uses CMSM special format. A literal semicolon (';') or equals sign ('=') can be added to the table by prefixing the character with a backslash. '\'. - - - The Value field may contain multiple substitution strings. For example, the configuration of items "Food1" and "Food2" in the string: "[=Food1] is good, but [=Food2] is better because [=Food2] is more nutritious." - - - Replacement strings must not be nested. The template "[=AB[=CDE]]" is invalid. - - - If the Value field evaluates to null, and the target field is not nullable, the merge fails and an error object of type msmErrorBadNullSubstitution is created and added to the error list. For details, see the error types described in get_Type Function. - - - If the Value field evaluates to the null GUID: {00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000}, the null GUID is replaced by the name of the feature before the row is merged into the module. For details, see Referencing Features in Merge Modules. - - - The template in the Value field is evaluated before being inserted into the target field. Substitution into a row is done before replacing any features. - - - If the Value column evaluates to a string of only integer characters (with an optional + or -), the string is converted into an integer before being substituted into an target field of the Integer Format Type. If the template evaluates to a string that does not consist only of integer characters (and an optional + or -) the result cannot be substituted into an integer target field. Attempting to insert a non-integer into an integer field causes the merge to fail and adds a msmErrorBadSubstitutionType error object to the error list. - - - If the target column specified in the Table and Column fields is a Text Format Type, and evaluation of the Value field results in an Integer Format Type, a decimal representation of the number is inserted into the target text field. - - - If the target field is an Integer Format Type, and the Value field consists of a non-delimited list of items in Bitfield Format, the value in the target field is combined using the bitwise AND operator with the inverse of the bitwise OR of all of the mask values from the items, then combined using the bitwise OR operator with each of the integer or bitfield items when masked by their corresponding mask values. Essentially, this explicitly sets the bits from the properties to the provided values but leaves all other bits in the cell alone. - - - If the Value field evaluates to a Key Format Type, and is a key into a table that uses multiple primary keys, the item name may be followed by a semicolon and an integer value that indicates the 1-based index into the set of values that together make a primary key. If no integer is specified, the value 1 is used. For example, the Control table has two primary key columns, Dialog_ and Control. The value of an item "Item1" that is a key into the Control table will be of the form "DialogName;ControlName", where DialogName is the value in the Dialog_ table and ControlName is the value in the Control column. To substitute just ControlName, the substitution string [=Item1;2] should be used. - - - - False - -
-
-
- - - - Identifies the configurable attributes of the module. This table is - not merged into the database. - - - More information is available here. - -

Parameters

- - - Attribute - Type - Description - Required - - - name - string - Name of the configurable item. This name is referenced in the formatting template in the Value column of the ModuleSubstitution table. - True - - - format - msi:MSMModuleConfigurationFormat - Specifies the format of the data being changed - - text - key - integer - bitfield - - - True - - - type - string - Specifies the type for the data being changed. This type is used to provide a context for any user-interface and is not used in the merge process. The valid values for this depend on the value in the Format attribute. - False - - - contextdata - string - Specifies a semantic context for the requested data. The type is used to provide a context for any user-interface and is not used in the merge process. The valid values for this column depend on the values in the Format and Type attributes. - False - - - defaultvalue - string - Specifies a default value for the item in this record if the merge tool declines to provide a value. This value must have the format, type, and context of the item. If this is a "Key" format item, the foreign key must be a valid key into the tables of the module. Null may be a valid value for this column depending on the item. For "Key" format items, this value is in CMSM special format. For all other types, the value is treated literally.
Module authors must ensure that the module is valid in its default state. This ensures that versions of Mergemod.dll earlier than version 2.0 can still use the module in its default state.
- False -
- - attr - int - Bit field containing attributes for this configurable item. Null is equivalent to 0. - - - Value - Description - - - 1 - This attribute only applies to records that list a foreign key to a module table in their DefaultValue field. - - - 2 - When this attribute is set, null is not a valid response for this item. This attribute has no effect for Integer Format Types or Bitfield Format Types. - - - - False - - - displayname - string - Provides a short description of this item that the authoring tool may use in the user interface. This column may not be localized. Set this column to null to have the module is request that the authoring tool not expose this property in the UI. - False - - - description - string - Provides a description of this item that the authoring tool may use in UI elements. This string may be localized by the module's language transform. - False - - - helplocation - string - Provides either the name of a help file (without the .chm extension) or a semicolon delimited list of help namespaces. This can be ommitted if no help is available. - False - - - helpkeyword - string - Provides a keyword into the help file or namespace from the HelpLocation column. The interpretation of this keyword depends on the HelpLocation attribute. - False - -
-
-
- - - Maintains a forward reference to a .tlb file - in the same directory as an assembly .dll - that has been registered for COM interop. - - - - - Creates a new . - - The typelibrary id. - The typelibrary filename. - The name of the assembly. - The feature containing the typelibrary's file. - The name of the Assembly's component. - - - - Retrieves the name of the Assembly's component. - - The Assembly's component Name. - - - - Retrieves the typelibrary filename. - - The typelibrary filename. - - - - Retrieves the typelibrary id. - - The typelibrary id. - - - - Retrieves the name of the assembly. - - The name of the assembly. - - - - Retrieves the feature containing the typelibrary's file. - - The feature containing the typelibrary's file. - - - - A task that generates a summary HTML - from a set of NUnit xml report files. - - - - This task can generate a combined HTML report out of a set of NUnit - result files generated using the XML Result Formatter. - - - All the properties defined in the current project will be passed - down to the XSLT file as template parameters, so you can access - properties such as nant.project.name, nant.version, etc. - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Initializes task and ensures the supplied attributes are valid. - - Xml node used to define this task instance. - - - - This is where the work is done - - - - - Load a stylesheet from the assemblies resource stream. - - File name of the file to extract. - - - - Load a stylesheet from the file system. - - The XSLT file to load. - - - - Initializes the XmlDocument instance - used to summarize the test results - - - - - - Builds an XsltArgumentList with all - the properties defined in the - current project as XSLT parameters. - - - - - - Run the transform and output to filename - - - - - - - The format of the generated report. The default is - . - - - - - The output language. - - - - - Open all description method. Default to "false". - - - - - The directory where the files resulting from the transformation - should be written to. The default is the project's base directory. - - - - - Set of XML files to use as input - - - - - Set of summary XML files to use as input. - - - - - XSLT file used to generate the report if is - . - - - - - Custom XmlResolver used to load the - XSLT files out of this assembly resources. - - - - - Loads the specified file from our internal resources if its there - - - - - - - - - Adds files to a PVCS repository. - - - - This task uses the addfiles PCLI command to add files to a PVCS repository. - - - - - Adds File1.txt and File2.txt to the root level of the - project database specified by the project-database property. - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Adds File1.txt and File2.txt to the folder project - of the project database specified by the project-database - property. - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Adds another_file.txt and all files and folders at and below - C:\Data to the project database specified by the project-database - property. - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Adds all files at and below C:\Data\ to the project database specified by the project-database - property. Workfiles will be copied to the workfile location and will overwrite any existing files (as - dictated by the copymode attribute). The relevant revisions will be locked in PVCS. Added files - will be assigned the SYSTEST promotion group. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Base class for all PVCS project database tasks that operate against one or more entities. - - - - - A base class for PVCS tasks that deal with project databases. - - - - This class can be used as a base class for PVCS tasks that operate against a project database. It provides - common attributes and functionality for such tasks. - - - - - - Base class functionality for all PVCS tasks. - - - - - - - - This is the PCLI process that is run by this task. - - - - - Starts the process that is wrapped by this PVCS task. - - - Provided only to seal the implementation of StartProcess(). - - The process that was started. - - - - Executes the task. - - - Provided only to seal the implementation of ExecuteTask(). - - - - - Prepares the process wrapped by this task for execution. - - The process to prepare for execution. - - - - Allows tasks to add their task-specific arguments to the collection of arguments to be passed to the - PVCS command-line tool. - - The collection of arguments. - - - - Constructs the program arguments that should be used when executing the wrapped PVCS process. - - A string containing the program arguments. - - - - Gets or sets the location of the PVCS binary command-line tools. - - - - Generally, the PVCS command-line tools will be available on the current path. However, if this is not - the case then this property allows an exact location to be specified. If this property is not set, the - task will assume that the PVCS binaries are available on the current path. - - - - - - Gets or sets the process that is run as a result of running this task. - - - - - Gets the program arguments with which to run the wrapped PVCS process. - - - - - Gets the executable name for the command-line tool to run for the PVCS task. - - - - - Gets the PCLI command name that corresponds to the operation the task performs. - - - - By default, this property will return the name of the task minus the starting "pvcs". Subclasses need - only override this property if there is a mismatch between the task name and the PCLI command name. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Set to true if the property is manipulated. Some tasks don't - support this property and so an exception will be thrown if the property is used. - - - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the operation should include subprojects. - - - - This is equivalent to the -z command-line option. - - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the specific task implementation supports the includesubprojects - task attribute. If not, an exception will be thrown if an attempt is made to set the attribute. - - - - - Gets or sets the password to use when connecting to the project database. - - - - This is equivalent to the password part of the -id command-line option. - - - - - - Gets or sets the user ID to use when connecting to the project database. - - - - This is equivalent to the user ID part of the -id command-line option. - - - - - - Gets or sets the workspace to use when connecting to the project database. - - - - This is equivalent to the -sp command-line option. - - - - - - Gets or sets the project database to utilize during the operation. - - - - This is equivalent to the -pr command-line option. - - - - - - Gets or sets the project path to utilize during the operation. - - - - This is equivalent to the -pp command-line option. - - - - - - - - - Constructs and initializes an instance of PVCSMultipleEntityTask. - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the entities involved in the operation. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Constructs and initializes an instance of PVCSAddFilesTask. - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the archive description for versioned files. - - - - This is equivalent to the -t parameter to the pcli addfiles command. - - - - - - Gets or sets the copy mode for the operation. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether workfiles will be deleted after adding them to PVCS. - - - - This is equivalent to the -d parameter to the pcli addfiles command. - - - - - - Gets or sets the description for versioned files. - - - - This is equivalent to the -m parameter to the pcli addfiles command. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether versioned files should be locked after being added to PVCS. - - - - This is equivalent to the -l parameter to the pcli addfiles command. - - - - - - Gets or sets the promotion group to which added files will be assigned. Setting this attribute to an - empty string indicates the versioned files will not be assigned to any promotion group. - - - - This is equivalent to the -g parameter to the pcli addfiles command. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether workfiles shouldn't be added if they already exist in the PVCS - repository. - - - - This is equivalent to the -qw parameter to the pcli addfiles command. - - - - - - Gets or sets the version label to assign to the added versioned files. - - - - This is equivalent to the -v parameter to the pcli addfiles command. - - - - - - Specifies possible copy modes for the task. - - - - - Indicates the default copy mode should be used. - - - - - Indicates that workfiles should be copied to the project workfile location is it doesn't already exist. - - - - - Indicates that workfiles should be copied to the project workfile location and overwrite any existing - workfile. - - - - - Adds a user to a PVCS project or project database. - - - - This task uses the adduser PCLI command to add the user to the PVCS project or database. - - - - - Adds a user with name kb and password *Muse* to the project database specified by the - project-database property. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Adds a user with name kb and password *Muse* to the project database specified by the - project-database property. The user's logon will expire on the 26th of October, 2005. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Constructs and initializes an instance of PVCSAddUserTask. - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the expiration date for the new user. - - - - This is equivalent to the -e parameter to the pcli adduser command. - - - - - - Gets or sets the password for the new user. - - - - - Gets or sets the user name for the new user. - - - - - - - - Assigns a promotion group to versioned files. - - - - This task uses the assigngroup PCLI command to assign the group to versioned files. - - - - - Assigns the SYSTEST promotion group to all entities with the DEV promotion group in the - folder project. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Assigns the SYSTEST promotion group to revision 1.2 of all entities. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Base class for all PVCS project database tasks that operate against a single entity. - - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the entity involved in the operation. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Constructs and initializes an instance of PVCSAssignGroupTask. - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the promotion group to assign to the versioned files. - - - - This is equivalent to the -g parameter to the pcli assigngroup command. - - - - - - Gets or sets the promotion group for the versioned files to be assigned the promotion group. - - - - This is equivalent to the -r parameter to the pcli assigngroup command. - - - - - - Gets or sets the revision for the versioned files to be assigned the promotion group. - - - - This is equivalent to the -r parameter to the pcli assigngroup command. - - - If this property has not yet been set, it will return Double.MaxValue. - - - - - - Gets or sets the version label for the versioned files to be assigned the promotion group. - - - - This is equivalent to the -r parameter to the pcli assigngroup command. - - - - - - Changes the promotion group for specified versioned files. - - - - This task uses the changegroup PCLI command to change the group for versioned files. - - - - - Changes the promotion group for file.txt from SYSTEST to DEV. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Changes the promotion group for all files from DEV to PROD. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the promotion group to change from. - - - - This is equivalent to the -gf parameter to the pcli changegroup command. - - - - - - Gets or sets the promotion group to change to. - - - - This is equivalent to the -gt parameter to the pcli changegroup command. - - - - - - Encapsulates the details of a PVCS command argument. - - - - PVCS tasks must "fill in" a collection of arguments to be passed to the PVCS command line interface (PCLI). - This class represents one such argument. - - - Each argument consists of a command and an optional command value. The command is always passed to the PVCS - command line utility and is therefore required. An example of a command is "-g" which is passed to many - PVCS command line utilities to specify a promotion group. - - - The command value is used to specify extra information to the command. For example, if the command is "-g" - then the command value would be the name of the promotion group. - - - The command can be assigned a position (see the property). This position defines - where the command appears relative to other commands. For example, some commands must appear after other - commands. Therefore, they should be assigned a position of . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Constructs an instance of PVCSCommandArgument with the specified information. No value is - applied and the argument has a position of . - - The command string. - - - - Constructs an instance of PVCSCommandArgument with the specified information. The argument has - a position of . - - The command string. - The value for the command, or null if no value applies. - - - - Constructs an instance of PVCSCommandArgument with the specified information. - - The command string. - The value for the command, or null if no value applies. - The position for the command. - - - - Compares two PVCS command arguments based on their position. - - The PVCS command argument to compare to this. - - Less than zero if this instance is less than . - Zero if this instance is equal to . - Greater than zero if this instance is greater than . - - - - - Converts this command argument to its string representation. - - The string representation of this command argument. - - - - Escapes a string command line argument. - - - - This method attempts to deal with the mess of keeping both PCLI and the shell happy with string - arguments. It's not perfect yet (try an argument with several backslashes before a double quote). It - would be nice to have a regex to handle this but I wouldn't even bother until this logic is spot on. - - - The string argument to escape. - The escaped string argument. - - - - Gets a string that contains the command to pass to PVCS. - - - - - Gets the value to append to . - - - - If this property is null, no value will be appended to the command. - - - - - - Gets the position for the command. - - - - - Implements a type-safe collection of s. - - - - - - - - Adds a new command argument to this collection with the specified information. - - The command string for the new command. - - - - Adds a new command argument to this collection with the specified information. - - The command string for the new command. - - The command value for the new command, or null if no value applies. - - - - - Adds a new command argument to this collection with the specified information. - - The command string for the new command. - - The command value for the new command, or null if no value applies. - - The position for the new command. - - - - Adds all specified command arguments to this collection. - - The collection of command arguments to add. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Retrieves an array of objects in this collection. - - An array of command arguments in this collection. - - - - - - - - - - - - - Allows the objects in the collection to be manipulated. - - - - - Defines possible values for specifying positions for PCLI command arguments and arguments to PCLI itself. - - - - Members of this enumeration are used to specify relative positions of PCLI command arguments. All arguments - given a position of will appear after arguments with a position of - or . Similarly, arguments with a position of will appear after - those with a position of but before those with a position of . - - - No order is guaranteed for arguments with the same position. That is, if two arguments have a position of - , it is not possible to specify which one is output to the command line first. - - - The member is special in that it ensures the argument will appear before - the PCLI command name. This is useful when the argument is to PCLI itself, not the PCLI command. - - - - - - Arguments that should appear before the PCLI command argument. This is useful for arguments to PCLI - itself (as opposed to the PCLI command). - - - - - PCLI command arguments that should appear before other PCLI command arguments. - - - - - PCLI command arguments that should appear before other arguments with a position of - but after other arguments with a position of . - - - - - PCLI command arguments that should appear after other PCLI command arguments. - - - - - Creates a project in a PVCS repository. - - - - This task uses the createproject PCLI command to create the project in the PVCS repository. - - - - - Creates a project called Songs in the project database specified by the project-database - property. The workfile location for the project is set to C:\Work\Songs. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the workfile location for the created project. - - - - This is equivalent to the -w parameter to the pcli createproject command. - - - - - - - - - Removes a specified promotion group from versioned files. - - - - This task uses the deletegroup PCLI command to remove the promotion group from the versioned files. - - - - - Removes the DEV promotion group from App.ico in the project database specified by the - project-database property. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Removes the DEV promotion group all files in the project database specified by the - project-database property. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the promotion group to delete. - - - - This is equivalent to the -g parameter to the pcli deletegroup command. - - - - - - Removes a label from specified versioned files or projects. - - - - This task uses the deletelabel PCLI command to remove the version label from the versioned files. - - - - - Removes the label called My Label from the versioned file called App.ico from the project - database specified by the project-database property. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Removes the label called My Label from all files at and below both folder1 and folder2 - in the project database specified by the project-database property. - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the version label to remove. - - - - This is equivalent to the -v parameter to the pcli deletelabel command. - - - - - - Deletes folder, projects, versioned items and workspaces in a PVCS repository. - - - - This task uses the delete PCLI command to delete the items. - - - - - Deletes the versioned file called App.ico from the project database specified by the - project-database property. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Deletes the files called file1.txt and file2.txt from the project called folder in the - project database specified by the project-database property. - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - - - - Deletes the specified users from the PVCS access control database. - - - - This task uses the deleteuser PCLI command to delete the users. - - - - - Deletes the users called kb, kv and tb from the project database specified by the - project-database property. - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - - - - - - - Gets files from a PVCS repository. - - - - This task uses the get PCLI command to get the versioned files from PVCS. - - - - - Gets the versioned file called App.ico from the project database specified by the - project-database property. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Gets the versioned file called App.ico from the project database specified by the - project-database property. The file is also locked. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Gets all revisions assigned the SYSTEST promotion group from the project database specified by the - project-database property. The workfiles are touched after the get operation. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Constructs and initializes an instance of PVCSGetTask. - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the base project path. - - - - This is equivalent to the -bp parameter to the pcli get command. - - - - - - Gets or sets an alternative location for workfiles. - - - - This is equivalent to the -a parameter to the pcli get command. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether revisions involved in the get operation should be locked. - - - - This is equivalent to the -l parameter to the pcli get command. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether the workfiles should be made writable. - - - - This is equivalent to the -w parameter to the pcli get command. - - - - - - Gets or sets the maximum date and time of workfiles to retrieve. - - - - This is equivalent to the -d parameter to the pcli get command. - - - If this property has not yet been set, it will return DateTime.MaxValue. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the workfile location for files should be overridden. - - - - This is equivalent to the -o parameter to the pcli get command. - - - - - - Gets or sets the promotion group to get. - - - - This is equivalent to the -g parameter to the pcli get command. - - - - - - Gets or sets the revision to get against. - - - - This is equivalent to the -r parameter to the pcli get command. - - - If this property has not yet been set, it will return Double.MaxValue. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether workfiles should be touched after the get. - - - - This is equivalent to the -t parameter to the pcli get command. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether workfiles should only be gotten if they are newer than the - current workfile. - - - - This is equivalent to the -u parameter to the pcli get command (without specifying a - date or time). - - - - - - Gets or sets the version label to get against. - - - - This is equivalent to the -v parameter to the pcli get command. - - - - - - Assigns a version label to a revision of the specified versioned files. - - - - This task uses the label PCLI command to label the items. - - - - - Labels all files in the project database specified by the project-database property. The label - applied is Beta. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Labels revision 1.8 of App.ico as Dodgy in the project database specified by the - project-database property. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Constructs and initializes an instance of PVCSLabel. - - - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the label should "float" to the newest revision. - - - - This is equivalent to the -f parameter to the pcli label command. - - - - - - Gets or sets the revision to label. - - - - This is equivalent to the -r parameter to the pcli label command. - - - If this property has not yet been set, it will return Double.MaxValue. - - - - - - Gets or sets the version label to assign. - - - - This is equivalent to the -v parameter to the pcli label command. - - - - - - Locks a revision of the specified versioned files. - - - - This task uses the lock PCLI command to lock the versioned files. - - - - - Locks App.ico in the project database specified by the project-database property. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Locks all files at and below folder in the project database specified by the project-database - property. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Constructs and initializes an instance of PVCSLock. - - - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether locking files will take place if checking in those files would - result in a branch. - - - - This is equivalent to the -nb parameter to the pcli lock command. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether already locked revisions will be locked. - - - - This is equivalent to the -nm parameter to the pcli lock command. - - - - - - Gets or sets the promotion group to assign the locked revision. - - - - This is equivalent to the -g parameter to the pcli lock command. - - - - - - Gets or sets the revision to lock. - - - - This is equivalent to the -r parameter to the pcli lock command. - - - If this property has not yet been set, it will return Double.MaxValue. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether revisions will be locked even if that will result in a branch - upon check in. - - - - This is equivalent to the -yb parameter to the pcli lock command. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether revisions will be locked even if that will result in multiple - locks against the same revision. - - - - This is equivalent to the -ym parameter to the pcli lock command. - - - - - - Promotes versioned files to the next promotion group. - - - - This task uses the promotegroup PCLI command to promote versioned files. - - - - - Promotes all files in the root of the project database specified by the project-database property. - The files are promoted from the DEV promotion group to the next. Promotion will not take place across - branches. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Promotes all files in the project database specified by the project-database property. The files are - promoted from the SYSTEST promotion group to the next. Promotion will take place across branches. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the promotion may occur across branches. - - - - This is equivalent to the -nb and -yb parameters to the pcli promotegroup command. - - - - - - Gets or sets the promotion group to be promoted. - - - - This is equivalent to the -g parameter to the pcli promotegroup command. - - - - - - Puts files into a PVCS repository. - - - - This task uses the put PCLI command to put the files into PVCS. - - - - - Puts the file called App.ico into the project database specified by the project-database - property. The description for the change is Added more colour. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Puts all files into the project database specified by the project-database property. The description - for the changes is Major changes. Even if the workfiles have not been changed, they will result in a - new revision in PVCS. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Puts file.txt and all files in folder into the project database specified by the - project-database property. The description for the changes is Some changes. A new branch is - forcibly created via the forcebranch attribute. Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored when - determining whether the workfile has been altered. - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Constructs and initializes an instance of PVCSPut. - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the base project path. - - - - This is equivalent to the -bp parameter to the pcli put command. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether unchanged workfiles should be checked in. - - - - This is equivalent to the -yf parameter to the pcli put command. - - - - - - Gets or sets the description to be applied to the checked in revisions. - - - - This is equivalent to the -m parameter to the pcli put command. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the version label specified by - should float. - - - - This is equivalent to the -fv parameter to the pcli put command. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether a new branch will be created. - - - - This is equivalent to the -fb parameter to the pcli put command. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether leading and trailing spaces should be ignored when determining - whether the revision has changed. - - - - This is equivalent to the -b parameter to the pcli put command. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the workfile should kept in its original state. - - - - This is equivalent to the -k parameter to the pcli put command. - - - - - - Gets or sets an alternative location for workfiles. - - - - This is equivalent to the -a parameter to the pcli put command. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating the files should be locked after the put operation. - - - - This is equivalent to the -l parameter to the pcli put command. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the workfile location for files should be overridden. - - - - This is equivalent to the -o parameter to the pcli put command. - - - - - - Gets or sets the promotion in use. If a promotion group is specified, this option identifies the - promotion group to which the revision is currently assigned. If no promotion group is specified (ie. - this property is set to an empty string), this option indicates that one is not identifying the - revision by promotion group. - - - - This is equivalent to the -g parameter to the pcli put command. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the version label specified by - should be reassigned if it already exists. - - - - This is equivalent to the -yv parameter to the pcli put command. - - - - - - Gets or sets the revision number to use for the new revision. - - - - This is equivalent to the -r parameter to the pcli put command. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the same description should be used for all versioned items. - This is true by default. - - - - This is equivalent to the -ym parameter to the pcli put command. - - - - - - Gets or sets the version label to assign to the new revisions. - - - - This is equivalent to the -v parameter to the pcli put command. - - - - - - Renames a label in a PVCS repository. - - - - This task uses the renamelabel PCLI command to rename the label. - - - - - Renames the label on App.ico from Beater to Beta in the project database specified by - the project-database property. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Renames the label on all files from Alfa to Alpha in the project database specified by the - project-database property. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the existing label. - - - - This is equivalent to the -vf parameter to the pcli renamelabel command. - - - - - - Gets or sets the new label. - - - - This is equivalent to the -vt parameter to the pcli renamelabel command. - - - - - - Unlocks revisions of versioned files in a PVCS repository. - - - - This task uses the unlock PCLI command to perform the unlock operation. - - - - - Unlocks App.ico in the project database specified by the project-database property. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Unlocks all files in the project specified by the project-database property. Locks by all users are - removed. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Constructs and initializes an instance of PVCSUnlock. - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the revision number to use for the new revision. - - - - This is equivalent to the -r parameter to the pcli unlock command. - - - - - - Gets or sets the unlock mode for the operation. - - - - This is equivalent to the -u parameter to the pcli unlock command. - - - - - - Gets or sets the user whose locked files are to be unlocked. This is relevant only when - is set to . - - - - - Specifies possible modes for the task. - - - - - All locks held by the current user are removed. - - - - - All locks held by a specified user are removed. - - - - - All locks held by all users are removed. - - - - - Open file(s) in a client workspace for addition to the depot. - - - - Add all cs files under the given directory into the "new" changelist - (will be created if it doesn't already exist). - - - - ]]> - - - - Add Test.txt into the default changelist. - - - ]]> - - - - - - Base class for Perforce (P4) NAnt tasks. See individual task for example usage. - P4Add - P4Change - P4Delete - P4Edit - P4Label - P4Labelsync - P4Print - P4Reopen - P4Revert - P4Submit - P4Sync - - - - - Execute the perforce command assembled by subclasses. - - - - - The p4 server and port to connect to. The default is "perforce:1666". - - - - - The p4 client spec to use. The default is the current client. - - - - - The p4 username. The default is the current user. - - - - - The client, branch or label view to operate upon. The default is - "//...". - - - - - Prepends a descriptive field (for example, text:, info:, error:, exit:) - to each line of output produced by a Perforce command. This is most - often used when scripting. The default is . - - - - - Gets the command line arguments for the external program. - - - The command line arguments for the external program. - - - - - Override the ExeName paramater for p4.exe - - - - - Derived classes should override this to provide command-specific - commandline arguments. - - - - - Build the command string for this particular command. - - - The command string for this particular command. - - - - - File(s) to add. File name can contain wildcard characters. (Note: - this is not using p4 wildcard syntax, but the OS wildcards). - - - - - Changelist that files will be added into. Changelist will be created - if not already present. - - - - - File Type settings. Applied to all files in the - parameter. - - - - - This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args. - - - - - Create or delete a changelist specification. - - - Create a new changelist called "mynewchange". - - - ]]> - - - - Delete the changelist called "mynewchange". - - - ]]> - - - - - - Builds the command string for this particular command. - - - The command string for this particular command. - - - - - Changelist to create or delete. - - - - - If causes passed in changelist to be - deleted. The default is . - - - - - This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args. - - - - - Add/modify/delete a client spec in perforce. - - - - Add a client (modify if already present and have sufficient rights). - - - - ]]> - - - - Delete a client. - - - ]]> - - - - - - Builds the command string for this particular command. - - - The command string for this particular command. - - - - - Name of client to create/delete. - - - - - Root path for client spec. - - - - - Delete the named client. The default is . - - - - - Force a delete even if files are open. The default is - . - - - - - This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args. - - - - - Open file(s) in a client workspace for deletion from the depot. - - - - Mark all cs files under the give view for deletion and place them in - the "Deleting" changelist. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Builds the command string for this particular command. - - - The command string for this particular command. - - - - - Changelist to place the marked for deletion item into. - - - - - The client, branch or label view to operate upon. - - - - - This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args. - - - - - Opens file(s) in a client workspace for edit. - - - - Open all files in the ProjectX Test folder for edit, and place into - the default changelist. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Open all *.txt files in the ProjectX Test folder for edit, and place - into the "testing" changelist. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Builds the command string for this particular command. - - - The command string for this particular command. - - - - - Changelist to place the opened files into. - - - - - File Type settings. - - - - - The client, branch or label view to operate upon. - - - - - This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args. - - - - - Returns information from the "p4 info" command back into variables for - use within the build process. - - - Fill the variables using the task. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - The name of the property to store the p4 user name in. - - - - - The name of the property to store the p4 client name in. - - - - - The name of the property to store the p4 host name in. - - - - - The name of the property to store the p4 client root in. - - - - - Create or edit a label specification and its view. - - - Create a new label called "SDK_V1.2". - - - ]]> - - - - Delete the previously created label. - - - ]]> - - - - - - Builds the command string for this particular command. - - - The command string for this particular command. - - - - - Name of label to create/delete. - - - - - Delete the named label. The default is . - - - - - This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args. - - - - - Synchronize a label with the contents of the current client workspace. - - - Apply a previously created label to the specified view. - - - ]]> - - - - - - Builds the command string for this particular command. - - - The command string for this particular command. - - - - - Name of the label to sync the specified or default view with. - - - - - Delete the view defined in the label, or matching the input view - from the label. The default is . - - - - - This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args. - - - - - Fetch a specific file from a Perforce depot without needing a clientspec - to map it. - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Builds the command string for this particular command. - - - The command string for this particular command. - - - - - The depot or local filename (including optional path) of the file - to fetch. - - - - - The local filename to write the fetched file to. - - - - - This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args. - - - - - Move opened files between changelists or change the files’ type. - - - This task has two different but related uses: - Moving opened files between changelists (default or named). - Changing the type of an opened file. - - - - Move the specified files matching the view into the "New" changelist. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Modify the specified files matching the view to the given file type. - The change won't affect the repository until submitted. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Builds the command string for this particular command. - - - The command string for this particular command. - - - - - The client, branch or label view to operate upon. - - - - - Changelist to place the reopened files into. - - - - - File Type settings. - - - - - This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args. - - - - - Discard changes made to open files. - - - Revert all txt files in a given changelist. - - - ]]> - - - - - Revert all unchanged files opened in the given changelist. - - - - ]]> - - - - Revert all unchanged files opened in any changelist. - - - ]]> - - - - - - Builds the command string for this particular command. - - - The command string for this particular command. - - - - - Changelist to perform the revert action on. optional. - - - - - Revert all unchanged or missing files from the changelist. default is false. optional. - - - - - This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args. - - - - - Set registry variables that perforce uses. - - - Note: the environment variables that p4 uses will be set, but will not - be validated. - - - Modify any of the three variables (at least one required). - - - ]]> - - - - - - Builds the command string for this particular command. - - - The command string for this particular command. - - - - - This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args. - - - - - Send changes made to open files to the depot. - - - - Submit changelist "Temp", but first revert all unchanged files in the - changelist. - - - - ]]> - - - - Submit changelist, but leave the files open afterwards. - - - ]]> - - - - - - Builds the command string for this particular command. - - - The command string for this particular command. - - - - - Changelist to submit. - - - - - Keep the files open after submitting. The default is - . - - - - - Revert all unchanged or missing files from the changelist. - The default is . - - - - - This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args. - - - - - Synchronize client space to a Perforce depot view. - - - - Sync to head using P4USER, P4PORT and P4CLIENT settings specified. - - - - ]]> - - - - Sync to head using default p4 environment variables. - - - ]]> - - - - Force a re-sync to head, refreshing all files. - - - ]]> - - - - Sync to a label. - - - ]]> - - - - - - Builds the command string for this particular command. - - - The command string for this particular command. - - - - Label to sync client to; optional. - - - - - Force a refresh of files. The default is . - - - - - This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args. - - - - - Static helper class for Perforce tasks. - - - - - ask p4 for the user name - - - - - - ask p4 for the client name - - - - - - Get a changelist number based on on its name - - - - - - - - - - Get a changelist number based on on its name - - - - - - - - - Create a new label - - - - - - - - Create a new Client - - - - - - - - - Create a new changelist - - - - Description of Changelist - - - - - call the p4 process to - - - - - - - call the p4 process to - - - - - - - Execute a process and return its ourput - - - - - - - - - Execute a process and return its ourput - - - - - - - - - - Execute a process by name - - - - - - - - - Used to add files to a Visual SourceSafe database. If the file is currently - in the SourceSafe database a message will be logged but files will continue to be added. - - - This version does not support recursive adds. Only adds in the root directory will be added to the - SourceSafe database. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - The base abstract class for all Visual Source Safe Tasks. - Provides the core attributes, and functionality for opening an item - in a Visual Source Safe database. - - - - - Opens the Source Safe database and sets the reference to the specified - item and version. - - - - - Gets the value corresponding with the - specified . - - A . - - An representing the value - for the . - - - - - The path to the folder that contains "srcsafe.ini". - - - - - The Visual SourceSafe project or file path you wish the perform the - action on (starting with "$/"). - - - - - The password to use to login to the SourceSafe database. - - - - - The name of the user needed to access the Visual SourceSafe database. - When no is specified and "Use network - name for automatic user log in" is enabled for the Visual SourceSafe - database, then the current Windows username will be used to log in. - - - - - The name of the user needed to access the Visual SourceSafe database. - When no is specified and "Use network - name for automatic user log in" is enabled, then the current - Windows username will be used to log in. - - - - - A version of the path to reference. Accepts multiple forms, - including the label, version number, or date of the version. - If omitted, the latest version is used. - - - - - Main task execution method - - - - - Create project hierarchy in vss - - - - - - - Places a comment on all files added into the SourceSafe repository. - - - - - List of files that should be added to SourceSafe. - - - - - Defines how the local timestamp of files retrieved from a SourceSafe - database should be set. - - - - - The timestamp of the local file is set to the current date and time. - - - - - The timestamp of the local file is set to the file's last - modification date and time. - - - - - The timestamp of the local file is set to the date and time that - the file was last checked in to the database. - - - - - Used to checkin files into Visual Source Safe. - - - Checkin all files from an absolute directory to a local sourcesafe database. - - ]]> - - - Checkin a file from a relative directory to a remote sourcesafe database. - - ]]> - - - - - The comment for the new version. - - - - - The path to the local working directory. - - - - - Determines whether to perform a recursive checkin. - The default is . - - - - - Determines whether to leave the file(s) as writable. - The default is . - - - - - Task used to checkout files from Visual Source Safe. - - - Checkout the latest files from a local sourcesafe database. - - ]]> - - - Checkout a file from a remote sourcesafe database. Put it in a relative directory. - - ]]> - - - - - The path to the local working directory. - - - - - Determines whether to perform a recursive checkout. - The default is . - - - - - Determines whether to leave the file(s) as writable. - The default is . - - - - - Set the behavior for timestamps of local files. The default is - . - - - - - Used to delete or Destroy files or projects in Visual Source Safe. - - - Delete a project from a local sourcesafe database. - - ]]> - - - Delete a file from the remote sourcesafe database. - - ]]> - - - Destroy a project from a local sourcesafe database. - - ]]> - - - Destroy a file from the remote sourcesafe database. - - ]]> - - - - - Deletes the item unless is - then the item is destroyed. - - - - - Determines whether or not the item is Destroyed. - The default is . - - - - - Used to generate differences in a vss database. It will show all changes to a project - after the specified label. - - - This only shows differences between the current version and the version specified. - - - - ]]> - - - - - The value of the label to compare to. Required. - - - - - The output file to generate (xml) - - - - - Used to retrieve an item or project from a Visual Source Safe database. - - - Get the latest files from a local sourcesafe database. - - ]]> - - - Get the latest version of a file from a remote sourcesafe database. Put it in a relative directory. - - ]]> - - - Get the latest version of a file from a remote sourcesafe database. Remove any deleted files from local image. - - ]]> - - - - - Checks to see if we should remove local copies of deleted files, and starts - the scan. - - - - - Scans the Project Item for deleted files and removes their local - copies from the local image of the project. Obeys the recursive setting - (and thus optionally calls itself recursively). - - The VSS Item (project) to check for deletions - The path to the folder of the item being processed - - - - The path to the local working directory. - - - - - Determines whether to perform the get recursively. - The default is . - - - - - Determines whether to replace writable files. - The default is . - - - - - Determines whether the files will be writable. - The default is . - - - - - If refers to a project, determines whether files - marked "deleted" in the repository will be removed from the local - copy. The default is . - - - - - Determines whether the timestamp on the local copy - will be the modification time (if false or omitted, - the checkout time will be used) - - - - - Set the behavior for timestamps of local files. The default is - . - - - - - Generates an XML file showing all changes made to a Visual SourceSafe - project/file between specified labels or dates (by a given user). - - - - Write all changes between "Release1" and "Release2" to XML file - "changelog.xml". - - - - ]]> - - - - - Write all changes between January 1st 2004 and March 31st 2004 to XML - file "history.xml". - - - - ]]> - - - - - - The value of the label to start comparing to. If it is not included, - the compare will start with the very first history item. - - - - - The value of the label to compare up to. If it is not included, - the compare will end with the last history item. - - - - - Start date for comparison. - - - - - End date for comparison. - - - - - Output file to save history to (as XML). - - - - - Determines whether to perform the comparison recursively. - The default is . - - - - - Name of the user whose changes you want to see. - - - - - Gets the flags that should be used to retrieve the history of - . - - - - - Override to avoid exposing the corresponding attribute to build - authors. - - - - - Override to avoid exposing the corresponding attribute to build - authors. - - - - - Used to apply a label to a Visual Source Safe item. - - - Label all files in a local sourcesafe database. (Automatically applies the label recursively) - - ]]> - - - Label a file in a remote sourcesafe database. - - ]]> - - - - - The label comment. - - - - - The name of the label. - - - - - Task is used to undo a checkout from SourceSafe - - - Undo a checkout of all of the files from a local sourcesafe database. - - ]]> - - - Checkout a file from a remote sourcesafe database. Put it in a relative directory. - - ]]> - - - - - The path to the local working directory. This is required if you wish to - have your local file replaced with the latest version from SourceSafe. - - - - - Determines whether to perform a recursive undo of the checkout. - The default is . - - - - - Allows creation of view labels in StarTeam repositories. - - - Often when building projects you wish to label the source control repository. - By default this task creates view labels with the build option turned on. - This task was ported from the Ant task http://jakarta.apache.org/ant/manual/OptionalTasks/starteam.html#stlabel - You need to have the StarTeam SDK installed for this task to function correctly. - - - Creates a label in a StarTeam repository. - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Base star team task. - - - - Common super class for all StarTeam tasks. At this level of the hierarchy we are concerned only with obtaining a - connection to the StarTeam server. The subclass , abstracts tree-walking - behavior common to many subtasks. - - This class ported from the Ant task http://jakarta.apache.org/ant/manual/OptionalTasks/starteam.html - You need to have the StarTeam SDK installed for StarTeam tasks to function correctly. - - - Jason Yip - Steve Cohen - - - The username of the connection - - - The username of the connection - - - name of Starteam server to connect to - - - port of Starteam server to connect to - - - name of Starteam project to connect to - - - name of Starteam view to connect to - - - The starteam server through which all activities will be done. - - - - Derived classes must override this method to instantiate a view configured appropriately to its task. - - the unconfigured View - the view appropriately configured. - - - - All tasks will call on this method to connect to StarTeam and open the view for processing. - - the a view to be used for processing. - - - - Returns the name of the user or a blank string if the user is not found. - a user's ID - the name of the user - - - - Name of StarTeamServer. - - - Required if is not set. If you wish to set all - connection parameters at once set . - - - - - Port number of the StarTeam connection. - - - Required if is not set. If you wish to set all - connection parameters at once set . - - - - - The name of the StarTeam project to be acted on - - - Required if is not set. If you wish to set all - connection parameters at once set . - - - - - The name of the StarTeam view to be acted on. - - - Required if is not set. If you wish to set all - connection parameters at once set . - - - - - The StarTeam user name used for login. - - - Required if is not set. If you wish to set all - connection parameters at once set . - - - - - The password used for login. - - - Required if is not set. If you wish to set all - connection parameters at once set . - - - - - One stop to set all parameters needed to connect to a StarTeam server. - - - If you do not wish to specify a url you can set each parameter individually. - You must set all connection parameters for the task to be able to connect to the StarTeam server. - - - Here is how to configure the url string. - servername:portnum/project/view - You can optionally specify a username and password. - username:password@servername:portnum/project/view - - - - - - - - - - The name of the label to be set in Starteam. - - - The label description to be set in Starteam. - - - Is the label being created a build label. - - - If set the datetime to set the label as of. - - - Kludgy flag to keep track if date has been set. - Please kill this if you can. Here based on experiences I have had with VB.NET - - - Does user wish to make a revision label? - - - - Override of base-class abstract function creates an appropriately configured view. - For labels this a view configured as of this.lastBuild. - - the unconfigured View - the snapshot View appropriately configured. - - - - The name to be given to the label; required. - - - - Should label be marked build : default is true - - - - Should label created be a revision label. The default is - . - - - has no effect if this is set to - as revision labels cannot have a build status. - - - - Optional description of the label to be stored in the StarTeam project. - - - - Optional: If this property is set the label will be created as of the datetime specified. - Please provide a datetime format that can be parsed via - . - - - This property is ignored when set to - . - - - - - Task for supporting labeling of repositories with incremented version - numbers. The version number calculated will be concatenated to the - . - - - - Instruments root of repository with versionnumber.xml file. - - - If this file is not present, it is created and checked into StarTeam. - The default version number is 1.0.0. By default the build number is - incremented. Properties are present to allow setting and incrementing - of major, minor, and build versions. - - - When label is created, properties are set to expose version information - and the new label : - - - - label - - - Version.text - - - Version.major - - - Version.minor - - - Version.build - - - - Incrementing or setting major or minor versions does NOT reset the - build version. - - - - Increment the build version. - - - ]]> - - - - Set the major version. - - - ]]> - - - - Increment the minor version. - - - ]]> - - - - Example versionnumber.xml file. - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Looks for versionnumber.xml at root of repository. - Updates the xml in this file to correspond with properties set by user and checks in changes. - A label is then created based on properties set. - - - Default behavior is to number. - If user sets , , or no incrementing is done - and the exact version set and/or read from versionnumber.xml is used. - The title of the Label is the property concatenated with the version number Major.Minor.Build - - - - - Locate the versionnumber.xml file in the repository. If it - is not present, the file is created. The file is checked out - exclusively for editing. - - StarTeam view we are working with. - - StarTeam file handle containing version xml. - - - - - Creates the versionumber.xml file in the repository. - - StarTeam folder desired to put the versionnumber.xml files into - StarTeam File handle to the created file. - - - - Allows user to specify the filename where the version xml is stored. - The default is versionnumber.xml. - - - - - Increment major version number. The default is . - If is set, this property is ignored. - - - - - Increment minor version number. The default is . - If is set, this property is ignored. - - - - - Increment build version number. The default is . - If is set, this property is ignored. - - - - - Major version number used for label. If this value is set, - is ignored. - - - - - Minor version number used for label. If this value is set, - is ignored. - - - - - Build version number used for label. - If this value is set. is ignored. - - - - - Task to check in files to StarTeam repositories. - - - You add files to the repository that are not controlled by setting . - This task was ported from the Ant task http://jakarta.apache.org/ant/manual/OptionalTasks/starteam.html#stcheckin - You need to have the StarTeam SDK installed for this task to function correctly. - - - Recursively checks in all files in the project. - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Base for tree based star team tasks. - - - - Abstracts tree-walking behavior common to many subtasks. - - - This class provides tree iteration functionality. Derived classes will implement their specific task - functionally using the visitor pattern, specifically by implementing the method - - This class ported from the Ant task http://jakarta.apache.org/ant/manual/OptionalTasks/starteam.html - You need to have the StarTeam SDK installed for StarTeam tasks to function correctly. - - - - - Does the work of opening the supplied Starteam view and calling - the method setting the pattern in motion to perform the task. - - - - - Helper method calls on the StarTeam API to retrieve an ID number for the specified view, corresponding to this.label. - - The Label identifier or -1 if no label was provided. - - - Derived classes must override this class to define actual processing to be performed on each folder in the tree defined for the task - the StarTeam folderto be visited - the local mapping of rootStarteamFolder - - - - Derived classes must override this method to define tests for any preconditons required by the task. - This method is called at the beginning of the ExecuteTask method. - - - - - - Gets the collection of the local file names in the supplied directory. - We need to check this collection against what we find in Starteam to - understand what we need to do in order to synch with the repository. - - - The goal is to keep track of which local files are not controlled by StarTeam. - - Local folder to scan - hashtable whose keys represent a file or directory in localFolder. - - - - Removes file being worked with from the generated hashtable. - - - The goal is to keep track of which local files are not controlled by StarTeam. - - Hashtable of the current directory's file|dire - file to remove from list. - - - - Evaluates defined and patterns against a filename. - - - - - - - Lifted/Modified from to convert patterns to match filenames to regularexpressions. - - Search pattern - meant to be just a filename with no path info - The directory seperation code in here most likely is overkill. - Regular expresssion for searching matching file names - - - - Convert path patterns to regularexpression patterns. Stored in the given string collection. - - collection of paths to expand into regular expressions - collection to store the given regularexpression patterns - - - - Root StarTeam folder to begin operations on. Defaults to the root of the view. - - - - - Root Local folder where files are to be checkout/in or manipulated. Defaults to the StarTeam default folder. - - - - - Accepts comma de-limited list of expressions to include in tree operations. - If nothing is set ALL filespecs are included. - - - Match all C# files in the directory - *.cs - - - Expressions should be just for filename matching. - Technically relative directory information is accepted but will never match. - - - - - Accepts comma de-limited list of expressions to exclude from tree operations. - If nothing is specified. NO filespecs are excluded. - - - Match No C# files in the directory - *.cs - - - - If a excludes pattern is set with no patterns present includes defaults to "*" - - Expressions should be just for filename matching. - Technically relative directory information is accepted but will never match. - - - - - Default : true - should tasks recurse through tree. - - - - - Default : false - force check in/out actions regardless of the status that StarTeam is maintaining for the file. - - - If is set then this property should be set true. - Otherwise the checkout will be based on how the repository compares to local target folder. - - Note that if forced is not on. Files with status Modified and Merge will not be processed. - - - - - Label used for checkout. If no label is set latest state of repository is checked out. - - - The label must exist in starteam or an exception will be thrown. - - - - classes used to access static values - - - Facotry classes used when files and folders are added to the repository. Populated when adduncontrolled is enabled. - - - will folders be created for new items found with the checkin. - - - The comment which will be stored with the checkin. - - - holder for the add Uncontrolled attribute. If true, all local files not in StarTeam will be added to the repository. - - - This attribute tells whether unlocked files on checkin (so that other users may access them) checkout or to - leave the checkout status alone (default). - - - - - Override of base-class abstract function creates an appropriately configured view. For checkins this is - always the current or "tip" view. - - the unconfigured View - the snapshot View appropriately configured. - - - Implements base-class abstract function to define tests for any preconditons required by the task - - - Implements base-class abstract function to perform the checkin operation on the files in each folder of the tree. - the StarTeam folder to which files will be checked in - local folder from which files will be checked in - - - Adds to the StarTeam repository everything on the local machine that is not currently in the repository. - Hasttable containing files missing in the repository for the current folder - StarTeam folder to which these items are to be added. - - - Adds the file or directpry to the repository. - StarTeam folder underwhich items will be added. - the file or directory to add - true if the file was successfully added otherwise false. - - - - if true, any files or folders NOT in StarTeam will be added to the repository. Defaults to "false". - - - - - Set to do an unlocked checkout; optional, default is false; - If true, file will be unlocked so that other users may change it. If false, lock status will not change. - - - - - Task to check out files from StarTeam repositories. - - - You can check out by and control the type of lock with . - You can delete files that are not in source control by setting . - This task was ported from the Ant task http://jakarta.apache.org/ant/manual/OptionalTasks/starteam.html#stcheckout - You need to have the StarTeam SDK installed for this task to function correctly. - - - Recursively checks out all files in the project with an exclusive lock. - - - - - ]]> - - - - - holder for the createDirs property. - - - holder for the deleteUncontrolled property. - - - holder for the lockstatus property. - - - - Override of base-class abstract function creates an appropriately configured view for checkout. - If a label is specified it is used otherwise the current view of the repository is used. - - the unconfigured StarTeam View - the snapshot StarTeam View appropriately configured. - - - Implements base-class abstract function to define tests for any preconditons required by the task - - - - Implements base-class abstract function to perform the checkout operation on the files in each folder of the tree. - - the StarTeam folder from which files to be checked out - the local mapping of the starteam folder - - - - Deletes everything on the local machine that is not in the repository. - - Hashtable containing filenames to be deleted - - - Utility method to delete the file (and it's children) from the local drive. - the file or directory to delete. - was the file successfully deleted - - - - Default : true - Create directories that are in the Starteam repository even if they are empty. - - - - - Not fully tested CAREFUL Default : false - Should all local files NOT in StarTeam be deleted? - - - - - What type of lock to apply to files checked out. - - - LockType - - - unchanged - default: do not make any changes to the lock state of items. - - - exclusive - Exclusively lock items. No other users can update the object while it is exclusively locked. - - - nonexclusive - Put a non-exclusive lock on the item. - - - unlocked - Remove locks from all items checked out. This accompanied by force would effectively override a lock and replace local contents with the current version. - - - - - - - Allows creation of view labels in StarTeam repositories. - - - Often when building projects you wish to label the source control repository. - By default this task creates view labels with the build option turned on. - This task was ported from the Ant task http://jakarta.apache.org/ant/manual/OptionalTasks/starteam.html#stlabel - You need to have the StarTeam SDK installed for this task to function correctly. - - - Creates a label in a StarTeam repository. - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - This method does the work of creating the new view and checking it - into Starteam. - - - - - List items in StarTeam repositories. - - - This task was ported from the Ant task http://jakarta.apache.org/ant/manual/OptionalTasks/starteam.html#stlist - You need to have the StarTeam SDK installed for this task to function correctly. - - - Lists all files in a StarTeam repository. - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Override of base-class abstract function creates an appropriately configured view for checkoutlists. - The current view or a view of the label specified . - - the unconfigured View - the snapshot View appropriately configured. - - - Required base-class abstract function implementation is a no-op here. - - - Implements base-class abstract function to perform the checkout - operation on the files in each folder of the tree. - the StarTeam folder from which files to be checked out - the local mapping of rootStarteamFolder - - - - Processes Surround SCM batch files. - - - Processes the batch commands found in the input file. Each line in the - input file should contain a single Surround SCM command including proper - command line options. The sscm command, Surround SCM server address, - port number, username and password are not required for each command line. - - - - Run the batch file ${src}/sscm.batch on the server at localhost, - port 4900 with username 'administrator' and a blank password. All script - output is directed to the console. - - - <sscmbatch - serverconnect="localhost:4900" - serverlogin="administrator:" - input="${src}/sscm.batch" - /> - - - - - Run the batch file ${src}/sscm.batch on the server at localhost, - port 4900 with username 'administrator' and a blank password. All script - output is redirected to ${dist}/sscm.batch.out. - - - <sscmbatch - serverconnect="localhost:4900" - serverconnect="administrator:" - input="${src}/sscm.batch" - output="${dist}/sscm.batch.out" - /> - - - - - - Surround SCM - abstract task base. - - - - - Writes the task-specific arguments to the specified - . - - The to write the task-specific arguments to. - - - - The address and port number of the Surround SCM server host computer. - Format is server:port. If not entered, the last saved connection - parameters are used. - - - - - The username and password used to login to the Surround SCM server. - Format is username:password. If not entered, the last saved login - parameters are used. - - - - - Override ExeName paramater to sscm.exe for Surround SCM. - - - - - Gets the command line arguments for the external program. - - - The command line arguments for the external program. - - - - - Writes the task-specific arguments to the specified - . - - The to write the task-specific arguments to. - - - - File to read commands from. - - - - - File to direct all standard output to. When executing commands from - the input file, all output is written to this file instead of being - displayed on the screen. - - - - - Creates new branches for Surround SCM. - - - - Create a new Baseline branch 'Widget 1.0' from branch 'Mainline', - repository 'Mainline/Widget' with the given comments. All files - are branched at the tip version. - - - <sscmbranch - serverconnect="localhost:4900" - serverlogin="administrator:" - branch="Widget 1.0" - repository="Mainline/Widget" - parent="Mainline" - comment="Branch for continuing Widget 1.0 development" - type="baseline" - /> - - - - - Create a new Workspace branch 'MyWidgetDevelopment' from branch - 'Widget 1.0', repository 'Mainline/Widget'. All files are branched - at the tip version. - - - <sscmbranch - serverconnect="localhost:4900" - serverlogin="administrator:" - branch="MyWidgetDevelopment" - repository="Mainline/Widget" - parent="Widget 1.0" - /> - - - - - Create a new Snapshot branch 'Build as of 12-1-03' from branch - 'Widget 1.0', repository 'Mainline/Widget' with the given comments. - All files are branched at their version as of 12-01-03. - - - <sscmbranch - serverconnect="localhost:4900" - serverlogin="administrator:" - name="Build as of 12-1-03" - repository="Mainline/Widget" - branch="Widget 1.0" - comment="Snapshot of source as it was on December 1st, 2003" - timestamp="2003120300:00:00" - type="snapshot" - /> - - - - - - Writes the task-specific arguments to the specified - . - - The to write the task-specific arguments to. - - - - The name of the branch you want to create. - - - - - The full repository path. - - - - - The parent branch you want to create the new, child branch from. - If not specified, the mainline branch is used. - - - - - Specifies a comment for the branch operation. - - - - - Specifies which parent branch file versions are copied into the - child branch. - - - - - Specifies which parent branch file versions are copied into the - child branch. Format is yyyymmddhh:mm:ss. If - attribute is specified, this parameter is ignored. - - - - - Include removed files when creating a branch with the - or option. - The default is . - - - - - Specifies the type of branch you want to create. Possible values are - workspace, baseline, or snapshot. The default is - workspace. - - - - - Checks in files in Surround SCM - repository. - - - Check in updated Surround SCM files with changes, removes the lock on - the files, and makes changes available to other users. - - - - Check In all files and repositories from repository 'Mainline/Widget' - recursively from the 'Widget 1.0' branch to the working directory setup - for user 'administrator'. This call outputs the progress of the Check In - to the console. - - - <sscmcheckin - serverconnect="localhost:4900" - serverlogin="administrator:" - file="/" - branch="Widget 1.0" - repository="Mainline/Widget" - recursive="true" - comment="I made some changes" - /> - - - - - Check in file 'Mainline/Widget/Widget.java' from the 'Widget 1.0' - branch from the working directory setup for user 'administrator' - with comment 'I made some changes'. Set the 'Release 1.1.1' label - to this new version, even if the label already exists on an earlier - version. - - - <sscmcheckin - serverconnect="localhost:4900" - serverlogin="administrator:" - file="Widget.java" - branch="Widget 1.0" - repository="Mainline/Widget" - comment="I made some changes" - label="Release 1.1.1" - overwritelabel="true" - /> - - - - - - Writes the task-specific arguments to the specified - . - - The to write the task-specific arguments to. - - - - Surround SCM branch name. The default is pulled from the local - working directory. - - - - - Surround SCM repository path. The default is pulled from the local - working directory. - - - - - File or repository name. Can be / or empty, which means the - repository specified by the repository option or the default - repository. - - - - - Comment for the check-in. - - - - - Force check in without merge. Ignores code changes checked in after - the user's last checkout or merge. The default is . - - - - - Get file after check in. The default is . - - - - - Keep the lock after check in. The default is . - - - - - A label for the check in code. - - - - - Overwrite previous label on file. The default is - . - - - - - Do not list repository and local full path of the Surround - SCM server. The default is . - - - - - Recursively check in all files and sub-repositories. - The default is . - - - - - The TestTrack Pro database configuration name. - - - - - The TestTrack Pro username and password. - - - - - The TestTrack Pro defect number(s) for attachment. Format is "#:#:#:#". - - - - - Make file writable after check in. The default is - . - - - - - Update version even if no changes. The default is - . - - - - - Remove local file after check in. The default is - . - - - - - Checks out files from a Surround SCM - repository. - - - You can check out single files, multiple files, or a full repository. - Surround SCM creates a read-write copy of the files in the working - directory. - - - - Check Out all files and repositories from repository 'Mainline/Widget' - recursively from the 'Widget 1.0' branch to the working directory setup - for user 'administrator'. This call forces the file retrieval from the - server even if the local file is current and overwrites any writable - local files with the server copy. - - - <sscmcheckout - serverconnect="localhost:4900" - serverlogin="administrator:" - file="/" - branch="Widget 1.0" - repository="Mainline/Widget" - recursive="true" - force="true" - comment="This is my Check Out comment" - /> - - - - - Check Out version 1 of the file 'Mainline/Widget/Widget.java' exclusively - from the 'Widget 1.0' branch to the working directory setup for user - 'administrator'. Writable local files are not overwritten, even if they - are out of date. - - - <sscmcheckout - serverconnect="localhost:4900" - serverlogin="administrator:" - quiet="true" - file="Widget.java" - branch="Widget 1.0" - repository="Mainline/Widget" - overwrite="false" - writable="true" - version="1" - exclusive="true" - /> - - - - - - Writes the task-specific arguments to the specified - . - - The to write the task-specific arguments to. - - - - Surround SCM branch name. The default is pulled from the local - working directory. - - - - - Surround SCM repository path. The default is pulled from the local - working directory. - - - - - File or repository name. Can be / or empty, which means the - repository specified by the attribute - or the default repository. - - - - - Comment for the check-out. - - - - - Force file retrieval from server regardless of the local copy status. - The default is . - - - - - Do not list repository and local full path of the Surround SCM server. - The default is . - - - - - Recursively get files and sub-repositories. The default is - . - - - - - Specifies whether to overwrite local writable files. The default is - . - - - - - Specifies how to set the local file's date/time. Possible values are - current, modify or checkin. - - - - - Exclusively lock the files. The default is . - - - - - Specifies the file version to check out. Ignored if no specific - filename is set using the attribute. - - - - - Freezes branches in a Surround SCM - repository. - - - Freezing a branch prevents any code changes being made to files in the - branch. When a branch is frozen, it is locked and no changes can be - made to it. - - - - Freeze the 'Widget 1.0' branch off of the mainline 'Mainline' on the - server at localhost, port 4900 with username 'administrator' and a - blank password. - - - <sscmfreeze - serverconnect="localhost:4900" - serverlogin="administrator:" - mainline="Mainline" - branch="Widget 1.0" - /> - - - - - - Writes the task-specific arguments to the specified - . - - The to write the task-specific arguments to. - - - - Surround SCM branch name. - - - - - Surround SCM mainline branch name. The default is pulled from the - local working directory. - - - - - Gets files from a Surround SCM - repository. - - - You can get a single file, multiple files, or a repository. A read-only - copy of the file is created in the specified directory. - - - - Get all files and repositories from repository 'Mainline/Widget' - recursively from the 'Widget 1.0' branch to the working directory - setup for user 'administrator'. This call forces the file retrieval - from the server even if the local file is current and overwrites any - local files that are writable with the server copy. - - - <sscmget - serverconnect="localhost:4900" - serverlogin="administrator:" - file="/" - branch="Widget 1.0" - repository="Mainline/Widget" - recursive="true" - force="true" - overwrite="true" - /> - - - - - Get version 1 of the file 'Mainline/Widget/Widget.java' from the - 'Widget 1.0' branch to the working directory setup for user 'administrator'. - Writable local files are not overwritten, even if they are out of date. - - - <sscmget - serverconnect="localhost:4900" - serverlogin="administrator:" - quiet="true" - file="Widget.java" - branch="Widget 1.0" - repository="Mainline/Widget" - overwrite="false" - writable="true" - version="1" - /> - - - - - Get all files and repositories labeled with 'Release 1.0.0' (even those - removed from Surround) from repository 'Mainline/Widget' recursively - from the 'Widget 1.0' branch to the '${build}/src' directory. Writable - local files are overwritten with the server copy. - - - <sscmget - serverconnect="localhost:4900" - serverlogin="administrator:" - quiet="true" - file="/" - branch="Widget 1.0" - repository="Mainline/Widget" - recursive="true" - label="Release 1.0.1" - destdir="${build}/src" - overwrite="true" - /> - - - - - - Writes the task-specific arguments to the specified - . - - The to write the task-specific arguments to. - - - - Surround SCM branch name. The default is pulled from the local - working directory. - - - - - Surround SCM repository path. The default is pulled from the local - working directory. - - - - - File or repository name. Can be / or empty, which means the repository - specified by the attribute or the default - repository. - - - - - The local directory you want to get the files to. If - is a repository, a subrepository with the same - name as the repository is created and files are copied to it. If - is specified as / or not set, files are copied to - the local directory. If not specified, files are copied to the - working directory. - - - - - Make local file editable or writable. The default is - . - - - - - Force file retrieval from server regardless of the local copy status. - The default is . - - - - - Label to search for when getting a file. If a file version is - specified, this parameter is ignored. - - - - - Timestamp to use when getting files. Format is yyyymmddhh:mm:ss. - If is specified, this parameter is ignored. - Requires Surround SCM 3.0 or later. - - - - - Include removed files when getting files by label or timestamp. - The default is . Ignored if a label or - timestamp is not specified. - - - - - Do not list repository and local full path of files. The default is - . - - - - - Recursively get files and sub-repositories. The default is - . - - - - - Specifies whether to overwrite local writable files. The default is - . - - - - - Specifies how to set the local file's date/time. Possible values are - current, modify or checkin. - - - - - The file version to get. Ignored if a filename is not specified in - the attribute. - - - - - Creates file or repository labels for a Surround SCM - repository. - - - Labels provide a way to mark a specific version of a file or repository. - You can create labels for single files, multiple files, or all files in - a repository. When you create a label, a new entry is created in the history. - The file, and the version number, do not change. Existing 'Release 1.0.1' - labels on a file will be moved to the tip version of the file. - - - - Label all files under the 'Mainline/Widget' repository recursively in - the 'Widget 1.0' branch with 'Release 1.0.1' and the given comment. - - - <sscmlabel - serverconnect="localhost:4900" - serverlogin="administrator:" - branch="Widget 1.0" - repository="Mainline/Widget" - file="readme.txt" - recursive="true" - label="Release 1.0.1" - overwritelabel="false" - comment="This labels the final build for the release of Widget 1.0.1." - /> - - - - - Label all files under the 'Mainline/Widget' repository recursively in - the 'Widget 1.0' branch with 'Release 1.0.1' and no comments. - - - <sscmlabel - serverconnect="localhost:4900" - serverlogin="administrator:" - branch="Widget 1.0" - repository="Mainline/Widget" - file="readme.txt" - recursive="true" - label="Release 1.0.1" - /> - - - - - Label version 4 of the file 'Mainline/Widget/Widget.java' in the - 'Widget 1.0' branch with 'Release 1.0.1' and the given comment. An - existing 'Release 1.0.1' label on this file to be moved to version 4 - of the file. - - - <sscmlabel - serverconnect="localhost:4900" - serverlogin="administrator:" - branch="Widget 1.0" - repository="Mainline/Widget" - file="readme.txt" - label="Release 1.0.1" - overwritelabel=" true" - comment=" This labels the final build for the release of Widget 1.0.1." - version=" 4" - /> - - - - - - Writes the task-specific arguments to the specified - . - - The to write the task-specific arguments to. - - - - Surround SCM branch name. The default is pulled from the local - working directory. - - - - - Surround SCM repository path. The default is pulled from the local - working directory. - - - - - File or repository name. Can be / or empty, which means the - repository specified by the attribute - or the default repository. - - - - - The new label to create. - - - - - Recursively label all files. The default is . - - - - - Overwrite the existing label. The default is . - - - - - Comment for the label. - - - - - The file version to label. Ignored if a filename is not specified in - the attribute. - - - - - Unlocks frozen branches for a Surround SCM - repository. - - - - Unfreeze the 'Widget 1.0' branch off of the mainline 'Mainline' on the - server at localhost, port 4900 with username 'administrator' and a - blank password. - - - <sscmunfreeze - serverconnect="localhost:4900" - serverlogin="administrator:" - mainline="Mainline" - branch="Widget 1.0" - /> - - - - - - Writes the task-specific arguments to the specified - . - - The to write the task-specific arguments to. - - - - Surround SCM branch name. - - - - - Surround SCM mainline branch name. The default is pulled from the local working directory. - - - - - A base class for creating tasks for executing CVS client commands on a - CVS repository. - - - - - An environment variable that holds path information about where - svn is located. - - - - - The prefix used for command arguments. - - - - - The name of the svn executable. - - - - - Environment variable that holds the executable name that is used for - ssh communication. - - - - - Name of the password file that is used to cash password settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Build up the command line arguments, determine which executable is being - used and find the path to that executable and set the working - directory. - - The process to prepare. - - - - Append the command line options or commen names for the options - to the generic options collection. This is then piped to the - command line as a switch. - - - - - Gets the full path of the svn executable. - - - Exception is thrown when Subversion client - executable cannot be found. - - - The full path of the svn executable. - - - - - Set default values for non-requiered parameters. - - - - - The name of the executable. - - - - - The name of the password file. - - - - - Name of the home environment variable. - - - - - The name of the ssh/ rsh environment variable. - - - - - The full path of the svn executable. - - - - - - TODO: Add more documentation when I understand all svn root possibilities/ - protocols. - The svn root is usually in the form of a URL from which the server, protocol - and path information can be derived. Although the path to the repository - can also be determined from this the information is more implicit - than explicit. For example a subversion root URL of: - - http://svn.collab.net/repos/svn/trunk/doc/book/tools - - would have the following components: - protocol: http/ web_dav - username: anonymous - servername: svn.collab.net - repository: /repos/svn - server path: /trunk/doc/book/tools - - In addition the revision path or branch can also be determined as - subversion stores this information as a seperate physical directory. - In this example: - - revision: trunk - - - - - - The user performing the checkout. - - - - - The pasword to use to login to svn. - - - - - Indicates whether the task should be interactive or not. This is - set to by default, and I don't see a reason - to expose this to the NAnt task. - - - - - The executable to use for ssh communication. - - - - - The command to execute. - - - - - Specifies whether to print as little information as possible. - The default is . - - - - - Determines if the root is used for the command based on - the command name. Returns true if the root - is used, otherwise returns false. - - - - - Executes the svn checkout command. - - - Checkout Gentle.NET. - - - ]]> - - - - - - Initialize the task, and set the default parameters. - - - - - Gets the svn command to execute. - - - The svn command to execute. The default value is "checkout". - - - - - if the command should be executed recursively. - The default is . - - - - - The revision to checkout. If no revision is specified then subversion - will return the HEAD. - - - A revision argument can be one of: - NUMBER revision number - "{" DATE "}" revision at start of the date - "HEAD" latest in repository - "BASE" base rev of item's working copy - "COMMITTED" last commit at or before BASE - "PREV" revision just before COMMITTED - - - - - if the authentiction token should be cached - locally. - - - - - The location of the configuration directory. - - - - - Executes the svn command specified by the command attribute. - - - Checkout Gentle.NET. - - - ]]> - - - - - - The svn command to execute. - - - - - Executes the svn update specified by the command attribute. - - - Update Gentle.NET. - - - ]]> - - - - - - Gets the svn command to execute. - - - The svn command to execute. The default value is "update". - - - - - Allows an IIS application pool to be controlled. - - - - Starts the "StsAdminAppPool" application pool on server - "SV-ARD-WEB". - - - - ]]> - - - - - Stops and restarts the "DefaultAppPool" application pool - on server "SV-ARD-WEB". - - - - ]]> - - - - - - The name of the server on which to perform the action. The default - is the local computer. - - - - - The name of the application pool on which to perform the action. - - - - - The action that should be performed on the application pool. - - - - - Defines the actions that can be performed on an application pool. - - - - - Starts the application pool. - - - - - Stops the application pool. - - - - - Stops and restarts the application pool. - - - - - Recycles an application pool. - - - - - Creates or modifies a virtual directory of a web site hosted on Internet - Information Server. - - - - If the virtual directory does not exist it is created, and if it already - exists it is modified. Only the IIS-properties specified will be set. If set - by other means (e.g. the Management Console), the unspecified properties retain their current value, - otherwise they are inherited from the parent. - - - For a list of optional parameters see IIsWebVirtualDir. - - - More information on metabase parameters is available here. - - - - - Create a virtual directory named Temp pointing to c:\temp - on the local machine. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Create a virtual directory named Temp pointing to c:\temp - on machine Staging. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Configure the home directory of for http://svc.here.dev/ to point to - D:\Develop\Here and require authentication - - - - ]]> - - - - - Create a virtual directory named WebServices/Dev pointing to - c:\MyProject\dev on the web site running on port 81 of - machine MyHost. - - - - ]]> - - Note that if WebServices is neither an existing virtual directory nor an - existing physical subdirectory of the web root, your IIS Management Console - will get confused. Even though http://MyHost:81/WebServices/Dev/theService.asmx - may be a perfectly working webservice, the Management Console will not show it. - - - - - Base class for all IIS-related task. - - - Basically this class hold the logic to determine the IIS version as well - as the IIS server/port determination/checking logic. - - - - - Name of the IIS virtual directory. - - - - - The IIS server, which can be specified using the format [host]:[port]. - The default is localhost:80. - - - - This allows for targeting a specific virtual site on a physical box. - - - - - - The website on the IIS server. - - - - This allows for targeting a specific virtual site on a physical box. - - - - - - Gets the version of IIS corresponding with the current OS. - - - The version of IIS corresponding with the current OS. - - - - - Defines the IIS versions supported by the IIS tasks. - - - - - The user-friendly name of the package or application. - - - - - The file system path. - - - - - Indicates whether the file or the contents of the folder may be - executed, regardless of file type. The default is . - - - - - Indicates whether remote requests to execute applications are denied; - only requests from the same computer as the IIS server succeed if - is set to . You - cannot set to - to enable remote requests, and set to - to disable local requests. The default is - . - - - - - Indicates whether remote requests to view files are denied; - only requests from the same computer as the IIS server succeed if - is set to . You - cannot set to - to enable remote requests, and set to - to disable local requests. The default is - . - - - - - A value of true indicates that remote requests to view dynamic content are denied; only requests from the same computer as the IIS server succeed if the AccessScript property is set to true. You cannot set AccessNoRemoteScript to false to enable remote requests, and set AccessScript to false to disable local requests. - - - - - indicates that remote requests to create or change files are denied; only requests from the same computer as the IIS server succeed if the AccessWrite property is set to true. You cannot set AccessNoRemoteWrite to false to enable remote requests, and set AccessWrite to false to disable local requests. - - - - - Indicates whether the file or the contents of the folder may be - read. The default is . - - - - - Indicates whether users are allowed to access source code if either - Read or Write permissions are set. The default is . - - - - - Indicates whether the file or the contents of the folder may be - executed if they are script files or static content. The default - is . - - - - - Indicates whether file access requires SSL file permission processing, - with or without a client certificate. The default is . - - - - - Indicates whether file access requires SSL file permission processing - with a minimum key size of 128 bits, with or without a client - certificate. The default is . - - - - - Indicates whether SSL file permission processing maps a client - certificate to a Microsoft Windows ® operating system user-account. - must also be set to - for the mapping to occur. The default is - . - - - - - Indicates whether SSL file access processing requests a certificate - from the client. The default is . - - - - - Indicates whether SSL file access processing requests a certificate - from the client. If the client provides no certificate, the connection - is closed. must also be set to - when using . - The default is . - - - - - Indicates whether users are allowed to upload files and their - associated properties to the enabled directory on your server or - to change content in a Write-enabled file. The default is - . - - - - - Indicates whether IIS should handle the user password for anonymous - users attempting to access resources. The default is - . - - - - - Specifies what type of application to create for this virtual directory. - The default is . - - - - - Specifies whether ASP client-side debugging is enabled. The default - is . - - - - - Specifies whether ASP debugging is enabled on the server. The default - is . - - - - - Specifies the application pool where the application is routed - (IIS 6.0 or higher). - - - - - Enables session state persistence for the ASP application. The - default is . - - - - - Specifies whether output from an ASP application will be buffered. - If , all output from the application is - collected in the buffer before the buffer is flushed to the client. - With buffering on, the ASP application has to completely process the - ASP script before the client receives any output. The default is - . - - - - - Determines whether an ASP application can be automatically restarted. - When changes are made to Global.asa or metabase properties that affect - an application, the application will not restart unless the - property is set to - . The default is . - - - When this property is changed from to - , the application immediately restarts. - - - - - Controls the behavior of ASP when a new request is to be rejected - due to a full request queue. If , an .htm file - with a similar name as the requested .asp file, will be sent instead - of the .asp file. The naming convention for the .htm file is the - name of the .asp file with _asp appended. The default is - . - - - - - Specifies whether HTTP 1.1 chunked transfer encoding is enabled for - the World Wide Web Publishing Service (WWW service). The default is - . - - - - - Specifies which ASP errors are written to the Windows event log. - - - - ASP errors are written to the client browser and to the IIS log files - by default. is set to - by default, and is modified by in - the following way: - - - If is set to , - then ASP errors are not written to the Windows event log, regardless - of the value of . - - - If is set to , - and if IIS fails to write an item to the IIS log file, the item is - written to the Windows event log as a warning, regardless of the - value of . - - - If is set to - and is set to , - then only the most serious ASP errors are sent to the Windows event log. - Serious ASP error numbers are: 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, - 115, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 240, 241, and 242. - - - If is set to - and is set to , - then all ASP errors are written to the Windows event log. - - - - - - Specifies whether an ASP page allows paths relative to the current - directory. The default is . - - - - - Specifies whether type libraries are cached on the server. The - default is . - - - - The World Wide Web Publishing Service (WWW service) setting for - this property is applicable to all in-process and pooled out-of-process - application nodes, at all levels. - - - Metabase settings at the Web server level or lower are ignored - for in-process and pooled out-of-process applications. However, - settings at the Web server level or lower are used if that node - is an isolated out-of-process application. - - - - - - Specifies whether ASP pages trap exceptions thrown by components. - If set to , the Microsoft Script Debugger tool - does not catch exceptions sent by the component that you are debugging. - The default is . - - - - - Controls whether the Web server writes ASP errors to the application - section of the Windows event log. The default is . - - - - ASP errors are written to the client browser and to the IIS log files - by default. is set to - by default, and is modified by in - the following way: - - - If is set to , - then ASP errors are not written to the Windows event log, regardless - of the value of . - - - If is set to , - and if IIS fails to write an item to the IIS log file, the item is - written to the Windows event log as a warning, regardless of the - value of . - - - If is set to - and is set to , - then only the most serious ASP errors are sent to the Windows event log. - Serious ASP error numbers are: 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, - 115, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 240, 241, and 242. - - - If is set to - and is set to , - then all ASP errors are written to the Windows event log. - - - - - - Specifies whether the Web server writes debugging specifics - (file name, error, line number, description) to the client browser, - in addition to logging them to the Windows Event Log. The default - is . - - - - - Indicates whether IIS thread gating is enabled (only applies to IIS 4 and 5). - The default is . - - - IIS performs thread gating to dynamically control the number of - concurrently executing threads, in response to varying load conditions. - - - - - Specifies whether IIS checks the threading model of any components - that your application creates. The default is . - - - - - Specifies Anonymous authentication as one of the possible authentication - schemes returned to clients as being available. The default is - . - - - - - Specifies Basic authentication as one of the possible authentication - schemes returned to clients as being available. The default is - . - - - - - Specifies Integrated Windows authentication as one of the possible - authentication schemes returned to clients as being available. The - default is . - - - - - Specifies that authentication persists only for a single request on - a connection. IIS resets the authentication at the end of each request, - and forces re-authentication on the next request of the session. - - - [IIS 6.0] When the AuthPersistSingleRequest flag is set to true when - using NTLM authentication, IIS 6.0 automatically reauthenticates every - request, even those on the same connection. - - - - - Specifies authentication will persist only across single requests - on a connection if the connection is by proxy. Applies to IIS 5.0 - and 5.1. The default is - - - IIS will reset the authentication at the end of the request if the current authenticated - request is by proxy and it is not the special case where IIS is running MSPROXY - - - - - Specifies whether authentication is valid for a single request - if by proxy. IIS will reset the authentication at the end of the - request and force re-authentication on the next request if the - current authenticated request is by proxy of any type. Applies to - IIS 5.0 and 5.1. The default is . - - - - - Specifies whether the HTTP 1.1 directive to prevent caching of content - should be sent to clients. The default is . - - - - - Indicates whether ISAPI extensions are cached in memory after first - use. The default is . - - - - - Specifies whether the installed content indexer should index content - under this directory tree. The default is . - - - - - Specifies whether process accounting and throttling should be performed - for ISAPI extensions and ASP applications. The default is - . - - - - - Indicates whether IIS should perform process accounting for CGI - applications. The default is . - - - - - Indicates whether a CGI application runs in its own console. The - default is . - - - - - Specifies whether a CGI process is created in the system context - or in the context of the requesting user. The default is - . - - - - - Specifies whether date information is displayed when browsing - directories. The default is . - - - - - Specifies whether file extensions are displayed when browsing - directories. The default is . - - - - - Specifies whether date information is displayed in extended format - when displaying directories. The default is . - - - - - Specifies whether file size information is displayed when displaying - directories. The default is . - - - - - Specifies whether file creation time is displayed when browsing - directories. The default is . - - - - - Specifies whether client requests are written to the IIS log files. - The default is . - - - - - When set to true, the default document (specified by the DefaultDoc property) for a directory is loaded when the directory is browsed. - - - - - Specifies whether directory browsing is enabled. The default is - . - - - - - Enables or disables custom footers. The default is - . - - - - - Enables or disables reverse Domain Name Server (DNS) lookups for - the World Wide Web Publishing Service (WWW service). The default is - . - - - - - Specifies whether server-side include (SSI) #exec directives are - disabled under this path. The default is . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - One or more file names of default documents that will be returned to - the client if no file name is included in the client's request. - - - - - Specifies the user name for Universal Naming Convention (UNC) virtual - roots. - - - - - Specifies the encrypted password used to gain access to UNC - (Universal Naming Convention) virtual roots. - - - - - The different ways a (virtual) directory in IIS can be configured - as an application. - - - - - Virtual directory is not configured as an application. - - - - - Virtual directory is configured as an in-process application. - - - - - Virtual directory is configured as a pooled out-of-process - application. For IIS4 this is the same as . - - - - - Virtual directory is configured as an out-of-process application. - - - - - Deletes a virtual directory from a given web site hosted on Internet - Information Server. - - - - Delete a virtual directory named Temp from the web site running - on port 80 of the local machine. If more than one web site is - running on port 80, take the web site bound to the hostname - localhost if existent or bound to no hostname otherwise. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Delete a virtual directory named Temp from the website running - on port 81 of machine MyHost. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Lists the configuration settings of a specified virtual directory in a - web site hosted on Internet Information Server. - - - - List the settings of a virtual directory named Temp. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Base NAnt task for working with ADSI. This task contains only the path of the ADSI - object that you want to work with. - - - - - The ADSI path of the location where we want to work with. - - - - - Used to get the value of a property from an ADSI object. - - - - - Sets the specified property - - - - - The name of the property to get. - - - - - The name of the property to store the value in. - - - - - Sets a property on an ADSI object. - - - This task uses a heuristic to determine the type of the property in ADSI. The following cases are notable: - - If the property does not exist on the item, it is inserted as a string. - If the property already exists, this method will attempt to preserve - the type of the property. The types this method knows about are String, - Boolean, and Int32. - If the property exists and is an array, the value is added to - the array, but only if it is not already present. - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Sets the specified property - - - - - Sets the named property on the specified - to the given value. - - The we're modifying. - The name of the property to set. - The value to set the property to. - - The following cases are notable: - - - If the property does not exist on the item, it is inserted as a - string. - - - If the property already exists, this method will attempt to preserve - the type of the property. The types this method knows about are - , , and . - - - If the property exists and is an array, the value is added to the - array, but only if it's not already present. - - - - - - - The name of the property to set. - - - - - The new value of the property. - - - - - Formats source code in a given directory to a specified code format. - - - - Most examples inline have been produced by Tal Davidson and team and - are part of the astyle documentation. They have been included in - the task documentation as an easy reference. - - NOTE: This task relies on the astyle.exe file being in your path variable. - Please download the astyle.exe from http://astyle.sourceforge.net. - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - The default style seems to be the closest to C# standards. - - - - - Build up the command line arguments, determine which executable is - being used and find the path to that executable and set the working - directory. - - The process to prepare. - - - - Adds a new command option if none exists. If one does exist then - the use switch is toggled on or of. - - The common name of the option. - The option value or command line switch of the option. - if the option should be appended to the commandline, otherwise . - - - - Append the command line options or commen names for the options - to the generic options collection. This is then piped to the - command line as a switch. - - - - - Append the files specified in the fileset to the command line argument. - - - - - A collection of command line option switches. - - - - - Used to select the files to copy. - - - - - The command-line arguments for the program. - - - - - Indicate the preset style to use. - - ansi - - namespace foospace - { - int Foo() - { - if (isBar) - { - bar(); - return 1; - } - else - return 0; - } - } - - - kr ( Kernighan&Ritchie ) - - namespace foospace { - int Foo() { - if (isBar) { - bar(); - return 1; - } else - return 0; - } - } - - - linux - - namespace foospace - { - int Foo() - { - if (isBar) { - bar(); - return 1; - } else - return 0; - } - } - - - gnu - - namespace foospace - { - int Foo() - { - if (isBar) - { - bar(); - return 1; - } - else - return 0; - } - } - - - java - - class foospace { - int Foo() { - if (isBar) { - bar(); - return 1; - } else - return 0; - } - } - - - NAnt - - namespace foospace { - class foo() { - #region Protected Static Fields - private int Foo() { - if (isBar) { - bar(); - return 1; - } else { - return 0; - } - } - #endregion - } - - - - - - - - Astyle leaves the original files around, renamed with a different - suffix. Setting this to true - will remove these files. - - - - - The suffix to append to original files, defaults to .orig - if not specified. - - - - - Indicate the maximum number of spaces to indent relative to a - previous line. - - - - - Indicate that tabs should be used to indent sources. The number - specified indicates the maximum number of spaces the tab character - will represent. - - - - - Indent using tab characters. Treat each tab as # spaces. Uses tabs as - indents in areas '--indent=tab' prefers to use spaces, such as - inside multi-line statements. - - - - - to convert tabs to spaces. - - - - - if class statements should be indented. - - - The default: - - class Foo - { - public: - Foo(); - virtual ~Foo(); - }; - - becomes: - - class Foo - { - public: - Foo(); - virtual ~Foo(); - }; - - - - - - - if switch statements should be indented. - - - The default: - - switch (foo) - { - case 1: - a += 2; - break; - - default: - a += 2; - break; - } - - becomes: - - switch (foo) - { - case 1: - a += 2; - break; - - default: - a += 2; - break; - } - - - - - - - if case statements should be indented. - - - The default: - - switch (foo) - { - case 1: - { - a += 2; - break; - } - - default: - { - a += 2; - break; - } - } - - becomes: - - switch (foo) - { - case 1: - { - a += 2; - break; - } - - default: - { - a += 2; - break; - } - } - - - - - - - true if bracket statements should be indented. - - - The default: - - if (isFoo) - { - bar(); - } - else - { - anotherBar(); - } - - becomes: - - if (isFoo) - { - bar(); - } - else - { - anotherBar(); - } - - - - - - - if block statements should be indented. - The default: - - if (isFoo) - { - bar(); - } - else - anotherBar(); - - becomes: - - if (isFoo) - { - bar(); - } - else - anotherBar(); - - - - - if namespace statements should be indented. - - - The default: - - namespace foospace - { - class Foo - { - public: - Foo(); - virtual ~Foo(); - }; - } - - becomes: - - namespace foospace - { - class Foo - { - public: - Foo(); - virtual ~Foo(); - }; - } - - - - - - - if label statements should be indented. - - - The default: - - int foospace() - { - while (isFoo) - { - ... - goto error; - - error: - ... - } - } - - becomes: - - int foospace() - { - while (isFoo) - { - ... - goto error; - - error: - ... - } - } - - - - - - - Indicate the maximum number of spaces to indent relative to a - previous line. - - - - - Indicate the maximum number of spaces to indent relative to a - previous line. - - - - - if empty lines should be filled with the - whitespace of the previous line. - - - - - if brackets should be put on a new line. - - - if (isFoo) - { - bar(); - } - else - { - anotherBar(); - } - - - - - - - if brackets should be attached. - - - if (isFoo){ - bar(); - } else { - anotherBar(); - } - - - - - - - if brackets should be put on a new line and - indented. - - - namespace foospace - { - int Foo() - { - if (isBar) { - bar(); - return 1; - } else - return 0; - } - } - - - - - - - if the line after a bracket (i.e. an else - statement after the closing if) should be placed on the next line. - - - if (isFoo){ - bar(); - }else { - anotherBar(); - } - - becomes: - - if (isFoo) { - bar(); - } - else { - anotherBar(); - } - - - - - - - to break block statements with an empty line. - - - isFoo = true; - if (isFoo) { - bar(); - } else { - anotherBar(); - } - isBar = false; - - becomes: - - isFoo = true; - - if (isFoo) { - bar(); - } else { - anotherBar(); - } - - isBar = false; - - - - - - - to break all block statements, even on - nested ifs with an empty line. - - - isFoo = true; - if (isFoo) { - bar(); - } else { - anotherBar(); - } - isBar = false; - - becomes: - - isFoo = true; - - if (isFoo) { - bar(); - - } else { - anotherBar(); - } - - isBar = false; - - - - - - - to put the if component of an else if on a - new line. - - - if (isFoo) { - bar(); - } else if (isBar()){ - anotherBar(); - } - - becomes: - - if (isFoo) { - bar(); - } else - if (isBar()){ - anotherBar(); - } - - - - - - - - to pad operators with a space. - - - if (isFoo) - a = bar((b-c)*a,*d--); - - becomes: - - if (isFoo) - a = bar((b - c) * a, *d--); - - - - - - - to pad parenthesis with a space. - - - if (isFoo) - a = bar((b-c)*a,*d--); - - becomes: - - if ( isFoo ) - a = bar( ( b-c )*a, *d-- ); - - - - - - - to pad operators and parenthesis. - - - if (isFoo) - a = bar((b-c)*a,*d--); - - becomes: - - if ( isFoo ) - a = bar( ( b - c ) * a, *d-- ); - - - - - - - to keep complex statements on the same line. - - - if (isFoo) - { - isFoo = false; cout << isFoo << endl; - } - - remains as is. - - if (isFoo) DoBar(); - - remains as is. - - - - - - - to keep single line statements on the same line. - - - if (isFoo) - { isFoo = false; cout << isFoo << endl; } - - remains as is. - - - - - - - Gets the command-line arguments for the external program. - - - The command-line arguments for the external program. - - - - - Register COM servers or type libraries. - - - - COM register task will try and register any type of COM related file - that needs registering. - - Executable files (.exe) will be registered as exe servers, type - libaries (.tlb) registered with RegisterTypeLib and for all other - filetypes it will attempt to register them as dll servers. - - - - Register a single dll server. - - - ]]> - - - - Register a single exe server - - - ]]> - - - - Register a set of COM files at once. - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Register an inproc COM server, usually a .dll or .ocx - - - - - - Register a COM type library - - - - - - Register exe servers. - - - - - - The name of the file to register. This is provided as an alternate - to using the task's fileset. - - - - Unregistering this time. ( /u paramater )Default is "false". - - - - The set of files to register. - - - - - Helper class to synamically build an assembly with the correct - P/Invoke signature - - - - - Register a given dll. - - - - - - - - Changes the current working directory. - - - - Changes the current working directory to the "subdir" - directory, relative to the project base directory. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Changes the current directory. - - - - - The path to which the current working directory should be set. - - - - - Calculates checksums for a set of files. - Loosely based on Ant's Checksum task. - - - This task takes a set of input files in a fileset - and calculates a checksum for each one of them. - You can specify the algorithm to use when calculating - the checksum value (MD5 or SHA1, for example). - The calculated value is saved to a file with the same - name as the input file and an added extension either - based on the algorithm name (e.g. .MD5), or whatever - is specified through the fileext attribute. - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Initializes task and ensures the supplied attributes are valid. - - Xml node used to define this task instance. - - - - This is where the work is done - - - - - Writes a checksum to a destination file - - - - - - - Name of Algorithm to use when calculating - the checksum. Can be MD5 or SHA1. - - - - - The generated checksum file's name will be the - original filename with "." and fileext - added to it. Defaults to the - algorithm name being used - - - - - Set of files to use as input - - - - - - Executes an alternate set of tasks depending on conditions that are - individually set on each group of tasks. - - - - - The selects one among a number of possible - alternatives. It consists of a sequence of <when> elements - followed by an optional <otherwise> element. - - - Each <when> element has a single attribute, test, which - specifies an expression. The content of the <when> and - <otherwise> elements is a set of nested tasks. - - - The content of the first, and only the first, <when> - element whose test is is executed. If no - <when> element is , the - content of the <otherwise> element is executed. - If no <when> element is , and no - <otherwise> element is present, nothing is done. - - - - - Execute alternate set of tasks depending on the configuration being - built. - - - - - - ... - - - - ... - - - Build configuration '${build.config}' is not supported! - - - ]]> - - - - - - One or more alternative sets of tasks to execute. - - The set of tasks to add. - - - - The set of tasks to execute if none of the - elements are . - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether a fallback element is defined. - - - if a fallback element is defined; otherwise, - . - - - - - Groups a set of tasks to execute when a condition is met. - - - - - Executes embedded tasks in the order in which they are defined. - - - - - Creates and executes the embedded (child XML nodes) elements. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the element is performing additional - processing using the that was use to - initialize the element. - - - , as a is - responsable for creating tasks from the nested build elements. - - - - - Used to test arbitrary boolean expression. - - - - - Generates statistics from source code. - - - Scans files in a fileset counting lines. - - - - Generate statistics for a set of C# and VB.NET sources, applying - different labels for both. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Generate statistics for all C# sources and only output a summary to - the log. - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Set of line counters to enable. - - - - - An identifier to be able to track which build last updated the - code stats file. - - - - - Specifies whether the results should be appended to the output file. - The default is . - - - - - If you only want to show summary stats for the whole fileset - - - - - The name of the file to save the output to (in XML). - - - - - A task that concatenates a set of files. - Loosely based on Ant's Concat task. - - - - This task takes a set of input files in a fileset - and concatenates them into a single file. You can - either replace the output file, or append to it - by using the append attribute. - - - The order the files are concatenated in is not - especified. - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Initializes task and ensures the supplied attributes are valid. - - Xml node used to define this task instance. - - - - This is where the work is done - - - - - Opens the destination file according - to the specified flags - - - - - - Appends all specified files - - File to write to - - - - Name of the destination file. - - - - - Specifies whether to append to the destination file. - The default is . - - - - - Set of files to use as input. - - - - - On execution guarantees the listed dependencies are resolved before continuing. It is - particularly useful for handling dynamic dependencies that change based on some input - conditions/parameters, or when the dependencies are not known until runtime. - - The depends task never forces the execution of any target that has already been executed. It works just like the depends attribute of a . - - - - Executes the specified task. - - - - - A space or comma separated dependency list of targets. - - - Expressions get evaluated when the task is executed. - - - - - Discovers the URLs of XML web services on a web server and saves documents - related to them to the local disk. The resulting .discomap, .wsdl, and .xsd files - can be used with the to produce web service clients and - and abstract web service servers using ASP.NET. - - - Generate a proxy class for a web service. - - - ]]> - - - - - - Discover the details for the specified web service. - - - - The URL or Path to discover. - - - Suppresses the banner. - - - Do not save the discovered documents to the local disk. - - - The output directory to save discovered documents in. - - - Username of an account with credentials to access a - server that requires authentication. - - - Password of an account with credentials to access a - server that requires authentication. - - - Domain of an account with credentials to access a - server that requires authentication. - - - URL of a proxy server to use for HTTP requests. - The default is to use the system proxy setting. - - - Username of an account with credentials to access a - proxy that requires authentication. - - - Password of an account with credentials to access a - proxy that requires authentication. - - - Domain of an account with credentials to access a - proxy that requires authentication. - - - - Gets the command-line arguments for the external program. - - - The command-line arguments for the external program. - - - - - Analyzes managed code assemblies and reports information about the - assemblies, such as possible design, localization, performance, and - security improvements. - - - - this task relies on fxcopcmd.exe being in your PATH environment variable. - You can download the latest FxCop from . - - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Creates a new instance. - - - - - Performs logic before the external process is started - - Process. - - - - Executes the task. - - - - - Builds the arguments to pass to the exe. - - - - - Applies the XSL transformation specified in /outXsl to the analysis report before saving the file. - - - - - Directs analysis output to the console or to the Output window in Visual Studio .NET. By default, the XSL file FxCopConsoleOutput.xsl is applied to the output before it is displayed. - - - - - Specifies the XSL or XSLT file that contains a transformation to be applied to the analysis output before it is displayed in the console. - - - - - Specifies additional directories to search for assembly dependencies. FxCopCmd always searches the target assembly directory and the current working directory. - - - - - Specifies the target assembly to analyze. - - - - - Specifies the name of an analysis report or project file to import. Any messages in the imported file that are marked as excluded are not included in the analysis results. - - - - - Specifies the file name for the analysis report. - - - - - Specifies the XSL or XSLT file that is referenced by the xml-stylesheet processing instruction in the analysis report. - - - - - Specifies the location of the version of Mscorlib.dll that was used when building the target assemblies if this version is not installed on the computer running FxCopCmd. - - - - - Specifies the filename of FxCop project file. - - - - - Specifies the filename(s) of FxCop project file(s). - - - - - Includes a summary report with the informational messages returned by FxCopCmd. - - - - - Comma-separated list of type names to analyze. This option disables analysis of assemblies, namespaces, and resources; only the specified types and their members are included in the analysis. - Use the wildcard character '*' at the end of the name to select multiple types. - - - - - Saves the results of the analysis in the project file. - - - - - Determines if the task should fail when analysis errors occur - - - - - The directory in which the command will be executed. - - - The directory in which the command will be executed. The default - is the project's base directory. - - - - It will be evaluated relative to the project's - base directory if it is relative. - - - - - - Gets the program arguments. - - - - - Installs assemblies into the Global Assembly Cache (GAC) by using the - gacutil SDK tool. - - - - Assemblies can be installed to the GAC with or without reference counting. - The full details of reference counting can be found in the SDK - documentation. - - - - Installs Shared.dll into the GAC. - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Installs Shared.dll and MyWeb.dll into the GAC. - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Installs Shared.dll and MyWeb.dll into the GAC and - specifies reference information. - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Base class functionality for the GAC tasks. - - - Concrete GAC tasks extend this class in order to obtain common functionality. - - - - - Stores the details of the assembly currently being operated against. This could be a name or - path, depending on the concrete task. - - - - - See . - - - - - See . - - - - - Constructs and initialises an instance of GacTask. - - - - - Starts the process that is wrapped by this GAC task. - - - Provided only to seal the implementation of StartProcess(). - - The process that was started. - - - - Validates the task's configuration. - - The task node. - - - - Executes the task. - - - Provided only to seal the implementation of ExecuteTask(). - - - - - Appends any task-specific program arguments. - - The StringBuilder on which to append program arguments. - - Subclasses must override this method to return the arguments with which to run the GAC task. - - - - - Invoked prior to invoking ExecuteTask() on the base class. - - - Allows, for example, subclasses to output useful information to the log. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the GAC operation will be forced. - - - The exact meaning of this property is dependent on the subclass. As such, subclasses should override this - property to provide a valid description. - - - - - Specifies reference details to use when working with the GAC. - - - - - Concrete GAC tasks must override this property to return an array of assembly names or paths - upon which to operate. - - - - - Gets the executable name for the gacutil command-line tool. - - - - - Specifies whether a reference was specified for the GAC task. - - - - - Gets the current assembly being operated against. - - - - - Gets the program arguments with which to run the gacutil process. - - - - - See . - - - - - Constructs and initialises an instance of the GacInstallTask. - - - - - Appends any install-specific arguments. - - The StringBuilder to append arguments to. - - - - Outputs log information. - - - - - Specifies the assemblies to install. - - - - - Gets the assembly list to install. - - - - - If , the specified assemblies will be forcibly - installed. Any existing duplicate assemblies in the GAC will be - overwritten. The default is . - - - - - Manipulates the contents of the global assembly cache. - - - - This tasks provides some of the same functionality as the gacutil tool - provided in the .NET Framework SDK. - - - Specifically, the allows you to install assemblies - into the cache and remove them from the cache. - - - Refer to the - Global Assembly Cache Tool (Gacutil.exe) for more information. - - - - - Inserts assembly mydll.dll into the global assembly cache. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Removes the assembly hello from the global assembly cache and - the native image cache. - - - - ]]> - - - Note that the previous command might remove more than one assembly - from the assembly cache because the assembly name is not fully - specified. For example, if both version 1.0.0.0 and 3.2.2.1 of - hello are installed in the cache, both of the assemblies will - be removed from the global assembly cache. - - - - - Use the following example to avoid removing more than one assembly. - This command removes only the hello assembly that matches the fully - specified version number, culture, and public key. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - The name of a file that contains an assembly manifest. - - - - - Defines the action to take with the assembly. The default is - . - - - - - Fileset are used to define multiple assemblies. - - - - - Defines the actions that can be performed on an assembly using the - . - - - - - Installs an assembly into the global assembly cache. - - - - - Installs an assembly into the global assembly cache. If an assembly - with the same name already exists in the global assembly cache, it is - overwritten. - - - - - Uninstalls an assembly from the global assembly cache. - - - - - Uninstalls assemblies from the Global Assembly Cache (GAC) by using the - gacutil SDK tool. - - - - Assemblies are specified via an . Individual - assemblies are specified by their identity information. Only a name is - required but, optionally, the assembly version, culture and public key - token may be specified. - - - Assemblies can be uninstalled from the GAC with or without reference - counting. The full details of reference counting can be found in the - SDK documentation. - - - - Uninstalls Shared assembly from the GAC. - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Uninstalls Shared and MyWeb from the GAC. - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Decrements references to Shared in the GAC and uninstalls if - the reference count reaches zero. - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Uninstalls version 2.1.7.9201 of Shared plus the - Australian-cultured MyWeb from the GAC. - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Uninstalls the neutrally-cultured, version 1.0.5000.0 of - System.Xml from the native image cache. The assembly must - also have a public key token of b77a5c561934e08a to be - uninstalled. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - See . - - - - - See . - - - - - Constructs an instance of the GacUninstallTask. - - - - - Appends any install-specific arguments. - - - - - - Outputs log information. - - - - - If , specifies that the assemblies should be - uninstalled from the native image cache. The default is . - - - - - Specifies the assemblies to uninstall. - - - - - Gets the assembly list to uninstall. - - - - - If , the specified assemblies will be forcibly - removed from the GAC. All references to the specified assemblies will - be removed from the GAC prior to removing the assemblies themselves. - The default is . - - - You cannot use this option to remove an assembly that was installed using Microsoft Windows Installer. - - - - - Compiles a Microsoft HTML Help 2.0 Project. - - - Compile a help file. - - - ]]> - - - - - - The name of the contents (.HxC) file. - - - - - ANSI/DBCS log filename. - - - - - Unicode log filename. - - - - - Root directory containing Help 2.0 project files. - - - - - Output (.HxS) filename. - - - - - Generate no informational messages. - - - - - Generate no error messages. - - - - - Generate no warning messages. - - - - - File to be decompiled. - - - - - Directory to place decompiled files into. - - - - - Arguments of program to execute - - - - - Registers a Microsoft HTML Help 2.0 Collection. - - - Register a help namespace. - - - ]]> - - - - - Help collection namespace. - - - Title identifier. - - - Collection (.HxC) filename. - - - Description of the namespace. - - - Help (.HxS) filename. - - - Index (.HxI) filename. - - - Combined full-text search (.HxQ) filename. - - - Combined attribute index (.HxR) filename. - - - Language ID. - - - Alias. - - - Filename of a file containing HxReg commands. - - - Unregister a namespace, title, or alias. - - - - Arguments of program to execute - - - - - Reads String values in INI files. - - Reads the value for AutoRefresh in the MS Transaction Server section - of the VendorMISMO2.ini ini file. Stores the value in the "myvar" property. - - - - ]]> - - The file contents look like this: - - [MS Transaction Server] - Executable="VendorMISMO2.dll" - AutoRefresh=1 - - - - - - INI File to Write To. - - - - - Key to set the value for. - - - - - value to set. - - - - - Section in the INI file. - - - - - property where we store the return value. - - - - - Sets String values in INI files. - - - Set the value for Executable in the VendorMISMO2.ini ini file - - - ]]> - - The file contents look like this: - - [MS Transaction Server] - Executable="VendorMISMO2.dll" - AutoRefresh=1 - - - - - - INI File to Write To. - - - - - Key to set the value for. - - - - - value to set. - - - - - Section in the INI file. - - - - - Builds the specified targets in the project file using MSBuild. - - - - If a project file is not specified, MSBuild searches the current - working directory for a file that has a file extension that ends in - "proj" and uses that file. - - - - - - Starts the external process and captures its output. - - - - - The project to build. - - - - - Set or override these project-level properties. - - - - - Build these targets in this project. Use a semicolon or a comma - comma to separate multiple targets. - - - - - Do not auto-include the MSBuild.rsp file. - - - - - Specifies the amount of information to display in the MSBuild log. - - - - - Gets the command line arguments for the external program. - - - The command line arguments for the external program. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Converts the given object to the type of this converter, using the - specified context and culture information. - - An that provides a format context. - A object. If a is passed, the current culture is assumed. - The to convert. - - An that represents the converted value. - - - - - A task that generates strongly typed WMI classes using - mgmtclassgen.exe. - - - The Management Strongly Typed Class Generator - enables you to quickly generate an early-bound - managed class for a specified Windows Management - Instrumentation (WMI) class. The generated - class simplifies the code you must write to access - an instance of the WMI class. - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Initializes task and ensures the supplied attributes are valid. - - Xml node used to define this task instance. - - - - This is where the work is done - - - - - Specifies the name of the WMI class - to generate the strongly typed class - - - - - Specifies the language in which to generate - the class. Possible values are: CS, VB, JS - - - - - Specifies the machine to connect to. - - - - - Specifies the path to the WMI namespace - that contains the class. - - - - - Namespace of the generated .NET class - - - - - Path of the file to generate - - - - - User name to use when connecting to - the specified machine - - - - - Password to use when connecting to the - specified machine - - - - - Filename of program to execute - - - - - Arguments of program to execute - - - - - Pre-translates native code for an assembly containing IL (Intermediary - Language bytecode) on the Windows platform. - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Initializes task and ensures the supplied attributes are valid. - - Xml node used to define this task instance. - - - Assembly path or display name. - - - If existing images should be shown. - - - If existing images should be deleted. - - - If an image should be generated which - can be used under a debugger. - - - If an image should be generated which - can be used under a debugger in optimized - debugging mode. - - - If an image should be generated which - can be used under a profiler. - - - - Arguments of program to execute - - - - - A task that generates a summary HTML - from a set of NUnit xml report files. - Loosely based on Erik Hatcher JUnitReport for Ant. - - - This task can generate a combined HTML report out of a - set of NUnit result files generated using the - XML Result Formatter. - - By default, NUnitReport will generate the combined - report using the NUnitSummary.xsl file located at the - assembly's location, but you can specify a different - XSLT template to use with the xslfile - attribute. - - Also, all the properties defined in the current - project will be passed down to the XSLT file as - template parameters, so you can access properties - such as nant.project.name, nant.version, etc. - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Initializes task and ensures the supplied attributes are valid. - - Xml node used to define this task instance. - - - - This is where the work is done - - - - - Initializes the XmlDocument instance - used to summarize the test results - - - - - - Builds an XsltArgumentList with all - the properties defined in the - current project as XSLT parameters. - - Property List - - - - Loads the XSLT Transform - - - This method will load the file specified - through the the xslfile attribute, or - the default transformation included - as a managed resource. - - The Transformation to use - - - - Name of Output HTML file. - - - - - XSLT file used to generate the report. - - - - - Set of XML files to use as input - - - - - Custom XmlResolver used to load the - XSLT files out of this assembly resources. - - - - - Loads the XSLT file - - - - - - - - - A task that records the build's output to a file. Loosely based on Ant's - Record - task. - - - This task allows you to record the build's output, or parts of it to a - file. You can start and stop recording at any place in the build process. - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - This is where the work is done. - - - - - Name of destination file. - - - - - Action to apply to this log instance - either , - , or - . - - - - - Determines whether the recorder will flush it's buffer after every - write to it. The default is . - - - Effective only with the action. - - - - - Determine the level of logging - either , - , , - or . - The default is . - - - Effective only with the action. - - - - - Registers an assembly for use from COM clients. - - - - Refer to the Regasm - documentation for more information on the regasm tool. - - - - - Register a single assembly. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Register an assembly while exporting a typelibrary. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Register a set of assemblies at once. - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - The name of the file to register. This is provided as an alternate - to using the task's fileset. - - - - - Registry file to export to instead of entering the types directly - into the registry. If a fileset is used then the entries are all - collated into this file. - - - - - Set the code base registry setting. - - - - - Export a typelib and register it. The typelib will have the same - name as the source assembly unless the - attribute is used. - - - - - Only refer to already registered type libraries. - - - - - Export the assembly to the specified type library and register it. - This attribute is ignored when a fileset is specified. - - - - - Unregister the assembly. The default is . - - - - - The set of files to register. - - - - - Indicates that class should be validated by an XML Schema. - - None. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - The of the object created by to represent the root node of your task. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - The of the object created by to represent the root node of your task. - - - - - Gets or sets the of the object created by - to represent the root node of your task. - - - The of the object created by - to represent the root node of your task. - - - - - Defines possible reference counting scheme types for the GAC tasks. - - - - - Specifies that no reference counting scheme will be used when performing the GAC task. - - - - - Specifies that registry-related reference counting will be used when performing the GAC task. - - - When the scheme type is set to UninstallKey, the related scheme ID should be set to the name of the application - set in the HKLM\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion registry key. - - - - - - Specifies that file-based reference counting will be used when performing the GAC task. - - - When the scheme type is set to FilePath, the related scheme ID should be set to the full path to the executable - file that installs the assembly. - - - - - - Specifies that custom information will be supplied to accommodate reference counting. - - - When the scheme type is set to Opaque, the related scheme ID can be set to any custom piece of information. - - - - - Copies a file to a remote server using scp. - - - Copies a file using scp to a remote server. - The Username Environment variable is used. - - - Copy a single file to a remote server and path. - - - ]]> - - - - - - The program to execute. The default is "scp". - - - - - The command line arguments. - - - - - The file to transfer. - - - - - The server to send the file to. - - - - - The path on the remote server. The default is "~". - - - - - The username to connect as. The default is the value of the - USERNAME environment variable. - - - - - The path separator used by the program. The default is "/". - - - - - Gets the filename of the external program to start. - - - The filename of the external program. - - - - - Gets the command-line arguments for the external program. - - - The command-line arguments for the external program. - - - - - The directory in which the command will be executed. - - - - - Converts a Visual Studio.NET Solution to a NAnt build file or nmake file. - - - - Convert the solution MySolution.sln to the NAnt build file - MySolution.build and call the new build file. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Convert the solution MySolution.sln to the NAnt build file - MySolution.build. As the solution contains one or more web - projects, one or more maps needs to be specified. - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Creates the for the specified format. - - - The for the specified format, or - if an unknown format was specified. - - - - - Converts an to a . - - - - - The Visual Studio.NET solution file to convert. - - - - - The output file format - either nant or nmake. - - - - - The output file name. - - - - - Mappings from URI to directories. These are required for web projects. - - - - - Parameters to pass to SLiNgshoT. The parameter build.basedir is required. - - - - - A task to execute arbitrary SQL statements against a OLEDB data source. - - - You can specify a set of sql statements inside the - sql element, or execute them from a text file that contains them. You can also - choose to execute the statements in a single batch, or execute them one by one - (even inside a transaction, if you want to). - - - - Execute a set of statements inside a transaction. - - - - INSERT INTO jobs (job_desc, min_lvl, max_lvl) VALUES('My Job', 22, 45); - INSERT INTO jobs (job_desc, min_lvl, max_lvl) VALUES('Other Job', 09, 43); - SELECT * FROM jobs; - - ]]> - - - - - Execute a set of statements from a file and write all query results - to a file. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Execute a SQL script generated by SQL Server Enterprise Manager. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Initializes task and ensures the supplied attributes are valid. - - XML node used to define this task instance. - - - - This is where the work is done. - - - - - Executes the SQL Statements one by one. - - - - - - Executes the SQL statements in a single batch. - - - - - - Process a result set. - - Result set. - to write output to. - - - - Connection string used to access database. - This should be an OleDB connection string. - - - - - The encoding of the files containing SQL statements. The default is - the system's current ANSI code page. - - - - - File where the sql statements are defined. - - - You cannot specify both a source and an inline set of statements. - - - - - String that separates statements from one another. - - - - - If true, the statements will be executed as a single batch. - If false, they will be executed one by one. Default is true. - - - - - If true, the any nant-style properties on the sql will be - expanded before execution. Default is true. - - - - - Command timeout to use when creating commands. - - - - - Kind of delimiter used. Allowed values are Normal or Line. - - - Delimiters can be of two kinds: Normal delimiters are - always specified inline, so they permit having two - different statements in the same line. Line delimiters, - however, need to be in a line by their own. - Default is Normal. - - - - - If set to true, results from the statements will be - output to the build log. - - - - - If set, the results from the statements will be output to the - specified file. - - - - - If set to , all statements will be executed - within a single transaction. The default is . - - - - - Whether output should be appended to or overwrite - an existing file. The default is . - - - - - If set to , prints headers for result sets. - The default is . - - - - - The character(s) to surround result columns with when printing, the - default is an empty string. - - - - - Gets the underlying to which output will - be written if is set. - - - A for the file specified in , - or if is not set. - - - - - Executes a set of tasks, and optionally catches a build exception to - allow recovery or rollback steps to be taken, or to define some steps - to be taken regardless if the tasks succeed or fail, or both. - - - - The tasks defined in the <> block - will be executed in turn, as they normally would in a target. - - - If a <> block is defined, the - tasks in that block will be executed in turn only if one of the tasks - in the <> block fails. This - failure will then be suppressed by the <> - block. - - - The message associated with the failure can also be caught in a - property for use within the <> - block. The original contents of the property will be restored upon - exiting the <> block. - - - If a <> block is defined, the - tasks in that block will be executed after the tasks in both the - <> and <> - blocks have been executed, regardless of whether any task fails in - either block. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - The output of this example will be: - - - In try - In catch - Finally done - - - The failure in the <> block will - not cause the build to fail. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - The output of this example will be: - - - In try - Caught failure: Just because... - Finally done - Build failed: Bad catch - - - Like the above, the failure in the <> - block does not cause the build to fail. The failure in the - <> block does, however. - Note that the <> block is - executed even though the <> - block failed. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - The output of this example will be: - - - In try - Caught failure yet again - Build failed: Property 'failure' has not been set. - - - The in the <> - block failed because the "failure" property was not defined - after exiting the <> block. - Note that the failure in the <> - block has eclipsed the failure in the <> - block. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - A more concrete example, that will always clean up the generated - temporary file after it has been created. - - - - - - The tasks in this block will be executed as a normal part of - the build script. - - - - - The tasks in this block will be executed if any task in the try - block fails. - - - - - The tasks in this block will always be executed, regardless of - what happens in the try and catch blocks. - - - Note that any failure in any of the tasks in this block will - prevent any subsequent tasks from executing. - - - - - Defines the name of the property to save the message describing - the failure that has been caught. - - - - The failure message is only available in the context of the catch - block. If you wish to preserve the message, you will need to save - it into another property. - - - Readonly properties cannot be overridden by this mechanism. - - - - - Generates collection classes based on a given XML specification file. Code generation is in the specified language. - - See the CollectionGen tool page for more information. - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - The actual generation work is done here. - - - - - - The language to generate collection classes for. Valid values are "CSharp" or "VB". - - - The name of the template file for collection generation. This is provided as an alternate to using the task's fileset. - - - - All files in this fileset will be run thru the collection generator. - - - - - Validates a set of XML files based on a set of XML Schemas (XSD). - - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - This is where the work is done. - - - - - The XML files that must be validated. - - - - - The XML Schemas (XSD) to use for validation. - - - - - Compiles Microsoft Visual Basic 6 programs. - - - - Uses the VB6.EXE executable included with the Visual Basic 6 - environment. - - - The compiler uses the settings and source files specified in the - project or group file. - - - - - Build the project HelloWorld.vbp in the build directory. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Compiles the Visual Basic project or project group. - - - - - Parses a VB group file and extract the file names of the sub-projects - in the group. - - The file name of the group file. - - A string collection containing the list of sub-projects in the group. - - - - - Determines if a VB project needs to be recompiled by comparing the timestamp of - the project's files and references to the timestamp of the last built version. - - The file name of the project file. - - if the project should be compiled; otherwise, - . - - - - - VB6 uses a special algorithm to search for the typelib file. It doesn't - rely on the API function QueryPathOfRegTypeLib, because VB could use a newer - version of the TLB. - - The algorithm used by VB is not perfect and has some flaws, which you could - get a newer version even if your requested version is installed. This is because - the algorithm iterates the registry beneath the Guid - entry by entry - from the - beginning and returns the first TLB version that is higher or equal to the - requested version. - - pseudo code: - 1. open the key HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\TypeLib\{Guid} - 2. If the key exists: - 3. Foreach version under the key that has the requested culture entry: - 4. If the version higher or equal to the requested version: - 5. Get the TLB filename and returns it - - The guid of the tlb to look for - The major version number of the tlb - The minor version number of the tlb. If you parse minor from a string, treat the string as hex value. - The culture id - null if couldn't find a match, otherwise it returns the file. - - - - Parses a VB project file and extracts the source files, reference files, and - the name of the compiled file for the project. - - The filename of the project file. - - A fileset representing the source files of the project, which will - populated by the method. - - - A fileset representing the references of the project, which will - populated by the method. - - A string containing the output file name for the project. - - - - Output directory for the compilation target. - - - - - Visual Basic project or group file. - - - - - Determines whether project references are checked when deciding - whether the project needs to be recompiled. The default is - . - - - - - The file to which the Visual Basic compiler should log errors. - - - - - Tells Visual Basic which values to use for conditional compilation - constants. - - - - - Gets the filename of the external program to start. - - - The filename of the external program. - - - - - Gets the command-line arguments for the external program. - - - The command-line arguments for the external program. - - - - - Increments a four-part version number stored in a text file. The resulting - version number is written back to the file and exposed using NAnt properties. - - - - The version number format in the text file is - Major.Minor.Build.Revision, e.g. 1.0.5.25. - - - - Major - Set in file. - - - Minor - Set in file. - - - Build - Can be incremented by setting the parameter. - - - Revision - Can be incremented by setting the parameter. - - - The following NAnt properties are created: - - - prefix.version - The complete version number, i.e. Major.Minor.Build.Revision - - - prefix.major - The major component of the version number. - - - prefix.minor - The minor component of the version number. - - - prefix.build - The build component of the version number. - - - prefix.revision - The revision component of the version number. - - - - - - - Reads a version string from and returns it as a - instance. - - - A instance representing the version string in - . - - - - - Writes the specified version to . - - The version to write to . - - - - Calculates the build number based on the number of months since the - start date. - - - The build number based on the number of months since the start date. - - - - - Calculates the number of seconds since midnight. - start date. - - - The number of seconds since midnight. - - - - - Calculates the build number of the version number based on - . - - - The build number. - - - - - Calculates the complete version. - - - The version. - - - - - Calculates the revision number of the version number based on RevisionType specified - - - The revision number. - - - - - The string to prefix the properties with. The default is - 'buildnumber.'. - - - - - Start of project. Date from which to calculate build number. - Required if is used as - . - - - - - Path to the file containing the current version number. The default - file is 'build.number' in the project base directory. - - - - - The algorithm for generating build number. The default is - . - - - - - The algorithm for generating revision number. The default is - . - - - - - Defines possible algorithms to generate the build number. - - - - - Use the number of months since start of project * 100 + current - day in month as build number. - - - - - Increment an existing build number. - - - - - Use an existing build number (and do not increment it). - - - - - Defines possible algorithms to generate the revision number. - - - - - Use the number of seconds since the start of today / 10. - - - - - Increment an existing revision number. - - - - Generates code for web service clients and xml web services - using ASP.NET from WSDL contract files, XSD Schemas and .discomap - discovery documents. Can be used in conjunction with .disco files. - - Generate a proxy class for a web service. - ]]> - - - - URL or Path to a WSDL, XSD, or .discomap document. - - - Suppresses the banner. - - - Language of generated code. 'CS', 'VB', 'JS', - or the fully-qualified name of a class implementing - System.CodeDom.Compiler.CodeDomCompiler. - - - Compiles server-side ASP.NET abstract classes - based on the web service contract. The default is to - create client side proxy classes. - - - Microsoft.NET namespace of generated classes. - - - Output filename of the created proxy. Default name is derived from the service name. - - - Override default protocol to implement. Choose from 'SOAP', - 'HttpGet', 'HttpPost', or a custom protocol as specified in the - configuration file. - - - Username of an account with credentials to access a - server that requires authentication. - - - Password of an account with credentials to access a - server that requires authentication. - - - Domain of an account with credentials to access a - server that requires authentication. - - - URL of a proxy server to use for HTTP requests. - The default is to use the system proxy setting. - - - Username of an account with credentials to access a - proxy that requires authentication. - - - Password of an account with credentials to access a - proxy that requires authentication. - - - Domain of an account with credentials to access a - proxy that requires authentication. - - - Configuration key to use in the code generation to - read the default value for the Url property. The default is - not to read from the config file. - - - Base Url to use when calculating the Url fragment. - The UrlKey attribute must also be specified. - - - - Gets the command-line arguments for the external program. - - - The command-line arguments for the external program. - - - - - The generates XML schema or common language runtime - classes from XDR, XML, and XSD files, or from classes in a runtime assembly. - - - - The following operations can be performed : - - - - Operation - Description - - - XDR to XSD - - Generates an XML schema from an XML-Data-Reduced schema file. - XDR is an early XML-based schema format. - - - - XML to XSD - - Generates an XML schema from an XML file. - - - - XSD to DataSet - - Generates common language runtime - classes from an XSD schema file. The generated classes - provide a rich object model for regular XML data. - - - - XSD to Classes - - Generates runtime classes from an XSD schema file. The - generated classes can be used in conjunction with - to - read and write XML code that follows the schema. - - - - Classes to XSD - - Generates an XML schema from a type or types in a runtime - assembly file. The generated schema defines the XML format - used by . - - - - - - Compile a XML Schema. - - - ]]> - - - - Generate an XML Schema from an assembly. - - - ]]> - - - - Generate an XML Schema from an XML document. - - - ]]> - - - - Generate an XML Schema from an XDR Schema. - - - ]]> - - - - - - Validates the . - - The used to initialize the . - - - - XML Schema (.xsd) filename. - - - - - Target of XML Schema compilation - either classes or - dataset. The default is classes. - - - - - XML element in the Schema to process. - - - TO-DO : turn this into collection of elements ! - - - - - The language to use for the generated code - either CS, - VB, JS, VJC or the fully-qualified name of a - class implementing . - - - - - Specifies the runtime namespace for the generated types. The default - namespace is Schemas. - - - - - The output directory in which to place generated files. - - - - - Assembly (.dll or .exe) to generate an XML Schema for. - - - - - Types in the assembly for which an XML schema is being created. - By default all types in the assembly will be included. - - - TO-DO : turn this into collection of types ! - - - - - Specifies the URI for the elements in the to - generate code for. - - - - - XML document to generate an XML Schema for. - - - - - XDR Schema to generate an XML Schema for. - - - - - Gets the command-line arguments for the external program. - - - The command-line arguments for the external program. - - - - - Indicates the status of a service. - - - - - The service is unbound. - - - - - The service is bound. - - - - - The service is enlisted, but not started. - - - - - The service is started. - - - - - Specialized that supports converting - a to a string value that can be used in - ClearCase commandline tools. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Introduces specialized behavior for converting a - value to a string that can be used in ClearCase commandline tools. - - An that provides a format context. - A object. If a is passed, the current culture is assumed. - The to convert. - The which should be converted to. - - An that represents the converted value. - - - - - Defines the report types supported by . - - - - - Report with separate HTML frames. - - - - - Frameless report. - - - - - Represents an entity in an . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Constructs and initializes an instance of Entity. - - - - - The path for the entity. - - - - - If true then the entity will be included. The default is true. - - - - - Opposite of . If false then the entity will be included. The default is - false. - - - - - Represents a set of entities to include in a PVCS project database task. - - - - - - - - - Constructs and initializes an instance of EntitySet. - - - - - Gets the collection of entity paths assigned to this entity set. - - - - - The entities to include in the project task. - - - - - Represents a single assembly in an . - - - - - See . - - - - - See . - - - - - See . - - - - - See . - - - - - See . - - - - - See . - - - - - Constructs and initializes an instance of Assembly. - - - - - Converts this Assembly object into it's string representation. - - - - - - The culture for the assembly. - - - - - If true then the assembly will be included. The default is true. - - - - - The name of the assembly. - - - - - The public key token of the assembly. - - - - - Opposite of . If false then the assembly will be included. The default is - false. - - - - - The version of the assembly. - - - - - Represents a set of assemblies via their identity information. - - - - - - - - Constructs and initializes an instance of AssemblySet. - - - - - Gets the collection of assemblies added to this assembly set. - - - - - The assemblies to include. - - - - - The set of files to work on. - - - - - The label to apply to the results. - - - - - Contains a collection of elements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Determines whether a with the specified - value is in the collection. - - The argument value to locate in the collection. - - if a with - value is found in the collection; otherwise, - . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Gets the with the specified name. - - The name of the to get. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - Individual filter component of . - - - - - Holds the token which will be replaced in the filter operation. - - - - - Holsd the value which will replace the token in the filtering operation. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with - the given token and value. - - The token which will be replaced when filtering. - The value which will replace the token when filtering. - - - - The token which will be replaced when filtering. - - - - - The value which will replace the token when filtering. - - - - - Contains a collection of elements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Determines whether a with the specified - token is in the collection. - - The token to locate in the collection. - - if a with the given - token is found in the collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Gets the with the specified token. - - The token to get. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - A set of filters to be applied to something. - - - - A filter set may have begintoken and endtokens defined. - - - - - - The default token start string. - - - - - The default token end string. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Does replacement on the given string with token matching. - - The line to process the tokens in. - - The line with the tokens replaced. - - - - - The string used to identity the beginning of a token. The default is - @. - - - - - The string used to identify the end of a token. The default is - @. - - - - - The filters to apply. - - - - - Contains a collection of elements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Does replacement on the given string with token matching. - - The line to process the tokens in. - - The line with the tokens replaced. - - - - - Checks to see if there are filters in the collection of filtersets. - - - if there are filters in this collection of - filtersets; otherwise, . - - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - Used to specify reference information when working with the GAC. - - - - The full details of GAC references can be found in the SDK documentation. - - - - - - See . - - - - - See . - - - - - See . - - - - - See . - - - - - See . - - - - - Constructs and initializes an instance of GacReference. - - - - - If true then the entity will be included. The default is true. - - - - - The scheme type to use when working with GAC references. The default - is , which means that references will - not be used by the GAC task. - - - - - The scheme ID to use when working with GAC references. This is only - relevant if a scheme type other than - is specified. - - - - - The scheme description to use when working with GAC references. This - is only relevant if a scheme type other than - is specified. - - - - - Opposite of . If false then the entity will be included. The default is - false. - - - - - Represents the an element based on a schema definition. - - - - - Represents the schema collection element. - - - - - Namespace URI associated with this schema. - If not present, it is assumed that the - schema's targetNamespace value is to be used. - - - - - Location of this schema. Could be a - local file path or an HTTP URL. - - - - - Contains a collection of elements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Determines whether a with the specified - value is in the collection. - - The argument value to locate in the collection. - - if a with - value is found in the collection; otherwise, - . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Gets the with the specified name. - - The name of the to get. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - Helper class to calculate checksums - of files. - - - - - Create a new instance - - Name of hash algorithm to use - - - - Calculates a checksum for a given file - and returns it in a hex string - - name of the input file - hex checksum string - - - - Converts a checksum value (a byte array) - into a Hex-formatted string. - - Checksum value to convert - Hexified string value - - - - Recorder interface user with the Record task - - - - - Starts recording. - - - - - Stops recording. - - - - - Closes the recorder. - - - - - Flushes the recorder. - - - - - Gets the name of this recorder (possibly a file name). - - - - - Gets The underlying instance. - - - - - Defines whether the underlying writer is automatically flushes or - not. - - - - - Keeps track of used recorders - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Flushes buffered build events or messages to the underlying storage. - - - - - Signals that a build has started. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - This event is fired before any targets have started. - - - - - Signals that the last target has finished. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - This event will still be fired if an error occurred during the build. - - - - - Signals that a target has started. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - - - Signals that a task has finished. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - This event will still be fired if an error occurred during the build. - - - - - Signals that a task has started. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - - - Signals that a task has finished. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - This event will still be fired if an error occurred during the build. - - - - - Signals that a message has been logged. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - Only messages with a priority higher or equal to the threshold of - the logger will actually be output in the build log. - - - - - Empty implementation which allows derived classes to receive the - output that is generated in this logger. - - The message being logged. - - - - Outputs an indented message to the build log if its priority is - greather than or equal to the of the - logger. - - The priority of the message to output. - The message to output. - The number of characters that the message should be indented. - - - - Outputs an indented message to the build log if its priority is - greather than or equal to the of the - logger. - - The event to output. - - - - Outputs an indented message to the build log if its priority is - greather than or equal to the of the - logger. - - The event to output. - TODO - - - - Gets or sets the highest level of message this logger should respond - to. - - - The highest level of message this logger should respond to. - - - Only messages with a message level higher than or equal to the given - level should be written to the log. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to produce emacs (and other - editor) friendly output. - - - if output is to be unadorned so that emacs - and other editors can parse files names, etc. The default is - . - - - - - Gets or sets the to which the logger is - to send its output. - - - - - Groups a set of useful file manipulation methods. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - Prevents instantiation of the class. - - - - - Copies a file while replacing the tokens identified by the given - . - - The file to copy. - The name of the destination file. - The used when filter-copying the file. - The collection of filtersets that should be applied to the file. - - - - Moves a file while replacing the tokens identified by the given - . - - The file to move. - The name of the destination file. - The used when filter-copying the file. - The collection of filtersets that should be applied to the file. - - - - Given an absolute directory and an absolute file name, returns a - relative file name. - - An absolute directory. - An absolute file name. - - A relative file name for the given absolute file name. - - - - - Returns a string from your INI file - - - - - - - - - ' Writes a string to your INI file - - - - - - - - ' Stores all the cached changes to your INI file - - - - - Helper class used to execute Sql Statements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance. - - OleDB Connection string - True if you want to use a transaction - - - - Close the connection and terminate - - true if the transaction should be commited - - - - Executes a SQL statement. - - SQL statement to execute - Command timeout to use - Data reader used to check the result - - - - OleDB Connection object - - - - - Helper class to adapt SQL statements from some - input into something OLEDB can consume directly - - - - - Creates a new instance - - - - - - Adapts a set of Sql statements from a string. - - A string containing the original sql statements - - - - Adapts a set of Sql statements from a string. - - Path of file containing all sql statements - The encoding of the file containing the SQL statements. - The new instance - - - - Determines how the delimiter is interpreted in a SQL string. - - - - - Delimiter can appear anywhere on a line. - - - - - Delimiter always appears by itself on a line. - - - - - Helper class to maintain a list of SQL Statements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance. - - String that separates statements from each other - Style of the delimiter - - - - Parses the SQL into the internal list using the specified delimiter - and delimiter style - - The SQL string to parse. - - - - Parses the contents of the file into the - internal list using the specified delimiter - and delimiter style - - File name - The encoding of the file containing the SQL statements. - - - - Allows foreach(). - - - - - - Strips all single line comments - in the specified sql - - - - - - - Expands project properties in the - sql string - - - - - - - Gets the number of statements in the list. - - - - - Gets the statement specified by the index. - - - - - Project's properties for property expansion - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-
diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.Core.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.Core.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 1e068af..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.Core.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.Core.xml b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.Core.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 2ae9b21..0000000 --- a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.Core.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16014 +0,0 @@ - - - - NAnt.Core - - - - - Used to indicate that a property should be able to be converted into a - . - - - - - Base class for all validator attributes. - - - - - Validates the specified value. - - The value to be validated. - The validation fails. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Checks if the specified value can be converted to a . - - The value to be checked. - cannot be converted to a . - - - - Indicates that property should be treated as a XML attribute for the - task. - - - Examples of how to specify task attributes - - #region Public Instance Properties - - [BuildAttribute("out", Required=true)] - public string Output { - get { return _out; } - set { _out = value; } - } - [BuildAttribute("optimize")] - [BooleanValidator()] - public bool Optimize { - get { return _optimize; } - set { _optimize = value; } - } - [BuildAttribute("warnlevel")] - [Int32Validator(0,4)] // limit values to 0-4 - public int WarnLevel { - get { return _warnLevel; } - set { _warnLevel = value; } - } - [BuildElement("sources")] - public FileSet Sources { - get { return _sources; } - set { _sources = value; } - } - - #endregion Public Instance Properties - - #region Private Instance Fields - - private string _out = null; - private bool _optimize = false; - private int _warnLevel = 4; - private FileSet _sources = new FileSet(); - - #endregion Private Instance Fields - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the with the - specified name. - - The name of the attribute. - is . - is a zero-length . - - - - Gets or sets the name of the XML attribute. - - - The name of the XML attribute. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the attribute is required. - - - if the attribute is required; otherwise, - . The default is . - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether property references should - be expanded. - - - if properties should be expanded; otherwise - . The default is . - - - - - Used to specify how this attribute will be handled as the XML is - parsed and given to the element. - - - if XML should be processed; otherwise - . The default is . - - - - - Indicates that property should be treated as a XML arrayList - - - - Should only be applied to properties exposing strongly typed arrays or - strongly typed collections. - - - The XML format is like this: - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - - Indicates that the property should be treated as an XML element and - further processing should be done. - - - - The XML format is like this: - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the with the - specified name. - - The name of the attribute. - is . - is a zero-length . - - - - Gets or sets the name of the attribute. - - - The name of the attribute. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the attribute is required. - - - if the attribute is required; otherwise, - . The default is . - - - - - Used to specify how this element will be handled as the XML is parsed - and given to the element. - - - if XML should be processed; otherwise - . The default is . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - with the specified name. - - The name of the attribute. - is . - is a zero-length . - - - - Gets or sets the type of objects that this container holds. - - - The type of the elements that this container holds. - - - - This can be used for validation and schema generation. - - - If not specified, the type of the elements will be determined using - reflection. - - - is . - - - - Indicates that the property should be treated as a container for a - collection of build elements. - - - - Should only be applied to properties exposing strongly typed arrays or - strongly typed collections. - - - The XML format is like this: - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the with the - specified name and child element name. - - The name of the collection. - The name of the child elements in the collection - is . - is a zero-length . - - - - The name of the child element within the collection. - - - The name to check for in the XML of the elements in the collection. - - - This can be used for validation and schema generation. - - - - - Used to indicate that a property should be able to be converted into a - . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Checks if the specified value can be converted to a . - - The value to be checked. - cannot be converted to a . - - - - Indicates that class should be treated as a NAnt element. - - - Attach this attribute to a subclass of Element to have NAnt be able - to recognize it. The name should be short but must not confict - with any other element already in use. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - with the specified name. - - The name of the element. - is . - is a zero-length . - - - - Gets or sets the name of the element. - - - The name of the element. - - - - - Indicates that a property should be treated as a XML file set for the - task. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the with the - specified name. - - The name of the attribute. - is . - is a zero-length . - - - - Indicates that the value of the property to which the attribute is - assigned, can be configured on the framework-level in the NAnt application - configuration file. - - - - The following example shows a property of which the value can be - configured for a specific framework in the NAnt configuration file. - - - [FrameworkConfigurable("exename", Required=true)] - public virtual string ExeName { - get { return _exeName; } - set { _exeName = value; } - } - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - with the specified attribute name. - - The name of the framework configuration attribute. - is a . - is a zero-length . - - - - Gets or sets the name of the framework configuration attribute. - - The name of the framework configuration attribute. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the configuration attribute - is required. - - - if the configuration attribute is required; - otherwise, . The default is . - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether property references should - be expanded. - - - if properties should be expanded; otherwise - . The default is . - - - - - Indicates that the method should be exposed as a function in NAnt build - files. - - - Attach this attribute to a method of a class that derives from - to have NAnt be able to recognize it. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class with the specified name. - - The name of the function. - is . - is a zero-length . - - - - Gets or sets the name of the function. - - - The name of the function. - - - - - Indicates that class should be treated as a set of functions. - - - Attach this attribute to a class that derives from - to have NAnt be able to recognize it as containing custom functions. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class with the specified name. - - The prefix used to distinguish the functions. - The category of the functions. - - is . - -or- - is . - - - is a zero-length . - -or- - is a zero-length . - - - - - Gets or sets the category of the function set. - - - The name of the category of the function set. - - - This will be displayed in the user docs. - - - - - Gets or sets the prefix of all functions in this function set. - - - The prefix of the functions in this function set. - - - - - Indicates that property should be able to be converted into a - within the given range. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class with the specied minimum and maximum values. - - The minimum value. - The maximum value. - - - - Checks whether the specified value can be converted to an - and whether the value lies within the range defined by the - and properties. - - The value to be checked. - - - cannot be converted to an . - - -or- - - is not in the range defined by - and . - - - - - - Gets or sets the minimum value. - - - The minimum value. The default is . - - - - - Gets or sets the maximum value. - - - The maximum value. The default is . - - - - - The base of the number to validate, which must be 2, 8, 10, or 16. - - - The base of the number to validate. - - - The default is 10. - - - - - Defines possible locations in which a task executable can be located. - - - - - Locates the task executable in the current Framework directory. - - - - - Locates the task executable in the current Framework SDK directory. - - - - - Indicates the location that a task executable can be located in. - - - - When applied to a task deriving from , - the program to execute will first be searched for in the designated - location. - - - If the program does not exist in that location, and the file name is - not an absolute path then the list of tool paths of the current - target framework will be searched (in the order in which they are - defined in the NAnt configuration file). - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - with the specified location. - - The of the attribute. - - - - Gets or sets the of the task. - - - The location type of the task to which the attribute is assigned. - - - - - Used to indicate whether a property should allow - an empty string value or not. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Checks if the specified value adheres to the rules defined by the - properties of the . - - The value to be checked. - is an empty string value and is set to . - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether an empty string or - should be a considered a valid value. - - - if an empty string or - should be considered a valid value; otherwise, . - The default is . - - - - - Gets or sets a regular expression. The string will be validated to - determine if it matches the expression. - - - - - - - - An optional error message that can be used to better describe the - regular expression error. - - - - - Indicates that property should be treated as a XML attribute for the - task. - - - Examples of how to specify task attributes - - // task XmlType default is string - [TaskAttribute("out", Required=true)] - string _out = null; // assign default value here - [TaskAttribute("optimize")] - [BooleanValidator()] - // during ExecuteTask you can safely use Convert.ToBoolean(_optimize) - string _optimize = Boolean.FalseString; - [TaskAttribute("warnlevel")] - [Int32Validator(0,4)] // limit values to 0-4 - // during ExecuteTask you can safely use Convert.ToInt32(_optimize) - string _warnlevel = "0"; - [BuildElement("sources")] - FileSet _sources = new FileSet(); - - NOTE: Attribute values must be of type of string if you want - to be able to have macros. The field stores the exact value during - Initialize. Just before ExecuteTask is called NAnt will expand - all the macros with the current values. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - with the specified attribute name. - - The name of the task attribute. - is a . - is a zero-length . - - - - Indicates that class should be treated as a task. - - - Attach this attribute to a subclass of Task to have NAnt be able - to recognize it. The name should be short but must not confict - with any other task already in use. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - with the specified name. - - The name of the task. - is . - is a zero-length . - - - - Models a NAnt XML element in the build file. - - - - Automatically validates attributes in the element based on attributes - applied to members in derived classes. - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - from the specified element. - - The element that should be used to create a new instance of the class. - - - - Performs default initialization. - - - Derived classes that wish to add custom initialization should override - the method. - - - - - Logs a message with the given priority. - - The message priority at which the specified message is to be logged. - The message to be logged. - - The actual logging is delegated to the project. - - - - - Logs a message with the given priority. - - The message priority at which the specified message is to be logged. - The message to log, containing zero or more format items. - An array containing zero or more objects to format. - - The actual logging is delegated to the project. - - - - - Derived classes should override to this method to provide extra - initialization and validation not covered by the base class. - - The XML node of the element to use for initialization. - - - - Derived classes should override to this method to provide extra - initialization and validation not covered by the base class. - - - Access to the that was used to initialize - this is available through . - - - - - Copies all instance data of the to a given - . - - - - - Performs initialization using the given set of properties. - - - - - Initializes all build attributes and child elements. - - - - - Locates the XML node for the specified attribute in the project - configuration node. - - The name of attribute for which the XML configuration node should be located. - The framework to use to obtain framework specific information, or if no framework specific information should be used. - - The XML configuration node for the specified attribute, or - if no corresponding XML node could be - located. - - - If there's a valid current framework, the configuration section for - that framework will first be searched. If no corresponding - configuration node can be located in that section, the framework-neutral - section of the project configuration node will be searched. - - - - - Returns the of the - assigned to the specified - . - - The of which the assigned should be retrieved. - - The assigned to the specified - or a null reference is no - is assigned to the . - - - - - Gets or sets the parent of the element. - - - The parent of the element. - - - This will be the parent , , or - depending on where the element is defined. - - - - - Gets the name of the XML element used to initialize this element. - - - The name of the XML element used to initialize this element. - - - - - Gets or sets the to which this element belongs. - - - The to which this element belongs. - - - - - Gets the properties local to this and the - . - - - The properties local to this and the . - - - - - Gets or sets the . - - - The . - - - The defines the current namespace - scope and provides methods for looking up namespace information. - - - - - Gets or sets the XML node of the element. - - - The XML node of the element. - - - - - Gets or sets the location in the build file where the element is - defined. - - - The location in the build file where the element is defined. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the element is performing additional - processing using the that was used to - initialize the element. - - - . - - - - Elements that need to perform additional processing of the - that was used to initialize the element, should - override this property and return . - - - When , no build errors will be reported for - unknown nested build elements. - - - - - - Configures an using meta-data provided by - assigned attributes. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class for the given . - - The for which an should be created. - The to initialize the with. - The to use for property expansion. - The framework that the should target. - - is . - -or- - is . - -or- - is . - - - - - Creates a child using property set/get methods. - - The instance that represents the property of the current class. - A representing the get accessor for the property. - A representing the set accessor for the property. - The used to initialize the new instance. - The collection of property values to use for macro expansion. - The from which to obtain framework-specific information. - The child. - - - - Creates an for the given - . - - The for which an should be created. - - An for the given . - - - - - Holds the that should be initialized. - - - - - Holds the that should be used to initialize - the . - - - - - Holds the dictionary that should be used for property - expansion. - - - - - Holds the framework that should be targeted by the - that we're configuring, or - if there's no current target - framework. - - - - - Holds the names of the attributes that still need to be - processed. - - - - - Holds the names of the child nodes that still need to be - processed. - - - - - Holds the logger for the current class. - - - - - Holds the cache of instances. - - - - - Gets the . - - - The . - - - The defines the current namespace - scope and provides methods for looking up namespace information. - - - - - Internal interface used for setting element attributes. - - - - - Represents an explicitly named list of directories. - - - A is useful when you want to capture a list of - directories regardless whether they currently exist. - - - - - The base of the directory of this dirlist. The default is the project - base directory. - - - - - Gets the collection of environment variables that should be passed - to external programs that are launched. - - - - The collection of environment variables that should be passed - to external programs that are launched. - - - - - - The command-line arguments for the runtime engine. - - - - - Represents an in which one or more extensions - are found. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class for a given . - - The for which to construct an . - - - - Gets the containing extensions. - - - - - Initializes a instance of the - class for an extension in a given . - - The in which the extension is found. - is . - - - - Gets the in which the extension - was found. - - - - - Gets the from which the extension will - be created. - - - The containing the extension. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - with the specified type. - - The type of the to consume. - is . - - - - Responsible for scanning types for plugins, and maintaining a cache of - instances. - - - - - Scans a given for plugins. - - The containing the to scan. - The to scan. - The which will be used to output messages to the build log. - - if represents a - ; otherwise, . - - - - - Registers matching plugins for the specified . - - The which plugins must be registered for. - is . - - - - Functions as a chainable TextReader - - - Implements a abstraction over a TextReader that allows the class to represent - either a TextReader or another ChainableReader to which it is chained. - By passing a ChainableReader as a constructor paramater it is possiable to - chain many ChainableReaders together. The last ChainableReader in the chain must - be based on a TextReader. - - - - - Makes it so all calls to Read and Peek are passed the ChainableReader - passed as a parameter. - - ChainableReader to forward calls to - - - - Makes it so all calls to Read and Peek are passed the TextReader - passed as a parameter. - - TextReader to forward calls to - - - - Forwards Peek calls to the TextReader or ChainableReader passed in the corresponding constructor. - - Character or -1 if end of stream - - - - Forwards Read calls to the TextReader or ChainableReader passed in the corresponding constructor. - - - Character or -1 if end of stream. - - - - - Closes the reader. - - - - - Calls close and supresses the finalizer for the object. - - - - - Gets a value indicating if the reader is backed by a stream in the - chain. - - - if the reader is backed by a stream; - otherwise, . - - - - - Allows a file's content to be modified while performing an operation. - - - - - Called after construction and after properties are set. Allows - for filter initialization. - - - - - If then the filter will be used; otherwise, - skipped. The default is . - - - - - Opposite of . If - then the filter will be executed; otherwise, skipped. The default - is . - - - - - Creates a new instance of the class - for the specified class in the specified - . - - The containing the . - The class representing the . - - - - Gets the name of the class that can be created - using this . - - - The name of the class that can be created using - this . - - - - - Gets the name of the filter which the - can create. - - - The name of the task which the can - create. - - - - - Contains a strongly typed collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Determines whether a for the specified - task is in the collection. - - The name of task for which the should be located in the collection. - - if a for - the specified task is found in the collection; otherwise, - . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Gets the for the specified task. - - The name of the filter for which the should be located in the collection. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - Represent a chain of NAnt filters that can be applied to a . - - - - A FilterChain represents a collection of one or more filters that can - be appled to a such as the . - In the case of the , the contents of the copied - files are filtered through each filter specified in the filter chain. - Filtering occurs in the order the filters are specified with filtered - output of one filter feeding into another. - - - :--------:--->:----------:--->:----------: ... :----------:--->:--------:
- :.Source.:--->:.Filter 1.:--->:.Filter 2.: ... :.Filter n.:--->:.target.:
- :--------:--->:----------:--->:----------: ... :----------:--->:--------:
-
- - A list of all filters that come with NAnt is available here. - - - The following tasks support filtering with a FilterChain: - - - - - - - - - -
- - - Replace all occurrences of @NOW@ with the current date/time and - replace tabs with spaces in all copied files. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - -
- - - Provides the abstract base class for types. - - - - - Should be overridden by derived classes. clones the referenced types - data into the current instance. - - - - - Copies all instance data of the to a given - . - - - - - The ID used to be referenced later. - - - - - The ID to use as the reference. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether a reference to the type can be - defined. - - - Only types with an assigned - to it, can be referenced. - - - - - Gets the name of the datatype. - - - The name of the datatype. - - - - - Initializes all build attributes and child elements. - - - needs to maintain the order in which the - filters are specified in the build file. - - - - - Used to to instantiate and return the chain of stream based filters. - - The that is the source of input to the filter chain. - - The is the first - in the chain, which is based on a physical stream that feeds the chain. - - - The last in the chain. - - - - - The filters to apply. - - - - - The encoding to assume when filter-copying files. The default is - system's current ANSI code page. - - - - - Configurator that initializes filters in the order in which they've - been specified in the build file. - - - - - Contains a collection of elements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - Represents a physical . That is a reader based - on a stream. - - - Used by to represent a - based on a in the chain. - - - - - Parses NAnt properties and expressions - - - - This filter parses any NAnt properties or expressions found in its input, - inlining their values in its output. - - - Note: Due to limitations on buffering, expressions longer than 2048 - characters are not guaranteed to be expanded. - - Filters are intended to be used as a element of a . - - - Replace all properties with their corresponding values. - - - ]]> - - - - - - Holds data for expression expansion between input and output. - - - - - Called after construction and after properties are set. Allows - for filter initialization. - - - - - Reads the next character applying the filter logic. - - Char as an int or -1 if at the end of the stream - - - - Reads the next character applying the filter logic without advancing the current position in the stream. - - Char as an int or -1 if at the end of the stream - - - - Moves to the next character. - - - - - Refills the buffer, running our input through - .) - - - - - Determines whether we've passed the end of our data. - - - - - Replaces all occurrences of a given string in the original input with - user-supplied replacement string. - - - - This filter replaces all occurrences of a given string in the original - input stream with a user-supplied replacement string. By default string - comparisons are case sensitive but this can be changed by setting the - optional attribute to . - - - To use this filter specify the string to be replaced with the - attribute and the string to replace it with using the - attribute. - - - Filters are intended to be used as a element of a . - - - - - Replace all occurrences of "3.14" with "PI". - - - - ]]> - - - - - Replace all occurrences of "string", "String", etc. with "System.String". - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Construct that allows this filter to be chained to the one - in the parameter chainedReader. - - Filter that the filter will be chained to - - - - Reads the next character applying the filter logic. - - Char as an int or -1 if at the end of the stream - - - - Reads the next character applying the filter logic without - advancing the current position in the stream. - Peek currently is not supported. - - - Char as an int or -1 if at the end of the stream. - - - - - - Helper function used to search for the filter's traget string. If the string - is found the result is true. If the string was not found false is returned and - nonMatchingChars contains the characters that were read to determine if the - string is present. - - - - It is assumed the stream is positioned at the character after the first character - in the target string. - - - First character in target string - Ture if the stream ended while search for the string. - Characters that were read while searching for the string. - - - - - Returns the next character in the stream replacing the specified character. Using the - allows for the same implementation for Read and Peek - - Delegate to acquire the next character. (Read/Peek) - Char as an int or -1 if at the end of the stream - - - - Compares to characters taking into account the _ignoreCase flag. - - - - - - - - The string to be replaced. - - - - - The new value for the replaced string. - Am empty string is permissible. - - - - - Determines if case will be ignored. - The default is . - - - - - Delegate for Read and Peek. Allows the same implementation - to be used for both methods. - - - - - Replaces tokens in the original input with user-supplied values. - - - - This filter replaces all token surrounded by a beginning and ending - token. The default beginning and ending tokens both default to '@'. The - optional and attributes - can be specified to change either token. By default string - comparisons are case sensitive but this can be changed by setting the - optional attribute to . - - - Tokens are specified by using the element. It is - possible to specify from 1 to n tokens and replacement values. Values can - be any valid NAnt expression. - - - Filters are intended to be used as a element of a . - - - - - Replace all occurrences of the string @DATE@ with the value of property - "TODAY". - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Replace all occurrences of the string <DATE> with the value of - property "TODAY". - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Construct that allows this filter to be chained to the one - in the parameter chainedReader. - - Filter that the filter will be chained to - - - - Reads the next character applying the filter logic. - - Char as an int or -1 if at the end of the stream - - - - Reads the next character applying the filter logic without - advancing the current position in the stream. - Peek currently is not supported. - - - Char as an int or -1 if at the end of the stream. - - - - - Initialize the filter by setting its parameters. - - - - - Finds a token give that we are positioned at a beginning token character. Either a - token replacement is returned or the characters that were read looking for the token. - - A token was not found - A token was found by there is no replacement - The stream ended while looking for the token - Either the replacement token or the characters that were read looking for the token - - - - Returns the next character in the stream replacing the specified character. Using the - allows for the same implementation for Read and Peek - - Delegate to acquire the next character. (Read/Peek) - Char as an int or -1 if at the end of the stream - - - - Compares to characters taking into account. - - - - - - - - - Marks the beginning of a token. The default is "@". - - - - - Marks the end of a token. The default is "@". - - - - - Tokens and replacement values. - - - - - Determines if case will be ignored. - The default is . - - - - - Delegate for Read and Peek. Allows the same implementation - to be used for both methods. - - - - - Converts tabs to spaces. - - - - The filter replaces tabs in a text file - with spaces. - - - Filters are intended to be used as a element of a . - - - - Replace all tabs with four spaces. - - - ]]> - - - - - - Construct that allows this filter to be chained to the one - in the parameter chainedReader. - - Filter that the filter will be chained to - - - - Retrieves the next character with moving the position in the stream. - This method is not implemented - - -1 if end of stream otherwise a character - - - - Retrieves the next character in the stream. - - -1 if end of stream otherwise a character - - - - Returns the next character in the stream replacing the specified character. Using the - allows for the same implementation for Read and Peek - - Delegate to acquire the next character. (Read/Peek) - Char as an int or -1 if at the end of the stream - - - - The number of spaces used when converting a tab. The default is - "8". - - - - - Delegate for Read and Peek. Allows the same implementation - to be used for both methods. - - - - - Functions to return information for a given assembly. - - - - - Gets or sets the that this functionset will - reference. - - - The that this functionset will reference. - - - - - Loads an assembly given its file name or path. - - The name or path of the file that contains the manifest of the assembly. - - The loaded assembly. - - is an empty . - is not found, or the module you are trying to load does not specify a filename extension. - is not a valid assembly. - An assembly or module was loaded twice with two different evidences, or the assembly name is longer than MAX_PATH characters. - - - - Loads an assembly given the long form of its name. - - The long form of the assembly name. - - The loaded assembly. - - is a . - is not found. - - - Determine the location of the Microsoft Access 11 Primary Interop - Assembly by loading it using its fully qualified name, and copy it - to the build directory. - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Gets the full name of the assembly, also known as the display name. - - The assembly to get the full name for. - - The full name of the assembly, also known as the display name. - - - - - Gets an for the specified assembly. - - The assembly to get an for. - - An for the specified assembly. - - - - - - Gets the physical location, in codebase format, of the loaded file - that contains the manifest. - - The assembly to get the location for. - - The location of the specified assembly. - - - - - Functions that return information about an assembly's identity. - - - - - Gets the location of the assembly as a URL. - - The of the assembly. - - The location of the assembly as a URL. - - - - - - Gets the URI, including escape characters, that represents the codebase. - - The of the assembly. - - The URI, including escape characters, that represents the codebase. - - - - - - Gets the full name of the assembly, also known as the display name. - - The of the assembly. - - The full name of the assembly, also known as the display name. - - - - Output the full name of the nunit.framework assembly to the - build log. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - - Gets the simple, unencrypted name of the assembly. - - The of the assembly. - - The simple, unencrypted name of the assembly. - - - - Output the simple name of the nunit.framework assembly to - the build log. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - - Gets the version of the assembly. - - The of the assembly. - - The version of the assembly. - - - - Output the major version of the nunit.framework assembly - to the build log. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - - - Gets the for a given file. - - The assembly file for which to get the . - - An object representing the given file. - - is an empty . - does not exist. - is not a valid assembly. - - The assembly is not added to this domain. - - - - Output the full name of the nunit.framework assembly to the - build log. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Converts the specified string representation of a logical value to - its equivalent. - - A string containing the value to convert. - - if is equivalent to - "True"; otherwise, . - - is not equivalent to or . - - - - Converts the specified to its equivalent string - representation. - - A to convert. - - "True" if is , or - "False" if is . - - - - - Converts the argument to an integer. - - value to be converted - converted to integer. The function fails with an exception when the conversion is not possible. - - - - Converts the argument to double - - The value to be converted. - converted to double. The function fails with an exception when the conversion is not possible. - - - - Converts the argument to a string. - - The value to be converted. - - converted to string. The function fails - with an exception when the conversion is not possible. - - - Named method ConvertToString as a static ToString method would break - CLS compliance. - - - - - Converts the argument to a datetime. - - value to be converted - converted to datetime. The function fails with an exception when the conversion is not possible. - - - - Converts the argument to a boolean - - The string value to be converted to boolean. Must be 'true' or 'false'. - - converted to boolean. The function fails - with an exception when the conversion is not possible. - - - - - Gets a that is the current local date and - time on this computer. - - - A whose value is the current date and time. - - - - - Gets the year component of the specified date. - - The date of which to get the year component. - - The year, between 1 and 9999. - - - - - Gets the month component of the specified date. - - The date of which to get the month component. - - The month, between 1 and 12. - - - - - Gets the day of the month represented by the specified date. - - The date of which to get the day of the month. - - The day value, between 1 and 31. - - - - - Gets the hour component of the specified date. - - The date of which to get the hour component. - - The hour, between 0 and 23. - - - - - Gets the minute component of the specified date. - - The date of which to get the minute component. - - The minute, between 0 and 59. - - - - - Gets the seconds component of the specified date. - - The date of which to get the seconds component. - - The seconds, between 0 and 59. - - - - - Gets the milliseconds component of the specified date. - - The date of which to get the milliseconds component. - - The millisecond, between 0 and 999. - - - - - Gets the number of ticks that represent the specified date. - - The date of which to get the number of ticks. - - The number of ticks that represent the date and time of the - specified date. - - - - - Gets the day of the week represented by the specified date. - - The date of which to get the day of the week. - - The day of the week, ranging from zero, indicating Sunday, to six, - indicating Saturday. - - - - - Gets the day of the year represented by the specified date. - - The date of which to get the day of the year. - - The day of the year, between 1 and 366. - - - - - Returns the number of days in the specified month of the specified - year. - - The year. - The month (a number ranging from 1 to 12). - - The number of days in for the specified - . - - is less than 1 or greater than 12. - - - - Returns an indication whether the specified year is a leap year. - - A 4-digit year. - - if is a leap year; - otherwise, . - - - - - Converts the specified string representation of a date and time to - its equivalent. - - A string containing a date and time to convert. - - A equivalent to the date and time contained - in . - - does not contain a valid string representation of a date and time. - - The for the invariant culture is - used to supply formatting information about . - - - - - Converts the specified to its equivalent - string representation. - - A to convert. - - A string representation of formatted using - the general format specifier ("G"). - - - is formatted with the - for the invariant culture. - - - - - Groups a set of functions for dealing with directories. - - - - - Returns the creation date and time of the specified directory. - - The directory for which to obtain creation date and time information. - - The creation date and time of the specified directory. - - The specified directory does not exist. - is a zero-length string, contains only white space, or contains one or more invalid characters. - The specified path, file name, or both exceed the system-defined maximum length. - - - - Returns the date and time the specified directory was last written to. - - The directory for which to obtain write date and time information. - - The date and time the specified directory was last written to. - - The specified directory does not exist. - is a zero-length string, contains only white space, or contains one or more invalid characters. - The specified path, file name, or both exceed the system-defined maximum length. - - - - Returns the date and time the specified directory was last accessed. - - The directory for which to obtain access date and time information. - - The date and time the specified directory was last accessed. - - The specified directory does not exist. - is a zero-length string, contains only white space, or contains one or more invalid characters. - The specified path, file name, or both exceed the system-defined maximum length. - The parameter is in an invalid format. - - - - Gets the current working directory. - - - A containing the path of the current working - directory. - - - - - Retrieves the parent directory of the specified path. - - The path for which to retrieve the parent directory. - - The parent directory, or an empty if - is the root directory, including the root - of a UNC server or share name. - - The directory specified by is read-only. - is a zero-length string, contains only white space, or contains one or more invalid characters. - The specified path, file name, or both exceed the system-defined maximum length. - The specified path was not found. - - - Copy "readme.txt" from the current working directory to - its parent directory. - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Returns the volume information, root information, or both for the - specified path. - - The path for which to retrieve the parent directory. - - A string containing the volume information, root information, or - both for the specified path. - - is a zero-length string, contains only white space, or contains one or more invalid characters. - The specified path, file name, or both exceed the system-defined maximum length. - - - - Determines whether the given path refers to an existing directory - on disk. - - The path to test. - - if refers to an - existing directory; otherwise, . - - - Remove directory "test", if it exists. - - - ]]> - - - - - - Functions for requesting information from DNS. - - - - - Gets the host name of the local computer. - - - A string that contains the DNS host name of the local computer. - - An error is encountered when resolving the local host name. - - - - Converts the specified string representation of a number to its - double-precision floating point number equivalent. - - A string containing a number to convert. - - A double-precision floating point number equivalent to the numeric - value or symbol specified in . - - is not a number in a valid format. - represents a number less than or greater than . - - The for the invariant culture is - used to supply formatting information about . - - - - - Converts the specified to its equivalent - string representation. - - A to convert. - - The string representation of formatted - using the general format specifier ("G"). - - - is formatted with the - for the invariant culture. - - - - - Provide information about the current environment and platform. - - - - - Gets the path to the system special folder identified by the - specified enumeration. - - An enumerated constant that identifies a system special folder. - - The path to the specified system special folder, if that folder - physically exists on your computer; otherwise, the empty string (""). - - is not a member of . - - - Copy "out.log" from the project base directory to the - program files directory. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Gets the NetBIOS name of this local computer. - - - The NetBIOS name of this local computer. - - The name of this computer cannot be obtained. - - - - Gets an object that represents the - current operating system. - - - An object that contains the current - platform identifier and version number. - - - - Output string representation of the current operating system. - - - - ]]> - - If the operating system is Windows 2000, the output is: - - Microsoft Windows NT 5.0.2195.0 - - - - - - - Gets the user name of the person who started the current thread. - - - The name of the person logged on to the system who started the - current thread. - - - - Modify the home directory of the current user on unix-based systems. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Returns the value of the specified environment variable. - - The environment variable of which the value should be returned. - - The value of the specified environment variable. - - Environment variable does not exist. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the specified environment variable - exists. - - The environment variable that should be checked. - - if the environment variable exists; otherwise, - . - - - - Execute a set of tasks only if the "BUILD_DEBUG" environment - variable is set. - - - - ... - - ]]> - - - - - - Gets a object that describes the major, - minor, build, and revision numbers of the Common Language Runtime. - - - A Version object. - - - Output the major version of the CLR. - - - ]]> - - - - - - Groups a set of functions for dealing with files. - - - - - Returns the creation date and time of the specified file. - - The file for which to obtain creation date and time information. - - The creation date and time of the specified file. - - The specified file does not exist. - is a zero-length string, contains only white space, or contains one or more invalid characters. - The specified path, file name, or both exceed the system-defined maximum length. - The parameter is in an invalid format. - - - - Returns the date and time the specified file was last written to. - - The file for which to obtain write date and time information. - - The date and time the specified file was last written to. - - The specified file does not exist. - is a zero-length string, contains only white space, or contains one or more invalid characters. - The specified path, file name, or both exceed the system-defined maximum length. - - - - Returns the date and time the specified file was last accessed. - - The file for which to obtain access date and time information. - - The date and time the specified file was last accessed. - - The specified file does not exist. - is a zero-length string, contains only white space, or contains one or more invalid characters. - The specified path, file name, or both exceed the system-defined maximum length. - The parameter is in an invalid format. - - - - Determines whether the specified file exists. - - The file to check. - - if refers to an - existing file; otherwise, . - - - Execute a set of tasks, if file "output.xml" does not exist. - - - ... - - ]]> - - - - - - Determines whether is more or equal - up-to-date than . - - The file to check against the target file. - The file for which we want to determine the status. - - if is more - or equal up-to-date than ; otherwise, - . - - or is a zero-length string, contains only white space, or contains one or more invalid characters. - The specified path, file name, or both of either or exceed the system-defined maximum length. - - - - Gets the length of the file. - - filename - - Length in bytes, of the file named . - - The file specified cannot be found. - - - - Checks if a given file is an assembly. - - The name or path of the file to be checked. - True if the file is a valid assembly, false if it's not or if the assembly seems corrupted (invalid headers or metadata). - is a null . - is an empty . - is not found, or the file you are trying to check does not specify a filename extension. - The caller does not have path discovery permission. - - - - Functions that provide version information for a physical file on disk. - - - - - Returns a representing the version - information associated with the specified file. - - The file to retrieve the version information for. - - A containing information about the file. - - The file specified cannot be found. - - - - Gets the name of the company that produced the file. - - A instance containing version information about a file. - - The name of the company that produced the file. - - - - - Gets the file version of a file. - - A instance containing version information about a file. - - The file version of a file. - - - - - - Gets the name of the product the file is distributed with. - - A instance containing version information about a file. - - The name of the product the file is distributed with. - - - - - Gets the product version of a file. - - A instance containing version information about a file. - - The product version of a file. - - - - - - Checks whether the specified framework exists, and is valid. - - The framework to test. - - if the specified framework exists ; otherwise, - . - - - - - Checks whether the SDK for the specified framework is installed. - - The framework to test. - - if the SDK for specified framework is installed; - otherwise, . - - - - - - - Gets the identifier of the current target framework. - - - The identifier of the current target framework. - - - - - Gets the identifier of the runtime framework. - - - The identifier of the runtime framework. - - - - - Gets the family of the specified framework. - - The framework of which the family should be returned. - - The family of the specified framework. - - is not a valid framework identifier. - - - - - - Gets the version of the current target framework. - - - The version of the current target framework. - - - - - - Gets the version of the specified framework. - - The framework of which the version should be returned. - - The version of the specified framework. - - is not a valid framework identifier. - - - - - - Gets the description of the current target framework. - - - The description of the current target framework. - - - - - - Gets the description of the specified framework. - - The framework of which the description should be returned. - - The description of the specified framework. - - is not a valid framework identifier. - - - - - - Gets the Common Language Runtime version of the current target - framework. - - - The Common Language Runtime version of the current target framework. - - - - - - Gets the Common Language Runtime version of the specified framework. - - The framework of which the Common Language Runtime version should be returned. - - The Common Language Runtime version of the specified framework. - - is not a valid framework identifier. - - - - - - Gets the framework directory of the specified framework. - - The framework of which the framework directory should be returned. - - The framework directory of the specified framework. - - is not a valid framework identifier. - - - - - - Gets the assembly directory of the specified framework. - - The framework of which the assembly directory should be returned. - - The assembly directory of the specified framework. - - is not a valid framework identifier. - - - - - - Gets the SDK directory of the specified framework. - - The framework of which the SDK directory should be returned. - - The SDK directory of the specified framework, or an empty - if the SDK of the specified framework is not - installed. - - is not a valid framework identifier. - - - - - - Gets the absolute path of the specified tool for the current - target framework. - - The file name of the tool to search for. - - The absolute path to if found in one of the - configured tool paths; otherwise, an error is reported. - - could not be found in the configured tool paths. - - - The configured tool paths are scanned in the order in which they - are defined in the framework configuration. - - - The file name of the tool to search should include the extension. - - - - Use gacutil to install an assembly in the GAC. - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Gets the runtime engine of the specified framework. - - The framework of which the runtime engine should be returned. - - The full path to the runtime engine of the specified framework, or - an empty if no runtime engine is defined - for the specified framework. - - is not a valid framework identifier. - - - - - - Gets a comma-separated list of frameworks filtered by the specified - . - - A bitwise combination of values that filter the frameworks to retrieve. - - A comma-separated list of frameworks filtered by the specified - , sorted on name. - - - - Define a build-all target that executes the build - target once for each installed framework targeting compact - devices. - - - - - - - - - - - ... - - ]]> - - - - - - Checks whether the specified framework is valid. - - The framework to check. - is not a valid framework identifier. - - - - Converts the specified string representation of a number to its - 32-bit signed integer equivalent. - - A string containing a number to convert. - - A 32-bit signed integer equivalent to the number contained in - . - - is not of the correct format. - represents a number less than or greater than . - - The for the invariant culture is - used to supply formatting information about . - - - - - Converts the specified to its equivalent string - representation. - - A to convert. - - The string representation of , consisting - of a negative sign if the value is negative, and a sequence of - digits ranging from 0 to 9 with no leading zeroes. - - - is formatted with the - for the invariant culture. - - - - - Converts the specified string representation of a number to its - 64-bit signed integer equivalent. - - A string containing a number to convert. - - A 64-bit signed integer equivalent to the number contained in - . - - is not of the correct format. - represents a number less than or greater than . - - The for the invariant culture is - used to supply formatting information about . - - - - - Converts the specified to its equivalent string - representation. - - A to convert. - - The string representation of , consisting - of a negative sign if the value is negative, and a sequence of - digits ranging from 0 to 9 with no leading zeroes. - - - is formatted with the - for the invariant culture. - - - - - Rounds the value to the nearest whole number - - Number to be rounded, can be anything convertible to a double. - - Rounded value. - - - - - Returns the largest whole number less than or equal to the specified - number. - - value to be , can be anything convertible to a double - - The largest whole number less than or equal to the specified number. - - - - - Returns the smallest whole number greater than or equal to the specified number - - value - - The smallest whole number greater than or equal to the specified number. - - - - - Returns the absolute value of the specified number - - value to take the absolute value from - - when is greater - than or equal to zero; otherwise, -. - - - - - Gets the base directory of the appdomain in which NAnt is running. - - - The base directory of the appdomain in which NAnt is running. - - - - - Gets the NAnt assembly. - - - The NAnt assembly. - - - - - Searches the probing paths of the current target framework for the - specified file. - - The name of the file to search for. - - The absolute path to if found in one of the - configured probing; otherwise, an error is reported. - - could not be found in the configured probing paths. - - - The (relative) probing paths are resolved relative to the base - directory of the appdomain in which NAnt is running. - - - The configured probing paths are scanned recursively in the order - in which they are defined in the framework configuration. - - - The file name to search should include the extension. - - - - - Compile an assembly referencing the nunit.framework assembly - for the current target framework that is shipped as part of the - NAnt distribution. - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Searches the probing paths of the current target framework for the - specified file. - - The directory to use a base directory for the probing paths. - The name of the file to search for. - - The absolute path to if found in one of the - configured probing; otherwise, an error is reported. - - could not be found in the configured probing paths. - - - The (relative) probing paths are resolved relative to the specified - base directory. - - - The configured probing paths are scanned recursively in the order - in which they are defined in the framework configuration. - - - The file name to search should include the extension. - - - - - Compile an assembly referencing the nunit.framework assembly - for the current target framework that is shipped as part of the - NAnt distribution. - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Gets the name of the current project. - - - The name of the current project, or an empty - if no name is specified in the build file. - - - - - Gets the form of the build file. - - - The form of the build file, or - an empty if the project is not file backed. - - - - - Gets the local path to the build file. - - - The local path of the build file, or an empty - if the project is not file backed. - - - - - Gets the name of the target that will be executed when no other - build targets are specified. - - - The name of the target that will be executed when no other build - targets are specified, or an empty if no - default target is defined for the project. - - - - - Gets the base directory of the current project. - - - The base directory of the current project. - - - - - Checks whether the specified target exists. - - The target to test. - - if the specified target exists; otherwise, - . - - - - Execute target "clean", if it exists. - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Gets the name of the target being executed. - - - A that contains the name of the target - being executed. - - No target is being executed. - - - - Checks whether the specified target has already been executed. - - The target to test. - - if the specified target has already been - executed; otherwise, . - - Target does not exist. - - - - Checks whether the specified task exists. - - The task to test. - - if the specified task exists; otherwise, - . - - - - - Returns the from which the specified task - was loaded. - - The name of the task to get the of. - - The from which the specified task was loaded. - - Task is not available. - - - - Checks whether the specified property exists. - - The property to test. - - if the specified property exists; otherwise, - . - - - - Execute a set of tasks if the "build.debug" property - exists. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Checks whether the specified property is read-only. - - The property to test. - - if the specified property is read-only; - otherwise, . - - - Check whether the "debug" property is read-only. - property::is-readonly('debug') - - Property has not been set. - - - - Checks whether the specified property is a dynamic property. - - The property to test. - - if the specified property is a dynamic - property; otherwise, . - - Property has not been set. - - - Check whether the "debug" property is a dynamic property. - - property::is-dynamic('debug') - - - - - Gets the name of the platform on which NAnt is running. - - - The name of the platform on which NAnt is running. - - - - - Checks whether NAnt is running on Windows (and not just 32-bit Windows - as the name may lead you to believe). - - - if NAnt is running on Windows; - otherwise, . - - - - - Checks whether NAnt is running on Windows. - - - if NAnt is running on Windows; - otherwise, . - - - - - Checks whether NAnt is running on Unix. - - - if NAnt is running on Unix; - otherwise, . - - - - - Functions that return information about an operating system. - - - - - Gets a value that identifies the operating - system platform. - - The operating system. - - value that identifies the operating system - platform. - - - - - - Gets a object that identifies this operating - system. - - The operating system. - - A object that describes the major version, - minor version, build, and revision of the operating system. - - - - - - Converts the value of the specified operating system to its equivalent - representation. - - The operating system. - - The representation of - . - - - - Output string representation of the current operating system. - - - - ]]> - - If the operating system is Windows 2000, the output is: - - Microsoft Windows NT 5.0.2195.0 - - - - - - - Returns the fully qualified path. - - The file or directory for which to obtain absolute path information. - - A string containing the fully qualified location of , - such as "C:\MyFile.txt". - - is a zero-length string, contains only white space, or contains one or more invalid characters. - contains a colon (":"). - The specified path, file name, or both exceed the system-defined maximum length. - - - - Combines two paths. - - first path - second path - - A string containing the combined paths. If one of the specified paths - is a zero-length string, this method returns the other path. If - contains an absolute path, this method - returns . - - or contain one or more invalid characters. - - - - Changes the extension of the path string. - - The path information to modify. The path cannot contain any of the characters - defined in InvalidPathChars. - The new extension (with a leading period). Specify a null reference - to remove an existing extension from . - - - A string containing the modified path information. - - - On Windows-based desktop platforms, if is - an empty , the path information is returned - unmodified. If has no extension, the returned - path contains - appended to the end of . - - - - For more information see the documentation. - - contains one or more invalid characters. - - - - Returns the directory information for the specified path string. - - The path of a file or directory. - - A containing directory information for - , or an empty if - denotes a root directory, or does not - contain directory information. - - contains invalid characters, is empty, or contains only white spaces. - - - - Returns the extension for the specified path string. - - The path string from which to get the extension. - - A containing the extension of the specified - (including the "."), or an empty - if does not have - extension information. - - contains one or more invalid characters. - - - - Returns the filename for the specified path string. - - The path string from which to obtain the file name and extension. - - - A consisting of the characters after the last - directory character in path. - - - If the last character of is a directory or - volume separator character, an empty is returned. - - - contains one or more invalid characters. - - - - Returns the filename without extension for the specified path string. - - The path of the file. - - A containing the returned - by , minus the last period (.) and all - characters following it. - - contains one or more invalid characters. - - - - Gets the root directory of the specified path. - - The path from which to obtain root directory information. - - A containing the root directory of - , such as "C:\", or an empty - if does not contain root directory information. - - contains invalid characters, or is empty. - - - - Returns a uniquely named zero-byte temporary file on disk and returns the full path to that file. - - - A containing the name of the temporary file. - - - - - Gets the path to the temporary directory. - - - A containing the path information of a - temporary directory. - - - - - Determines whether a path string includes an extension. - - The path to search for an extension. - - . if the characters that follow the last - directory separator or volume separator in the - include a period (.) followed by one or more characters; - otherwise, . - - contains one or more invalid characters. - - - - Determines whether a path string is absolute. - - The path to test. - - if path contains an absolute ; - otherwise, . - - contains one or more invalid characters. - - - - Gets the value of a variable for the specified package. - - The package for which the variable should be retrieved. - The name of the variable. - - The value of variable for the specified - package. - - pkg-config could not be started. - does not exist. - - - - Gets the link flags required to compile the package, including all - its dependencies. - - The package for which the link flags should be retrieved. - - The link flags required to compile the package. - - pkg-config could not be started. - does not exist. - - - - Gets the compile flags required to compile the package, including all - its dependencies. - - The package for which the compile flags should be retrieved. - - The pre-processor and compile flags required to compile the package. - - pkg-config could not be started. - does not exist. - - - - Determines the version of the given package. - - The package to get the version of. - - The version of the given package. - - pkg-config could not be started. - does not exist. - - - - Determines whether the given package is at least version - . - - The package to check. - The version the package should at least have. - - if the given package is at least version - ; otherwise, . - - pkg-config could not be started. - - - - Determines whether the given package is exactly version - . - - The package to check. - The version the package should have. - - if the given package is exactly version - ; otherwise, . - - pkg-config could not be started. - - - - Determines whether the given package is at no newer than version - . - - The package to check. - The version the package should maximum have. - - if the given package is at no newer than - version ; otherwise, . - - pkg-config could not be started. - - - - Determines whether the given package is between two versions. - - The package to check. - The version the package should at least have. - The version the package should maximum have. - - if the given package is between - and ; otherwise, . - - pkg-config could not be started. - - - - Determines whether the given package exists. - - The package to check. - - if the package exists; otherwise, - . - - pkg-config could not be started. - - - - Runs pkg-config with the specified arguments and returns a - based on the exit code. - - The arguments to pass to pkg-config. - - if pkg-config exited with exit code 0; - otherwise, - - - - - Runs pkg-config with the specified arguments and returns the result - as a . - - The arguments to pass to pkg-config. - - The result of running pkg-config with the specified arguments. - - - - - Factory method to return a new instance of ExecTask - - - - - - - Returns the length of the specified string. - - input string - - The string's length. - - - string::get-length('foo') ==> 3 - - - string::get-length('') ==> 0 - - - - - Returns a substring of the specified string. - - input string - position of the start of the substring - the length of the substring - - - If the is greater than zero, the - function returns a substring starting at character position - with a length of - characters. - - - If the is equal to zero, the function - returns an empty string. - - - or is less than zero. - is greater than the length of . - plus indicates a position not within . - - string::substring('testing string', 0, 4) ==> 'test' - - - string::substring('testing string', 8, 3) ==> 'str' - - - string::substring('testing string', 8, 0) ==> '' - - - string::substring('testing string', -1, 5) ==> ERROR - - - string::substring('testing string', 8, -1) ==> ERROR - - - string::substring('testing string', 5, 17) ==> ERROR - - - - - Tests whether the specified string starts with the specified prefix - string. - - test string - prefix string - - when is a prefix for - the string . Meaning, the characters at the - beginning of are identical to - ; otherwise, . - - - This function performs a case-sensitive word search using the - invariant culture. - - - string::starts-with('testing string', 'test') ==> true - - - string::starts-with('testing string', 'testing') ==> true - - - string::starts-with('testing string', 'string') ==> false - - - string::starts-with('test', 'testing string') ==> false - - - - - Tests whether the specified string ends with the specified suffix - string. - - test string - suffix string - - when is a suffix for - the string . Meaning, the characters at the - end of are identical to - ; otherwise, . - - - This function performs a case-sensitive word search using the - invariant culture. - - - string::ends-with('testing string', 'string') ==> true - - - string::ends-with('testing string', '') ==> true - - - string::ends-with('testing string', 'bring') ==> false - - - string::ends-with('string', 'testing string') ==> false - - - - - Returns the specified string converted to lowercase. - - input string - - The string in lowercase. - - - The casing rules of the invariant culture are used to convert the - to lowercase. - - - string::to-lower('testing string') ==> 'testing string' - - - string::to-lower('Testing String') ==> 'testing string' - - - string::to-lower('Test 123') ==> 'test 123' - - - - - Returns the specified string converted to uppercase. - - input string - - The string in uppercase. - - - The casing rules of the invariant culture are used to convert the - to uppercase. - - - string::to-upper('testing string') ==> 'TESTING STRING' - - - string::to-upper('Testing String') ==> 'TESTING STRING' - - - string::to-upper('Test 123') ==> 'TEST 123' - - - - - Returns a string corresponding to the replacement of a given string - with another in the specified string. - - input string - A to be replaced. - A to replace all occurrences of . - - A equivalent to but - with all instances of replaced with - . - - is an empty string. - - This function performs a word (case-sensitive and culture-sensitive) - search to find . - - - string::replace('testing string', 'test', 'winn') ==> 'winning string' - - - string::replace('testing string', 'foo', 'winn') ==> 'testing string' - - - string::replace('testing string', 'ing', '') ==> 'test str' - - - string::replace('banana', 'ana', 'ana') ==> 'banana' - - - - - Tests whether the specified string contains the given search string. - - The string to search. - The string to locate within . - - if is found in - ; otherwise, . - - - This function performs a case-sensitive word search using the - invariant culture. - - - string::contains('testing string', 'test') ==> true - - - string::contains('testing string', '') ==> true - - - string::contains('testing string', 'Test') ==> false - - - string::contains('testing string', 'foo') ==> false - - - - - Returns the position of the first occurrence in the specified string - of the given search string. - - The string to search. - The string to locate within . - - - The lowest-index position of in - if it is found, or -1 if - does not contain . - - - If is an empty string, the return value - will always be 0. - - - - This function performs a case-sensitive word search using the - invariant culture. - - - string::index-of('testing string', 'test') ==> 0 - - - string::index-of('testing string', '') ==> 0 - - - string::index-of('testing string', 'Test') ==> -1 - - - string::index-of('testing string', 'ing') ==> 4 - - - - - Returns the position of the last occurrence in the specified string - of the given search string. - - The string to search. - The string to locate within . - - - The highest-index position of in - if it is found, or -1 if - does not contain . - - - If is an empty string, the return value - is the last index position in . - - - - This function performs a case-sensitive word search using the - invariant culture. - - - string::last-index-of('testing string', 'test') ==> 0 - - - string::last-index-of('testing string', '') ==> 13 - - - string::last-index-of('testing string', 'Test') ==> -1 - - - string::last-index-of('testing string', 'ing') ==> 11 - - - - - Returns the given string left-padded to the given length. - - The that needs to be left-padded. - The number of characters in the resulting string, equal to the number of original characters plus any additional padding characters. - A Unicode padding character. - - If the length of is at least - , then a new identical - to is returned. Otherwise, - will be padded on the left with as many - characters as needed to create a length of . - - is less than zero. - - Note that only the first character of - will be used when padding the result. - - - string::pad-left('test', 10, ' ') ==> ' test' - - - string::pad-left('test', 10, 'test') ==> 'tttttttest' - - - string::pad-left('test', 3, ' ') ==> 'test' - - - string::pad-left('test', -4, ' ') ==> ERROR - - - - - Returns the given string right-padded to the given length. - - The that needs to be right-padded. - The number of characters in the resulting string, equal to the number of original characters plus any additional padding characters. - A Unicode padding character. - - If the length of is at least - , then a new identical - to is returned. Otherwise, - will be padded on the right with as many - characters as needed to create a length of . - - is less than zero. - - Note that only the first character of - will be used when padding the result. - - - string::pad-right('test', 10, ' ') ==> 'test ' - - - string::pad-right('test', 10, 'abcd') ==> 'testaaaaaa' - - - string::pad-right('test', 3, ' ') ==> 'test' - - - string::pad-right('test', -3, ' ') ==> ERROR - - - - - Returns the given string trimmed of whitespace. - - input string - - The string with any leading or trailing - white space characters removed. - - - string::trim(' test ') ==> 'test' - - - string::trim('\t\tfoo \r\n') ==> 'foo' - - - - - Returns the given string trimmed of leading whitespace. - - input string - - The string with any leading - whites pace characters removed. - - - string::trim-start(' test ') ==> 'test ' - - - string::trim-start('\t\tfoo \r\n') ==> 'foo \r\n' - - - - - Returns the given string trimmed of trailing whitespace. - - input string - - The string with any trailing - white space characters removed. - - - string::trim-end(' test ') ==> ' test' - - - string::trim-end('\t\tfoo \r\n') ==> '\t\tfoo' - - - - - Returns the total number of days represented by the specified - , expressed in whole and fractional days. - - A . - - The total number of days represented by the given . - - - - - Returns the total number of hours represented by the specified - , expressed in whole and fractional hours. - - A . - - The total number of hours represented by the given . - - - - - Returns the total number of minutes represented by the specified - , expressed in whole and fractional minutes. - - A . - - The total number of minutes represented by the given . - - - - - Returns the total number of seconds represented by the specified - , expressed in whole and fractional seconds. - - A . - - The total number of seconds represented by the given . - - - - - Returns the total number of milliseconds represented by the specified - , expressed in whole and fractional milliseconds. - - A . - - The total number of milliseconds represented by the given - . - - - - - Returns the number of whole days represented by the specified - . - - A . - - The number of whole days represented by the given - . - - - - Remove all files that have not been modified in the last 7 days from directory "binaries". - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Returns the number of whole hours represented by the specified - . - - A . - - The number of whole hours represented by the given - . - - - - - Returns the number of whole minutes represented by the specified - . - - A . - - The number of whole minutes represented by the given - . - - - - - Returns the number of whole seconds represented by the specified - . - - A . - - The number of whole seconds represented by the given - . - - - - - Returns the number of whole milliseconds represented by the specified - . - - A . - - The number of whole milliseconds represented by the given - . - - - - - Returns the number of ticks contained in the specified - . - - A . - - The number of ticks contained in the given . - - - - - Returns a that represents a specified number - of days, where the specification is accurate to the nearest millisecond. - - A number of days, accurate to the nearest millisecond. - - A that represents . - - - - - Returns a that represents a specified number - of hours, where the specification is accurate to the nearest - millisecond. - - A number of hours, accurate to the nearest millisecond. - - A that represents . - - - - - Returns a that represents a specified number - of minutes, where the specification is accurate to the nearest - millisecond. - - A number of minutes, accurate to the nearest millisecond. - - A that represents . - - - - - Returns a that represents a specified number - of seconds, where the specification is accurate to the nearest - millisecond. - - A number of seconds, accurate to the nearest millisecond. - - A that represents . - - - - - Returns a that represents a specified number - of milliseconds. - - A number of milliseconds. - - A that represents . - - - - - Returns a that represents a specified time, - where the specification is in units of ticks. - - A number of ticks that represent a time. - - A that represents . - - - - - Constructs a from a time indicated by a - specified string. - - A string. - - A that corresponds to . - - has an invalid format. - At least one of the hours, minutes, or seconds components is outside its valid range. - - - - Converts the specified to its equivalent - string representation. - - A to convert. - - The string representation of . The format - of the return value is of the form: [-][d.]hh:mm:ss[.ff]. - - - - - Gets the value of the major component of a given version. - - A version. - - The major version number. - - - - - - - - Gets the value of the minor component of a given version. - - A version. - - The minor version number. - - - - - - - - Gets the value of the build component of a given version. - - A version. - - The build number, or -1 if the build number is undefined. - - - - - - - - Gets the value of the revision component of a given version. - - A version. - - The revision number, or -1 if the revision number is undefined. - - - - - - - - Converts the specified string representation of a version to - its equivalent. - - A string containing the major, minor, build, and revision numbers, where each number is delimited with a period character ('.'). - - A instance representing the specified - . - - has fewer than two components or more than four components. - A major, minor, build, or revision component is less than zero. - At least one component of does not parse to a decimal integer. - - - - Converts the specified to its equivalent - string representation. - - A to convert. - - The string representation of the values of the major, minor, build, - and revision components of the specified . - - - - - - - - Changes the file attributes of a file or set of files and directories. - - - - does not have the concept of turning - attributes off. Instead you specify all the attributes that you want - turned on and the rest are turned off by default. - - - Refer to the enumeration in the .NET SDK - for more information about file attributes. - - - - - Set the read-only file attribute for the specified file in - the project directory. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Set the normal file attribute for the specified file. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Set the normal file attribute for all executable files in - the current project directory and sub-directories. - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Provides the abstract base class for tasks. - - - A task is a piece of code that can be executed. - - - - - Executes the task unless it is skipped. - - - - - Logs a message with the given priority. - - The message priority at which the specified message is to be logged. - The message to be logged. - - - The actual logging is delegated to the project. - - - If the attribute is set on the task and a - message is logged with level , the - priority of the message will be increased to - when the threshold of the build log is . - - - This will allow individual tasks to run in verbose mode while - the build log itself is still configured with threshold - . - - - The threshold of the project is not taken into account to determine - whether a message should be passed to the logging infrastructure, - as build listeners might be interested in receiving all messages. - - - - - - Logs a formatted message with the given priority. - - The message priority at which the specified message is to be logged. - The message to log, containing zero or more format items. - An array containing zero or more objects to format. - - - The actual logging is delegated to the project. - - - If the attribute is set on the task and a - message is logged with level , the - priority of the message will be increased to . - when the threshold of the build log is . - - - This will allow individual tasks to run in verbose mode while - the build log itself is still configured with threshold - . - - - - - - Determines whether build output is enabled for the given - . - - The to check. - - if messages with the given - should be passed on to the logging infrastructure; otherwise, - . - - - The threshold of the project is not taken into account to determine - whether a message should be passed to the logging infrastructure, - as build listeners might be interested in receiving all messages. - - - - - Initializes the configuration of the task using configuration - settings retrieved from the NAnt configuration file. - - - TO-DO : Remove this temporary hack when a permanent solution is - available for loading the default values from the configuration - file if a build element is constructed from code. - - - - Initializes the task. - - - Initializes the task. - - - Executes the task. - - - - Locates the XML node for the specified attribute in either the - configuration section of the extension assembly or the.project. - - The name of attribute for which the XML configuration node should be located. - The framework to use to obtain framework specific information, or if no framework specific information should be used. - - The XML configuration node for the specified attribute, or - if no corresponding XML node could be - located. - - - If there's a valid current framework, the configuration section for - that framework will first be searched. If no corresponding - configuration node can be located in that section, the framework-neutral - section of the project configuration node will be searched. - - - - - Determines if task failure stops the build, or is just reported. - The default is . - - - - - Determines whether the task should report detailed build log messages. - The default is . - - - - - If then the task will be executed; otherwise, - skipped. The default is . - - - - - Opposite of . If - then the task will be executed; otherwise, skipped. The default is - . - - - - - The name of the task. - - - - - The prefix used when sending messages to the log. - - - - - Gets or sets the log threshold for this . By - default the threshold of a task is , - causing no messages to be filtered in the task itself. - - - The log threshold level for this . - - - When the threshold of a is higher than the - threshold of the , then all messages will - still be delivered to the build listeners. - - - - - Returns the TaskBuilder used to construct an instance of this - . - - - - - The name of the file which will have its attributes set. This is - provided as an alternate to using the task's fileset. - - - - - All the matching files and directories in this fileset will have - their attributes set. - - - - - Set the archive attribute. The default is . - - - - - Set the hidden attribute. The default is . - - - - - Set the normal file attributes. This attribute is only valid if used - alone. The default is . - - - - - Set the read-only attribute. The default is . - - - - - Set the system attribute. The default is . - - - - - Checks if a resource is available at runtime. - - - - The specified property is set to if the - requested resource is available at runtime, and - if the resource is not available. - - - we advise you to use the following functions instead: - - - - Function - Description - - - - Determines whether the specified file exists. - - - - Determines whether the given path refers to an existing directory on disk. - - - - Checks whether the specified framework exists.. - - - - Checks whether the SDK for the specified framework is installed. - - - - - - Sets the myfile.present property to if the - file is available on the filesystem and if the - file is not available. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Sets the build.dir.present property to - if the directory is available on the filesystem and - if the directory is not available. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Sets the mono-0.21.framework.present property to - if the Mono 0.21 framework is available on the current system and - if the framework is not available. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Sets the net-1.1.frameworksdk.present property to - if the .NET 1.1 Framework SDK is available on the current system and - if the SDK is not available. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Executes the task. - - - - Sets the property identified by to - when the resource exists and to - when the resource doesn't exist. - - - The availability of the resource could not be evaluated. - - - - Evaluates the availability of a resource. - - - if the resource is available; otherwise, - . - - The availability of the resource could not be evaluated. - - - - Checks if the file specified in the property is - available on the filesystem. - - - when the file exists; otherwise, . - - - - - Checks if the directory specified in the - property is available on the filesystem. - - - when the directory exists; otherwise, . - - - - - Checks if the framework specified in the - property is available on the current system. - - - when the framework is available; otherwise, - . - - - - - Checks if the SDK for the framework specified in the - property is available on the current system. - - - when the SDK for the specified framework is - available; otherwise, . - - - - - The resource which must be available. - - - - - The type of resource which must be present. - - - - - The property that must be set if the resource is available. - - - - - Defines the possible resource checks. - - - - - Determines whether a given file exists. - - - - - Determines whether a given directory exists. - - - - - Determines whether a given framework is available. - - - - - Determines whether a given SDK is available. - - - - - Calls a NAnt target in the current project. - - - - When the is used to execute a target, both that - target and all its dependent targets will be re-executed. - - - To avoid dependent targets from being executed more than once, two - options are available: - - - - - Add an "unless" attribute with value "${target::has-executed('<target name>')}" - to the dependent targets. - - - - - Set the attribute on the - to (recommended). - - - - - - - Call the target "build". - - - - ]]> - - - - - This shows how a project could 'compile' a debug and release build - using a common compile target. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - The parameter of the - defaults to , - causing the "init" target to be executed for both - the "debug" and "release" build. - - - This results in the following build log: - - - build: - - init: - [echo] initializing - - compile: - - [echo] compiling with debug = false - - init: - - [echo] initializing - - compile: - - [echo] compiling with debug = true - - BUILD SUCCEEDED - - - If the "init" should only be executed once, set the - attribute of the - to . - - - The build log would then look like this: - - - build: - - init: - [echo] initializing - - compile: - - [echo] compiling with debug = false - - compile: - - [echo] compiling with debug = true - - BUILD SUCCEEDED - - - - - - Executes the specified target. - - - - - Makes sure the is not calling its own - parent. - - - - - NAnt target to call. - - - - - Force an execute even if the target has already been executed. The - default is . - - - - - Execute the specified targets dependencies -- even if they have been - previously executed. The default is . - - - - - Copies a file or set of files to a new file or directory. - - - - Files are only copied if the source file is newer than the destination - file, or if the destination file does not exist. However, you can - explicitly overwrite files with the attribute. - - - When a is used to select files to copy, the - attribute must be set. Files that are - located under the base directory of the will - be copied to a directory under the destination directory matching the - path relative to the base directory of the , - unless the attribute is set to - . - - - Files that are not located under the the base directory of the - will be copied directly under to the destination - directory, regardless of the value of the - attribute. - -

Encoding

- - Unless an encoding is specified, the encoding associated with the - system's current ANSI code page is used. - - - An UTF-8, little-endian Unicode, and big-endian Unicode encoded text - file is automatically recognized, if the file starts with the - appropriate byte order marks. - - - If you employ filters in your copy operation, you should limit the copy - to text files. Binary files will be corrupted by the copy operation. - -
- - - Copy a single file while changing its encoding from "latin1" to - "utf-8". - - - - ]]> - - - - Copy a set of files to a new directory. - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Copy a set of files to a directory, replacing @TITLE@ with - "Foo Bar" in all files. - - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - -
- - - Initialize new instance of the . - - - - - Checks whether the task is initialized with valid attributes. - - - - - Executes the Copy task. - - A file that has to be copied does not exist or could not be copied. - - - - Actually does the file copies. - - - - - The file to copy. - - - - - The file to copy to. - - - - - The directory to copy to. - - - - - Overwrite existing files even if the destination files are newer. - The default is . - - - - - Ignore directory structure of source directory, copy all files into - a single directory, specified by the - attribute. The default is . - - - - - Copy any empty directories included in the . - The default is . - - - - - Used to select the files to copy. To use a , - the attribute must be set. - - - - - Chain of filters used to alter the file's content as it is copied. - - - - - The encoding to use when reading files. The default is the system's - current ANSI code page. - - - - - The encoding to use when writing the files. The default is - the encoding of the input file. - - - - - The set of files to perform a file operation on. - - - - The key of the is the absolute path of - the destination file and the value is a - holding the path and last write time of the most recently updated - source file that is selected to be copied or moved to the - destination file. - - - On Windows, the is case-insensitive. - - - - - - Holds the absolute paths and last write time of a given file. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class for the specified file and last write time. - - The absolute path of the file. - The last write time of the file. - - - - Gets the absolute path of the current file. - - - The absolute path of the current file. - - - - - Gets the time when the current file was last written to. - - - The time when the current file was last written to. - - - - - Deletes a file, fileset or directory. - - - - Deletes either a single file, all files in a specified directory and - its sub-directories, or a set of files specified by one or more filesets. - - - If the or attribute is - set then the fileset contents will be ignored. To delete the files - in the fileset ommit the and - attributes in the <delete> element. - - - If the specified file or directory does not exist, no error is - reported. - - - Read-only files cannot be deleted. Use the - first to remove the read-only attribute. - - - - Delete a single file. - - - ]]> - - - - - Delete a directory and the contents within. If the directory does not - exist, no error is reported. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Delete a set of files. - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Ensures the supplied attributes are valid. - - - - - The file to delete. - - - - - The directory to delete. - - - - - Remove any empty directories included in the . - The default is . - - - - - All the files in the file set will be deleted. - - - - - Controls whether to show the name of each deleted file or directory. - The default is . - - - - - An empty task that allows a build file to contain a description. - - - Set a description. - - This is a description. - ]]> - - - - - - Writes a message to the build log or a specified file. - - - - The message can be specified using the attribute - or as inline content. - - - Macros in the message will be expanded. - - - When writing to a file, the attribute is - ignored. - - - - - Writes a message with level to the build log. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Writes a message with expanded macro to the build log. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Functionally equivalent to the previous example. - - - Base build directory = ${nant.project.basedir} - ]]> - - - - - Writes the previous message to a file in the project directory, - overwriting the file if it exists. - - - Base build directory = ${nant.project.basedir} - ]]> - - - - - - Outputs the message to the build log or the specified file. - - - - - The message to output. - - - - - Gets or sets the inline content that should be output. - - - The inline content that should be output. - - - - - The file to write the message to. - - - - - Determines whether the should append to the - file, or overwrite it. By default, the file will be overwritten. - - - if output should be appended to the file; - otherwise, . The default is - . - - - - - The logging level with which the message should be output. The default - is . - - - - - Executes a system command. - - - - Use of nested element(s) - is advised over the parameter, as - it supports automatic quoting and can resolve relative to absolute - paths. - - - - Ping "nant.sourceforge.net". - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Execute a java application using IKVM.NET that requires the - Apache FOP jars, and a set of custom jars. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - Assuming the base directory of the build file is "c:\ikvm-test" and - the value of the "fop.dist.dir" property is "c:\fop", then the value - of the -cp argument that is passed toikvm.exe is - "c:\ikvm-test\conf;c:\fop\build\fop.jar;conf;c:\fop\lib\xercesImpl-2.2.1.jar;c:\fop\lib\avalon-framework-cvs-20020806.jar;c:\fop\lib\batik.jar;c:\ikvm-test\lib\mylib.jar;c:\ikvm-test\lib\otherlib.zip" - on a DOS-based system. - - - - - - Provides the abstract base class for tasks that execute external applications. - - - - When a is applied to the - deriving class and does not return an - absolute path, then the program to execute will first be searched for - in the location specified by . - - - If the program does not exist in that location, then the list of tool - paths of the current target framework will be scanned in the order in - which they are defined in the NAnt configuration file. - - - - - - Defines the exit code that will be returned by - if the process could not be started, or did not exit (in time). - - - - - Will be used to ensure thread-safe operations. - - - - - Starts the external process and captures its output. - - - The external process did not finish within the configured timeout. - -or- - The exit code of the external process indicates a failure. - - - - - Updates the of the specified - . - - The of which the should be updated. - - - - Starts the process and handles errors. - - The that was started. - - - - Reads from the stream until the external program is ended. - - - - - Reads from the stream until the external program is ended. - - - - - Determines the path of the external program that should be executed. - - - A fully qualifies pathname including the program name. - - The task is not available or not configured for the current framework. - - - - The name of the executable that should be used to launch the - external program. - - - The name of the executable that should be used to launch the external - program, or if no name is specified. - - - If available, the configured value in the NAnt configuration - file will be used if no name is specified. - - - - - Gets the filename of the external program to start. - - - The filename of the external program. - - - Override in derived classes to explicitly set the location of the - external tool. - - - - - Gets the command-line arguments for the external program. - - - The command-line arguments for the external program. - - - - - Gets the file to which the standard output should be redirected. - - - The file to which the standard output should be redirected, or - if the standard output should not be - redirected. - - - The default implementation will never allow the standard output - to be redirected to a file. Deriving classes should override this - property to change this behaviour. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether output will be appended to the - . - - - if output should be appended to the ; - otherwise, . - - - - - Gets the working directory for the application. - - - The working directory for the application. - - - - - The maximum amount of time the application is allowed to execute, - expressed in milliseconds. Defaults to no time-out. - - - - - The command-line arguments for the external program. - - - - - Specifies whether the external program is a managed application - which should be executed using a runtime engine, if configured. - The default is . - - - if the external program should be executed - using a runtime engine; otherwise, . - - - - The value of is only used from - , and then only if its value is set to - . In which case - returns - if is . - - - In all other cases, the value of - is ignored. - - - - - - Specifies whether the external program should be treated as a managed - application, possibly forcing it to be executed under the currently - targeted version of the CLR. - - - A indicating how the program should - be treated. - - - - If is set to , - which is the default value, and is - then - is returned. - - - When the changing to , - then is set to ; - otherwise, it is changed to . - - - - - - Gets or sets the to which standard output - messages of the external program will be written. - - - The to which standard output messages of - the external program will be written. - - - By default, standard output messages wil be written to the build log - with level . - - - - - Gets or sets the to which error output - of the external program will be written. - - - The to which error output of the external - program will be written. - - - By default, error output wil be written to the build log with level - . - - - - - Gets the value that the process specified when it terminated. - - - The code that the associated process specified when it terminated, - or -1000 if the process could not be started or did not - exit (in time). - - - - - Gets the unique identifier for the spawned application. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the application should be - spawned. If you spawn an application, its output will not be logged - by NAnt. The default is . - - - - - Gets the command-line arguments, separated by spaces. - - - - - Performs additional checks after the task has been initialized. - - does not hold a valid file name. - - - - Executes the external program. - - - - - The program to execute without command arguments. - - - The path will not be evaluated to a full path using the project - base directory. - - - - - The command-line arguments for the program. These will be - passed as is to the external program. When quoting is necessary, - these must be explictly set as part of the value. Consider using - nested elements instead. - - - - - Environment variables to pass to the program. - - - - - The directory in which the command will be executed. - - - The directory in which the command will be executed. The default - is the project's base directory. - - - - The working directory will be evaluated relative to the project's - base directory if it is relative. - - - - - - - The name of a property in which the exit code of the program should - be stored. Only of interest if is - . - - - If the exit code of the program is "-1000" then the program could - not be started, or did not exit (in time). - - - - - - Specifies whether the external program should be executed using a - runtime engine, if configured. The default is . - - - if the external program should be executed - using a runtime engine; otherwise, . - - - - - Specifies whether the external program is a managed application - which should be executed using a runtime engine, if configured. - The default is . - - - if the external program should be executed - using a runtime engine; otherwise, . - - - - - Gets the filename of the external program to start. - - - The filename of the external program. - - - - - Gets the command-line arguments for the external program. - - - The command-line arguments for the external program. - - - - - The directory the program is in. - - - - The directory the program is in. The default is the project's base - directory. - - - The basedir will be evaluated relative to the project's base - directory if it is relative. - - - - - - The file to which the standard output will be redirected. - - - By default, the standard output is redirected to the console. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether output should be appended - to the output file. The default is . - - - if output should be appended to the ; - otherwise, . - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the application should be - spawned. If you spawn an application, its output will not be logged - by NAnt. The default is . - - - - - The name of a property in which the unique identifier of the spawned - application should be stored. Only of interest if - is . - - - - - Exits the current build by throwing a , - optionally printing additional information. - - - - The cause of the build failure can be specified using the - attribute or as inline content. - - - Macros in the message will be expanded. - - - - Exits the current build without giving further information. - - - ]]> - - - - Exits the current build and writes a message to the build log. - - - ]]> - - - - Functionally equivalent to the previous example. - - Something wrong here. - ]]> - - - - - - A message giving further information on why the build exited. - - - Inline content and are mutually exclusive. - - - - - Gets or sets the inline content that should be output in the build - log, giving further information on why the build exited. - - - The inline content that should be output in the build log. - - - Inline content and are mutually exclusive. - - - - - Gets a particular file from a URL source. - - - - Options include verbose reporting and timestamp based fetches. - - - Currently, only HTTP and UNC protocols are supported. FTP support may - be added when more pluggable protocols are added to the System.Net - assembly. - - - The option enables you to control downloads - so that the remote file is only fetched if newer than the local copy. - If there is no local copy, the download always takes place. When a file - is downloaded, the timestamp of the downloaded file is set to the remote - timestamp. - - - This timestamp facility only works on downloads using the HTTP protocol. - - - - - Gets the index page of the NAnt home page, and stores it in the file - help/index.html relative to the project base directory. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Gets the index page of a secured web site using the given credentials, - while connecting using the specified password-protected proxy server. - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Initializes task and ensures the supplied attributes are valid. - - - - - This is where the work is done - - - - - Sets the timestamp of a given file to a specified time. - - - - - The URL from which to retrieve a file. - - - - - The file where to store the retrieved file. - - - - - If inside a firewall, proxy server/port information - Format: {proxy server name}:{port number} - Example: proxy.mycompany.com:8080 - - - - - The network proxy to use to access the Internet resource. - - - - - The network credentials used for authenticating the request with - the Internet resource. - - - - - Log errors but don't treat as fatal. The default is . - - - - - Conditionally download a file based on the timestamp of the local - copy. HTTP only. The default is . - - - - - The length of time, in milliseconds, until the request times out. - The default is 100000 milliseconds. - - - - - The security certificates to associate with the request. - - - - - Checks the conditional attributes and executes the children if - . - - - - If no conditions are checked, all child tasks are executed. - - - If more than one attribute is used, they are &&'d. The first - to fail stops the check. - - - The order of condition evaluation is, , - , , - . - - - instead of using the deprecated attributes, we advise you to use the - following functions in combination with the - attribute: - - - - Function - Description - - - - Checks whether the specified property exists. - - - - Checks whether the specified target exists. - - - - - Tests the value of a property using expressions. - - - Build release configuration - - ]]> - - - - Tests the the output of a function. - - - - - ]]> - - - - (Deprecated) Check that a target exists. - - - - - - ]]> - - - - (Deprecated) Check existence of a property. - - - - - ]]> - - - - (Deprecated) Check that a property value is true. - - - - - ]]> - - - - - (Deprecated) Check that a property exists and is - (uses multiple conditions). - - - - - - ]]> - - which is the same as - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - (Deprecated) Check file dates. If myfile.dll is uptodate, - then do stuff. - - - - - - ]]> - - or - - - - - - - - ]]> - - or - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Executes embedded tasks in the order in which they are defined. - - - - - Automatically exclude build elements that are defined on the task - from things that get executed, as they are evaluated normally during - XML task initialization. - - - - - Creates and executes the embedded (child XML nodes) elements. - - - Skips any element defined by the host that has - a defined. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the element is performing additional - processing using the that was use to - initialize the element. - - - , as a is - responsable for creating tasks from the nested build elements. - - - - - The file to compare if uptodate. - - - - - The file to check against for the uptodate file. - - - - - The that contains the comparison files for - the (s) check. - - - - - The that contains the uptodate files for - the (s) check. - - - - - Used to test whether a property is true. - - - - - Used to test whether a property exists. - - - - - Used to test whether a target exists. - - - - - Used to test arbitrary boolean expression. - - - - - The opposite of the if task. - - - Check that a property does not exist. - - - - - ]]> - - Check that a property value is not true. - - - - - ]]> - - - - Check that a target does not exist. - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Includes an external build file. - - - - This task is used to break your build file into smaller chunks. You - can load a partial build file and have it included into the build file. - - - Any global (project level) tasks in the included build file are executed - when this task is executed. Tasks in target elements are only executed - if that target is executed. - - - The project element attributes are ignored. - - - This task can only be in the global (project level) section of the - build file. - - - This task can only include files from the file system. - - - - - Include a task that fetches the project version from the - GetProjectVersion.include build file. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Used to check for recursived includes. - - - - - Verifies parameters. - - - - - Build file to include. - - - - - Load a text file into a single property. - - - - Unless an encoding is specified, the encoding associated with the - system's current ANSI code page is used. - - - An UTF-8, little-endian Unicode, and big-endian Unicode encoded text - file is automatically recognized, if the file starts with the appropriate - byte order marks. - - - - - Load file message.txt into property "message". - - - - ]]> - - - - - Load a file using the "latin-1" encoding. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Load a file, replacing all @NOW@ tokens with the current - date/time. - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - The file to load. - - - - - The name of the property to save the content to. - - - - - The encoding to use when loading the file. The default is the encoding - associated with the system's current ANSI code page. - - - - - The filterchain definition to use. - - - - - Loads tasks form a given assembly or all assemblies in a given directory - or . - - - - Load tasks from a single assembly. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Scan a single directory for task assemblies. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Use a containing both a directory and an - assembly. - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Executes the Load Tasks task. - - Specified assembly or path does not exist. - - - - Validates the attributes. - - Both and are set. - - - - An assembly to load tasks from. - - - - - A directory to scan for task assemblies. - - - - - Used to select which directories or individual assemblies to scan. - - - - - Loops over a set of items. - - - - Can loop over files in directory, lines in a file, etc. - - - The property value is stored before the loop is done, and restored - when the loop is finished. - - - The property is returned to its normal value once it is used. Read-only - parameters cannot be overridden in this loop. - - - - Loops over the files in c:\. - - - - - ]]> - - - - Loops over all files in the project directory. - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - Loops over the folders in c:\. - - - - - ]]> - - - - Loops over all folders in the project directory. - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - Loops over a list. - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Loops over lines in the file properties.csv, where each line - is of the format name,value. - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - The NAnt property name(s) that should be used for the current - iterated item. - - - If specifying multiple properties, separate them with a comma. - - - - - The type of iteration that should be done. - - - - - The type of whitespace trimming that should be done. The default - is . - - - - - The source of the iteration. - - - - - The deliminator char. - - - - - Stuff to operate in. Just like the - attribute, but supports more complicated things like a - and such. - - Please remove the attribute if you - are using this element. - - - - - - Tasks to execute for each matching item. - - - - - Do not remove any white space characters. - - - - - Remove all white space characters from the end of the current - item. - - - - - Remove all white space characters from the beginning of the - current item. - - - - - Remove all white space characters from the beginning and end of - the current item. - - - - - Sends an SMTP message. - - - - Text and text files to include in the message body may be specified as - well as binary attachments. - - - - - Sends an email from nant@sourceforge.net to three recipients - with a subject about the attachments. The body of the message will be - the combined contents of all .txt files in the base directory. - All zip files in the base directory will be included as attachments. - The message will be sent using the smtpserver.anywhere.com SMTP - server. - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Initializes task and ensures the supplied attributes are valid. - - - - - This is where the work is done. - - - - - Reads a text file and returns the content - in a string. - - The file to read content of. - - The content of the specified file. - - - - - Email address of sender. - - - - - Semicolon-separated list of recipient email addresses. - - - - - Semicolon-separated list of CC: recipient email addresses. - - - - - Semicolon-separated list of BCC: recipient email addresses. - - - - - Host name of mail server. The default is localhost. - - - - - Text to send in body of email message. - - - - - Text to send in subject line of email message. - - - - - Format of the message. The default is . - - - - - Files that are transmitted as part of the body of the email message. - - - - - Attachments that are transmitted with the message. - - - - - Creates a directory and any non-existent parent directory if necessary. - - - Create the directory build. - - - ]]> - - - - Create the directory tree one/two/three. - - - ]]> - - - - - - Creates the directory specified by the property. - - The directory could not be created. - - - - The directory to create. - - - - - Moves a file or set of files to a new file or directory. - - - - Files are only moved if the source file is newer than the destination - file, or if the destination file does not exist. However, you can - explicitly overwrite files with the - attribute. - - - A can be used to select files to move. To use - a , the - attribute must be set. - -

Encoding

- - Unless an encoding is specified, the encoding associated with the - system's current ANSI code page is used. - - - An UTF-8, little-endian Unicode, and big-endian Unicode encoded text - file is automatically recognized, if the file starts with the - appropriate byte order marks. - - - If you employ filters in your move operation, you should limit the - move to text files. Binary files will be corrupted by the move - operation. - -
- - - Move a single file while changing its encoding from "latin1" to - "utf-8". - - - - ]]> - - - - Move a set of files. - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Move a set of files to a directory, replacing @TITLE@ with - "Foo Bar" in all files. - - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - -
- - - Actually does the file moves. - - - - - The file to move. - - - - - The file to move to. - - - - - The directory to move to. - - - - - Used to select the files to move. To use a , - the attribute must be set. - - - - - Ignore directory structure of source directory, move all files into - a single directory, specified by the - attribute. The default is . - - - - - Chain of filters used to alter the file's content as it is moved. - - - - - Creates an XSD File for all available tasks. - - - - This can be used in conjuntion with the command-line option to do XSD - Schema validation on the build file. - - - - Creates a NAnt.xsd file in the current project directory. - - - ]]> - - - - - - Creates a NAnt Schema for given types - - The output stream to save the schema to. If , writing is ignored, no exception generated. - The list of tasks to generate XML Schema for. - The list of datatypes to generate XML Schema for. - The target namespace to output. - The new NAnt Schema. - - - - Creates a new instance. - - The name of the attribute. - Value indicating whether the attribute should be required. - The new instance. - - - - Creates a new instance. - - The minimum value to allow for this choice - The maximum value to allow, Decimal.MaxValue sets it to 'unbound' - The new instance. - - - - The name of the output file to which the XSD should be written. - - - - - The target namespace for the output. Defaults to "http://tempuri.org/nant-donotuse.xsd" - - - - - The for which an XSD should be created. If not - specified, an XSD will be created for all available tasks. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the - class. - - Tasks for which a schema should be generated. - Data Types for which a schema should be generated. - The namespace to use. - http://tempuri.org/nant.xsd - - - - - Runs NAnt on a supplied build file, or a set of build files. - - - - By default, all the properties of the current project will be available - in the new project. Alternatively, you can set - to to not copy any properties to the new - project. - - - You can also set properties in the new project from the old project by - using nested property tags. These properties are always passed to the - new project regardless of the setting of . - This allows you to parameterize your subprojects. - - - References to data types can also be passed to the new project, but by - default they are not. If you set the to - , all references will be copied. - - - - - Build a project located in a different directory if the debug - property is not . - - - - ]]> - - - - - Build a project while adding a set of properties to that project. - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Build all projects named default.build located anywhere under - the project base directory. - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Validates the element. - - - - - The build file to build. - - - - - The target to execute. To specify more than one target seperate - targets with a space. Targets are executed in order if possible. - The default is to use target specified in the project's default - attribute. - - - - - Used to specify a set of build files to process. - - - - - Specifies whether current property values should be inherited by - the executed project. The default is . - - - - - Specifies whether all references will be copied to the new project. - The default is . - - - - - Specifies a collection of properties that should be created in the - executed project. Note, existing properties with identical names - that are not read-only will be overwritten. - - - - - Sets a property in the current project. - - - NAnt uses a number of predefined properties. - - - - Define a debug property with value . - - - - ]]> - - - - - Use the user-defined debug property. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Define a read-only property. This is just like passing in the param - on the command line. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Define a property, but do not overwrite the value if the property already exists (eg. it was specified on the command line). - - - - - - - ]]> - - - Executing this build file with the command line option -D:debug=false, - would cause the value specified on the command line to remain unaltered. - - - - - - - - - The name of the NAnt property to set. - - - - - The value to assign to the NAnt property. - - - - - Specifies whether the property is read-only or not. - The default is . - - - - - Specifies whether references to other properties should not be - expanded when the value of the property is set, but expanded when - the property is actually used. By default, properties will be - expanded when set. - - - - - Specifies whether the value of a property should be overwritten if - the property already exists (unless the property is read-only). - The default is . - - - - - Sets project properties based on the evaluatuion of a regular expression. - - - - The attribute must contain one or more - - named grouping constructs, which represents the names of the - properties to be set. These named grouping constructs can be enclosed - by angle brackets (?<name>) or single quotes (?'name'). - - - In the build file, use the XML element to specify <, - and to specify >. - - - The named grouping construct must not contain any punctuation and it - cannot begin with a number. - - - - - Find the last word in the given string and stores it in the property - lastword. - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Split the full filename and extension of a filename. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Split the path and the filename. (This checks for / or \ - as the path separator). - - - - ]]> - - - Results in path=d:\Temp\SomeDir\SomeDir\ and file=bla.xml. - - - - - - Executes the task. - - - - - Represents the regular expression to be evalued. - - - The regular expression to be evalued. - - - The pattern must contain one or more named constructs, which may - not contain any punctuation and cannot begin with a number. - - - - - A comma separated list of options to pass to the regex engine. The - default is . - - - - - Represents the input for the regular expression. - - - The input for the regular expression. - - - - - Sets an environment variable or a whole collection of them. Use an empty - attribute to clear a variable. - - - - Variables will be set for the current NAnt process and all child - processes that NAnt spawns (compilers, shell tools, etc). If the - intention is to only set a variable for a single child process, then - using the and its nested - element might be a better option. - - - Expansion of inline environment variables is performed using the syntax - of the current platform. So on Windows platforms using the string %PATH% - in the attribute will result in the value of - the PATH variable being expanded in place before the variable is set. - - - - Set the MONO_PATH environment variable on a *nix platform. - - - ]]> - - - - Set a collection of environment variables. Note the nested variable used to set var3. - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - Set environment variables using nested path elements. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Win32 DllImport for the SetEnvironmentVariable function. - - - - - - - - *nix dllimport for the setenv function. - - - - - - 0 if the execution is successful; otherwise, -1. - - - - - Deletes all instances of the variable name. - - The variable to unset. - - 0 if the execution is successful; otherwise, -1. - - - - - Checks whether the task is initialized with valid attributes. - - - - - Set the environment variables - - - - - Do the actual work here. - - The name of the environment variable. - The value of the environment variable. - - - - The name of a single Environment variable to set - - - - - The literal value for the environment variable. - - - - - The value for a file-based environment variable. NAnt will convert - it to an absolute filename. - - - - - The value for a directory-based environment variable. NAnt will - convert it to an absolute path. - - - - - The value for a PATH like environment variable. You can use - : or ; as path separators and NAnt will convert it to - the platform's local conventions. - - - - - A task for sleeping a specified period of time, useful when a build or deployment process - requires an interval between tasks. - - - Sleep 1 hour, 2 minutes, 3 seconds and 4 milliseconds. - - - ]]> - - - - Sleep 123 milliseconds. - - - ]]> - - - - - - Verify parameters. - - - - - Return time to sleep. - - - - - Sleeps for the specified number of milliseconds. - - Number of milliseconds to sleep. - - - - Hours to add to the sleep time. - - - - - Minutes to add to the sleep time. - - - - - Seconds to add to the sleep time. - - - - - Milliseconds to add to the sleep time. - - - - - Processes a document via XSLT. - - - Create a report in HTML. - - - ]]> - - - - Create a report in HTML, with a param. - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - Create a report in HTML, with a expanded param. - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - Create some code based on a directory of templates. - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Directory in which to store the results. The default is the project - base directory. - - - - - Desired file extension to be used for the targets. The default is - html. - - - - - URI or path that points to the stylesheet to use. If given as path, it can - be relative to the project's basedir or absolute. - - - - - Specifies a single XML document to be styled. Should be used with - the attribute. - - - - - Specifies the output name for the styled result from the - attribute. - - - - - Specifies a group of input files to which to apply the stylesheet. - - - - - XSLT parameters to be passed to the XSLT transformation. - - - - - XSLT extension objects to be passed to the XSLT transformation. - - - - - The network proxy to use to access the Internet resource. - - - - - Sets properties with system information. - - - Sets a number of properties with information about the system environment. The intent of this task is for nightly build logs to have a record of system information so that the build was performed on. - - - Property - Value - - - <>.clr.version - Common Language Runtime version number. - - - <>.env.* - Environment variables (e.g., <>.env.PATH). - - - <>.os.platform - Operating system platform ID. - - - <>.os.version - Operating system version. - - - <>.os - Operating system version string. - - - <>.os.folder.applicationdata - The directory that serves as a common repository for application-specific data for the current roaming user. - - - <>.os.folder.commonapplicationdata - The directory that serves as a common repository for application-specific data that is used by all users. - - - <>.os.folder.commonprogramfiles - The directory for components that are shared across applications. - - - <>.os.folder.desktopdirectory - The directory used to physically store file objects on the desktop. Do not confuse this directory with the desktop folder itself, which is a virtual folder. - - - <>.os.folder.programfiles - The Program Files directory. - - - <>.os.folder.system - The System directory. - - - <>.os.folder.temp - The temporary directory. - - - - When the name of an environment variable is not a valid property name, - the task will fail. In that case, set to - to allow that environment variable to be - skipped. - - - we advise you to use the following functions instead: - - - - Function - Description - - - - Gets a object that identifies this operating system. - - - - Gets the path to a system special folder. - - - - Returns the value of a environment variable. - - - - Gets the path to the temporary directory. - - - - Gets the Common Language Runtime version. - - - - - Register the properties with the default property prefix. - - - ]]> - - - - Register the properties without a prefix. - - - ]]> - - - - Register properties and display a summary. - - - ]]> - - - - - - The string to prefix the property names with. The default is "sys.". - - - - - Sets properties with the current date and time. - - - - By default the displays the current date - and time and sets the following properties: - - - tstamp.date to yyyyMMdd - tstamp.time to HHmm - tstamp.now using the default DateTime.ToString() method - - - To set an additional property with a custom date/time use the - and attributes. - To set a number of additional properties with the exact same date and - time use the nested element (see example). - - - The date and time string displayed by the - uses the computer's default long date and time string format. You - might consider setting these to the - ISO 8601 standard - for date and time notation. - - - - Set the build.date property. - - - ]]> - - - - Set a number of properties for Ant like compatibility. - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - The property to receive the date/time string in the given pattern. - - - - The date/time pattern to be used. - - The following table lists the standard format characters for each standard pattern. The format characters are case-sensitive; for example, 'g' and 'G' represent slightly different patterns. - - - Format Character - Description Example Format Pattern (en-US) - - dMM/dd/yyyy - Ddddd, dd MMMM yyyy - fdddd, dd MMMM yyyy HH:mm - Fdddd, dd MMMM yyyy HH:mm:ss - gMM/dd/yyyy HH:mm - GMM/dd/yyyy HH:mm:ss - m, MMMMM dd - r, Rddd, dd MMM yyyy HH':'mm':'ss 'GMT' - syyyy'-'MM'-'dd'T'HH':'mm':'ss - tHH:mm - THH:mm:ss - uyyyy'-'MM'-'dd HH':'mm':'ss'Z' - Udddd, dd MMMM yyyy HH:mm:ss - y, Yyyyy MMMM - - The following table lists the patterns that can be combined to construct custom patterns. The patterns are case-sensitive; for example, "MM" is recognized, but "mm" is not. If the custom pattern contains white-space characters or characters enclosed in single quotation marks, the output string will also contain those characters. Characters not defined as part of a format pattern or as format characters are reproduced literally. - - - Format - Pattern Description - - dThe day of the month. Single-digit days will not have a leading zero. - ddThe day of the month. Single-digit days will have a leading zero. - dddThe abbreviated name of the day of the week. - ddddThe full name of the day of the week. - MThe numeric month. Single-digit months will not have a leading zero. - MMThe numeric month. Single-digit months will have a leading zero. - MMMThe abbreviated name of the month. - MMMMThe full name of the month. - yThe year without the century. If the year without the century is less than 10, the year is displayed with no leading zero. - yyThe year without the century. If the year without the century is less than 10, the year is displayed with a leading zero. - yyyyThe year in four digits, including the century. - ggThe period or era. This pattern is ignored if the date to be formatted does not have an associated period or era string. - hThe hour in a 12-hour clock. Single-digit hours will not have a leading zero. - hhThe hour in a 12-hour clock. Single-digit hours will have a leading zero. - HThe hour in a 24-hour clock. Single-digit hours will not have a leading zero. - HHThe hour in a 24-hour clock. Single-digit hours will have a leading zero. - mThe minute. Single-digit minutes will not have a leading zero. - mmThe minute. Single-digit minutes will have a leading zero. - sThe second. Single-digit seconds will not have a leading zero. - ssThe second. Single-digit seconds will have a leading zero. - fThe fraction of a second in single-digit precision. The remaining digits are truncated. - ffThe fraction of a second in double-digit precision. The remaining digits are truncated. - fffThe fraction of a second in three-digit precision. The remaining digits are truncated. - ffffThe fraction of a second in four-digit precision. The remaining digits are truncated. - fffffThe fraction of a second in five-digit precision. The remaining digits are truncated. - ffffffThe fraction of a second in six-digit precision. The remaining digits are truncated. - fffffffThe fraction of a second in seven-digit precision. The remaining digits are truncated. - tThe first character in the AM/PM designator. - ttThe AM/PM designator. - zThe time zone offset ("+" or "-" followed by the hour only). Single-digit hours will not have a leading zero. For example, Pacific Standard Time is "-8". - zzThe time zone offset ("+" or "-" followed by the hour only). Single-digit hours will have a leading zero. For example, Pacific Standard Time is "-08". - zzzThe full time zone offset ("+" or "-" followed by the hour and minutes). Single-digit hours and minutes will have leading zeros. For example, Pacific Standard Time is "-08:00". - :The default time separator. - /The default date separator. - \ cPattern Where c is any character. Displays the character literally. To display the backslash character, use "\\". - - - - - - Touches a file or set of files -- corresponds to the Unix touch command. - - - - If the file specified does not exist, the task will create it. - - - - Touch the Main.cs file. The current time is used. - - - ]]> - - - - - Touch all executable files in the project base directory and its - subdirectories. - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Ensures the supplied attributes are valid. - - - - - The file to touch. - - - - - Specifies the new modification time of the file(s) in milliseconds - since midnight Jan 1 1970. - - - - - Specifies the new modification time of the file in the format - MM/DD/YYYY HH:MM:SS. - - - - - Used to select files that should be touched. - - - - - Check modification dates on groups of files. - - - If all are same or newer than all , the specified property is set to , otherwise it - is set to . - - - - Check file dates. If myfile.dll is same or newer than myfile.cs, then set myfile.dll.uptodate property - to either or . - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Property that will be set to or depending on the - result of the date check. - - - - - The that contains list of source files. - - - - - The that contains list of target files. - - - - - Extracts text from an XML file at the location specified by an XPath - expression. - - - - If the XPath expression specifies multiple nodes the node index is used - to determine which of the nodes' text is returned. - - - - - The example provided assumes that the following XML file (App.config) - exists in the current build directory. - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - The example will read the server value from the above - configuration file. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Executes the XML peek task. - - - - - Loads an XML document from a file on disk. - - The file name of the file to load the XML document from. - - A document containing - the document object representing the file. - - - - - Gets the contents of the node specified by the XPath expression. - - The XPath expression used to determine which nodes to choose from. - The XML document to select the nodes from. - The node index in the case where multiple nodes satisfy the expression. - - The contents of the node specified by the XPath expression. - - - - - The name of the file that contains the XML document - that is going to be peeked at. - - - - - The index of the node that gets its text returned when the query - returns multiple nodes. - - - - - The property that receives the text representation of the XML inside - the node returned from the XPath expression. - - - - - The XPath expression used to select which node to read. - - - - - Namespace definitions to resolve prefixes in the XPath expression. - - - - - Replaces text in an XML file at the location specified by an XPath - expression. - - - - The location specified by the XPath expression must exist, it will - not create the parent elements for you. However, provided you have - a root element you could use a series of the tasks to build the - XML file up if necessary. - - - - - Change the server setting in the configuration from testhost.somecompany.com - to productionhost.somecompany.com. - - XML file: - - - - - - - - ]]> - - Build fragment: - - - ]]> - - - - - Modify the noNamespaceSchemaLocation in an XML file. - - XML file: - - - - - ]]> - - Build fragment: - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Executes the XML poke task. - - - - - Loads an XML document from a file on disk. - - - The file name of the file to load the XML document from. - - - An containing - the document object model representing the file. - - - - - Given an XML document and an expression, returns a list of nodes - which match the expression criteria. - - - The XPath expression used to select the nodes. - - - The XML document that is searched. - - - An to use for resolving namespaces - for prefixes in the XPath expression. - - - An containing references to the nodes - that matched the XPath expression. - - - - - Given a node list, replaces the XML within those nodes. - - - The list of nodes to replace the contents of. - - - The text to replace the contents with. - - - - - Saves the XML document to a file. - - The XML document to be saved. - The file name to save the XML document under. - - - - The name of the file that contains the XML document that is going - to be poked. - - - - - The XPath expression used to select which nodes are to be modified. - - - - - The value that replaces the contents of the selected nodes. - - - - - Namespace definitions to resolve prefixes in the XPath expression. - - - - - Represents a command-line argument. - - - - When passed to an external application, the argument will be quoted - when appropriate. This does not apply to the - parameter, which is always passed as is. - - - - - A single command-line argument containing a space character. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Two separate command-line arguments. - - - - ]]> - - - - - A single command-line argument with the value \dir;\dir2;\dir3 - on DOS-based systems and /dir:/dir2:/dir3 on Unix-like systems. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified command-line argument. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the given file. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the given path. - - - - - Returns the argument as a . - - - The argument as a . - - - File and individual path elements will be quoted if necessary. - - - - - Quotes a command line argument if it contains a single quote or a - space. - - The command line argument. - - A quoted command line argument if - contains a single quote or a space; otherwise, - . - - - - - A single command-line argument; can contain space characters. - - - - - The name of a file as a single command-line argument; will be - replaced with the absolute filename of the file. - - - - - The value for a directory-based command-line argument; will be - replaced with the absolute path of the directory. - - - - - The value for a PATH-like command-line argument; you can use - : or ; as path separators and NAnt will convert it - to the platform's local conventions, while resolving references to - environment variables. - - - Individual parts will be replaced with the absolute path, resolved - relative to the project base directory. - - - - - Sets a single command-line argument and treats it like a PATH - ensures - the right separator for the local platform is used. - - - - - List of command-line arguments; will be passed to the executable - as is. - - - - - Indicates if the argument should be passed to the external program. - If then the argument will be passed; - otherwise, skipped. The default is . - - - - - Indicates if the argument should not be passed to the external - program. If then the argument will be - passed; otherwise, skipped. The default is . - - - - - Gets string value corresponding with the argument. - - - - - Contains a collection of elements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Determines whether a with the specified - value is in the collection. - - The argument value to locate in the collection. - - if a with value - is found in the collection; otherwise, - . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Gets the with the specified value. - - The value of the to get. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - Provides credentials for password-based authentication schemes. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Returns a instance representing - the current . - - - A instance representing the current - , or if the - credentials should not be used to provide authentication information - to the external resource. - - - - - The domain or computer name that verifies the credentials. - - - - - The password for the user name associated with the credentials. - - - - - The user name associated with the credentials. - - - - - Indicates if the credentials should be used to provide authentication - information to the external resource. If then - the credentials will be passed; otherwise, not. The default is - . - - - - - Indicates if the credentials should not be used to provide authentication - information to the external resource. If then the - credentials will be passed; otherwise, not. The default is - . - - - - - A specialized used for specifying a set of - directories. - - - Hint for supporting tasks that the included directories instead of - files should be used. - - - - - Filesets are groups of files. These files can be found in a directory - tree starting in a base directory and are matched by patterns taken - from a number of patterns. Filesets can appear inside tasks that support - this feature or at the project level, i.e., as children of <project>. - - -

Patterns

- - As described earlier, patterns are used for the inclusion and exclusion. - These patterns look very much like the patterns used in DOS and UNIX: - - - - - '*' matches zero or more characters - For example: - - *.cs matches .cs, x.cs and FooBar.cs, - but not FooBar.xml (does not end with .cs). - - - - - - '?' matches one character - For example: - - ?.cs matches x.cs, A.cs, but not - .cs or xyz.cs (both don't have one character - before .cs). - - - - - - Combinations of *'s and ?'s are allowed. - - - Matching is done per-directory. This means that first the first directory - in the pattern is matched against the first directory in the path to match. - Then the second directory is matched, and so on. For example, when we have - the pattern /?abc/*/*.cs and the path /xabc/foobar/test.cs, - the first ?abc is matched with xabc, then * is matched - with foobar, and finally *.cs is matched with test.cs. - They all match, so the path matches the pattern. - - - To make things a bit more flexible, we added one extra feature, which makes - it possible to match multiple directory levels. This can be used to match a - complete directory tree, or a file anywhere in the directory tree. To do this, - ** must be used as the name of a directory. When ** is used as - the name of a directory in the pattern, it matches zero or more directories. - For example: /test/** matches all files/directories under /test/, - such as /test/x.cs, or /test/foo/bar/xyz.html, but not /xyz.xml. - - - There is one "shorthand" - if a pattern ends with / or \, then - ** is appended. For example, mypackage/test/ is interpreted as - if it were mypackage/test/**. - -

Case-Sensitivity

- - By default, pattern matching is case-sensitive on Unix and case-insensitive - on other platforms. The parameter can be used - to override this. - -

Default Excludes

- - There are a set of definitions that are excluded by default from all - tasks that use filesets. They are: - - - - - **/*~ - - - - - **/#*# - - - - - **/.#* - - - - - **/%*% - - - - - **/CVS - - - - - **/CVS/** - - - - - **/.cvsignore - - - - - **/.svn - - - - - **/.svn/** - - - - - **/_svn - - - - - **/_svn/** - - - - - **/SCCS - - - - - **/SCCS/** - - - - - **/vssver.scc - - - - - **/vssver2.scc - - - - - **/_vti_cnf/** - - - - - If you do not want these default excludes applied, you may disable them - by setting to . - -
- - - - Pattern - Match - - - **/CVS/* - - - Matches all files in CVS directories that can be - located anywhere in the directory tree. - - Matches: - - - CVS/Repository - - - org/apache/CVS/Entries - - - org/apache/jakarta/tools/ant/CVS/Entries - - - But not: - - - org/apache/CVS/foo/bar/Entries (foo/bar/ part does not match) - - - - - - org/apache/jakarta/** - - - Matches all files in the org/apache/jakarta directory - tree. - - Matches: - - - org/apache/jakarta/tools/ant/docs/index.html - - - org/apache/jakarta/test.xml - - - But not: - - - org/apache/xyz.java (jakarta/ part is missing) - - - - - - org/apache/**/CVS/* - - - Matches all files in CVS directories that are located - anywhere in the directory tree under org/apache. - - Matches: - - - org/apache/CVS/Entries - - - org/apache/jakarta/tools/ant/CVS/Entries - - - But not: - - - org/apache/CVS/foo/bar/Entries (foo/bar/ part does not match) - - - - - - **/test/** - - - Matches all files that have a test element in their - path, including test as a filename. - - - - - - -
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - copy constructor - - - - - - Creates a shallow copy of the . - - - A shallow copy of the . - - - - - Adds a nested set of patterns, or references a standalone patternset. - - - - - Copies all instance data of the to a given - . - - - - - Determines if a file has a more recent last write time than the - given time, or no longer exists. - - A file to check the last write time against. - The datetime to compare against. - - The name of the file that has a last write time greater than - or that no longer exists; - otherwise, . - - - - - Determines if one of the given files has a more recent last write - time than the given time. If one of the given files no longer exists, - the target will be considered out-of-date. - - A collection of filenames to check the last write time against. - The datetime to compare against. - - The name of the first file that has a last write time greater than - ; otherwise, null. - - - - - Indicates whether include and exclude patterns must be treated in a - case-sensitive way. The default is on Unix; - otherwise, . - - - - - When set to , causes the fileset element to - throw a when no files match the - includes and excludes criteria. The default is . - - - - - Indicates whether default excludes should be used or not. - The default is . - - - - - The base of the directory of this fileset. The default is the project - base directory. - - - - - Gets the collection of include patterns. - - - - - Gets the collection of exclude patterns. - - - - - Gets the collection of files that will be added to the - without pattern matching or checking if the - file exists. - - - - - Gets the collection of file names that match the fileset. - - - A collection that contains the file names that match the - . - - - - - Gets the collection of directory names that match the fileset. - - - A collection that contains the directory names that match the - . - - - - - Gets the collection of directory names that were scanned for files. - - - A collection that contains the directory names that were scanned for - files. - - - - - The items to include in the fileset. - - - - - The items to include in the fileset. - - - - - The items to exclude from the fileset. - - - - - The items to exclude from the fileset. - - - - - The files from which a list of patterns or files to include should - be obtained. - - - - - The files from which a list of patterns or files to include should - be obtained. - - - - - The files from which a list of patterns or files to exclude should - be obtained. - - - - - Determines the most recently modified file in the fileset (by LastWriteTime of the ). - - - The of the file that has the newest (closest to present) last write time. - - - - - The pattern or file name to exclude. - - - - - If then the pattern will be excluded; - otherwise, skipped. The default is . - - - - - Opposite of . If - then the pattern will be excluded; otherwise, skipped. The default - is . - - - - - If then the file name will be added to - the without pattern matching or checking - if the file exists. The default is . - - - - - If then the file will be searched for - on the path. The default is . - - - - - The pattern or file name to include. - - - - - If then the pattern will be included; - otherwise, skipped. The default is . - - - - - Opposite of . If - then the pattern will be included; otherwise, skipped. The default - is . - - - - - Gets the list of patterns in . - - - - - If then the patterns will be excluded; - otherwise, skipped. The default is . - - - - - Opposite of . If - then the patterns will be excluded; otherwise, skipped. The default - is . - - - - - The name of a file; each line of this file is taken to be a - pattern. - - - - - If then the patterns in the include file - will be added to the without pattern - matching or checking if the file exists. The default is - . - - - - - If then the patterns in the include file - will be searched for on the path. The default is . - - - - - If then the patterns will be included; - otherwise, skipped. The default is . - - - - - Opposite of . If - then the patterns will be included; otherwise, skipped. The default - is . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Copy constructor for . Required in order to - assign references of type where - is used. - - A instance to create a from. - - - - Represents an environment variable. - - - - - Initializes a instance with the - specified name and value. - - The name of the environment variable. - The value of the environment variable. - - - - Initializes a instance. - - - - - The name of the environment variable. - - - - - The literal value for the environment variable. - - - - - The value for a file-based environment variable. NAnt will convert - it to an absolute filename. - - - - - The value for a directory-based environment variable. NAnt will - convert it to an absolute path. - - - - - The value for a PATH like environment variable. You can use - : or ; as path separators and NAnt will convert it to - the platform's local conventions. - - - - - Sets a single environment variable and treats it like a PATH - - ensures the right separator for the local platform is used. - - - - - Gets the value of the environment variable. - - - - - Indicates if the environment variable should be passed to the - external program. If then the environment - variable will be passed; otherwise, skipped. The default is - . - - - - - Indicates if the environment variable should not be passed to the - external program. If then the environment - variable will be passed; otherwise, skipped. The default is - . - - - - - A set of environment variables. - - - - - Environment variable to pass to a program. - - - - - Environment variable to pass to a program. - - - - - Contains a collection of elements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Determines whether a with the specified - value is in the collection. - - The argument value to locate in the collection. - - if a with value - is found in the collection; otherwise, - . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Gets the with the specified name. - - The name of the to get. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - The name of the NAnt property to set. - - - - - The string pattern to use to format the property. - - - - - Indicates if the formatter should be used to format the timestamp. - If then the formatter will be used; - otherwise, skipped. The default is . - - - - - Indicates if the formatter should be not used to format the - timestamp. If then the formatter will be - used; otherwise, skipped. The default is . - - - - - Contains a collection of elements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - Specifies the execution mode for managed applications. - - - - For backward compatibility, the following string values can also be - used in build files: - - - - Value - Corresponding field - - - "true" - - - - "false" - - - - - Even if set to , the operating system can still - run the program as a managed application. - - On Linux this can be done through binfmt_misc, while on - Windows installing the .NET Framework redistributable caused managed - applications to run on the MS CLR by default. - - - - - - Do not threat the program as a managed application. - - - - - Leave it up to the CLR to determine which specific version of - the CLR will be used to run the application. - - - - - Forces an application to run against the currently targeted - version of a given CLR. - - - - - Specialized that also supports - case-insensitive conversion of "true" to - and "false" to - . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Converts the given object to the type of this converter, using the - specified context and culture information. - - An that provides a format context. - A object. If a is passed, the current culture is assumed. - The to convert. - - An that represents the converted value. - - - - - Represents an option. - - - - - name, value constructor - - - - - - - Default constructor - - - - - Name of the option. - - - - - Value of the option. The default is . - - - - - Indicates if the option should be passed to the task. - If then the option will be passed; - otherwise, skipped. The default is . - - - - - Indicates if the option should not be passed to the task. - If then the option will be passed; - otherwise, skipped. The default is . - - - - - Contains a collection of elements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Determines whether a for the specified - task is in the collection. - - The name of task for which the should be located in the collection. - - if a for the specified - task is found in the collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Gets the with the specified name. - - The name of the option that should be located in the collection. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - Represents a nested path element. - - - - - The name of a file to add to the path. Will be replaced with - the absolute path of the file. - - - - - The name of a directory to add to the path. Will be replaced with - the absolute path of the directory. - - - - - A string that will be treated as a path-like string. You can use - : or ; as path separators and NAnt will convert it - to the platform's local conventions, while resolving references - to environment variables. - - - - - If then the entry will be added to the - path; otherwise, skipped. The default is . - - - - - Opposite of . If - then the entry will be added to the path; otherwise, skipped. - The default is . - - - - - Gets the parts of a path represented by this element. - - - A containing the parts of a path - represented by this element. - - - - - - Paths are groups of files and/or directories that need to be passed as a single - unit. The order in which parts of the path are specified in the build file is - retained, and duplicate parts are automatically suppressed. - - - - - Define a global <path> that can be referenced by other - tasks or types. - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Invoked by for build - attributes with an underlying type. - - The to be used to resolve relative paths. - The string representing a path. - - - - Returns a textual representation of the path, which can be used as - PATH environment variable definition. - - - A textual representation of the path. - - - - - Defines a set of path elements to add to the current path. - - The to add. - - - - Defines a path element to add to the current path. - - The to add. - - - - Returns all path elements defined by this path object. - - - A list of path elements. - - - - - Splits a PATH (with ; or : as separators) into its parts, while - resolving references to environment variables. - - The to be used to resolve relative paths. - The path to translate. - - A PATH split up its parts, with references to environment variables - resolved and duplicate entries removed. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - The name pattern to include/exclude. - - - - - If then the pattern will be used; - otherwise, skipped. The default is . - - - - - If then the pattern will be used; - otherwise, skipped. The default is . - - - - - Contains a collection of elements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Removes all items from the . - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, - starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - A set of patterns, mostly used to include or exclude certain files. - - - - The individual patterns support if and unless attributes - to specify that the element should only be used if or unless a given - condition is met. - - - The and - elements load patterns from a file. When the file is a relative path, - it will be resolved relative to the project base directory in which - the patternset is defined. Each line of this file is taken to be a - pattern. - - - The number sign (#) as the first non-blank character in a line denotes - that all text following it is a comment: - - - - - - Patterns can be grouped to sets, and later be referenced by their - . - - - When used as a standalone element (global type), any properties that - are referenced will be resolved when the definition is processed, not - when it actually used. Passing a reference to a nested build file - will not cause the properties to be re-evaluated. - - - To improve reuse of globally defined patternsets, avoid referencing - any properties altogether. - - - - - Define a set of patterns that matches all .cs files that do not contain - the text Test in their name. - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Define two sets. One holding C# sources, and one holding VB sources. - Both sets only include test sources when the test property is - set. A third set combines both C# and VB sources. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Define a set from patterns in a file. - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Defines a patternset with patterns that are loaded from an external - file, and shows the behavior when that patternset is passed as a - reference to a nested build script. - - - External file "c:\foo\build\service.lst" holding patterns - of source files to include for the Foo.Service assembly: - - - - - Main build script located in "c:\foo\default.build": - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - Nested build script located in "c:\foo\services\default.build" - which uses the patternset to feed sources files to the C# compiler: - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - At the time when the patternset is used in the "service" - build script, the following source files in "c:\foo\services\src" - match the defined patterns: - - - - - You should have observed that: - - - - - although the patternset is used from the "service" - build script, the path to the external file is resolved relative - to the base directory of the "main" build script in - which the patternset is defined. - - - - - the "TraceListener.cs" file is included, even though - the "build.debug" property was changed to false - after the patternset was defined (but before it was passed to - the nested build, and used). - - - - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Adds a nested set of patterns, or references other standalone - patternset. - - The to add. - - - - Defines a single pattern for files to include. - - - - - Loads multiple patterns of files to include from a given file, set - using the parameter. - - - - - Defines a single pattern for files to exclude. - - - - - Loads multiple patterns of files to exclude from a given file, set - using the parameter. - - - - - Contains HTTP proxy settings used to process requests to Internet - resources. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets a instance representing the current - . - - - A instance representing the current - , or - if this proxy should not be used to connect to the external resource. - - - - - The name of the proxy host. - - - - - The port number on to use. - - - - - Specifies whether to bypass the proxy server for local addresses. - The default is . - - - - - The credentials to submit to the proxy server for authentication. - - - - - Indicates if the proxy should be used to connect to the external - resource. If then the proxy will be used; - otherwise, not. The default is . - - - - - Indicates if the proxy should not be used to connect to the external - resource. If then the proxy will be used; - otherwise, not. The default is . - - - - - Represents an element of which the XML is processed by its parent task - or type. - - - - - Gets the XML that this element represents. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the element is performing additional - processing using the that was use to - initialize the element. - - - , as the XML that represents this build - element is processed by the containing task or type. - - - - - ReplaceTokens filter token. - - - - - Token to be replaced. - - - - - New value of token. - - - - - Indicates if the token should be used to replace values. - If then the token will be used; - otherwise, not. The default is . - - - - - Indicates if the token should not be used to replace values. - If then the token will be used; - otherwise, not. The default is . - - - - - Represents an XML namespace. - - - - - The prefix to associate with the namespace. - - - - - The associated XML namespace URI. - - - - - Indicates if the namespace should be added to the . - If then the namespace will be added; - otherwise, skipped. The default is . - - - - - Indicates if the namespace should not be added to the . - list. If then the parameter will be - added; otherwise, skipped. The default is . - - - - - Contains a collection of elements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Determines whether a with the specified - value is in the collection. - - The argument value to locate in the collection. - - if a with - value is found in the collection; otherwise, - . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Gets the with the specified prefix. - - The prefix of the to get. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - Represents an XSLT extension object. The object should have a default - parameterless constructor and the return value should be one of the - four basic XPath data types of number, string, Boolean or node set. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - The namespace URI to associate with the extension object. - - - The namespace URI to associate with the extension object, or - if not set. - - - - - The full type name of the XSLT extension object. - - - - - The assembly which contains the XSLT extension object. - - - - - Indicates if the extension object should be added to the XSLT argument - list. If then the extension object will be - added; otherwise, skipped. The default is . - - - - - Indicates if the extension object should not be added to the XSLT argument - list. If then the extension object will be - added; otherwise, skipped. The default is . - - - - - Contains a collection of elements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class with the - specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class with the - specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added - to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the - end of the collection. - - The array of - elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a - to the end of the collection. - - The - to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the - collection. - - The to locate - in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Determines whether a with the - specified value is in the collection. - - The argument value to locate in the - collection. - - if a - with value is found in the collection; - otherwise, . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, - starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the - destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array - must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in - at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified - object in the collection. - - The object for - which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the - is not currently a member of the - collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at - the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which - should be inserted. - The to - insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire - collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove - from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get - or set. - - - - Gets the with the specified name. - - The name of the - to get. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a - . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be - enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - Represents an XSLT parameter. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - The name of the XSLT parameter. - - - The name of the XSLT parameter, or if - not set. - - - - - The namespace URI to associate with the parameter. - - - The namespace URI to associate with the parameter, or - if not set. - - - - - The value of the XSLT parameter. - - - The value of the XSLT parameter, or if - not set. - - - - - Indicates if the parameter should be added to the XSLT argument list. - If then the parameter will be added; - otherwise, skipped. The default is . - - - - - Indicates if the parameter should not be added to the XSLT argument - list. If then the parameter will be - added; otherwise, skipped. The default is . - - - - - Contains a collection of elements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Determines whether a with the specified - value is in the collection. - - The argument value to locate in the collection. - - if a with - value is found in the collection; otherwise, - . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Gets the with the specified name. - - The name of the to get. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - Resolves assemblies by caching assemblies that were loaded. - - - - - Initializes an instanse of the - class. - - - - - Initializes an instanse of the - class in the context of the given . - - - - - Installs the assembly resolver by hooking up to the - event. - - - - - Uninstalls the assembly resolver. - - - - - Resolves an assembly not found by the system using the assembly - cache. - - The source of the event. - A that contains the event data. - - The loaded assembly, or if not found. - - - - - Occurs when an assembly is loaded. The loaded assembly is added - to the assembly cache. - - The source of the event. - An that contains the event data. - - - - Logs a message with the given priority. - - The message priority at which the specified message is to be logged. - The message to log, containing zero or more format items. - An array containing zero or more objects to format. - - The actual logging is delegated to the in which - the is executing - - - - - Holds the loaded assemblies. - - - - - Holds the in which the - is executing. - - - The in which the - is executing or if the - is not executing in the context of a . - - - - - Represents a valid command-line argument. - - - - - Sets the value of the argument on the specified object. - - The object on which the value of the argument should be set. - The argument is required and no value was specified. - - - The matching property is collection-based, but is not initialized - and cannot be written to. - - -or- - - The matching property is collection-based, but has no strongly-typed - Add method. - - -or- - - The matching property is collection-based, but the signature of the - Add method is not supported. - - - - - - Assigns the specified value to the argument. - - The value that should be assigned to the argument. - - Duplicate argument. - -or- - Invalid value. - - - - - Indicates whether the specified is a - . - - - if can be assigned - to ; otherwise, . - - - - - Indicates whether the specified is collection-based. - - - if can be assigned - to and is not backed by a - that can be assigned to ; - otherwise, . - - - - - Indicates whether the specified is an array. - - - if is an array; - otherwise, . - - - - - Gets the property that backs the argument. - - - The property that backs the arguments. - - - - - Gets the underlying of the argument. - - - The underlying of the argument. - - - If the of the argument is a collection type, - this property will returns the underlying type of that collection. - - - - - Gets the long name of the argument. - - The long name of the argument. - - - - Gets the short name of the argument. - - The short name of the argument. - - - - Gets the description of the argument. - - The description of the argument. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the argument is required. - - - if the argument is required; otherwise, - . - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether a mathing command-line argument - was already found. - - - if a matching command-line argument was - already found; otherwise, . - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the argument can be specified multiple - times. - - - if the argument may be specified multiple - times; otherwise, . - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the argument can only be specified once - with a certain value. - - - if the argument should always have a unique - value; otherwise, . - - - - - Gets the of the property to which the argument - is applied. - - - The of the property to which the argument is - applied. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the argument is collection-based. - - - if the argument is backed by a - that can be assigned to and is not backed - by a that can be assigned to - ; otherwise, . - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the argument is a set of name/value - pairs. - - - if the argument is backed by a - that can be assigned to ; otherwise, - . - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the argument is array-based. - - - if the argument is backed by an array; - otherwise, . - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the argument is the default argument. - - - if the argument is the default argument; - otherwise, . - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the argument cannot be combined with - other arguments. - - - if the argument cannot be combined with other - arguments; otherwise, . - - - - - Allows control of command line parsing. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified argument type. - - Specifies the checking to be done on the argument. - - - - Gets or sets the checking to be done on the argument. - - The checking that should be done on the argument. - - - - Gets or sets the long name of the argument. - - The long name of the argument. - - - - Gets or sets the short name of the argument. - - The short name of the argument. - - - - Gets or sets the description of the argument. - - The description of the argument. - - - - Contains a strongly typed collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Gets the with the specified name. - - The name of the to get. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - The exception that is thrown when one of the command-line arguments provided - is not valid. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with a descriptive message. - - A descriptive message to include with the exception. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with a descriptive message and an inner exception. - - A descriptive message to include with the exception. - A nested exception that is the cause of the current exception. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with serialized data. - - The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown. - The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. - - - - Used to control parsing of command-line arguments. - - - - - Indicates that this field is required. An error will be displayed - if it is not present when parsing arguments. - - - - - Only valid in conjunction with Multiple. - Duplicate values will result in an error. - - - - - Inidicates that the argument may be specified more than once. - Only valid if the argument is a collection - - - - - Inidicates that if this argument is specified, no other arguments may be specified. - - - - - The default type for non-collection arguments. - The argument is not required, but an error will be reported if it is specified more than once. - - - - - The default type for collection arguments. - The argument is permitted to occur multiple times, but duplicate - values will cause an error to be reported. - - - - - Commandline parser. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - using possible arguments deducted from the specific . - - The from which the possible command-line arguments should be retrieved. - A value indicating whether or not a response file is able to be used. - is a null reference. - - - - Parses an argument list. - - The arguments to parse. - The destination object on which properties will be set corresponding to the specified arguments. - is a null reference. - The of does not match the argument specification that was used to initialize the parser. - - - - Splits a string and removes any empty strings from the - result. Same functionality as the - public string[] Split(char[] separator, StringSplitOptions options) - method in .Net 2.0. Replace with that call when 2.0 is standard. - - - - the array of strings - - - - Read a response file and parse the arguments as usual. - - The response file to load arguments - - - - Parse the argument list using the - - - - - - Returns the that's applied - on the specified property. - - The property of which applied should be returned. - - The that's applied to the - , or a null reference if none was applied. - - - - - Gets a logo banner using version and copyright attributes defined on the - or the - . - - - A logo banner. - - - - - Gets the usage instructions. - - The usage instructions. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether no arguments were specified on the - command line. - - - - - Marks a command-line option as being the default option. When the name of - a command-line argument is not specified, this option will be assumed. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified argument type. - - Specifies the checking to be done on the argument. - - - - Provides modified version for Copy and Move from the File class that - allow for filter chain processing. - - - - - Copies a file filtering its content through the filter chain. - - The file to copy - The file to copy to - Chain of filters to apply when copying, or is no filters should be applied. - The encoding used to read the soure file. - The encoding used to write the destination file. - - - - Moves a file filtering its content through the filter chain. - - The file to move. - The file to move move to. - Chain of filters to apply when moving, or is no filters should be applied. - The encoding used to read the soure file. - The encoding used to write the destination file. - - - - Reads a file filtering its content through the filter chain. - - The file to read. - Chain of filters to apply when reading, or is no filters should be applied. - The encoding used to read the file. - - If is , - then the system's ANSI code page will be used to read the file. - - - - - Returns a uniquely named empty temporary directory on disk. - - - A representing the temporary directory. - - - - - Combines two path strings. - - The first path. - The second path. - - A string containing the combined paths. If one of the specified - paths is a zero-length string, this method returns the other path. - If contains an absolute path, this method - returns . - - - - On *nix, processing is delegated to . - - - On Windows, this method normalized the paths to avoid running into - the 260 character limit of a path and converts forward slashes in - both and to - the platform's directory separator character. - - - - - - Returns Absolute Path (Fix for 260 Char Limit of Path.GetFullPath(...)) - - The file or directory for which to obtain absolute path information. - Path Resolved - path is a zero-length string, contains only white space or contains one or more invalid characters as defined by . - is . - - - - Returns the home directory of the current user. - - - The home directory of the current user. - - - - - Scans a list of directories for the specified filename. - - The list of directories to search. - The name of the file to look for. - Specifies whether the directory should be searched recursively. - - The directories are scanned in the order in which they are defined. - - - The absolute path to the specified file, or null if the file was - not found. - - - - - Helper class for determining whether assemblies are located in the - Global Assembly Cache. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class in - the context of the given . - - - - - Determines whether an assembly is installed in the Global - Assembly Cache given its file name or path. - - The name or path of the file that contains the manifest of the assembly. - - if is - installed in the Global Assembly Cache; otherwise, - . - - - - To determine whether the specified assembly is installed in the - Global Assembly Cache, the assembly is loaded into a separate - . - - - If the family of the current runtime framework does not match the - family of the current target framework, this method will return - for all assemblies as there's no way to - determine whether a given assembly is in the Global Assembly Cache - for another framework family than the family of the current runtime - framework. - - - - - - Holds the in which assemblies will be loaded - to determine whether they are in the Global Assembly Cache. - - - - - Holds the context of the . - - - - - Holds a list of assembly files for which already has been determined - whether they are located in the Global Assembly Cache. - - - - The key of the is the full path to the - assembly file and the value is a indicating - whether the assembly is located in the Global Assembly Cache. - - - - - - Holds a value indicating whether the object has been disposed. - - - - - Gets the context of the . - - - The context of the . - - - - - Obtains a lifetime service object to control the lifetime policy for - this instance. - - - An object of type used to control the lifetime - policy for this instance. This is the current lifetime service object - for this instance if one exists; otherwise, a new lifetime service - object initialized with a lease that will never time out. - - - - - Determines whether an assembly is installed in the Global - Assembly Cache given its file name or path. - - The name or path of the file that contains the manifest of the assembly. - - if is - installed in the Global Assembly Cache; otherwise, - . - - - - - Provides a set of helper methods related to reflection. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. - - - - - Loads the type specified in the type string with assembly qualified name. - - The assembly qualified name of the type to load. - Flag set to to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded. - - is and - an error is encountered while loading the , or - is not an assembly qualified name. - - - If the cannot be instantiated from the assembly - qualified type name, then we'll try to instantiate the type using its - simple type name from an already loaded assembly with an assembly - name mathing the assembly in the assembly qualified type name. - - - The type loaded or if it could not be loaded. - - - - - Provides resource support to NAnt assemblies. This class cannot - be inherited from. - - - - - Prevents the class from being - instantiated explicitly. - - - - - Registers the assembly to be used as the fallback if resources - aren't found in the local satellite assembly. - - - A that represents the - assembly to register. - - - The following example shows how to register a shared satellite - assembly. - - - - - - - - Returns the value of the specified string resource. - - - A that contains the name of the - resource to get. - - - A that contains the value of the - resource localized for the current culture. - - - The returned resource is localized for the cultural settings of the - current . - - The GetString method is thread-safe. - - - - The following example demonstrates the GetString method using - the cultural settings of the current . - - - - - - - - Returns the value of the specified string resource localized for - the specified culture. - - - - - A that contains the value of the - resource localized for the specified culture. - - - - The GetString method is thread-safe. - - - - The following example demonstrates the GetString method using - a specific culture. - - - - - - - - Returns the value of the specified string resource localized for - the specified culture for the specified assembly. - - - A that contains the name of the - resource to get. - - - A that represents - the culture for which the resource is localized. - - - A - - - A that contains the value of the - resource localized for the specified culture. - - - - The GetString method is thread-safe. - - - - The following example demonstrates the GetString method using - specific culture and assembly. - - - - - - - - Registers the specified assembly. - - - A that represents the - assembly to register. - - - - - Determines the manifest resource name of the resource holding the - localized strings. - - The name of the assembly. - - The manifest resource name of the resource holding the localized - strings for the specified assembly. - - - The manifest resource name of the resource holding the localized - strings should match the name of the assembly, minus Tasks - suffix. - - - - - Groups a set of useful manipulation and validation - methods. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - Prevents instantiation of the class. - - - - - Determines whether the last character of the given - matches the specified character. - - The string. - The character. - - if the last character of - matches ; otherwise, . - - is . - - - - Indicates whether or not the specified is - or an string. - - The value to check. - - if is - or an empty string (""); otherwise, . - - - - - Converts an empty string ("") to . - - The value to convert. - - if is an empty - string ("") or ; otherwise, . - - - - - Converts to an empty string. - - The value to convert. - - An empty string if is ; - otherwise, . - - - - - Concatenates a specified separator between each - element of a specified , yielding a - single concatenated string. - - A . - A . - - A consisting of the elements of - interspersed with the separator string. - - - - For example if is ", " and the elements - of are "apple", "orange", "grape", and "pear", - returns "apple, orange, - grape, pear". - - - If is , an empty - string () is used instead. - - - - - - Creates a shallow copy of the specified . - - The that should be copied. - - A shallow copy of the specified . - - - - - Thrown whenever an error occurs during the build. - - - - - The location of the exception in the build document (xml file). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with a descriptive message. - - A descriptive message to include with the exception. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified descriptive message and inner exception. - - A descriptive message to include with the exception. - A nested exception that is the cause of the current exception. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with a descriptive message and the location in the build file that - caused the exception. - - A descriptive message to include with the exception. - The location in the build file where the exception occured. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with a descriptive message, the location in the build file and an - instance of the exception that is the cause of the current exception. - - A descriptive message to include with the exception. - The location in the build file where the exception occured. - A nested exception that is the cause of the current exception. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with serialized data. - - The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown. - The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. - - - - Serializes this object into the provided. - - The to populate with data. - The destination for this serialization. - - - - Creates and returns a string representation of the current - exception. - - - A string representation of the current exception. - - - - - Gets the raw message as specified when the exception was - constructed. - - - The raw message as specified when the exception was - constructed. - - - - - Gets the location in the build file of the element from which the - exception originated. - - - The location in the build file of the element from which the - exception originated. - - - - - Gets a message that describes the current exception. - - - The error message that explains the reason for the exception. - - - Adds location information to the message, if available. - - - - - Represents the set of command-line options supported by NAnt. - - - - - Gets or sets the target framework to use (overrides - NAnt.exe.config settings) - - - The framework that should be used. - - - For a list of possible frameworks, see NAnt.exe.config, possible - values include "net-1.0", "net-1.1", etc. - - - - - Gets or sets the target framework to use (overrides - NAnt.exe.config settings) - - - The framework that should be used. - - - For a list of possible frameworks, see NAnt.exe.config, possible - values include "net-1.0", "net-1.1", etc. - - - - - Gets or sets the buildfile that should be executed. - - - The buildfile that should be executed. - - - Can be both a file or an URI. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether more information should be - displayed during the build process. - - - if more information should be displayed; - otherwise, . The default is . - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether debug information should be - displayed during the build process. - - - if debug information should be displayed; - otherwise, . The default is . - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether only error and debug debug messages should be - displayed during the build process. - - - if only error or warning messages should be - displayed; otherwise, . The default is - . - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to produce emacs (and other - editor) friendly output. - - - if output is to be unadorned so that emacs - and other editors can parse files names, etc. The default is - . - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether parent directories should be searched - for a buildfile. - - - if parent directories should be searched for - a build file; otherwise, . The default is - . - - - - - Gets or sets the indentation level of the build output. - - - The indentation level of the build output. The default is 0. - - - - - Gets or sets the list of properties that should be set. - - - The list of properties that should be set. - - - - - Gets or sets the of logger to add to the list - of listeners. - - - The of logger to add to the list of - listeners. - - - The should derive from . - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the file to log output to. - - - The name of the file to log output to. - - - - - Gets a collection containing fully qualified type names of classes - implementating that should be added - to the project as listeners. - - - A collection of fully qualified type names that should be added as - listeners to the . - - - - - Gets a collection of assemblies to load extensions from. - - - A collection of assemblies to load extensions from. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether help - should be printed. - - - if help should be - printed; otherwise, . The default is - . - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the logo banner should be - printed. - - - if the logo banner should be printed; otherwise, - . The default is . - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the NAnt help should be - printed. - - - if NAnt help should be printed; otherwise, - . The default is . - - - - - Gets a collection containing the targets that should be executed. - - - A collection that contains the targets that should be executed. - - - - - Custom configuration section handler for the element. - - - - - This just passed things through. Return the node read from the config file. - - - - - Main entry point to NAnt that is called by the ConsoleStub. - - - - - Starts NAnt. This is the Main entry point. - - Command Line args, or whatever you want to pass it. They will treated as Command Line args. - - The exit code. - - - - - Prints the projecthelp to the console. - - The build file to show help for. - - is loaded and transformed with - ProjectHelp.xslt, which is an embedded resource. - - - - - Gets the file name for the build file in the specified directory. - - The directory to look for a build file. When in doubt use Environment.CurrentDirectory for directory. - Look for a build file with this pattern or name. If null look for a file that matches the default build pattern (*.build). - Whether or not to search the parent directories for a build file. - The path to the build file or null if no build file could be found. - - - - Loads the extension assemblies in the current - and scans them for extensions. - - The extension assemblies to load. - The which will be used to output messages to the build log. - - - - Dynamically constructs an instance of - the class specified. - - - - At this point, only looks in the assembly where - is defined. - - - The fully qualified name of the logger that should be instantiated. - Type could not be loaded. - does not implement . - - - - Dynamically constructs an instance of - the class specified. - - - - At this point, only looks in the assembly where - is defined. - - - The fully qualified name of the listener that should be instantiated. - Type could not be loaded. - does not implement . - - - - Add the listeners specified in the command line arguments, - along with the default listener, to the specified project. - - The command-line options. - The to add listeners to. - - - - Spits out generic help info to the console. - - - - - Write the message of the specified and - the inner exceptions to . - - The to write to . - - - - Creates a new instance of the - class for the specified class in the - specified. - - The containing the . - The class representing the . - - - - Gets the name of the class that can be - created using this . - - - The name of the class that can be created - using this . - - - - - Gets the name of the data type which the - can create. - - - The name of the data type which the - can create. - - - - - Contains a strongly typed collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Determines whether a for the specified - task is in the collection. - - The name of task for which the should be located in the collection. - - if a for - the specified task is found in the collection; otherwise, - . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Gets the for the specified task. - - The name of task for which the should be located in the collection. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified capacity. - - - - - Inherits Properties from an existing property - dictionary Instance - - DataType list to inherit - - - - Used for searching filesystem based on given include/exclude rules. - - - Simple client code for testing the class. - - while (true) { - DirectoryScanner scanner = new DirectoryScanner(); - Console.Write("Scan Basedirectory : "); - string s = Console.ReadLine(); - if (s.Length == 0) break; - scanner.BaseDirectory = s; - while(true) { - Console.Write("Include pattern : "); - s = Console.ReadLine(); - if (s.Length == 0) break; - scanner.Includes.Add(s); - } - while(true) { - Console.Write("Exclude pattern : "); - s = Console.ReadLine(); - if (s.Length == 0) break; - scanner.Excludes.Add(s); - } - foreach (string name in scanner.FileNames) - Console.WriteLine("file:" + name); - foreach (string name in scanner.DirectoryNames) - Console.WriteLine("dir :" + name); - Console.WriteLine(""); - } - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the . - - - On unix, patterns are matching case-sensitively; otherwise, they - are matched case-insensitively. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - specifying whether patterns are to be match case-sensitively. - - Specifies whether patterns are to be matched case-sensititely. - - - - Creates a shallow copy of the . - - - A shallow copy of the . - - - - - Uses and search criteria (relative to - or absolute), to search for filesystem objects. - - - - - Parses specified NAnt search patterns for search directories and - corresponding regex patterns. - - In. NAnt patterns. Absolute or relative paths. - Out. Regex patterns. Absolute canonical paths. - Out. Non-regex files. Absolute canonical paths. - In. Whether to allow a pattern to add search directories. - - - - Given a NAnt search pattern returns a search directory and an regex - search pattern. - - Whether this pattern is an include or exclude pattern - NAnt searh pattern (relative to the Basedirectory OR absolute, relative paths refering to parent directories ( ../ ) also supported) - Out. Absolute canonical path to the directory to be searched - Out. Whether the pattern is potentially recursive or not - Out. Whether this is a regex pattern or not - Out. Regex search pattern (absolute canonical path) - - - - Searches a directory recursively for files and directories matching - the search criteria. - - Directory in which to search (absolute canonical path) - Whether to scan recursively or not - - - - Converts search pattern to a regular expression pattern. - - Search pattern relative to the search directory. - Regular expresssion - - - - Gets or set a value indicating whether or not to use case-sensitive - pattern matching. - - - - - Gets the collection of include patterns. - - - - - Gets the collection of exclude patterns. - - - - - The base directory to scan. The default is the - current directory. - - - - - Gets the list of files that match the given patterns. - - - - - Gets the list of directories that match the given patterns. - - - - - Gets the list of directories that were scanned for files. - - - - - Creates a shallow copy of the . - - - A shallow copy of the . - - - - - Creates a string representing a list of the strings in the collection. - - - A string that represents the contents. - - - - - Initialize a new instance of the - class specifying whether or not string comparison should be - case-sensitive. - - Specifies whether or not string comparison should be case-sensitive. - - - - Creates a shallow copy of the . - - - A shallow copy of the . - - - - - Determines whether the specified string is in the - . - - The string to locate in the . The value can be . - - if value is found in the ; otherwise, . - - - String comparisons within the - are only case-sensitive if is - - - - - - Searches for the specified string and returns the zero-based index - of the first occurrence within the . - - The string to locate. The value can be . - - The zero-based index of the first occurrence of - in the , if found; otherwise, -1. - - - String comparisons within the - are only case-sensitive if is - . - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether string comparison is case-sensitive. - - - A value indicating whether string comparison is case-sensitive. - - - - - Gets the value of the specified property. - - The name of the property to get the value of. - - The value of the specified property. - - - - - Splits an input string into a sequence of tokens used during parsing. - - - - - Available tokens - - - - - Encalsulates information about installed frameworks incuding version - information and directory locations for finding tools. - - - - - Resolves the specified assembly to a full path by matching it - against the reference assemblies. - - The file name of the assembly to resolve (without path information). - - An absolute path to the assembly, or if the - assembly could not be found or no reference assemblies are configured - for the current framework. - - - Whether the file name is matched case-sensitively depends on the - operating system. - - - - - Searches the list of tool paths of the current framework for the - given file, and returns the absolute path if found. - - The file name of the tool to search for. - - The absolute path to if found in one of the - configured tool paths; otherwise, . - - is . - - - The configured tool paths are scanned in the order in which they - are defined in the framework configuration. - - - The file name of the tool to search should include the extension. - - - - - - Gets the value of the specified attribute from the specified node. - - The node of which the attribute value should be retrieved. - The attribute of which the value should be returned. - - The value of the attribute with the specified name or - if the attribute does not exist or has no value. - - - - - Gets the name of the framework. - - - The name of the framework. - - - - - Gets the family of the framework. - - - The family of the framework. - - - - - Gets the description of the framework. - - - The description of the framework. - - - - - Gets the vendor of the framework. - - - The vendor of the framework. - - - - - Gets the version of the framework. - - - The version of the framework. - - The framework is not valid. - - When is not configured, the framework is not - considered valid. - - - - - Gets the Common Language Runtime version of the framework. - - - The Common Language Runtime version of the framework. - - The framework is not valid. - - When is , the - framework is not considered valid. - - - - - Gets the CLR type of the framework. - - - The CLR type of the framework. - - The framework is not valid. - - - - Gets the Visual Studio version that corresponds with this - framework. - - - The Visual Studio version that corresponds with this framework. - - The framework is not valid. - There is no version of Visual Studio that corresponds with this framework. - - - - Gets the base directory of the framework tools for the framework. - - - The base directory of the framework tools for the framework. - - The framework is not valid. - - - - Gets the runtime information for this framework. - - - The runtime information for the framework or - if no runtime information is configured for the framework. - - The framework is not valid. - - - - Gets the directory where the system assemblies for the framework - are located. - - - The directory where the system assemblies for the framework are - located. - - The framework is not valid. - - - - Gets the directory containing the SDK tools for the framework. - - - The directory containing the SDK tools for the framework or a null - reference if the configured sdk directory does not exist, or is not - valid. - - The framework is not valid. - - - - Gets the used to initialize this framework. - - - The used to initialize this framework. - - The framework is not valid. - - - - Gets the set of assemblies and directories that should scanned for - NAnt tasks, types or functions. - - - The set of assemblies and directories that should be scanned for - NAnt tasks, types or functions. - - The framework is not valid. - - - - Returns a value indicating whether the current framework is valid. - - - if the framework is installed and correctly - configured; otherwise, . - - - - - Gets the reference assemblies for the current framework. - - - The reference assemblies for the current framework. - - The framework is not valid. - - - - Gets the tool paths for the current framework. - - - The tool paths for the current framework. - - The framework is not valid. - - - - Gets the . - - - The . - - - The defines the current namespace - scope and provides methods for looking up namespace information. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified capacity. - - - - - Defines the types of frameworks. - - - - - Frameworks that are supported on the current platform, but are not - installed. - - - - - Frameworks that are installed on the current system. - - - - - Retrieves installation state attributes. - - - - - Frameworks that typically target full desktop devices. - - - - - Frameworks that target compact devices. - - - - - Frameworks that run in a browser. - - - - - Retrieves device attributes. - - - - - Frameworks released as part of the open-source Mono - project. - - - - - Frameworks released by Microsoft. - - - - - Retrieves vendor attributes. - - - - - All frameworks supported on the current platform, regarless of their - installation state, target device or vendor. - - - - - Stores the file name, line number and column number to record a position - in a text file. - - - - - Creates a location consisting of a file name, line number and - column number. - - - can be a local URI resource, e.g., file:///C:/WINDOWS/setuplog.txt. - - - - - Creates a location consisting of a file name. - - - can be a local URI resource, e.g., file:///C:/WINDOWS/setuplog.txt. - - - - - Creates an "unknown" location. - - - - Private Init function. - - - - Returns the file name, line number and a trailing space. An error - message can be appended easily. For unknown locations, returns - an empty string. - - - - - Gets a string containing the file name for the location. - - - The file name includes both the file path and the extension. - - - - - Gets the line number for the location. - - - Lines start at 1. Will be zero if not specified. - - - - - Gets the column number for the location. - - - Columns start a 1. Will be zero if not specified. - - - - - Maps XML nodes to the text positions from their original source. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Determines if a file has been loaded by the current project. - - The file to check. - - if the specified file has already been loaded - by the current project; otherwise, . - - - - - Adds an to the map. - - - An can only be added to the map once. - - - - - Returns the in the XML file for the given node. - - - The must be from an - that has been added to the map. - - - - - Represents a position in the build file. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - with the speified line and column. - - The line coordinate of the position. - The column coordinate of the position. - - - - The line coordinate of the position. - - - - - The column coordinate of the position. - - - - - Defines the set of levels recognised by the NAnt logging system. - - - - - Designates fine-grained informational events that are most useful - to debug a build process. - - - - - Designates events that offer a more detailed view of the build - process. - - - - - Designates informational events that are useful for getting a - high-level view of the build process. - - - - - Designates potentionally harmful events. - - - - - Designates error events. - - - - - Can be used to suppress all messages. - - - No events should be logged with this . - - - - - Class representing an event occurring during a build. - - - - An event is built by specifying either a project, a task or a target. - - - A level event will only have a - reference. - - - A level event will have and - references. - - - A level event will have , - and references. - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class for a level event. - - The that emitted the event. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class for a level event. - - The that emitted the event. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class for a level event. - - The that emitted the event. - - - - Gets or sets the message associated with this event. - - - The message associated with this event. - - - - - Gets or sets the priority level associated with this event. - - - The priority level associated with this event. - - - - - Gets or sets the associated with this event. - - - The associated with this event. - - - - - Gets the that fired this event. - - - The that fired this event. - - - - - Gets the that fired this event. - - - The that fired this event, or a null reference - if this is a level event. - - - - - Gets the that fired this event. - - - The that fired this event, or - if this is a or level - event. - - - - - Represents the method that handles the build events. - - The source of the event. - A that contains the event data. - - - - Instances of classes that implement this interface can register to be - notified when things happen during a build. - - - - - Signals that a build has started. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - This event is fired before any targets have started. - - - - - Signals that the last target has finished. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - This event will still be fired if an error occurred during the build. - - - - - Signals that a target has started. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - - - Signals that a target has finished. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - This event will still be fired if an error occurred during the build. - - - - - Signals that a task has started. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - - - Signals that a task has finished. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - This event will still be fired if an error occurred during the build. - - - - - Signals that a message has been logged. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - - - Interface used by NAnt to log the build output. - - - Depending on the supplied command-line arguments, NAnt will set the - to or a - with a file as backend store. - - - - - Flushes buffered build events or messages to the underlying storage. - - - - - Gets or sets the highest level of message this logger should respond - to. - - The highest level of message this logger should respond to. - - Only messages with a message level higher than or equal to the given - level should actually be written to the log. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to produce emacs (and other - editor) friendly output. - - - if output is to be unadorned so that emacs - and other editors can parse files names, etc. - - - - - Gets or sets the to which the logger is - to send its output. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Flushes buffered build events or messages to the underlying storage. - - - - - Signals that a build has started. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - This event is fired before any targets have started. - - - - - Signals that the last target has finished. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - This event will still be fired if an error occurred during the build. - - - - - Signals that a target has started. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - - - Signals that a task has finished. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - This event will still be fired if an error occurred during the build. - - - - - Signals that a task has started. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - - - Signals that a task has finished. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - This event will still be fired if an error occurred during the build. - - - - - Signals that a message has been logged. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - Only messages with a priority higher or equal to the threshold of - the logger will actually be output in the build log. - - - - - Empty implementation which allows derived classes to receive the - output that is generated in this logger. - - The message being logged. - - - - Outputs an indented message to the build log if its priority is - greather than or equal to the of the - logger. - - The priority of the message to output. - The message to output. - The number of characters that the message should be indented. - - - - Outputs an indented message to the build log if its priority is - greather than or equal to the of the - logger. - - The event to output. - - - - Outputs an indented message to the build log if its priority is - greather than or equal to the of the - logger. - - The event to output. - The number of characters that the message should be indented. - - - - Holds a stack of reports for all running builds. - - - - - Gets or sets the highest level of message this logger should respond - to. - - - The highest level of message this logger should respond to. - - - Only messages with a message level higher than or equal to the given - level should be written to the log. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to produce emacs (and other - editor) friendly output. - - - if output is to be unadorned so that emacs - and other editors can parse files names, etc. The default is - . - - - - - Gets or sets the to which the logger is - to send its output. - - - The to which the logger sends its output. - - - - - Used to store information about a build, to allow better reporting to - the user. - - - - - Errors encountered so far. - - - - - Warnings encountered so far. - - - - - The start time of the build process. - - - - - Buffers log messages from DefaultLogger, and sends an e-mail with the - results. - - - The following properties are used to send the mail : - - - Property - Description - - - MailLogger.mailhost - Mail server to use. [default: localhost] - - - MailLogger.from - The address of the e-mail sender. - - - MailLogger.failure.notify - Send build failure e-mails ? [default: true] - - - MailLogger.success.notify - Send build success e-mails ? [default: true] - - - MailLogger.failure.to - The address to send build failure messages to. - - - MailLogger.success.to - The address to send build success messages to. - - - MailLogger.failure.subject - The subject of build failure messages. [default: "Build Failure"] - - - MailLogger.success.subject - The subject of build success messages. [default: "Build Success"] - - - MailLogger.success.attachments - The ID of a fileset holdng set of files to attach when the build is successful. - - - MailLogger.failure.attachments - The ID of a fileset holdng set of files to attach when the build fails. - - - MailLogger.body.encoding - The encoding type of the body of the e-mail message. [default: system's ANSI code page] - - - MailLogger.smtp.username - The name of the user to login to the SMTP server. - - - MailLogger.smtp.password - The password of the specified user. - - - MailLogger.smtp.enablessl - Specifies whether to use SSL to encrypt the connection. [default: false] - - - MailLogger.smtp.port - The SMTP server port to connect to. [default: 25] - - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Signals that a build has started. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - This event is fired before any targets have started. - - - - - Signals that the last target has finished, and send an e-mail with - the build results. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - - - Receives and buffers log messages. - - The message being logged. - - - - Gets the value of the specified property. - - Properties to obtain value from. - Suffix of property name. "MailLogger" will be prepended internally. - Value returned if property is not present in . - Value indicating whether the property should exist, or have a default value set. - - The value of the specified property; or the default value if the - property is not present in . - - is , and the specified property is not present and no default value has been given. - - - - Buffer in which the message is constructed prior to sending. - - - - - Holds the stack of currently executing projects. - - - - - Contains a strongly typed collection of - objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - Implements a for writing information to - the NAnt logging infrastructure. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - for the specified with the specified output - level and format provider. - - Determines the indentation level. - The with which messages will be output to the build log. - An object that controls formatting. - - - - Writes a character array to the buffer. - - The character array to write to the text stream. - - - - Writes a string to the buffer. - - - - - - Writes an empty string to the logging infrastructure. - - - - - Writes a string to the logging infrastructure. - - The string to write. If is a null reference, only the line termination characters are written. - - - - Writes out a formatted string using the same semantics as - . - - The formatting string. - The object array to write into format string. - - - - Causes any buffered data to be written to the logging infrastructure. - - - - - Closes the current writer and releases any system resources - associated with the writer. - - - - - Obtains a lifetime service object to control the lifetime policy for - this instance. - - - An object of type used to control the lifetime - policy for this instance. This is the current lifetime service object - for this instance if one exists; otherwise, a new lifetime service - object initialized with a lease that will never time out. - - - - - Gets the in which the output is written. - - - The always writes output in UTF8 - encoding. - - - - - Gets the with which messages will be output to - the build log. - - - - - Used to search for files on the PATH. - - - - The local directory is not searched (since this would already be covered - by normal use of the includes element). - - - Also, advanced pattern matching isn't supported: you need to know the - exact name of the file. - - - - - - Creates a shallow copy of the . - - - A shallow copy of the . - - - - - Creates a shallow copy of the . - - - A shallow copy of the . - - - - - Adds a file to the list of files to be scanned for. - - The filename or search pattern to add to the list. - - - - Scans all direcetories in the PATH environment variable for files. - - - List of matching files found in the PATH. - - - - - Scans all directories in the given environment variable for files. - - The environment variable of which the directories should be scanned. - - List of matching files found in the directory of the given - environment variable. - - - - - Creates a shallow copy of the specified . - - The that should be copied. - - A shallow copy of the specified . - - - - - Returns a value indicating whether NAnt is running in 64-bit mode. - - - if NAnt is running in 64-bit mode; otherwise, - . - - - - - Returns a value indicating whether NAnt is running in 32-bit mode. - - - Note that even if the platform is 64-bit, NAnt may be running in - 32-bit mode. - - - if NAnt is running in 32-bit mode; otherwise, - . - - - - - Returns a value indicating whether NAnt is running on Windows. - - - if NAnt is running on Windows; - otherwise, . - - - - - Central representation of a NAnt project. - - - - The method will initialize the project with the build - file specified in the constructor and execute the default target. - - - - - - - - If no target is given, the default target will be executed if specified - in the project. - - - - - - - - - Constant for the "visiting" state, used when traversing a DFS of - target dependencies. - - - - - Constant for the "visited" state, used when traversing a DFS of - target dependencies. - - - - - Holds the logger for this class. - - - - - Holds the default threshold for build loggers. - - - - - Initializes a new class with the given - document, message threshold and indentation level. - - Any valid build format will do. - The message threshold. - The project indentation level. - - - - Initializes a new class with the given - document, message threshold and indentation level, and using - the specified to load internal configuration - settings. - - Any valid build format will do. - The message threshold. - The project indentation level. - The NAnt should use to initialize configuration settings. - - This constructor is useful for developers using NAnt as a class - library. - - - - - Initializes a new class with the given - source, message threshold and indentation level. - - - The full path to the build file. - This can be of any form that accepts. - - The message threshold. - The project indentation level. - - If the source is a uri of form 'file:///path' then use the path part. - - - - - Initializes a new class with the given - source, message threshold and indentation level, and using - the specified to load internal configuration - settings. - - - The full path to the build file. - This can be of any form that accepts. - - The message threshold. - The project indentation level. - The NAnt should use to initialize configuration settings. - is . - - If the source is a uri of form 'file:///path' then use the path part. - - - - - Initializes a as subproject of the specified - . - - - The full path to the build file. - This can be of any form that accepts. - - The parent . - - Optimized for framework initialization projects, by skipping automatic - discovery of extension assemblies and framework configuration. - - - - - Initializes a with - set to , and - set to 0. - - An containing the build script. - - Optimized for framework initialization projects, by skipping automatic - discovery of extension assemblies and framework configuration. - - - - - Gets the list of supported frameworks filtered by the specified - parameter. - - A bitwise combination of values that filter the frameworks to retrieve. - - An array of type that contains the - frameworks specified by the parameter, - sorted on name. - - - - - Returns the of the given node in an XML - file loaded by NAnt. - - - - The must be from an - that has been loaded by NAnt. - - - NAnt also does not process any of the following node types: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - As a result, no location information is available for these nodes. - - - The to get the for. - - of the given node in an XML file loaded by NAnt, or - if the node was not loaded from - an XML file. - - - is from an XML file that was not loaded by NAnt. - -or - was not processed by NAnt (eg. an XML declaration). - - - - - Dispatches a event to the build listeners - for this . - - The source of the event. - A that contains the event data. - - - - Dispatches a event to the build listeners - for this . - - The source of the event. - A that contains the event data. - - - - Dispatches a event to the build listeners - for this . - - The source of the event. - A that contains the event data. - - - - Dispatches a event to the build listeners - for this . - - The source of the event. - A that contains the event data. - - - - Dispatches a event to the build listeners - for this . - - The source of the event. - A that contains the event data. - - - - Dispatches the event to the build listeners - for this . - - The source of the event. - A that contains the event data. - - - - Dispatches a event to the build listeners - for this . - - A that contains the event data. - - - - Writes a level message to the build log with - the given . - - The to log at. - The message to log. - - - - Writes a level formatted message to the build - log with the given . - - The to log at. - The message to log, containing zero or more format items. - An array containing zero or more objects to format. - - - - Writes a task level message to the build log - with the given . - - The from which the message originated. - The to log at. - The message to log. - - - - Writes a level message to the build log with - the given . - - The from which the message orignated. - The level to log at. - The message to log. - - - - Executes the default target. - - - No top level error handling is done. Any - will be passed onto the caller. - - - - - Executes a specific target, and its dependencies. - - The name of the target to execute. - - Global tasks are not executed. - - - - - Executes a specific target. - - The name of the target to execute. - Whether dependencies should be forced to execute - - Global tasks are not executed. - - - - - Executes the default target and wraps in error handling and time - stamping. - - - if the build was successful; otherwise, - . - - - - - Creates a new from the given . - - The definition. - The new instance. - - - - Creates a new from the given - within a . - - The definition. - The owner . - The new instance. - - - - Expands a from known properties. - - The with replacement tokens. - The location in the build file. Used to throw more accurate exceptions. - The expanded and replaced . - - - - Combines the specified path with the of - the to form a full path to file or directory. - - The relative or absolute path. - - A rooted path, or the of the - if the parameter is a null reference. - - - - - Creates the default and attaches it to - the . - - - - - Increases the of the . - - - - - Decreases the of the . - - - - - Detaches the currently attached instances - from the . - - - - - Attaches the specified build listeners to the . - - The instances to attach to the . - - The currently attached instances will - be detached before the new instances - are attached. - - - - - Inits stuff: - TypeFactory: Calls Initialize and AddProject - Log.IndentSize set to 12 - Project properties are initialized ("nant.* stuff set") - - NAnt Props: - nant.filename - nant.version - nant.location - nant.project.name - nant.project.buildfile (if doc has baseuri) - nant.project.basedir - nant.project.default = defaultTarget - - - An representing the project definition. - The project message threshold. - The project indentation level. - Optimization flags. - is . - - - - This method is only meant to be used by the - class and . - - - - - Creates a new based on the project - definition. - - - The full path to the build file. - This can be of any form that accepts. - - - An based on the specified project - definition. - - - - - Configures the platform properties for the current platform. - - NAnt does not support the current platform. - - - - Updates dependent properties when the - is set. - - - - - Topologically sorts a set of targets. - - The name of the root target. The sort is created in such a way that the sequence of targets up to the root target is the minimum possible such sequence. Must not be . - A collection of instances. - - A collection of instances in sorted order. - - There is a cyclic dependecy among the targets, or a named target does not exist. - - - - - Performs a single step in a recursive depth-first-search traversal - of the target dependency tree. - - - The current target is first set to the "visiting" state, and pushed - onto the "visiting" stack. - - - An exception is then thrown if any child of the current node is in - the visiting state, as that implies a circular dependency. The - exception contains details of the cycle, using elements of the - "visiting" stack. - - - If any child has not already been "visited", this method is called - recursively on it. - - - The current target is then added to the ordered list of targets. - Note that this is performed after the children have been visited in - order to get the correct order. The current target is set to the - "visited" state. - - - By the time this method returns, the ordered list contains the - sequence of targets up to and including the current target. - - - The current target to inspect. Must not be . - A collection of instances. - A mapping from targets to states The states in question are "VISITING" and "VISITED". Must not be . - A stack of targets which are currently being visited. Must not be . - The list to add target names to. This will end up containing the complete list of depenencies in dependency order. Must not be . - - A non-existent target is specified - -or- - A circular dependency is detected. - - - - - Builds an appropriate exception detailing a specified circular - dependency. - - The dependency to stop at. Must not be . - A stack of dependencies. Must not be . - - A detailing the specified circular - dependency. - - - - - Gets or sets the indendation level of the build output. - - - The indentation level of the build output. - - - To change the , the - and methods should be used. - - - - - Gets or sets the indentation size of the build output. - - - The indendation size of the build output. - - - - - Gets or sets the default threshold level for build loggers. - - - The default threshold level for build loggers. - - - - - Gets the name of the . - - - The name of the or an empty - if no name is specified. - - - - - Gets or sets the base directory used for relative references. - - - The base directory used for relative references. - - The directory is not rooted. - - - The gets and sets the built-in property - named "nant.project.basedir". - - - - - - Gets the . - - - The . - - - The defines the current namespace - scope and provides methods for looking up namespace information. - - - - - Gets the form of the current project definition. - - - The form of the current project definition. - - - - - Gets a collection of available .NET frameworks. - - - A collection of available .NET frameworks. - - - - - Gets the framework in which NAnt is currently running. - - - The framework in which NAnt is currently running. - - - - - Gets or sets the framework to use for compilation. - - - The framework to use for compilation. - - The value specified is . - The specified framework is not installed, or not configured correctly. - - We will use compiler tools and system assemblies for this framework - in framework-related tasks. - - - - - Gets the name of the platform on which NAnt is currently running. - - - The name of the platform on which NAnt is currently running. - - - - Possible values are: - - - - win32 - - - unix - - - - NAnt does not support the current platform. - - - - Gets the current target. - - - The current target, or if no target is - executing. - - - - - Gets the path to the build file. - - - The path to the build file, or if the build - document is not file backed. - - - - - Gets the active definition. - - - The active definition. - - - - - Gets the NAnt should use to initialize - configuration settings. - - - The NAnt should use to initialize - configuration settings. - - - - - Gets the name of the target that will be executed when no other - build targets are specified. - - - The name of the target that will be executed when no other - build targets are specified, or if no - default target is specified in the build file. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether tasks should output more build log - messages. - - - if tasks should output more build log message; - otherwise, . - - - - - The list of targets to build. - - - Targets are built in the order they appear in the collection. If - the collection is empty the default target will be built. - - - - - Gets the properties defined in this project. - - The properties defined in this project. - - - This is the collection of properties that are defined by the system - and property task statements. - - - These properties can be used in expansion. - - - - - - Gets the framework-neutral properties defined in the NAnt - configuration file. - - - The framework-neutral properties defined in the NAnt configuration - file. - - - - This is the collection of read-only properties that are defined in - the NAnt configuration file. - - - These properties can only be used for expansion in framework-specific - and framework-neutral configuration settings. These properties are - not available for expansion in the build file. - - - - - - Gets the instances defined in this project. - - - The instances defined in this project. - - - - This is the collection of instances that - are defined by (eg fileset) declarations. - - - - - - Gets the targets defined in this project. - - - The targets defined in this project. - - - - - Gets the build listeners for this project. - - - The build listeners for this project. - - - - - Allow the project construction to be optimized. - - - Use this with care! - - - - - Do not perform any optimizations. - - - - - The project base directory must not be automatically scanned - for extension assemblies. - - - - - Do not scan the project configuration for frameworks, and - do not configure the runtime and target framework. - - - - - Holds a value indicating whether a scan for tasks, types and functions - has already been performed for the current runtime framework. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class for the given . - - The that should be configured. - - - - Loads and processes settings from the specified - of the configuration file. - - - - - Processes the framework nodes of the given platform node. - - An representing the platform on which NAnt is running. - - - - Reads the list of global properties specified in the NAnt configuration - file. - - An representing global properties. - - - - Gets the value of the specified attribute from the specified node. - - The node of which the attribute value should be retrieved. - The attribute of which the value should be returned. - - The value of the attribute with the specified name or - if the attribute does not exist or has no value. - - - - - Gets the underlying instance. - - - The underlying instance. - - - - - Gets the . - - - The . - - - The defines the current namespace - scope and provides methods for looking up namespace information. - - - - - Constant for the "visiting" state, used when traversing a DFS of - property references. - - - - - Constant for the "visited" state, used when travesing a DFS of - property references. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class holding properties for the given - instance. - - The project for which the dictionary will hold properties. - - - - Performs additional custom processes before inserting a new element - into the instance. - - The key of the element to insert. - The value of the element to insert. - - - - Performs additional custom processes before removing an element - from the instance. - - The key of the element to remove. - The value of the element to remove. - - - - Performs additional custom processes when validating the element - with the specified key and value. - - The key of the element to validate. - The value of the element to validate. - - - - Adds a property that cannot be changed. - - The name of the property. - The value to assign to the property. - - Properties added with this method can never be changed. Note that - they are removed if the method is called. - - - - - Marks a property as a property of which the value is expanded at - execution time. - - The name of the property to mark as dynamic. - - - - Adds a property to the collection. - - The name of the property. - The value to assign to the property. - - - - Determines whether the specified property is listed as read-only. - - The name of the property to check. - - if the property is listed as read-only; - otherwise, . - - - - - Determines whether the specified property is listed as dynamic. - - The name of the property to check. - - if the property is listed as dynamic; - otherwise, . - - - - - Inherits properties from an existing property dictionary Instance. - - Property list to inherit. - The list of properties to exclude during inheritance. - - - - Expands a from known properties. - - The replacement tokens. - The to pass through for any exceptions. - The expanded and replaced string. - - - - Determines whether a property already exists. - - The name of the property to check. - - if the specified property already exists; - otherwise, . - - - - - Removes the property with the specified name. - - The name of the property to remove. - - - - Expands a from known properties. - - The replacement tokens. - The to pass through for any exceptions. - A mapping from properties to states. The states in question are "VISITING" and "VISITED". Must not be . - A stack of properties which are currently being visited. Must not be . - The expanded and replaced string. - - - - Evaluates the given expression string and returns the result - - - - - - - - - - Checks whether the specified property is deprecated. - - The property to check. - - - - Builds an appropriate exception detailing a specified circular - reference. - - The property reference to stop at. Must not be . - A stack of property references. Must not be . - - A detailing the specified circular - dependency. - - - - - Maintains a list of the property names that are readonly. - - - - - Maintains a list of the property names of which the value is expanded - on usage, not at initalization. - - - - - The project for which the dictionary holds properties. - - - - - Indexer property. - - - - - Gets the project for which the dictionary holds properties. - - - The project for which the dictionary holds properties. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Creates a shallow copy of the . - - - A shallow copy of the . - - - - - Creates a shallow copy of the . - - - A shallow copy of the . - - - - - Executes dependent targets first, then the target. - - - - - This indicates whether the target has already executed. - - - - - The name of the target. - - - - Hides to have - return the name of target, not the name of XML element - which - would always be target. - - - Note: Properties are not allowed in the name. - - - - - - If then the target will be executed; - otherwise, skipped. The default is . - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the target should be executed. - - - if the target should be executed; otherwise, - . - - - - - Opposite of . If - then the target will be executed; otherwise, skipped. The default - is . - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the target should NOT be executed. - - - if the target should NOT be executed; - otherwise, . - - - - - The description of the target. - - - - - Space separated list of targets that this target depends on. - - - - - A collection of target names that must be executed before this - target. - - - - - Finds a target by name. - - The name of the target to find. - - The with the specified name, or - if no exists with - the given name. - - - - - Gets the names of the targets in the - combined into one list separated by the given . - - - A that contains a list of the names of the - targets in the , separated by - the specified . - - - - - Gets the names of the targets in the - combined into one comma-separated list. - - - A that contains a comma-separated list of the - names of the targets in the . - - - - - Creates a new instance of the class - for the specified class in the specified - . - - The containing the . - The class representing the . - - - - Gets the name of the class that can be created - using this . - - - The name of the class that can be created using - this . - - - - - Gets the name of the task which the - can create. - - - The name of the task which the can - create. - - - - - Contains a strongly typed collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Determines whether a for the specified - task is in the collection. - - The name of task for which the should be located in the collection. - - if a for the - specified task is found in the collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Gets the for the specified task. - - The name of task for which the should be located in the collection. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - Comprises all of the loaded, and available, tasks. - Use these static methods to register, initialize and create a task. - - - - - Scans the given assembly for tasks, types, functions and filters. - - The assembly to scan for tasks, types, functions and filters. - The which will be used to output messages to the build log. - - - - Scans the given assembly for tasks, types, functions and filters. - - The assembly to scan for tasks, types, functions and filters. - The which will be used to output messages to the build log. - - if contains at - least one "extension"; otherwise, . - - - - - Scans the path for any task assemblies and adds them. - - The directory to scan in. - The which will be used to output messages to the build log. - indicating whether scanning of the directory should halt on first error. - - - - Adds any task assemblies in the project base directory - and its tasks subdirectory. - - The project to work from. - - - - Registers the project with , and optionally - scan the for extension assemblies. - - The project to work from. - Specified whether to scan the for extension assemblies. - - - - Looks up a function by name and argument count. - - The name of the function to lookup, including namespace prefix. - The argument of the function to lookup. - The in which the function is invoked. - - A representing the function, or - if a function with the given name and - arguments does not exist. - - - - - Creates a new instance for the given XML and - . - - The XML to initialize the task with. - The that the belongs to. - - The new instance. - - - - - Scans a given for tasks. - - The containing the to scan. - The to scan. - The which will be used to output messages to the build log. - - if represents a - ; otherwise, . - - - - - Scans a given for data type. - - The containing the to scan. - The to scan. - The which will be used to output messages to the build log. - - if represents a - data type; otherwise, . - - - - - Scans a given for functions. - - The to scan. - The which will be used to output messages to the build log. - - if represents a - valid set of funtions; otherwise, . - - - - - Scans a given for filters. - - The containing the to scan. - The to scan. - The which will be used to output messages to the build log. - - if represents a - ; otherwise, . - - - - - Gets the list of loaded instances. - - - List of loaded instances. - - - - - Gets the list of loaded instances. - - - List of loaded instances. - - - - - Gets the list of loaded instances. - - - List of loaded instances. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class with a descriptive message. - - A descriptive message to include with the exception. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class with the specified descriptive message and inner exception. - - A descriptive message to include with the exception. - A nested exception that is the cause of the current exception. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class with a descriptive message and the location in the build file - that caused the exception. - - A descriptive message to include with the exception. - The location in the build file where the exception occured. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class with a descriptive message, the location in the build file and - an instance of the exception that is the cause of the current - exception. - - A descriptive message to include with the exception. - The location in the build file where the exception occured. - A nested exception that is the cause of the current exception. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class with serialized data. - - The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown. - The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. - - - - Used to wrap log messages in xml <message/> elements. - - - - - Holds the stack of currently executing projects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with serialized data. - - The that holds the serialized object data. - The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. - - - - Populates with the data needed to serialize - the instance. - - The to populate with data. - The destination for this serialization. - - - - Returns the contents of log captured. - - - - - Signals that a build has started. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - This event is fired before any targets have started. - - - - - Signals that the last target has finished. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - This event will still be fired if an error occurred during the build. - - - - - Signals that a target has started. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - - - Signals that a target has finished. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - This event will still be fired if an error occurred during the build. - - - - - Signals that a task has started. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - - - Signals that a task has finished. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - This event will still be fired if an error occurred during the build. - - - - - Signals that a message has been logged. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - Only messages with a priority higher or equal to the threshold of - the logger will actually be output in the build log. - - - - - Flushes buffered build events or messages to the underlying storage. - - - - - Gets or sets the highest level of message this logger should respond - to. - - - The highest level of message this logger should respond to. - - - Only messages with a message level higher than or equal to the given - level should be written to the log. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to produce emacs (and other - editor) friendly output. - - - as it has no meaning in XML format. - - - - - Gets or sets the to which the logger is - to send its output. - - -
-
diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.DotNetTasks.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.DotNetTasks.dll deleted file mode 100644 index c0d2040..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.DotNetTasks.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.DotNetTasks.xml b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.DotNetTasks.xml deleted file mode 100644 index d0a5bcd..0000000 --- a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.DotNetTasks.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5334 +0,0 @@ - - - - NAnt.DotNetTasks - - - - - Generates an AssemblyInfo file using the attributes given. - - - - Create a C# AssemblyInfo file containing the specified assembly-level - attributes. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Create a C# AssemblyInfo file containing an attribute with multiple - named properties by setting the - attribute on the element to - . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Generates an AssemblyInfo file. - - - - - Determines whether the specified AssemblyInfo file in the given - needs to be persisted. - - holding the newly generated AssemblyInfo source. - - if the generated AssemblyInfo source needs - to be persisted; otherwise, . - - - - - Name of the AssemblyInfo file to generate. - - - The name of the AssemblyInfo file to generate. - - - - - The code language in which the AssemblyInfo file should be - generated. - - - - - The assembly-level attributes to generate. - - - The assembly-level attributes to generate. - - - - - The namespaces to import. - - - The namespaces to import. - - - - - Assembly files used to locate the types of the specified attributes. - - - - - Defines the supported code languages for generating an AssemblyInfo - file. - - - - - A value for generating C# code. - - - - - A value for generating JScript code. - - - - - A value for generating Visual Basic code. - - - - - Encapsulates functionality to generate a code file with imports - and assembly-level attributes. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - for the specified . - - The for which an instance of the class should be initialized. - The for which an instance of the class should be initialized. - - - - Generates code for the specified imports. - - The imports for which code should be generated. - The to which the generated code will be written. - - - - Generates code for the specified assembly attributes. - - The assembly attributes for which code should be generated. - Imports used to resolve the assembly attribute names to fully qualified type names. - Assembly that will be used to resolve the attribute names to instances. - The to which the generated code will be written. - - - - Gets the in which the AssemblyInfo - code will be generated. - - - - - Gets the that will be used to - generate the AssemblyInfo code. - - - - - Responsible for returning the specified value converted to a - accepted by a constructor for a given - . - - - - - Obtains a lifetime service object to control the lifetime policy for - this instance. - - - An object of type used to control the lifetime - policy for this instance. This is the current lifetime service object - for this instance if one exists; otherwise, a new lifetime service - object initialized with a lease that will never time out. - - - - - Retrieves the specified corresponding with the specified - type name from a list of assemblies. - - The collection of assemblies that the type should tried to be instantiated from. - The list of imports that can be used to resolve the typename to a full typename. - The typename that should be used to determine the type to which the specified value should be converted. - The value that should be converted to a typed value. - - - is and the identified by has no default public constructor. - -or- - cannot be converted to a value that's suitable for one of the constructors of the identified by . - -or- - The identified by has no suitable constructor. - -or- - A identified by could not be located or loaded. - - - - - Wraps al.exe, the assembly linker for the .NET Framework. - - - - All specified sources will be embedded using the /embed flag. - Other source types are not supported. - - - - - Create a library containing all icon files in the current directory. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Create an executable assembly manifest from modules. - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Generates an assembly manifest. - - - - - Determines whether the assembly manifest needs compiling or is - uptodate. - - - if the assembly manifest needs compiling; - otherwise, . - - - - - Specifies an algorithm (in hexadecimal) to hash all files in a - multifile assembly except the file that contains the assembly - manifest. The default algorithm is CALG_SHA1. - - - - - Specifies a string for the Company field in the assembly. - - - A string for the Company field in the assembly. - - - If is an empty string (""), the Win32 - Company resource appears as a single space. - - - - - Specifies a string for the Configuration field in the assembly. - - - A string for the Configuration field in the assembly. - - - If is an empty string (""), the Win32 - Configuration resource appears as a single space. - - - - - Specifies a string for the Copyright field in the assembly. - - - A string for the Copyright field in the assembly. - - - If is an empty string (""), the Win32 - Copyright resource appears as a single space. - - - - - The culture string associated with the output assembly. - The string must be in RFC 1766 format, such as "en-US". - - - - Corresponds with the /c[ulture]: flag. - - - - - - Specifies whether the assembly should be partially signed. The default - is . - - - - - Specifies a string for the Description field in the assembly. - - - A string for the Description field in the assembly. - - - If is an empty string (""), the Win32 - Description resource appears as a single space. - - - - - Security evidence file to embed. - - - The security evidence file to embed. - - - - Corresponds with the /e[vidence] flag. - - - - - - Specifies a string for the File Version field in the assembly. - - - A string for the File Version field in the assembly. - - - - - Specifies a value (in hexadecimal) for the Flags field in - the assembly. - - - A value (in hexadecimal) for the Flags field in the assembly. - - - - - Specifies a container that holds a key pair. - - - - - Specifies a file (filename) that contains a key pair or - just a public key to sign an assembly. - - - The complete path to the key file. - - - - Corresponds with the /keyf[ile]: flag. - - - - - - Specifies the fully-qualified name (class.method) of the method to - use as an entry point when converting a module to an executable file. - - - The fully-qualified name (class.method) of the method to use as an - entry point when converting a module to an executable file. - - - - - One or more modules to be compiled into an assembly. - - - - - The name of the output file for the assembly manifest. - - - The complete output path for the assembly manifest. - - - - Corresponds with the /out flag. - - - - - - The target type (one of lib, exe, or winexe). - - - - Corresponds with the /t[arget]: flag. - - - - - - Specifies a string for the Product field in the assembly. - - - A string for the Product field in the assembly. - - - - - Specifies a string for the Product Version field in the assembly. - - - A string for the Product Version field in the assembly. - - - - - The set of resources to embed. - - - - - The set of compiled resources to embed. - - - Do not yet expose this to build authors. - - - - - Indicates whether the assembly linker for a given target framework - supports the "template" option, which takes an assembly from which - to get all options except the culture field. - The default is . - - - TODO: remove this once Mono bug #74814 is fixed. - - - - - Specifies an assembly from which to get all options except the - culture field. - - - The complete path to the assembly template. - - - - Corresponds with the /template: flag. - - - - - - Specifies a string for the Title field in the assembly. - - - A string for the Title field in the assembly. - - - - - Specifies a string for the Trademark field in the assembly. - - - A string for the Trademark field in the assembly. - - - - - Specifies version information for the assembly. The format of the - version string is major.minor.build.revision. - - - - - Icon to associate with the assembly. - - - - - Inserts a Win32 resource (.res file) in the output file. - - - - - Gets the command-line arguments for the external program. - - - The command-line arguments for the external program or - if the task is not being executed. - - - - - Provides the abstract base class for compiler tasks. - - - - - Contains a list of extensions for all file types that should be treated as - 'code-behind' when looking for resources. Ultimately this will determine - if we use the "namespace+filename" or "namespace+classname" algorithm, since - code-behind will use the "namespace+classname" algorithm. - - - - - Case-insensitive list of valid culture names for this platform. - - - The key of the is the culture name and - the value is . - - - - - Class constructor for . - - - - - Compiles the sources and resources. - - - - - Determines the manifest resource name of the given resource file. - - The containing information that will used to assemble the manifest resource name. - The resource file of which the manifest resource name should be determined. - The logical location of the resource file. - The source file on which the resource file depends. - - The manifest resource name of the specified resource file. - - - - - Determines the manifest resource name of the given resource file. - - The containing information that will used to assemble the manifest resource name. - The resource file of which the manifest resource name should be determined. - - The manifest resource name of the specified resource file. - - - For .resx resources, the name of the dependent is determined by - replacing the extension of the file with the extension of the - source files for the compiler, and removing the culture name from - the file name for localized resources. - - - - - Extracts the associated namespace/classname linkage found in the - given stream. - - The read-only stream of the source file to search. - - The namespace/classname of the source file matching the resource. - - - - - Writes package references to the specified . - - The to which the package references should be written. - - - - Writes list of warnings to (not) treat as errors to the specified - . - - The to which the list of warnings should be written. - - - - Writes list of warnings to suppress to the specified - . - - The to which the list of warnings to suppress should be written. - - - - Writes conditional compilation constants to the specified - . - - The to which the conditional compilation constants should be written. - - - - Writes module references to the specified . - - The to which the module references should be written. - - - - Allows derived classes to provide compiler-specific options. - - The to which the compiler options should be written. - - - - Writes an option using the default output format. - - The to which the compiler options should be written. - The name of the option which should be passed to the compiler. - - - - Writes an option and its value using the default output format. - - The to which the compiler options should be written. - The name of the option which should be passed to the compiler. - The value of the option which should be passed to the compiler. - - The combination of and - (separated by a colon) is quoted - unless is already surrounded by quotes. - - - - - Determines whether compilation is needed. - - - - - Finds the correct namespace/classname for a resource file from the - given dependent source file. - - The file from which the resource linkage of the resource file should be determined. - The culture of the resource file for which the resource linkage should be determined. - - The namespace/classname of the source file matching the resource or - if the dependent source file does not exist. - - - This behaviour may be overidden by each particular compiler to - support the namespace/classname syntax for that language. - - - - - Link a list of files into a resource assembly. - - The collection of resources. - Resource assembly to generate - Culture of the generated assembly. - - - - Compiles a set of resx files to a .resources files. - - The set of resx files to compile. - - - - Determines the culture associated with a given resource file by - scanning the filename for valid culture names. - - The resource file path to check for culture info. - The file on which the resource file depends. - - A valid instance if the resource is - associated with a specific culture; otherwise, . - - - - - Generate debug output. The default is . - - - Only used for <jsc> tasks, but retained for backward - compatibility (Clover.NET). - - - - - The output file created by the compiler. - - - - - Output type. Possible values are exe, winexe, - library or module. - - - - - Define conditional compilation symbol(s). - - - - Corresponds to /d[efine]: flag. - - - - - - Icon to associate with the application. - - - - Corresponds to /win32icon: flag. - - - - - - Specifies a Win32 resource file (.res). - - - - Corresponds to /win32res[ource]: flag. - - - - - - Instructs the compiler to treat all warnings as errors. The default - is . - - - - Corresponds to the /warnaserror[+|-] flag of the compiler. - - - When this property is set to , any messages - that would ordinarily be reported as warnings will instead be - reported as errors. - - - - - - Controls which warnings should be reported as errors. - - - - - Specifies a comma-separated list of warnings that should be suppressed - by the compiler. - - - Comma-separated list of warnings that should be suppressed by the - compiler. - - - - Corresponds with the /nowarn flag. - - - - - - Specifies a list of warnings that you want the compiler to suppress. - - - - - Instructs NAnt to recompile the output file regardless of the file timestamps. - - - When this parameter is to , NAnt will always - run the compiler to rebuild the output file, regardless of the file timestamps. - - - - - Specifies which type contains the Main method that you want to use - as the entry point into the program. - - - - Corresponds to the /m[ain]: flag of the compiler. - - - Use this property when creating an executable file. If this property - is not set, the compiler searches for a valid Main method in all - public classes. - - - - - - Specifies the key pair container used to strongname the assembly. - - - - - Specifies a strong name key file. - - - - - Specifies whether to delay sign the assembly using only the public - portion of the strong name key. The default is - . - - - - - Additional directories to search in for assembly references. - - - - Corresponds with the /lib[path]: flag. - - - - - - Reference metadata from the specified assembly files. - - - - - Specifies list of packages to reference. - - - - - Resources to embed. - - - - This can be a combination of resx files and file resources. - - - .resx files will be compiled by and then - embedded into the resulting executable. - - - The property is used to make - up the resource name added to the assembly manifest for non-resx - files. - - - For .resx files the namespace from the matching source file is used - as prefix. This matches the behaviour of Visual Studio. - - - Multiple resources tags with different namespace prefixes may be - specified. - - - - - - Link the specified modules into this assembly. - - - - - The set of source files for compilation. - - - - - Indicates whether package references are supported by compiler for - a given target framework. The default is . - - - - - Indicates whether the compiler for a given target framework supports - the "warnaserror" option that takes a list of warnings. The default - is . - - - - - Indicates whether the compiler for a given target framework supports - a command line option that allows a list of warnings to be - suppressed. The default is . - - - - - Indicates whether the compiler for a given target framework supports - the "keycontainer" option. The default is . - - - - - Indicates whether the compiler for a given target framework supports - the "keyfile" option. The default is . - - - - - Indicates whether the compiler for a given target framework supports - the "delaysign" option. The default is . - - - - - Gets the file extension required by the current compiler. - - - The file extension required by the current compiler. - - - - - Gets the class name regular expression for the language of the current compiler. - - class name regular expression for the language of the current compiler - - - - Gets the namespace regular expression for the language of the current compiler. - - namespace regular expression for the language of the current compiler - - - - Gets the command-line arguments for the external program. - - - The command-line arguments for the external program. - - - - - Holds class and namespace information for resource (*.resx) linkage. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - The namespace the resource is under. - The class name the resource is associated with. - - - - Returns the resource linkage as a string. - - - A string representation of the resource linkage. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the - instances contains valid data. - - - if the - instance contains valid data; otherwise, . - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether a namespace name is available - for this instance. - - - if a namespace name is available for - this instance; otherwise, - . - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether a class name is available - for this instance. - - - if a class name is available for - this instance; otherwise, - . - - - - - Gets the name of namespace the resource is under. - - - The name of namespace the resource is under. - - - - - Gets the name of the class (most likely a form) that the resource - is associated with. - - - The name of the class the resource is associated with. - - - - - Gets the culture that the resource is associated with. - - - The culture that the resource is associated with. - - - - - Compiles C# programs. - - - - In order to have generate manifest resource names - that match those generated by Microsoft Visual Studio.NET, the value of - the attribute of the <> - element should match the "Default Namespace" of the C# project, and the - value of the attribute - should be set to "". - - - - Compile a "HelloWorld" application, including embedded resources. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Writes the compiler options to the specified . - - to which the compiler options should be written. - - - - Determines whether compilation is needed. - - - - - The preferred base address at which to load a DLL. The default base - address for a DLL is set by the .NET Framework common language - runtime. - - - The preferred base address at which to load a DLL. - - - This address can be specified as a decimal, hexadecimal, or octal - number. - - - - - Specifies the type of debugging information generated by the - compiler. The default is . - - - - - No longer expose this to build authors. Use - instead. - - - - - The name of the XML documentation file to generate. - - - - Corresponds with the /doc: flag. - - - - - - Specifies the size of sections in the output file. Valid values are - 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, and 8192. - - - The size of sections in the output file. - - - - - Instructs the compiler not to import mscorlib.dll. The default is - . - - - - Corresponds with the /nostdlib[+|-] flag. - - - - - - Instructs the compiler not to use implicit references to assemblies. - The default is . - - - - Corresponds with the /noconfig flag. - - - - - - Specifies whether an integer arithmetic statement that is not in - the scope of the checked or unchecked keywords and - that results in a value outside the range of the data type should - cause a run-time exception. The default is . - - - - Corresponds with the /checked[+|-] flag. - - - - - - Instructs the compiler to allow code that uses the unsafe - keyword. The default is . - - - - Corresponds with the /unsafe[+|-] flag. - - - - - - Causes the compiler to only accept syntax that is included in a - given specification. - - - - Corresponds with the /langversion flag. - - - - - - Specifies whether the compiler should perform optimizations to the - make output files smaller, faster, and more effecient. The default - is . - - - if the compiler should perform optimizations; - otherwise, . - - - - Corresponds with the /optimize[+|-] flag. - - - - - - Specifies which platform version of common language runtime (CLR) - can run the output file. - - - The platform version of common language runtime (CLR) that can run - the output file. - - - - Corresponds with the /platform flag. - - - - - - Specifies the warning level for the compiler to display. Valid values - are 0-4. The default is 4. - - - The warning level for the compiler to display. - - - - Corresponds with the /warn flag. - - - - - - Specifies the code page to use for all source code files in the - compilation. - - - - Corresponds with the /codepage flag. - - - - - - Specifies whether the compiler for the active target framework - supports generation of XML Documentation file. The default is - . - - - - - Specifies whether the compiler for the active target framework - supports limiting the platform on which the compiled code can run. - The default is . - - - - - Specifies whether the compiler for the active target framework - supports accepting only a specific language syntax. - The default is . - - - - - Gets the file extension required by the current compiler. - - - For the C# compiler, the file extension is always cs. - - - - - Gets the class name regular expression for the language of the - current compiler. - - - Class name regular expression for the language of the current - compiler. - - - - - Gets the namespace regular expression for the language of the current compiler. - - - Namespace regular expression for the language of the current - compiler. - - - - - Signs delay-signed .NET Assemblies, or re-signs existing assemblies. - - - - The delay-signing mechanism takes a fileset (named targets) - and either a attribute for a file containing the - public and private keys, or to name a key - container. - - - - Sign partially-signed foo.dll with bar.snk. - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Converts a single file or group of files. - - - - - List of assemblies/executables to sign. - - - - - Specifies the filesystem path to the signing key. - - - - - Specifies the key container. - - - - - Gets the command line arguments for the external program. - - - The command line arguments for the external program. - - - - - Compiles ILASM programs. - - - - Compiles helloworld.il to helloworld.exe. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Compiles the sources. - - - - - Writes the compiler options. - - - - - Writes an option using the default output format. - - - The to which the compiler options should - be written. - - - A that contains the name of the - option which should be passed to the compiler. - - - - - Writes an option and its value using the default output format. - - - The to which the compiler options should - be written. - - - A that contains the name of the - option which should be passed to the compiler. - - - A that contains the value of the - option which should be passed to the compiler. - - - - - Determines whether or not compilation is needed. - - - if compilation is needed; otherwise, - . - - - - - Specifies whether or not the compiler should measure and report - the compilation times. - - - if the compilation times should be - measured and reported; otherwise, . The - default is . - - - - Corresponds to the /CLOCK flag. - - - - - - Specifies whether or not the compiler should generate debug - information. - - - if debug information should be generated; - otherwise, . The default is - . - - - - Corresponds to the /DEBUG flag. - - - - - - Specifies whether or not the compiler should attempt to create a - PE file even if compilation errors have been reported. - - - if a PE file has to be created even if - compilation errors have been reported; otherwise, - . The default is . - - - - Corresponds to the /ERROR flag. - - - - - - Instructs NAnt to recompile the output file regardless of the file - timestamps. - - - if the output file should be recompiled - regardless of its timestamps; otherwise . - The default is . - - - - - Specifies whether or not the compiler should type a formatted - listing of the compilation result. - - - if a formatted listing of the compilation - result should be typed; otherwise, . The - default is . - - - - Corresponds to the /LISTING flag. - - - - - - Instructs the compiler to set the FileAlignment value in - the PE header. - - - An that represents the FileAlignment - value to set in the PE header. The value must be a power of 2, in - range from 512 to 65536. - - - - Corresponds to the /ALIGNMENT flag. - - - - - - Instructs the compiler to set the ImageBase value in - the PE header. - - - A that represents the ImageBase - value to set in the PE header. - - - - Corresponds to the /BASE flag. - - - - - - Instructs the compiler to set the Flags value in the CLR - header. - - - An that represents the Flags - value to set in the CLR header. The most frequently value are 1 - (pre-IL code) and 2 (mixed code). The third bit indicating that - the PE file is strong signed, is ignored. - - - - Corresponds to the /FLAGS flag. - - - - - - Instructs the compiler to set the Subsystem value in the PE - header. - - - An that represents the Subsystem - value to set in the PE header. The most frequently value are 3 - (console application) and 2 (GUI application). - - - - Corresponds to the /SUBSYSTEM flag. - - - - - - Specifies which output type should be generated. - - - A that contains the target type. - Possible values are dll and exe. - - - - Corresponds to the /OUTPUT flag. - - - - - - Instructs the compiler to generate a strong signature of the PE - file. - - - A that contains the private - encryption key. - - - - Corresponds to the /KEY=keysource]]> - flag. - - - - - - Instructs the compiler to generate a strong signature of the PE - file. - - - A that represents the file - containing the private encryption key. - - - - Corresponds to the /KEY=keyfile]]> - flag. - - - - - - Specifies the name of the output file created by the compiler. - - - A that represents the name of - the output file. - - - - Corresponds to the /OUTPUT flag. - - - - - - Instructs the compiler to link the specified unmanaged resource - file into the resulting PE file. - - - A that represents the unmanaged - resource file to link. - - - - Corresponds to the /RESOURCE flag. - - - - - - Specifies the set of source files to compile. - - - A that represents the set - of source files to compile. - - - - - Gets the command-line arguments for the external program. - - - A that contains the command-line - arguments for the external program. - - - - - Compiles JScript.NET programs. - - - Compile helloworld.js to helloworld.exe. - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Writes module references to the specified . - - The to which the module references should be written. - - - - Writes the compiler options to the specified . - - to which the compiler options should be written. - - - - Automatically references assemblies if they have the same name as - an imported namespace or as a type annotation when declaring a - variable. The default is . - - - - Corresponds with the /autoref flag. - - - - - - Instructs the compiler not to import standard library, and changes - to . The default is - . - - - - Corresponds with the /noconfig flag. - - - - - - Specifies which platform version of common language runtime (CLR) - can run the output file. - - - The platform version of common language runtime (CLR) that can run - the output file. - - - - Corresponds with the /platform flag. - - - - - - Causes the compiler to generate errors for implicit method - overrides. The default is . - - - - Corresponds with the /versionsafe flag. - - - - - - Specifies the warning level for the compiler to display. Valid - values are 0-4. The default is 4. - - - The warning level for the compiler to display. - - - - Corresponds with the /warn flag. - - - - - - Controls which warnings should be reported as errors. - - - Override to avoid exposing this to build authors, as the JScript.NET - compiler does not allow control over which warnings should be - reported as errors. - - - - - Specifies a comma-separated list of warnings that should be suppressed - by the compiler. - - - Override to avoid exposing this to build authors, as the JScript.NET - compiler does not support package references. - - - - - Specifies a list of warnings that you want the compiler to suppress. - - - Override to avoid exposing this to build authors, as the JScript.NET - compiler does not support suppressing warnings. - - - - - Specifies the code page to use for all source code files in the - compilation. - - - - Corresponds with the /codepage flag. - - - - - - Specifies the key pair container used to strongname the assembly. - - - Override to avoid exposing this to build authors, as the JScript.NET - does not support this. - - - - - Specifies a strong name key file. - - - Override to avoid exposing this to build authors, as the JScript.NET - does not support this. - - - - - Specifies whether to delay sign the assembly using only the public - portion of the strong name key. - - - Override to avoid exposing this to build authors, as the JScript.NET - does not support this. - - - - - Indicates whether the compiler for a given target framework supports - the "keycontainer" option. The default is . - - - . - - - Override to avoid exposing this to build authors, as the JScript.NET - does not support this. - - - - - Indicates whether the compiler for a given target framework supports - the "keyfile" option. The default is . - - - . - - - Override to avoid exposing this to build authors, as the JScript.NET - does not support this. - - - - - Indicates whether the compiler for a given target framework supports - the "delaysign" option. The default is . - - - . - - - Override to avoid exposing this to build authors, as the JScript.NET - does not support this. - - - - - Specifies whether the compiler for the active target framework - supports limiting the platform on which the compiled code can run. - The default is . - - - - - Link the specified modules into this assembly. - - - Override to avoid exposing this to build authors, as the JScript.NET - compiler does not support linking modules. - - - - - Gets the file extension required by the current compiler. - - - For the JScript.NET compiler, the file extension is always js. - - - - - Gets the class name regular expression for the language of the - current compiler. - - - Class name regular expression for the language of the current - compiler. - - - - - Gets the namespace regular expression for the language of the - current compiler. - - - Namespace regular expression for the language of the current - compiler. - - - - - Generates a .licence file from a .licx file. - - - - If no output file is specified, the default filename is the name of the - target file with the extension .licenses appended. - - - - - Generate the file component.exe.licenses file from component.licx. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Initializes the class. - - - - - Updates the of the specified - . - - The of which the should be updated. - - - - Generates the license file. - - - - - Determines whether the .licenses file needs to be recompiled - or is uptodate. - - The .licenses file. - - if the .licenses file needs compiling; - otherwise, . - - - - - Input file to process. - - - - - Name of the license file to output. - - - - - Names of the references to scan for the licensed component. - - - - - Specifies the executable for which the .licenses file is generated. - - - - - Specifies the executable for which the .licenses file is generated. - - - - - Indicates whether assembly references are supported by the current - target framework. The default is . - - - Applies only to frameworks having a command line tool for compiling - licenses files. - - - - - Indicates whether the current target framework has a command line - tool for compiling licenses files. The default is - . - - - - - Gets the working directory for the application. - - - The working directory for the application. - - - - - The command-line arguments for the external program. - - - Override to avoid exposing these elements in build file. - - - - - Gets the command-line arguments for the external program. - - - The command-line arguments for the external program. - - - - - Gets the filename of the external program to start. - - - The filename of the external program. - - - Override in derived classes to explicitly set the location of the - external tool. - - - - - Responsible for reading the license and writing them to a license - file. - - - - - Obtains a lifetime service object to control the lifetime policy for - this instance. - - - An object of type used to control the lifetime - policy for this instance. This is the current lifetime service object - for this instance if one exists; otherwise, a new lifetime service - object initialized with a lease that will never time out. - - - - - Creates the whole license file. - - The instance for which the license file should be created. - The .licenses file to create. - - - - Determines whether the given object is serializable in binary - format. - - The object to check. - - if is - serializable in binary format; otherwise, . - - - - - Runs NDoc V1.3.1 to create documentation. - - - - See the NDoc home page for more - information. - - - By default, only the NDoc MSDN documenter ships as part of the NAnt - distribution. To make another NDoc documenter from the NDoc V1.3.1 - distribution available to the , copy the - documenter assembly (and possible dependencies) to the "lib" - directory corresponding with the CLR you're running NAnt on - (eg. <nant root>/bin/lib/net/1.1). - - - - - Document two assemblies using the MSDN documenter. The namespaces are - documented in NamespaceSummary.xml. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - Content of NamespaceSummary.xml : - - - - The Foo.Bar namespace reinvents the wheel. - - - The Foo.Bar.Tests namespace ensures that the Foo.Bar namespace reinvents the wheel correctly. - - - ]]> - - - - - - Initializes the taks and verifies the parameters. - - - - - Generates an NDoc project and builds the documentation. - - - - - Represents the method that will be called to update the overall - percent complete value and the current step name. - - The source of the event. - A that contains the event data. - - - - Represents the method that will be called to update the current - step's precent complete value. - - The source of the event. - A that contains the event data. - - - - Returns the documenter for the given project. - - - Documenter is not found. - - - is . - - - - - Performs macro expansion for the given nodes. - - for which expansion should be performed. - - - - The set of assemblies to document. - - - - - The set of namespace summary files. - - - - - Specifies the formats in which the documentation should be generated. - - - - - Collection of additional directories to search for referenced - assemblies. - - - - - Installs or removes .NET Services. - - - - This tasks provides the same functionality as the regsvcs tool - provided in the .NET SDK. - - - It performs the following actions: - - - - Loads and registers an assembly. - - - Generates, registers, and installs a type library into a specified COM+ application. - - - Configures services that are added programmatically to your class. - - - - Refer to the .NET Services Installation Tool (Regsvcs.exe) for more information. - - - - - Adds all public classes contained in myTest.dll to a COM+ - application and produces the myTest.tlb type library. If the - application already exists, it is overwritten. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Adds all public classes contained in myTest.dll to myTargetApp - and produces the myTest.tlb type library. If the application already - exists, it is overwritten. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Adds all public classes contained in myTest.dll to a COM+ - application and produces the myTest.tlb type library. A new - application is always created. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Uninstalls the COM+ application contained in myTest.dll. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Performs the specified action. - - - - - Defines the action to take with the assembly. The default is - . - - - - - The source assembly file. - - - The assembly must be signed with a strong name. - - - - - Specifies the type library file to install. - - - - - Uses an existing type library. The default is . - - - - - Do not reconfigure an existing target application. - The default is . - - - - - Configures components only; ignores methods and interfaces. - The default is . - - - - - Expect an existing application. The default is . - - - - - Specifies the name of the COM+ application to either find or create. - - - - - Specifies the name or id of the COM+ application to either find or - create. - - - - - Gets the command-line arguments for the external program. - - - The command-line arguments for the external program. - - - - - Defines the possible actions for a .NET Service. - - - - - Finds or creates the target application. - - - - - Creates the target application. - - - - - Uninstalls the target application. - - - - - Converts files from one resource format to another. - - - - If no is specified, the resource file will - be created next to the input file. - - - - - Convert a resource file from the .resx to the .resources - format. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Convert a set of .resx files to the .resources format. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Updates the of the specified - . - - The of which the should be updated. - - - - Converts a single file or group of files. - - - - - Cleans up generated files. - - - - - Determines whether the specified input file needs to be compiled. - - The input file. - The output file. - - if the input file need to be compiled; - otherwise . - - - - - Determines the full path and extension for the output file. - - The output file for which the full path and extension should be determined. - - The full path (with extensions) for the specified file. - - - - - Determines whether the specified resource file references third - party assemblies by checking whether a <data> element exists - with a "type" attribute that does not start with - "System.". - - The resource file to check. - - if the resource file references third party - assemblies, or an error occurred; otherwise, . - - - This check will only be accurate for 1.0 resource file, but the - 2.0 resx files can only be compiled with a resgen tool that supports - assembly references, so this method will not be used anyway. - - - - - Returns a list of external file references for the specified file. - - The resx file for which a list of external file references should be returned. - - A list of external file references for the specified file, or - if does not - exist or does not support external file references. - - - - - Input file to process. - - - The full path to the input file. - - - - - The resource file to output. - - - - - The target type. The default is resources. - - - - - The directory to which outputs will be stored. - - - - - Use each source file's directory as the current directory for - resolving relative file paths. The default is . - Only supported when targeting .NET 2.0 (or higher). - - - - - Takes a list of .resx or .txt files to convert to .resources files. - - - - - Reference metadata from the specified assembly files. - - - - - Indicates whether assembly references are supported by the - resgen tool for the current target framework. The default - is . - - - - - Indicates whether external file references are supported by the - resgen tool for the current target framework. The default - is . - - - - - For internal use only ! - - - - - Gets the working directory for the application. - - - The working directory for the application. - - - - - Gets the command line arguments for the external program. - - - The command line arguments for the external program. - - - - - Gets the filename of the external program to start. - - - The filename of the external program. - - - Override in derived classes to explicitly set the location of the - external tool. - - - - - For internal use only ! - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class for a given input and output file. - - The resource to compile. - The compiled resource. - - - - Gets the resource file to compile. - - - The resource file to compile. - - - - - Gets the compiled resource file. - - - The compiled resource file. - - - - - Executes the code contained within the task. - - -
Code
- - The must contain a single code - element, which in turn contains the script code. - - - This code can include extensions such as functions, or tasks. Once - the script task has executed those extensions will be available for - use in the buildfile. - - - If no extensions have been defined, a static entry point named - ScriptMain - which must have a single - argument - is required. - -
Namespaces
- - The following namespaces are imported by default: - - - - System - - - System.Collections - - - System.IO - - - System.Text - - - NAnt.Core - - - NAnt.Core.Attributes - - -
Assembly References
- - The assembly references that are specified will be used to compile - the script, and will be loaded into the NAnt appdomain. - - - By default, only the NAnt.Core and mscorlib assemblies - are referenced. - -
- - Run C# code that writes a message to the build log. - - <script language="C#"> - <code> - <![CDATA[ - public static void ScriptMain(Project project) { - project.Log(Level.Info, "Hello World from a script task using C#"); - } - ]]> - </code> - </script> - - - - Define a custom function and call it using C#. - - <script language="C#" prefix="test" > - <code> - <![CDATA[ - [Function("test-func")] - public static string Testfunc( ) { - return "some result !!!!!!!!"; - } - ]]> - </code> - </script> - <echo message='${test::test-func()}'/> - - - - Use a custom namespace in C# to create a database - - <script language="C#" > - <references> - <include name="System.Data.dll" /> - </references> - <imports> - <import namespace="System.Data.SqlClient" /> - </imports> - <code> - <![CDATA[ - public static void ScriptMain(Project project) { - string dbUserName = "nant"; - string dbPassword = "nant"; - string dbServer = "(local)"; - string dbDatabaseName = "NAntSample"; - string connectionString = String.Format("Server={0};uid={1};pwd={2};", dbServer, dbUserName, dbPassword); - - SqlConnection connection = new SqlConnection(connectionString); - string createDbQuery = "CREATE DATABASE " + dbDatabaseName; - SqlCommand createDatabaseCommand = new SqlCommand(createDbQuery); - createDatabaseCommand.Connection = connection; - - connection.Open(); - - try { - createDatabaseCommand.ExecuteNonQuery(); - project.Log(Level.Info, "Database added successfully: " + dbDatabaseName); - } catch (Exception e) { - project.Log(Level.Error, e.ToString()); - } finally { - connection.Close(); - } - } - ]]> - </code> - </script> - - - - - Run Visual Basic.NET code that writes a message to the build log. - - - <script language="VB"> - <code> - <![CDATA[ - Public Shared Sub ScriptMain(project As Project) - project.Log(Level.Info, "Hello World from a script task using Visual Basic.NET") - End Sub - ]]> - </code> - </script> - - - - Define a custom task and call it using C#. - - <script language="C#" prefix="test" > - <code> - <![CDATA[ - [TaskName("usertask")] - public class TestTask : Task { - #region Private Instance Fields - private string _message; - #endregion Private Instance Fields - #region Public Instance Properties - [TaskAttribute("message", Required=true)] - public string FileName { - get { return _message; } - set { _message = value; } - } - #endregion Public Instance Properties - #region Override implementation of Task - protected override void ExecuteTask() { - Log(Level.Info, _message.ToUpper()); - } - #endregion Override implementation of Task - } - ]]> - </code> - </script> - <usertask message='Hello from UserTask'/> - - - - - Define a custom function and call it using Boo. - - - <script language="Boo.CodeDom.BooCodeProvider, Boo.CodeDom, Version=1.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=32c39770e9a21a67" - failonerror="true"> - <code> - <![CDATA[ - - [Function("test-func")] - def MyFunc(): - return "Hello from Boo !!!!!!" - ]]> - </code> - </script> - <echo message='${script::test-func()}'/> - - -
- - - Initializes the task. - - - - - Executes the script block. - - - - - The language of the script block. Possible values are "VB", "vb", "VISUALBASIC", "C#", "c#", "CSHARP". - "JS", "js", "JSCRIPT" "VJS", "vjs", "JSHARP" or a fully-qualified name for a class implementing - . - - - - - Any required references. - - - - - The name of the main class containing the static ScriptMain - entry point. - - - - - The namespace prefix for any custom functions defined in the script. - If ommitted the prefix will default to 'script' - - - - - The namespaces to import. - - - - - The code to execute. - - - - - Compiles Visual Basic.NET programs. - - - - In order to have generate manifest resource names - that match those generated by Microsoft Visual Studio.NET, the value of - the attribute of the <> - element should match the "Root namespace" of the VB.NET project, and the - value of the attribute - should be set to "". - - - - Example build file using this task. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Finds the correct namespace/classname for a resource file from the - given dependent source file, and ensure the - is prefixed. - - The file from which the resource linkage of the resource file should be determined. - The culture of the resource file for which the resource linkage should be determined. - - The namespace/classname of the source file matching the resource or - if the dependent source file does not exist. - - - - - Writes conditional compilation constants to the specified - . - - The to which the conditional compilation constants should be written. - - - - Writes the compiler options to the specified . - - to which the compiler options should be written. - - - - Determines whether compilation is needed. - - - - - The preferred base address at which to load a DLL. The default base - address for a DLL is set by the .NET Framework common language - runtime. - - - The preferred base address at which to load a DLL. - - - This address must be specified as a hexadecimal number. - - - - - Specifies the type of debugging information generated by the - compiler. The default is . - - - - - No longer expose this to build authors. Use - instead. - - - - - The name of the XML documentation file to generate. Only supported - when targeting .NET 2.0 (or higher). - - - - Corresponds with the /doc: flag. - - - - - - Specifies whether the /imports option gets passed to the - compiler. - - - The value of this attribute is a string that contains one or more - namespaces separated by commas. - - - See the Microsoft.NET Framework SDK documentation for details. - - Example of an imports attribute - - - - - - The namespaces to import. - - - - - Instructs the compiler not to reference standard libraries - (system.dll and VBC.RSP). The default is . - Only supported when targeting .NET 2.0 (or higher). - - - - Corresponds with the /nostdlib flag. - - - - - - Specifies whether /optioncompare option gets passed to the - compiler. - - - text, binary, or an empty string. If the value is - or an empty string, the option will not be - passed to the compiler. - - See the Microsoft.NET Framework SDK documentation for details. - - - - Specifies whether the /optionexplicit option gets passed to - the compiler. The default is . - - - if the option should be passed to the compiler; - otherwise, . - - See the Microsoft.NET Framework SDK documentation for details. - - - - Specifies whether the /optimize option gets passed to the - compiler. The default is . - - - if the option should be passed to the compiler; - otherwise, . - - See the Microsoft.NET Framework SDK documentation for details. - - - - Specifies whether the /optionstrict option gets passed to - the compiler. The default is . - - - if the option should be passed to the compiler; - otherwise, . - - See the Microsoft.NET Framework SDK documentation for details. - - - - Specifies which platform version of common language runtime (CLR) - can run the output file. - - - The platform version of common language runtime (CLR) that can run - the output file. - - - - Corresponds with the /platform flag. - - - - - - Specifies whether the /removeintchecks option gets passed to - the compiler. The default is . - - - if the option should be passed to the compiler; - otherwise, . - - See the Microsoft.NET Framework SDK documentation for details. - - - - Specifies whether the /rootnamespace option gets passed to - the compiler. - - - The value of this attribute is a string that contains the root - namespace of the project. - - See the Microsoft.NET Framework SDK documentation for details. - - - - Specifies whether the compiler for the active target framework - supports generation of XML Documentation file. The default is - . - - - - - Specifies whether the compiler for the active target framework - supports NOT referencing standard libraries (system.dll and VBC.RSP). - The default is . - - - - - Specifies whether the compiler for the active target framework - supports limiting the platform on which the compiled code can run. - The default is . - - - - - Gets the file extension required by the current compiler. - - - For the VB.NET compiler, the file extension is always vb. - - - - - Gets the class name regular expression for the language of the - current compiler. - - - Class name regular expression for the language of the current - compiler. - - - - - Gets the namespace regular expression for the language of the - current compiler. - - - Namespace regular expression for the language of the current - compiler. - - - - - Compiles Visual J# programs using vjc, Microsoft's J# compiler. - - - - In order to have generate manifest resource names - that match those generated by Microsoft Visual Studio.NET, the value of - the attribute of the <> - element should match the "Default Package" of the J#.NET project, and - the value of the attribute - should be set to "". - - - - Compile a "HelloWorld" application, including embedded resources. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Writes module references to the specified . - - The to which the module references should be written. - - - - Writes the compiler options to the specified . - - to which the compiler options should be written. - - - - The preferred base address at which to load a DLL. The default base - address for a DLL is set by the .NET Framework common language - runtime. - - - The preferred base address at which to load a DLL. - - - This address can be specified as a decimal, hexadecimal, or octal - number. - - - - - Specifies the type of debugging information generated by the - compiler. The default is . - - - - - No longer expose this to build authors. Use - instead. - - - - - Specifies whether package-scoped members are accessible outside of - the assembly. In other words, package scope is treated as assembly - scope when emitting metadata. The default is . - - - if the option should be passed to the compiler; - otherwise, . - - - - Corresponds to the /securescoping flag. - - - See the Visual J# Reference for details. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Specifies whether to disable language extensions. - - - The value of this property must be either all, net, - or an empty string. - - - - Corresponds to the /x flag. - - - See the Visual J# Reference for details. - - - - To disable only the .NET Framework extensions: - ]]> - To disable the .NET Framework extensions and the VJ++ 6.0 extensions: - ]]> - - - - - Specifies the location of assemblies referenced by way of the /reference flag. - - - - Corresponds to the /libpath:dir[;dir2] flag. - - - See the Visual J# Reference for details. - - - - - - Associate Java-language/COM package names. - - - The value of this propery. must be package=namespace, @filename, - or an empty string. - - - - Corresponds to the /jcpa:package=namespace and /jcpa:@filename flags. - - - See the Visual J# Reference for details. - - - - Map package 'x' to namespace 'y': - ]]> - - - - - Specifies the code page to use for all source code files in the - compilation. - - - - Corresponds with the /codepage flag. - - - See the Visual J# Reference for details. - - - - - - Specifies the warning level for the compiler to display. Valid values - are 0-4. The default is 4. - - - The warning level for the compiler to display. - - - - Corresponds with the /warn option. - - - - - - Controls which warnings should be reported as errors. - - - Override to avoid exposing this to build authors, as the Visual J# - compiler does not allow control over which warnings should be - reported as errors. - - - - - Reference packages - - - Override to avoid exposing this to build authors, as the Visual J# - compiler does not support package references. - - - - - Link the specified modules into this assembly. - - - Override to avoid exposing this to build authors, as the Visual J# - compiler does not support linking modules. - - - - - Gets the file extension required by the current compiler. - - - For the J# compiler, the file extension is always jsl. - - - - - Gets the class name regular expression for the language of the - current compiler. - - - Class name regular expression for the language of the current - compiler. - - - - - Gets the namespace regular expression for the language of the - current compiler. - - - Namespace regular expression for the language of the current - compiler. - - - - - Override to avoid exposing the configuration setting for this - task as Visual J# will never support package references. - - - , as the Visual J# compiler will never - support package references. - - - - - Represents an assembly-level attribute. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Typename of the assembly-level attribute. - - - - - Value of the attribute. - - - - - If then the value of the attribute will be - set as is, without actually looking for a matching constructor or - named properties. The default is . - - - if the value of the attribute should be set - as is; otherwise, . - - - - - Indicates if the attribute should be generated. - - - if the attribute should be generated; - otherwise, . - - - - - Indicates if the attribute should be not generated. - - - if the attribute should be not generated; - otherwise, . - - - - - Contains a strongly typed collection of - objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Determines whether a with the specified - value is in the collection. - - The argument value to locate in the collection. - - if a with - value is found in the collection; otherwise, - . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Gets the with the specified value. - - The value of the to get. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - A specialized used for setting the lib directories. - - - The primary reason for this class is to allow the - to always be the same value as the parent - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - override this. We will always use the base directory of the parent. - overriding without the TaskAttribute attribute prevents it being set - in the source xml - - - - - Specialized class for managing assembly files. - - - - If an include pattern does not contain any wildcard characters then - the assembly will be searched for in following locations (in the order listed): - - - - - The base directory of the fileset. - - - - - The directories specified using the nested <lib> element. - - - - - The list of reference assemblies of the current target framework. - - - - - The reference assemblies of a given target framework are defined using - <reference-assemblies> filesets in the <framework> node - of the NAnt configuration file. - - - - - Define a reference with name "sys.assemblies", holding - a set of system assemblies. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - Use the predefined set of assemblies to compile a C# assembly. - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Compile a C# assembly using assembly references that are searched for - in the "Third Party Assemblies" and "Company Assemblies" - directories. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - copy constructor for FileSet. Required in order to - assign references of FileSet type where - AssemblyFileSets are used - - - - - - Do a normal scan and then resolve assemblies. - - - - - Resolves references to system assemblies and assemblies that can be - resolved using directories specified in . - - - - - Additional directories to search in for assembly references. - - - - loosely Corresponds with the /lib[path]: flag of the various compiler tasks. - - - - - - Represents a compiler warning. - - - - - A warning number, or comma-separated list of warnings, that you want - the compiler to suppress or report. - - - - - If then the element will be processed; - otherwise, skipped. The default is . - - - - - If then the element will be skipped; - otherwise, processed. The default is . - - - - - Contains a collection of elements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - Specifies the type of debugging information generated by the compiler. - - - - For backward compatibility, the following string values can also be - used in build files: - - - - Value - Corresponding field - - - "true" - - - - "false" - - - - - When set to then the following conditional - compilation symbols will also be defined: - - - - DEBUG - - - TRACE - - - - - - - Create no debug information. - - - - - Enable attaching a debugger to the running program. - - - - - Enable attaching a debugger to the running program. - - - - - Only display assembler when the running program is attached to the - debugger. - - - - - Specialized that also supports - case-insensitive conversion of "true" to - and "false" to - . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Converts the given object to the type of this converter, using the - specified context and culture information. - - An that provides a format context. - A object. If a is passed, the current culture is assumed. - The to convert. - - An that represents the converted value. - - - - - Specifies whether the generated assembly is strongly named and will - be signed later. - - - - For backward compatibility, the following string values can also be - used in build files: - - - - Value - Corresponding field - - - "true" - - - - "false" - - - - - - - - Not specified. - - - - - Fully sign the assembly. - - - - - Only place the public key in the assembly, allowing the signature - to be added later. - - - - - Specialized that also supports - case-insensitive conversion of "true" to - and "false" to - . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Converts the given object to the type of this converter, using the - specified context and culture information. - - An that provides a format context. - A object. If a is passed, the current culture is assumed. - The to convert. - - An that represents the converted value. - - - - - Represents an embedded resource. - - - Do not yet expose this to build authors. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - with the specified file name and manifest resource name. - - The path of the compiled resource. - The manifest resource name of the embedded resource. - - - - Gets the physical location of the resource to embed. - - - The physical location of the resource to embed. - - - - - Gets the manifest resource name to use when embedding the resource. - - - The manifest resource name to use when embedding the resource. - - - - - Contains a collection of items. - - - Do not yet expose this to build authors. - - - - - Base class for collections that needs to be globally referencable. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Copies the items of the collection to an , - starting at a particular index. - - The one-dimensional that is the destination of the items copied from the collection. The must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection. - - - An that can be used to iterate through - the collection. - - - - - Removes an item at a specific index. - - The zero-based index of the item to remove. - - - - Removes all items from the collection. - - - - - Used by methods that take instances as argument - to verify whether the instance is valid for the collection class. - - The instance to verify. - - - - Checks whether the specified index is within the range of this - collection. - - The index to check. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is - synchronized (thread-safe). - - - . - - - - - Gets the number of items in the collection. - - - The number of items in the collection. - - - - - Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the - collection. - - - An object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size. - - - . - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size. - - - . - - - - - Gets the list of elements contained in the - instance. - - - An containing the elements of the - collection. - - - - - Gets the of the items in this collection. - - - The of the items in this collection. - - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the - specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Removes the specified from the - collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Gets the location of a in the collection. - - The object to locate. - - The zero-based location of the in the - collection. - - - If the is not currently a member of - the collection, -1 is returned. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - The position into which the new item was inserted. - - - - - Adds the items of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - The position into which the new item was inserted. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the - specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Removes the specified from the - collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Gets the location of a in the collection. - - The object to locate. - - The zero-based location of the in the - collection. - - - If the is not currently a member of - the collection, -1 is returned. - - - - - Gets or sets the item at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the item to get or set. - - - - Gets the with the specified manifest - resource name. - - The manifest resource name of the to get. - - - - Gets the of the items in this collection. - - - The of the items in this collection. - - - - - Gets or sets the item at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the item to get or set. - - - - Enumerates the items of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next item of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next item; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first item in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current item in the collection. - - - The current item in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current item in the collection. - - - The current item in the collection. - - - - - Represents a metadata file without assembly manifest. - - - - - Returns a textual representation of the module, which can be used as - argument for command-line tools. - - - A textual representation of the path, file[,target]. - - - - - The path of the module. - - - - - File name where the module should be copied to before it is compiled - into an assembly. - - - - - Gets or sets the that contains the module. - - - - - Contains a collection of items. - - - Do not yet expose this to build authors. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - for the specified . - - The containing the collection. - is . - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Copies the items of the collection to an , - starting at a particular index. - - The one-dimensional that is the destination of the items copied from the collection. The must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Removes all items from the collection. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the - specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Removes the specified from the - collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Removes an item at a specific index. - - The zero-based index of the item to remove. - The parameter is less than 0 or greater than or equal to the value of the property of the . - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Gets the location of a in the collection. - - The object to locate. - - The zero-based location of the in the - collection. - - - If the is not currently a member of - the collection, -1 is returned. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - The position into which the new item was inserted. - - - - - Adds the items of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - The position into which the new item was inserted. - - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the - specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Removes the specified from the - collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Gets the location of a in the collection. - - The object to locate. - - The zero-based location of the in the - collection. - - - If the is not currently a member of - the collection, -1 is returned. - - - - - Gets or sets the item at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the item to get or set. - The parameter is less than 0 or greater than or equal to the value of the property of the . - - - - Gets the list of elements contained in the - instance. - - - An containing the elements of the - collection. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is - synchronized (thread-safe). - - - . - - - - - Gets the number of items in the collection. - - - The number of items in the collection. - - - - - Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the - collection. - - - An object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size. - - - . - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size. - - - . - - - - - Gets or sets the item at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the item to get or set. - The parameter is less than 0 or greater than or equal to the value of the property of the . - - - - Enumerates the items of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next item of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next item; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first item in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current item in the collection. - - - The current item in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current item in the collection. - - - The current item in the collection. - - - - - - One or more modules to compile into an assembly. - - - - - Define a global <moduleset> that can be referenced by - other tasks or types. - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - The base of the directory of this . - The default is the project base directory. - - - - - The modules to add to this . - - - - - Represents a namespace to import. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class for the specified namespace. - - The namespace. - is . - - - - The name of the namespace to import. - - - The name of the namespace to import. - - - - - The name of the namespace to import. - - - The name of the namespace to import. - - - - - Indicates if the import should be generated. - - - if the import should be generated; otherwise, - . - - - - - Indicates if the import should be not generated. - - - if the import should be not generated; - otherwise, . - - - - - Contains a collection of items. - - - Define a reference with name "system.imports". - - - - - - ]]> - - Use the predefined set of imports to compile a VB.NET assembly. - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Returns a comma-delimited list of namespace imports. - - - A comma-delimited list of namespace imports, or an empty - if there are no namespace imports. - - - Each namespace import is quoted individually. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the - specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Removes the specified from the - collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Gets the location of a in the collection. - - The object to locate. - - The zero-based location of the in the - collection. - - - If the is not currently a member of - the collection, -1 is returned. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - The position into which the new item was inserted. - - - - - Adds the items of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - The position into which the new item was inserted. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the - specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Removes the specified from the - collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Gets the location of a in the collection. - - The object to locate. - - The zero-based location of the in the - collection. - - - If the is not currently a member of - the collection, -1 is returned. - - - - - Gets or sets the item at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the item to get or set. - - - - Gets the with the specified namespace. - - The namespace of the to get. - - - - Gets the of the items in this collection. - - - The of the items in this collection. - - - - - Gets or sets the item at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the item to get or set. - - - - Enumerates the items of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next item of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next item; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first item in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current item in the collection. - - - The current item in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current item in the collection. - - - The current item in the collection. - - - - - Represents a package. - - - - - Name of the package to reference. Multiple package can be specified - with a single element as a semi-colon separated list of - package names. - - - - - Indicates if the package should be passed to the task. - If then the package will be passed; - otherwise, skipped. The default is . - - - - - Indicates if the package should not be passed to the task. - If then the package will be passed; - otherwise, skipped. The default is . - - - - - Contains a strongly typed collection of - objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - Specialized class for managing resource files. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - copy constructor for FileSet. Required in order to - assign references of FileSet type where - ResourceFileSet are used - - - - - - Creates a shallow copy of the . - - - A shallow copy of the . - - - - - Gets the manifest resource name for the specified resource file. - - The physical path of the resource file. - - The manifest resource name to be sent to the compiler. - - - - - Gets the manifest resource name for the file using both its physical - and logical path. - - The physical path of the resource file. - The logical location of the resource file. - - The manifest resource name to be sent to the compiler. - - - We use the relative path of the logical path, but the filename and - and the extension of the physical path to match VS.NET - - - - - Indicates the prefix to prepend to the actual resource. - This is usually the default namspace of the assembly. - - - - - Indicates whether prefixes should be dynamically generated by taking - the path of the resource relative to the basedir and appending it - to the specified prefix. The default is . - - - - - Gets a containing all matching resx files. - - - A containing all matching resx files. - - - - - Gets a containing all matching non-resx - files. - - - A containing all matching non-resx files. - - - - - Contains a strongly typed collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - Controls the behaviour of a compiler with regards to the reporting of - warnings. - - - - Instruct a compiler to report warning 0519 as an error. - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Instruct a compiler not to report warning 0519 as an error, if the - release property is . - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Specifies a list of warnings that the compiler should treat as - errors. This overrides the - attribute. Only supported when targeting .NET 2.0 or higher. - - - - - Specifies a list of warnings that the compiler should NOT treat as - errors. This is only useful if - is . Only supported when targeting .NET 2.0 - or higher. - - -
-
diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.MSNetTasks.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.MSNetTasks.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 59a2d1e..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.MSNetTasks.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.MSNetTasks.xml b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.MSNetTasks.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 9a442c6..0000000 --- a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.MSNetTasks.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,579 +0,0 @@ - - - - NAnt.MSNetTasks - - - - - Disassembles any portable executable (PE) file that contains - intermediate language (IL) code. - - - - Files are only disassembled if the input file is newer than the output - file, or if the output file does not exist. However, you can - explicitly force files to be disassembled with the - attribute. - - - A can be used to select files to disassemble. - To use a , the - attribute must be set. The file name of the output file will be equal - to the file name of the input file, but with extension ".il". - - - - - Disassembles helloworld.exe to helloworld.il. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Disassembles a set of PE files into the specified directory. - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Checks whether the task is initialized with valid attributes. - - - - - Disassembles the PE file(s). - - - - - Disassembles the specified PE file. - - The PE file to disassemble. - - - - Determines the full path and extension for the output file. - - - A that represents the PE file - file for which the corresponding output file should be determined. - - - A that represents the full path - for the output file. - - The path of the output file could not be determined. - - - - Writes the disassembler options. - - - - - Writes an option using the default output format. - - - The to which the disassembler options - should be written. - - - A that contains the name of the - option which should be passed to the disassembler. - - - - - Writes an option and its value using the default output format. - - - The to which the disassembler options - should be written. - - - A that contains the name of the - option which should be passed to the disassembler. - - - A that contains the value of the - option which should be passed to the disassembler. - - - - - Determines whether or not disassembling is needed. - - - if disassembling is needed; otherwise, - . - - - - - Specifies whether or not the disassembler should combine the - /HEADER, /BYTE, and /TOKENS options. The default - is . - - - if the disassembler should combine the - /HEADER, /BYTE, and /TOKENS options; - otherwise, . The default is - . - - - - Corresponds to the /ALL flag. - - - - - - Specifies whether or not the disassembler should generate the - IL stream bytes (in hexadecimal notation) as instruction comments. - The default is . - - - if the IL stream bytes should be generated - as instruction comments; otherwise, . The - default is . - - - - Corresponds to the /BYTE flag. - - - - - - Instructs NAnt to rebuild the output file regardless of the file - timestamps. The default is . - - - if the output file should be rebuilt - regardless of its timestamps; otherwise . - The default is . - - - - - Specifies whether or not the disassembler should include PE header - information and runtime header information in the output. The default - is . - - - if PE header information and runtime header - information should be included in the output; otherwise, - . The default is . - - - - Corresponds to the /HEADER flag. - - - - - - Specifies the PE file to disassemble. - - - A that represents the PE file - to disassemble. - - - - - Specifies whether or not the disassembler should include - references to original source lines. The default is . - - - if references to original source lines - should be included; otherwise, . The - default is . - - - - Corresponds to the /LINENUM flag. - - - - - - Specifies whether or not the disassembler should suppress ILASM - code output. The default is . - - - if ILASM code output should be suppresses; - otherwise, . The default is - . - - - - Corresponds to the /NOIL flag. - - - - - - Specifies whether or not the disassembler should disassemble - public items only. This is a shortcut for ="pub". - The default is . - - - if only public items should be - disassembled; otherwise, . The default is - . - - - - Corresponds to the /PUBONLY flag. - - - - - - Specifies whether or not the disassembler should enclose all names - in single quotation marks. By default, only names that don't match - the ILASM definition of a simple name are quoted. The default is - . - - - if all names should be enclosed in single - quotation marks; otherwise, . The default - is . - - - - Corresponds to the /QUOTEALLNAMES flag. - - - - - - Specifies whether or not the disassembler should generate - structured exception handling clauses in canonical (label) form. - The default is . - - - if structured exception handling clauses - should be generated in canonical form; otherwise, - . The default is . - - - - Corresponds to the /RAWEH flag. - - - - - - Specifies whether or not the disassembler should generate - original source lines as comments. The default is . - - - if original source lines should be - generated as comments; otherwise, . - The default is . - - - - Corresponds to the /SOURCE flag. - - - - - - Specifies whether or not the disassembler should generate metadata - token values as comments. The default is . - - - if metadata token values should be - generated as comments; otherwise, . The - default is . - - - - Corresponds to the /TOKENS flag. - - - - - - Specifies whether or not the disassembler should use the UNICODE - encoding when generating the output. The default is ANSI. - - - if the output should be generated using - the UNICODE encoding; otherwise, . The - default is . - - - - Corresponds to the /UNICODE flag. - - - - - - Specifies whether or not the disassembler should use the UTF-8 - encoding when generating the output. The default is ANSI. - - - if the output should be generated using - the UTF-8 encoding; otherwise, . The - default is . - - - - Corresponds to the /UTF8 flag. - - - - - - Instructs the disassembler to disassemble the specified item only. - - - A that specifies the item to - disassemble. - - - - Corresponds to the /ITEM flag. - - - - - - Instructs the disassembler to disassemble only the items with the - specified visibility. Possible values are PUB, PRI, - FAM, ASM, FAA, FOA, PSC, - or any combination of them separated by +. - - - A that contains the visibility - suboptions. - - - - Corresponds to the /VISIBILITY flag. - - - - - - Specifies the name of the output file created by the disassembler. - - - A that represents the name of - the output file. - - - - Corresponds to the /OUT flag. - - - - - - Specifies the directory to which outputs will be stored. - - - A that represents the - directory to which outputs will be stored. - - - - - Specifies a list of PE files to disassemble. To use a , - the attribute must be specified. - - - A that represents the set - of PE files to disassemble. - - - - - The command-line arguments for the external program. - - - Overridden to ensure the <arg> elements would not be exposed - to build authors. - - - - - Gets the command-line arguments for the external program. - - - A that contains the command-line - arguments for the external program. - - - - - Allows a Windows service to be controlled. - - - Starts the World Wide Web Publishing Service on the local computer. - - - ]]> - - - - Stops the Alerter service on computer 'MOTHER'. - - - ]]> - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Peforms actions on the service in order to reach the desired status. - - - - - Determines the desired status of the service based on the action - that should be performed on it. - - - The that should be reached - in order for the to be considered successful. - - - - - Starts the service identified by and - . - - instance for controlling the service identified by and . - - - - Stops the service identified by and - . - - instance for controlling the service identified by and . - - - - Restarts the service identified by and - . - - instance for controlling the service identified by and . - - - - Pauses the service identified by and - . - - instance for controlling the service identified by and . - - - - Continues the service identified by and - . - - instance for controlling the service identified by and . - - - - Holds the name of the service that should be controlled. - - - - - Holds the name of the computer on which the service resides. - - - - - Holds the action that should be performed on the service. - - - - - Holds the time, in milliseconds, the task will wait for a service - to reach the desired status. - - - - - The name of the service that should be controlled. - - - - - The name of the computer on which the service resides. The default - is the local computer. - - - - - The action that should be performed on the service. - - - - - The time, in milliseconds, the task will wait for the service to - reach the desired status. The default is 5000 milliseconds. - - - - - Defines the actions that can be performed on a service. - - - - - Starts a service. - - - - - Stops a service. - - - - - Restarts a service. - - - - - Pauses a running service. - - - - - Continues a paused service. - - - - diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.NUnit.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.NUnit.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 8982395..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.NUnit.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.NUnit.xml b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.NUnit.xml deleted file mode 100644 index a7c6239..0000000 --- a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.NUnit.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,353 +0,0 @@ - - - - NAnt.NUnit - - - - - Carries data specified through the formatter element. - - - - - Gets or sets the type of the formatter. - - The type of the formatter. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether output should be persisted - to a file. - - - if output should be written to a file; otherwise, - . The default is . - - - - - Gets or sets the extension to append to the output filename. - - The extension to append to the output filename. - - - - Gets or sets the directory where the output file should be written - to, if is . - - - The directory where the output file should be written to. - - - - - Contains a strongly typed collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - The built-in formatter types. - - - - - A plaintext formatter. - - - - - An XML formatter. - - - - - Represents the FormatterElement of the NUnit task. - - - - - Type of formatter. - - - - - Extension to append to the output filename. - - - - - Determines whether output should be persisted to a file. The default - is . - - - - - Specifies the directory where the output file should be written to, - if is . If not - specified, the output file will be written to the directory where - the test module is located. - - - - - Gets the underlying for the element. - - - - - Contains a strongly typed collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.NUnit1Tasks.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.NUnit1Tasks.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 1f4f779..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.NUnit1Tasks.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.NUnit1Tasks.xml b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.NUnit1Tasks.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 85367f3..0000000 --- a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.NUnit1Tasks.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,538 +0,0 @@ - - - - NAnt.NUnit1Tasks - - - - - The whole test suite started. - - - - - The whole test suite ended. - - - - - Sets the the formatter is supposed to write - its results to. - - - - - Contains a strongly typed collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - Prints information about running tests directly to the build log. - - - - Not used, all output goes to Log class. - - - Called when the whole test suite has started. - - - Called when the whole test suite has ended. - - - Convert a stack trace line into something that can be clicked on in an IDE output window. - The StackTrace string, see . - The string that gets appended to the end of file(line): portion. - - - - Runs tests using the NUnit V1.0 framework. - - - - See the NUnit home page for more - information. - - - The or - attributes are only used to stop more than one test suite to stop - running. If any test suite fails a build error will be thrown. - Set to to - ignore test errors and continue build. - - - - - Run tests in the MyProject.Tests.dll assembly. - - - The test results are logged in results.xml and results.txt - using the and - formatters, respectively. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Stops running tests when a test causes an error. The default is - . - - - Implies haltonfailure. - - - - - Stops running tests if a test fails (errors are considered failures - as well). The default is . - - - - - Cancel the individual tests if they do not finish in the specified - time (measured in milliseconds). Ignored if fork is disabled. - - - - - Tests to run. - - - - - Formatters to output results of unit tests. - - - - - Represents a test element of an . - - - - - Base name of the test result. The full filename is determined by this - attribute and the extension of formatter. - - - - - Directory to write the reports to. - - - - - Class name of the test. - - - - - Assembly to load the test from. - - - - - Run the tests in a separate . - - - - - Stop the build process if an error occurs during the test run. - - - - - Stop the build process if a test fails (errors are considered failures - as well). - - - - - The application configuration file to use for the NUnit test domain. - - - - - Contains a strongly typed collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - Carries data specified through the test element. - - - - - Determines if the unit test needs running. - - - if unit test needs running, otherwise, - . - - - - Determines if the test needs running by looking at the date stamp - of the test assembly and the test results log. - - - - - - Runs a Suite extracted from a TestCase subclass. - - - - - Creates the formatters to be used when running this test. - - - - - Returns the output file or null if does not use a file. - - - - - Returns the test suite from a given class. - - - The assemblyQualifiedName parameter needs to be in form: - "full.qualified.class.name,Assembly" - - - - - Gets the collection of registered formatters. - - Collection of registered formatters. - - - - Gets the result of the test. - - The result of the test. - - - - Prints information about running tests in plain text. - - - - Sets the Writer the formatter is supposed to write its results to. - - - Called when the whole test suite has started. - - - Called when the whole test suite has ended. - - - Convert a stack trace line into something that can be clicked on in an IDE output window. - The StackTrace string, see . - The string that gets appended to the end of file(line): portion. - - - - Decorates NUnits with extra information such as - run-time. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Gets or sets the total run-time of a test. - - The total run-time of a test. - - - - Prints detailed information about running tests in XML format. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Sets the the formatter is supposed to - write its results to. - - - - - Called when the whole test suite has started. - - - - - Called when the whole test suite has ended. - - - - diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.NUnit2Tasks.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.NUnit2Tasks.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 983cc37..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.NUnit2Tasks.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.NUnit2Tasks.xml b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.NUnit2Tasks.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 39d1ed5..0000000 --- a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.NUnit2Tasks.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,584 +0,0 @@ - - - - NAnt.NUnit2Tasks - - - - - Controls the categories of tests to execute using the . - - - - Only include test cases and fixtures that require no internet access. - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Exclude test cases and fixtures that are known to fail. - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Specifies a list of categories to include. - - - - - Specifies a list of categories to exclude. - - - - - Represents a certain group of test cases or fixtures. - - - - - A name of a category, or comma-separated list of names. - - - - - If then the category will be processed; - otherwise, skipped. The default is . - - - - - If then the category will be skipped; - otherwise, processed. The default is . - - - - - Contains a collection of elements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Returns a comma-delimited list of categories. - - - A comma-delimited list of categories, or an empty - if there are no categories. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Determines whether a with the specified - value is in the collection. - - The argument value to locate in the collection. - - if a with value - is found in the collection; otherwise, - . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Gets the with the specified name. - - The name of the to get. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - Contains a strongly typed collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - Runs tests using the NUnit V2.2 framework. - - - - The attribute is only useful when more - than one test suite is used, and you want to continue running other - test suites although a test failed. - - - Set to to - ignore any errors and continue the build. - - - In order to run a test assembly built with NUnit 2.0 or 2.1 using - , you must add the following node to your - test config file : - - - - ... - - - - - - - - - - ... - - ]]> - - - See the NUnit home page for more - information. - - - - - Run tests in the MyProject.Tests.dll assembly. - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Only run tests that are not known to fail in files listed in the tests.txt - file. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Runs the tests and sets up the formatters. - - - - - Stop the test run if a test fails. The default is . - - - - - Tests to run. - - - - - Formatters to output results of unit tests. - - - - - Represents a test element of an . - - - - - Name of the assembly to search for tests. - - - - - Name of a specific testfixture to run. If not specified then all - testfixtures are run. - - - - - Assemblies to include in test. - - - - - Assemblies to scan for missing assembly references. - - - - - Categories of test cases to include or exclude. - - - - - Build fails on failure. The default is . - - - - - XSLT transform file to use when using the - formatter. - - - - - The application configuration file to use for the NUnit test domain. - If not specified, NAnt will try to use a configuration name matching - the file name of the assembly with extension ".config". - - - - - Gets all assemblies specified for these tests. - - - All assemblies specified for these tests. - - - - - Custom TestDomain, similar to the one included with NUnit, in order - to workaround some limitations in it. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Runs a single testcase. - - The test assembly. - The application configuration file for the test domain. - List of files to scan for missing assembly references. - - The result of the test. - - - - - Helper class called when an assembly resolve event is raised. - - - - - Initializes an instanse of the - class. - - - - - Called back when the CLR cannot resolve a given assembly. - - The source of the event. - A that contains the event data. - - The nunit.framework we know to be in NAnts bin directory, if - that is the assembly that needs to be resolved; otherwise, - . - - - - - Occurs when an assembly is loaded. The loaded assembly is added - to the assembly cache. - - The source of the event. - An that contains the event data. - - - - Holds the list of directories that will be scanned for missing - assembly references. - - - - - Holds the list of assemblies that can be scanned for missing - assembly references. - - - - - Holds the loaded assemblies. - - - - diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.SourceControlTasks.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.SourceControlTasks.dll deleted file mode 100644 index fdcd6e0..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.SourceControlTasks.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.SourceControlTasks.xml b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.SourceControlTasks.xml deleted file mode 100644 index a12cc5f..0000000 --- a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.SourceControlTasks.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1279 +0,0 @@ - - - - NAnt.SourceControlTasks - - - - - A base class for creating tasks for executing CVS client commands on a - CVS repository. - - - - - A base class for creating tasks for executing CVS client commands on a - CVS repository. - - - - - Name of the environmental variable specifying a users' home - in a *nix environment. - - - - - Used on windows to specify the location of application data. - - - - - The environment variable that holds path information. - - - - - The environment variable that holds the location of the - .cvspass file. - - - - - Property name used to specify the source control executable. This is - used as a readonly property. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Build up the command line arguments, determine which executable is being - used and find the path to that executable and set the working - directory. - - The process to prepare. - - - - Adds a new global option if none exists. If one does exist then - the use switch is toggled on or of. - - The common name of the option. - The option value or command line switch - of the option. - true if the option should be - appended to the commandline, otherwise false. - - - - Adds a new command option if none exists. If one does exist then - the use switch is toggled on or of. - - The common name of the option. - The option value or command line switch - of the option. - true if the option should be - appended to the commandline, otherwise false. - - - - Set up the environment variables for a process. - - A process to setup. - - - - Append the files specified in the fileset to the command line argument. - Files are changed to use a relative path from the working directory - that the task is spawned in. - - - - - Derive the location of the version control system from the environment - variable PATH. - - The file information of the version control system, - or null if this cannot be found. - - - - The name of the passfile, overriden for each version control system (VCS). - - - - - The path to the specific home directory of the version control system, - this can be where the binary files are kept, or other app - information. - - - - - The environment variable that defines where the version control system - (VCS) home variable is kept. - - - - - The name of the version control system (VCS) executable file. - - - - - - The root variable contains information on how to locate a repository. - Although this information is in different formats it typically must - define the following: - - server location - protocol used to communicate with the repository - repository location on the server - project location in the repository - - - - - - - Destination directory for the local sandbox. If destination is not specified - then the current directory is used. - - - Root path of the local sandbox. - - - - Root path of the local sandbox. - - - - - - The password for logging in to the repository. - - - The password for logging in to the repository. - - - - - The full path to the cached password file. If not specified then the - environment variables are used to try and locate the file. - - - - - Holds a collection of globally available options. - - - - - A collection of options that can be used to modify the default behavoir - of the version control commands. See the sub-tasks for implementation - specifics. - - - - - Command-line arguments for the program. The command line arguments are used to specify - any cvs command options that are not available as attributes. These are appended - after the command itself and are additive to whatever attributes are currently specified. - - - <cvs-checkout cvsroot=":pserver:anonymous@cvs.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/nant" - module="nant" - destination="e:\test\merillcornish\working" - readonly="true" - quiet="true" - commandline="-n" - cvsfullpath="C:\Program Files\TortoiseCVS\cvs.exe" - /> -
- Produces the cvs command: - c:\Program Files\TortoiseCVS\cvs.exe -d:pserver:anonymous@cvs.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/nant -q checkout -n nant -
-
- - - The name of the command that is going to be executed. - - - - - Used to specify the version control system (VCS) files that are going - to be acted on. - - - - - The executable to use for ssh communication. - - - - - The environment name for the ssh variable. - - - - - The name of the version control system executable. - - - - - Get the command line arguments for the task. - - - - - Default value for the recursive directive. The default is - . - - - - - Default value for the quiet command. - - - - - Default value for the really quiet command. - - - - - An environment variable that holds path information about where - cvs is located. - - - - - Name of the password file that cvs stores pserver - cvsroot/ password pairings. - - - - - The default compression level to use for cvs commands. - - - - - The default use of binaries, defaults to use sharpcvs. - - - - - The name of the cvs executable. - - - - - The temporary name of the sharpcvslib binary file, to avoid - conflicts in the path variable. - - - - - Environment variable that holds the executable name that is used for - ssh communication. - - - - - Property name used to specify on a project level whether sharpcvs is - used or not. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Build up the command line arguments, determine which executable is being - used and find the path to that executable and set the working - directory. - - The process to prepare. - - - - Override to append any commands before the modele and files. - - - - - Append the command line options or commen names for the options - to the generic options collection. This is then piped to the - command line as a switch. - - - - - Add the given argument to the command line options. Note that are not explicitly - quoted are split into seperate arguments. This is to resolve a recent issue - with quoting command line arguments. - - - - - - The environment name for the ssh variable. - - - - - The name of the cvs binary, or cvs.exe at the time this - was written. - - - - - The name of the pass file, or .cvspass at the time - of this writing. - - - - - The name of the version control system specific home environment - variable. - - - - - Specify if the module is needed for this cvs command. It is - only needed if there is no module information on the local file - system. - - - - - Used to specify the version control system (VCS) files that are going - to be acted on. - - - - - Get the cvs file set. - - - - - The name of the cvs executable. - - - - - The full path to the cvs binary used. The cvs tasks will attempt to - "guess" the location of your cvs binary based on your path. If the - task is unable to resolve the location, or resolves it incorrectly - this can be used to manually specify the path. - - - A full path (i.e. including file name) of your cvs binary: - On Windows: c:\vcs\cvs\cvs.exe - On *nix: /usr/bin/cvs - - - - - - The cvs root variable has the following components: - - - [protocol]:[username]@[servername]:[server path] -
    -
  • protocol: ext, pserver, ssh (sharpcvslib); if you are not using sharpcvslib consult your cvs documentation.
  • -
  • username: [username]
  • -
  • servername: cvs.sourceforge.net
  • -
  • server path: /cvsroot/nant
  • -
-
-
- - NAnt anonymous cvsroot: - - :pserver:anonymous@cvs.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/nant - - -
- - - The module to perform an operation on. - - - The module to perform an operation on. This is a normal file/folder - name without path information. - - - In NAnt the module name would be: - nant - - - - - - if the SharpCvsLib binaries that come bundled - with NAnt should be used to perform the cvs commands, - otherwise. - - - You may also specify an override value for all cvs tasks instead - of specifying a value for each. To do this set the property - sourcecontrol.usesharpcvslib to . - - - If you choose not to use SharpCvsLib to checkout from cvs you will - need to include a cvs.exe binary in your path. - - - - To use a cvs client in your path instead of sharpcvslib specify - the property: - >property name="sourcecontrol.usesharpcvslib" value="false"< - - The default settings is to use sharpcvslib and the setting closest - to the task execution is used to determine which value is used - to execute the process. - - For instance if the attribute usesharpcvslib was set to false - and the global property was set to true, the usesharpcvslib is - closes to the point of execution and would be used and is false. - Therefore the sharpcvslib binary would NOT be used. - - - - - The executable to use for ssh communication. - - - - - Indicates if the output from the cvs command should be supressed. - The default is . - - - - - Indicates if the output from the cvs command should be stopped. - The default is . - - - - - if the sandbox files should be checked out in - read only mode. The default is . - - - - - if the sandbox files should be checked out in - read/write mode. The default is . - - - - - Compression level to use for all net traffic. This should be a value from 1-9. -
-
- NOTE: This is not available on sharpcvslib. -
-
- - - Produces an XML report that represents the cvs changes from the given - start day, to a given end date. - - - Report changes in NAnt from 1st of June 2004 until 25th of July 2004. - - - ]]> - - - - - - The command being executed. - - - - - Name of the xml file that will contain the cvs log information. - - - - - The earliest change to use in the cvs log command. - - - - - The latest date to use in the cvs log command. - - - - - The cvs command to execute. - - - - - Override use of sharpcvslib, needs to be true. - - - - - - The cvs root variable has the following components: - - - [protocol]:[username]@[servername]:[server path] -
    -
  • protocol: ext, pserver, ssh (sharpcvslib); if you are not using sharpcvslib consult your cvs documentation.
  • -
  • username: [username]
  • -
  • servername: cvs.sourceforge.net
  • -
  • server path: /cvsroot/nant
  • -
-
- - If the cvsroot is not specified then the directory specified by the - attribute - is searched for CVS\Root. - -
- - NAnt anonymous cvsroot: - - :pserver:anonymous@cvs.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/nant - - -
- - - Checks out a CVS module to the required directory. - - - Checkout NAnt. - - - ]]> - - - - - Checkout NAnt revision named 0_85 to the - folder c:\src\nant\v0.85. - - - - ]]> - - So the nant module tagged with revision 0_85 will be checked - out in the folder v0.85 under the working/ destination directory. -
This could be used to work on different - branches of a repository at the same time.
-
- - - Checkout NAnt with specified revision date to the - folder c:\src\nant\2003_08_16. - - - - ]]> - - -
- - - The command being executed. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Specify the revision to checkout. This corresponds to the "sticky-tag" - of the file. - - - - - Sticky tag or revision to checkout. - - - - - Specify the revision date to checkout. The date specified is validated - and then passed to the cvs binary in a standard format recognized by - cvs. - - - - - Specify a directory name to replace the module name. Valid names - include any valid filename, excluding path information. - - - - - Specify a directory name to replace the module name. Valid names - include any valid filename, excluding path information. - - - - - The name of the cvs command that is going to be executed. - - - - - Executes the cvs login command which appends or updates an entry to the - specified .cvspass file. - - - Update .cvspass file to include the NAnt anonymous login. - - - ]]> - - - - - - Ensures all information is available to execute the . - - - - - Update the .cvspass file with the given password. If the passfile - is not specified then the default search locations are used: - - CVS_PASSFILE/.cvspass - HOME/.cvspass - USERPROFILE/.cvspass TODO: Confirm that this is valid - behavior or if it is going to give problems with the - cvsnt implementation. - - - - - - Password to append or update to the .cvspass file. - - - - - The full path to the .cvspass file. The default is ~/.cvspass. - - - - - - The current working directory. - - - - - The repository root string. - - - - - Executes the cvs command specified by the command attribute. - - - Checkout NAnt. - - - ]]> - - - - - - The cvs command to execute. - - - - - Specify if the module is needed for this cvs command. - - - - - Exports a cvs module in preperation for a release (i.e. the CVS version - folders are not exported). - - - Export the most recent NAnt sources from cvs. - - - ]]> - - - - - Export NAnt revision named your_favorite_revision_here to the - folder c:\src\nant\replacement_for_module_directory_name. - - **NOTE**: filesets names for the export task must be - prefixed with the module name. This is different than other tasks. - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - The command being executed. - - - - - Create a new instance of the . - - - The following values are set by default: -
    -
  • Recursive:
  • -
-
-
- - - No shortening. Do not shorten module paths if -d specified. - - - - - Indicates whether the head revision should be used if the revison specified by - or the tags are not - found. The default is . - - - if the specified tag should be moved; - otherwise, . The default is . - - - - - If a directory is specified indicates whether sub-directories should - also be processed. - - - if the sub-directories should be tagged; - otherwise, . The default is . - - - - - Specify the revision to update the file to. This corresponds to the "sticky-tag" - of the file. - - - - - Specify the revision date to update to. The version of the file that - existed at the date specified is retrieved. - - - A valid date time value, which is then converted to a format that - cvs can parse. - - - - - Specify a directory name to replace the module name. Valid names - include any valid filename, excluding path information. - - - - - The export command name for the cvs client. - - - - - Tags all sources in the remote repository with a given tag. - - - - Unlike tag, the rtag command acts only on sources that are in the repository. - Any modified sources on the local file system will NOT be tagged with this - command, so a commit should be performed before an rtag is done. - - - NOTE: Although a working directory is not necessary to perform the command - one must be specified in order to remain in compliance with the cvs library. - - - - Tag NAnt sources remotely. - - - ]]> - - - - Remove a tag from the remote repository. - - - ]]> - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Append the tag information to the commandline. - - - - - The name of the tag to assign or remove. - - - The name of the tag to assign or remove. - - - - - Indicates whether the tag specified in should - be removed or not. - - - if the specified tag should be removed; - otherwise, . The default is . - - - - - Indicates whether the tag specified in should - be moved to the current file revision. If the tag does not exist - then it is created. - - - if the specified tag should be moved; - otherwise, . The default is . - - - - - If a directory is specified indicates whether sub-directories should - also be processed. - - - if the sub-directories should be tagged; - otherwise, . The default is . - - - - - Indicates the repository that is acted on - for the tag command. Note if is - then the tag specified is moved to the revision - of the file on the HEAD of the branch specified. - - - The tag (or more likely) branch that should be used to apply the new tag. - - - - - Indicates the revision date of the file that the tag should be - applied to. - - - A valid date which specifies the revision point that the tag will - be applied to. - - - - - Indicates whether the head revision should be used if the - or the tags are not - found. - - - if the specified tag should be moved; - otherwise, . The default is . - - - - - The name of the cvs command that is going to be executed. - - - - - Tags all local sources with the specified tag. - - - - This differs from the - in that it acts on references to the cvs files - contained in your local filesystem. As such the sticky tags and local - revisions can be considered in commits. It also allows you to verify that - all local files have been checked in before a tag is performed. - - - - Tag NAnt sources remotely. - - - ]]> - - - - Remove a tag from the remote repository. - - - ]]> - - - - - - Cvs command to be executed. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Append the tag information to the commandline. - - - - - The name of the tag to assign or remove. - - - The name of the tag to assign or remove. - - - - - Indicates whether the tag specified in should - be removed or not. - - - if the specified tag should be removed; - otherwise, . The default is . - - - - - Indicates whether the tag specified in should - be moved to the current file revision. If the tag does not exist - then it is created. - - - if the specified tag should be moved; - otherwise, . The default is . - - - - - If a directory is specified indicates whether sub-directories should - also be processed. - - - if the sub-directories should be tagged; - otherwise, . The default is . - - - - - Indicates the repository that is acted on - for the tag command. Note if is - then the tag specified is moved to the revision - of the file on the HEAD of the branch specified. - - - The tag (or more likely) branch that should be used to apply the new tag. - - - - - Indicates the revision date of the file that the tag should be - applied to. - - - A valid date which specifies the revision point that the tag will - be applied to. - - - - - Indicates whether the head revision should be used if the revision specified by - or the tags are not - found. - - - if the specified tag should be moved; - otherwise, . The default is . - - - - - Indicates whether the head revision should be used if the - or the tags are not - found. - - - if the specified tag should be moved; - otherwise, . The default is . - - - - - The name of the cvs command that is going to be executed. - - - - - Not used - - - - - Specify if the module is needed for this cvs command. It is - only needed if there is no module information on the local file - system. - - - - - Updates a CVS module in a local working directory. - - - Update nant. - - - ]]> - - - - - Update your NAnt revision named your_favorite_revision_here in - the folder c:\src\nant\replacement_for_module_directory_name. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - The command being executed. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - Sets the build directory and prune empty directory properties to - . - - - - - If . new directories will be created on the local - sandbox. The default is . - - - - - If empty directories copied down from the - remote repository will be removed from the local sandbox. - The default is . - - - - - If the local copy of the file will be - overwritten with the copy from the remote repository. The default - is . - - - - - Specifies if the command should be executed recursively. The - default is . - - - The -R option is on by default in cvs. - - - - - Specify the revision to update the file to. This corresponds to the - "sticky-tag" of the file. - - - - - Sticky tag or revision to update the local file to. - - - A valid cvs tag. - - - - - Specify the revision date to update to. The version of the file that - existed at the date specified is retrieved. - - - A valid date time value, which is then converted to a format that - cvs can parse. - - - - - Specify if the module is needed for this cvs command. It is - only needed if there is no module information on the local file - system. - - - - - The name of the cvs command that is going to be executed. - - - - - A is a with extra - attributes useful in the context of the . - - - - - Initialize the object and locate the .cvsignore - files to add to the exclude list. - - - - - Indicates whether the entires in the .cvsignore should be used to limit the - file list; to exclude files in .cvsignore, otherwise - . The default is . - - -
-
diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.VSNetTasks.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.VSNetTasks.dll deleted file mode 100644 index f025781..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.VSNetTasks.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.VSNetTasks.xml b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.VSNetTasks.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 02a5665..0000000 --- a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.VSNetTasks.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3961 +0,0 @@ - - - - NAnt.VSNetTasks - - - - - Analyses Microsoft Visual Studio .NET 2003 (Everett) solution files. - - - - - Gets the project file of the project with the given unique identifier. - - The unique identifier of the project for which the project file should be retrieves. - - The project file of the project with the given unique identifier. - - No project with unique identifier could be located. - - - - Logs a message with the given priority. - - The message priority at which the specified message is to be logged. - The message to be logged. - - The actual logging is delegated to the underlying task. - - - - - Logs a message with the given priority. - - The message priority at which the specified message is to be logged. - The message to log, containing zero or more format items. - An array containing zero or more objects to format. - - The actual logging is delegated to the underlying task. - - - - - Loads the projects from the file system and stores them in an - instance variable. - - instance to use to determine whether an assembly is located in the Global Assembly Cache. - instance to use to determine location and references of assemblies. - TODO - A project GUID in the solution file does not match the actual GUID of the project in the project file. - - - - Translates a project path, in the form of a relative file path or - a URL, to an absolute file path. - - The directory of the solution. - The project path to translate to an absolute file path. - - The project path translated to an absolute file path. - - - - - Converts assembly references to projects to project references, adding - a build dependency.c - - The to analyze. - The solution configuration that is built. - containing list of projects that have been built. - containing list of projects that failed to build. - - - - Determines whether any of the project dependencies of the specified - project still needs to be built. - - The to analyze. - containing list of projects that have been built. - - if one of the project dependencies has not - yet been built; otherwise, . - - - - - Returns a number representing how much this file fits this project type. - - - - - - This enables the override in other providers. Do not return big numbers, mainly when compring only on filename. - - - - - Analyses Microsoft Visual Studio .NET 2002 (Rainier) solution files. - - - - - Compiles VS.NET solutions (or sets of projects), automatically determining - project dependencies from inter-project references. - - - - This task support the following projects: - - - - Visual Basic .NET - - - Visual C# .NET - - - Visual J# .NET - - - Visual C++ .NET - - - - Right now, only Microsoft Visual Studio .NET 2002 and 2003 solutions - and projects are supported. Support for .NET Compact Framework projects - is also not available at this time. - - - The also supports the model of referencing - projects by their output filenames, rather than referencing them inside - the solution. It will automatically detect the existance of a file - reference and convert it to a project reference. For example, if project - "A" references the file in the release output directory of - project "B", the will automatically - convert this to a project dependency on project "B" and will - reference the appropriate configuration output directory at the final - build time (ie: reference the debug version of "B" if the - solution is built as debug). - - - The expects all project files to be valid - XML files. - -

Resx Files

- - When building a project for a down-level target framework, special care - should be given to resx files. Resx files (can) contain references to - a specific version of CLR types, and as such are only upward compatible. - - - For example: if you want to be able to build a project both as a .NET 1.0 - and .NET 1.1 assembly, the resx files should only contain references to - .NET 1.0 CLR types. Failure to do this may result in a - failure at runtime on machines with only the .NET Framework 1.0 installed. - -
- - - Compiles all of the projects in test.sln, in release mode, in - the proper order. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Compiles all of the projects in projects.txt, in the proper - order. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Compiles projects A, B and C, using the output of project X as a - reference. - - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Compiles all of the projects in the solution except for project A. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Compiles all of the projects in the solution mapping the specific project at - http://localhost/A/A.csproj to c:\inetpub\wwwroot\A\A.csproj and any URLs under - http://localhost/B/[remainder] to c:\other\B\[remainder]. This allows the build - to work without WebDAV. - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Compiles all of the projects in the solution placing compiled outputs - in c:\temp. - - - ]]> - - -
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Expands the given macro. - - The macro to expand. - - The expanded macro or if the macro is not - supported. - - The macro cannot be expanded. - - - - Builds the list of folders that should be scanned for assembly - references. - - - The list of folders that should be scanned for assembly references. - - - - - The projects to build. - - - - - The projects to scan, but not build. - - - These projects are used to resolve project references and are - generally external to the solution being built. References to - these project's output files are converted to use the appropriate - solution configuration at build time. - - - - - The name of the VS.NET solution file to build. - - - - The can be used instead to supply a list - of Visual Studio.NET projects that should be built. - - - - - - The name of the solution configuration to build. - - - - Generally release or debug. Not case-sensitive. - - - - - - The name of platform to build the solution for. - - - - - Gets the solution configuration to build. - - - - - The directory where compiled targets will be placed. This - overrides path settings contained in the solution/project. - - - - - WebMap of URL's to project references. - - - - - Fileset of projects to exclude. - - - - - Set of folders where references are searched when not found in path - from project file (HintPath). - - - - - Includes Visual Studio search folders in reference search path. - The default is . - - - - - Allow the task to use WebDAV for retrieving/compiling the projects within solution. Use of - is preferred over WebDAV. The default is . - - - WebDAV support requires permission changes to be made on your project server. These changes may affect - the security of the server and should not be applied to a public installation. - Consult your web server or the NAnt Wiki documentation for more information. - - - - - Gets the list of folders to scan for assembly references. - - - The list of folders to scan for assembly references. - - - - - Defines how the project is using the ATL library. - - - - - Don't use ATL. - - - - - Use ATL in a Static Library. - - - - - Use ATL in a Shared DLL. - - - - - Defines how the project is using the MFC library. - - - - - Don't use MFC. - - - - - Use MFC in a Static Library. - - - - - Use MFC in a Shared DLL. - - - - - Indicates the possible ways in which precompiled header file use is - specified in a Visual C++ project. - - - The integer values assigned match those specified in the Visual C++ - project file for each setting. - > - - - - Precompiled header file use not specified. - - - - - Don't use a precompiled header file. - - - For further information on the use of this option - see the Microsoft documentation on the C++ compiler flag /Yc. - - - - - Create precompiled header file. - - - For further information on the use of this option - see the Microsoft documentation on the C++ compiler flag /Yc. - - - - - Automatically create precompiled header file if necessary. - - - For further information on the use of this option - see the Microsoft documentation on the C++ compiler flag /Yc. - - - - - Use a precompiled header file. - - - For further information on the use of this option - see the Microsoft documentation on the C++ compiler flag /Yu. - - - - - Represents a single mapping from URL project path to physical project - path. - - - - - Specifies the URL of the project file, or a URL fragment to match. - - - The URL of the project file or the URL fragment to match. - - - - - Specifies the actual path to the project file, or the path fragment - to replace. - - - The actual path to the project file or the path fragment to replace - the URL fragment with. - - - - - Specifies whether the mapping is case-sensitive or not. - - - A boolean flag representing the case-sensitivity of the mapping. Default is . - - - - - Indicates if the URL of the project file should be mapped. - - - if the URL of the project file should be - mapped; otherwise, . - - - - - Indicates if the URL of the project file should not be mapped. - - - if the URL of the project file should not - be mapped; otherwise, . - - - - - Contains a strongly typed collection of - objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Find the best matching for the given Uri. - - The value to match against the objects in the collection. - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Determines whether a with the specified - value is in the collection. - - The argument value to locate in the collection. - - if a with value - is found in the collection; otherwise, - . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Gets the with the specified value. - - The value of the to get. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the output path of the reference, without taking the "copy local" - setting into consideration. - - The solution configuration that is built. - - The full output path of the reference. - - - - - Gets the complete set of output files of the reference for the - specified configuration. - - The solution configuration that is built. - The set of output files to be updated. - - The key of the case-insensitive is the - full path of the output file and the value is the path relative to - the output directory. - - - - - Gets the complete set of assemblies that need to be referenced when - a project references this component. - - The solution configuration that is built. - - The complete set of assemblies that need to be referenced when a - project references this component. - - - - - Gets the timestamp of the reference. - - The solution configuration that is built. - - The timestamp of the reference. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the reference is managed for the - specified configuration. - - The solution configuration that is built. - - if the reference is managed for the - specified configuration; otherwise, . - - - - - Returns the date and time the specified file was last written to. - - The file for which to obtain write date and time information. - - A structure set to the date and time that - the specified file was last written to, or - if the specified file does not - exist. - - - - - Logs a message with the given priority. - - The message priority at which the specified message is to be logged. - The message to be logged. - - The actual logging is delegated to the underlying task. - - - - - Logs a message with the given priority. - - The message priority at which the specified message is to be logged. - The message to log, containing zero or more format items. - An array containing zero or more objects to format. - - The actual logging is delegated to the underlying task. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the output file(s) of this reference - should be copied locally. - - - if the output file(s) of this reference - should be copied locally; otherwise, . - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether this reference represents a system - assembly. - - - if this reference represents a system - assembly; otherwise, . - - - - - Gets the project in which the reference is defined. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the reference is managed for the - specified configuration. - - The build configuration of the reference. - - . - - - - - Gets the complete set of output files for the specified assembly - and adds them to collection. - - The path of the assembly to get the output files for. - The set of output files to be updated. - - The key of the case-insensitive is the - full path of the output file and the value is the path relative to - the output directory. - - - - - Gets the path of the reference, without taking the "copy local" - setting into consideration. - - The solution configuration that is built. - - The output path of the reference. - - - - - Gets the complete set of output files for the referenced project. - - The solution configuration that is built. - The set of output files to be updated. - - The key of the case-insensitive is the - full path of the output file and the value is the path relative to - the output directory. - - - - - Gets the complete set of assemblies that need to be referenced when - a project references this component. - - The solution configuration that is built. - - The complete set of assemblies that need to be referenced when a - project references this component. - - - - - Gets the timestamp of the reference. - - The solution configuration that is built. - - The timestamp of the reference. - - - - - Resolves an assembly reference. - - - The full path to the resolved assembly, or - if the assembly reference could not be resolved. - - - - - Searches for the given file in all paths in . - - The folders to search. - The file to search for. - - The path of the assembly if was found - in ; otherwise, . - - - - - Resolves an assembly reference in the framework assembly directory - of the target framework. - - The file to search for. - - The full path of the assembly file if the assembly could be located - in the framework assembly directory; otherwise, . - - - - - Resolves an assembly reference using a path relative to the project - directory. - - - The full path of the assembly, or if - is or an - empty . - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the output file(s) of this reference - should be copied locally. - - - if the output file(s) of this reference - should be copied locally; otherwise, . - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether this reference represents a system - assembly. - - - if this reference represents a system - assembly; otherwise, . - - - - - Base class for all project classes. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the complete set of output files for the project configuration - matching the specified solution configuration. - - The solution configuration that is built. - The set of output files to be updated. - - - The key of the case-insensitive is the - full path of the output file and the value is the path relative to - the output directory. - - - If the project is not configured to be built for the specified - solution configuration, then no output files are added. - - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether building the project for the specified - build configuration results in managed output. - - The build configuration. - - if the project output for the given build - configuration is managed; otherwise, . - - - - - Expands the given macro. - - The macro to expand. - - The expanded macro or if the macro is not - supported. - - - - - Returns the Visual Studio product version of the specified project - XML fragment. - - XML fragment representing the project file. - - The Visual Studio product version of the specified project XML - file. - - - The product version could not be determined. - -or- - The product version is not supported. - - - - - Verifies whether the specified XML fragment represents a valid project - that is supported by this . - - XML fragment representing the project file. - - The XML fragment is not supported by this . - -or- - The XML fragment does not represent a valid project (for this ). - - - - - Prepares the project for being built. - - The solution configuration that is built. - - The default implementation will ensure that none of the output files - are marked read-only. - - - - - Copies the specified file if the destination file does not exist, or - the source file has been modified since it was previously copied. - - The file to copy. - The destination file. - The in which context the operation will be performed. - - - - Logs a message with the given priority. - - The message priority at which the specified message is to be logged. - The message to be logged. - - The actual logging is delegated to the underlying task. - - - - - Logs a message with the given priority. - - The message priority at which the specified message is to be logged. - The message to log, containing zero or more format items. - An array containing zero or more objects to format. - - The actual logging is delegated to the underlying task. - - - - - Gets the Visual Studio product version of the project. - - - The Visual Studio product version of the project. - - - - - Gets the name of the VS.NET project. - - - - - Gets the type of the project. - - - The type of the project. - - - - - Gets the path of the VS.NET project. - - - - - Gets the directory containing the VS.NET project. - - - - - Get the location of the project. - - - - - Get the directory in which intermediate build output that is not - specific to the build configuration will be stored. - - - - For projects, this is defined - as <Project Directory<\obj. - - - For projects, this is defined - as %HOMEPATH%\VSWebCache\<Machine Name>\<Project Directory>\obj. - - - - - - Gets or sets the unique identifier of the VS.NET project. - - - - - Gets a list of all configurations defined in the project. - - - - - Gets a list of project configurations that can be build. - - - - Project configurations that are not in this list do not need to be - compiled. - - - - - - Gets the extra set of output files for the project. - - - The extra set of output files for the project. - - - The key of the case-insensitive is the - full path of the output file and the value is the path relative to - the output directory. - - - - - Gets the set of projects that the project depends on. - - - The set of projects that the project depends on. - - - - - TODO: refactor this !!! - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether building the project for the specified - build configuration results in managed output. - - The solution configuration that is built. - - . - - - - - Prepares the project for being built. - - The solution configuration that is built. - - Ensures the configuration-level object directory exists and ensures - that none of the output files are marked read-only. - - - - - Gets the complete set of output files for the project configuration - matching the specified solution configuration. - - The solution configuration that is built. - The set of output files to be updated. - - - The key of the case-insensitive is the - full path of the output file and the value is the path relative to - the output directory. - - - If the project is not configured to be built for the specified - solution configuration, then no output files are added. - - - - - - Returns a for launching the compiler - for this project. - - The configuration to build. - The response file for the compiler. - - A for launching the compiler for - this project. - - - - - Returns the project location from the specified project XML fragment. - - XML fragment representing the project file. - - The project location of the specified project XML file. - - - The project location could not be determined. - -or- - The project location is invalid. - - - - - Gets the absolute path of the type library for the project - output. - - The configuration to build. - - The absolute path of the type library for the project output. - - - - - Generates a type library for the specified assembly, registers it. - - The project configuration that is built. - The solution configuration that is built. - The path of the type library to generate. - - The regasm tool is used to generate the type library. - - - - - Unregister a type library for the specified assembly, and the types - in that assembly. - - The project configuration that is built. - The solution configuration that is built. - - The regasm tool is used to unregister the type library, and - remove the COM registration for types in the specified assembly. - - - - - Returns containing culture-specific resources. - - - A containing culture-specific resources. - - - The key of the is - and the value is an instance - for that culture. - - - - - Creates and initializes a instance. - - - An initialized instance. - - - - - Returns the Visual Studio product version of the specified project - XML fragment. - - XML fragment representing the project to check. - - The Visual Studio product version of the specified project XML - fragment. - - - The product version could not be determined. - -or- - The product version is not supported. - - - - - Returns the of the specified project - XML fragment. - - XML fragment representing the project to check. - - The of the specified project XML - fragment. - - - The project location could not be determined. - -or- - The project location is invalid. - - - - - Holds a case-insensitive list of source files. - - - The key of the is the full path of the - source file and the value is . - - - - - Gets the default file extension of sources for this project. - - - The default file extension of sources for this project. - - - - - Gets a value indicating if this is a web project. - - - if this is a web project; otherwise, - . - - - If the url of a web project has been mapped to a local path - (using the <webmap> element), then this property will return - for a - project. - - - - - Gets the name of the VS.NET project. - - - - - Gets the path of the VS.NET project. - - - - - Gets the directory containing the VS.NET project. - - - - - Get the location of the project. - - - - - Gets or sets the unique identifier of the VS.NET project. - - - - - Groups a set of instances for a specific - culture. - - - - - Initializes a new instance - for the specified culture. - - A . - - - - Gets the intermediate build directory in which the satellite - assembly is built. - - The project build configuration. - - The intermediate build directory in which the satellite assembly - is built. - - - - - Gets a representing the path to the - intermediate file location of the satellite assembly. - - The project build configuration. - The project settings. - - A representing the path to the - intermediate file location of the satellite assembly. - - - - - Gets path of the satellite assembly, relative to the output - directory. - - The project settings. - - The path of the satellite assembly, relative to the output - directory. - - - - - Gets the of the - . - - - - - Gets the set of localized resources. - - - - - Verifies whether the specified XML fragment represents a valid project - that is supported by this . - - XML fragment representing the project file. - - The XML fragment is not supported by this . - -or- - The XML fragment does not represent a valid project (for this ). - - - - - Returns the Visual Studio product version of the specified project - XML fragment. - - The document element of the project. - - The Visual Studio product version of the specified project XML - fragment. - - - The product version could not be determined. - -or- - The product version is not supported. - - - - - Returns a for launching the compiler - for this project. - - The configuration to build. - The response file for the compiler. - - A for launching the compiler for - this project. - - - - - Returns the project location from the specified project XML fragment. - - XML fragment representing the project file. - - The project location of the specified project XML file. - - - The project location could not be determined. - -or- - The project location is invalid. - - - - - Returns a value indicating whether the project represented by the - specified XML fragment is supported by . - - XML fragment representing the project to check. - - if supports - the specified project; otherwise, . - - - - A project is identified as as C# project, if the XML fragment at - least has the following information: - - - - - ... - - - ]]> - - - - - - Gets the type of the project. - - - The type of the project. - - - - - Gets the default file extension of sources for this project. - - - For C# projects, the default file extension is ".cs". - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class with the given . - - The project of the configuration. - - - - Expands the given macro. - - The macro to expand. - - The expanded macro. - - - The macro is not supported. - -or- - The macro is not implemented. - -or- - The macro cannot be expanded. - - - Expansion of a given macro is not yet implemented. - - - - - Is called each time a regular expression match is found during a - operation. - - The resulting from a single regular expression match during a . - - The expanded . - - - - - Gets the project. - - - - - Gets the name of the configuration. - - - - - Get the directory in which intermediate build output will be stored - for this configuration. - - - - This is a directory relative to the project directory named - obj\<configuration name>. - - - .resx and .licx files will only be recompiled if the - compiled resource files in the are not - uptodate. - - - - - - Gets the output directory. - - - - - Gets the path for the output file. - - - - - Gets the path in which the output file will be created before its - copied to the actual output path. - - - - - Get the path of the output directory relative to the project - directory. - - - - - Gets the platform that the configuration targets. - - - The platform targeted by the configuration. - - - - - Gets the set of output files that is specific to the project - configuration. - - - The set of output files that is specific to the project - configuration. - - - The key of the case-insensitive is the - full path of the output file and the value is the path relative to - the output directory. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class with the specified initial capacity. - - The appropriate number of entries that the can initially contain. - - - - Gets the platform that the configuration targets. - - - The platform targeted by the configuration. - - - - - Gets the path in which the output file will be created before its - copied to the actual output path. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether to register the project output for - use with COM components. - - - if the project output should be registered - for use with COM components; otherwise, . - - - - - Supports grouping of individual projects, and treating them as a solution. - - - - - Verifies whether the specified XML fragment represents a valid project - that is supported by this . - - XML fragment representing the project file. - - The XML fragment is not supported by this . - -or- - The XML fragment does not represent a valid project (for this ). - - - - - Returns the Visual Studio product version of the specified project - XML fragment. - - The document element of the project. - - The Visual Studio product version of the specified project XML - fragment. - - - The product version could not be determined. - -or- - The product version is not supported. - - - - - Prepares the project for being built. - - The solution configuration that is built. - - Ensures the configuration-level object directory exists and ensures - that none of the output files are marked read-only. - - - - - Returns a for launching the compiler - for this project. - - The configuration to build. - The response file for the compiler. - - A for launching the compiler for - this project. - - - - - Returns the project location from the specified project XML fragment. - - XML fragment representing the project file. - - The project location of the specified project XML file. - - - The project location could not be determined. - -or- - The project location is invalid. - - - - - Returns a value indicating whether the project represented by the - specified XML fragment is supported by . - - XML fragment representing the project to check. - - if supports - the specified project; otherwise, . - - - - A project is identified as as J# project, if the XML fragment at - least has the following information: - - - - - ... - - - ]]> - - - - - - Gets the type of the project. - - - The type of the project. - - - - - Gets the default file extension of sources for this project. - - - For J# projects, the default file extension is ".jsl". - - - - - Resolves an assembly reference. - - - The full path to the resolved assembly, or - if the assembly reference could not be resolved. - - - - Visual Studio .NET uses the following search mechanism : - - - - - The project directory. - - - - - The directories specified in the "ReferencePath" property, - which is stored in the .USER file. - - - - - The .NET Framework directory (see KB306149) - - - - - - The directories specified under the following registry - keys: - - - - - HKLM\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\.NETFramework\AssemblyFolders - - - - - HKCU\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\.NETFramework\AssemblyFolders - - - - - HKLM\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\VisualStudio\<major version>.<minor version>\AssemblyFolders - - - - - HKCU\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\VisualStudio\<major version>.<minor version>\AssemblyFolders - - - - - Future versions of Visual Studio .NET will also check - in: - - - - - HKLM\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\.NETFramework\AssemblyFoldersEx - - - - - HKCU\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\.NETFramework\AssemblyFoldersEx - - - - - - - - The HintPath. - - - - - - - - Gets the name of the referenced assembly. - - - The name of the referenced assembly, or if - the name could not be determined. - - - - - Gets the Visual Studio .NET AssemblyFolders registry key matching - the current target framework. - - - The Visual Studio .NET AssemblyFolders registry key matching the - current target framework. - - The current target framework is not supported. - - We use the target framework instead of the product version of the - containing project file to determine what registry key to scan, as - we don't want to use assemblies meant for uplevel framework versions. - - - - - Indentifies the different output types of a managed project. - - - Visual Studio .NET does not support modules. - - - - - A class library. - - - - - A console application. - - - - - A Windows program. - - - - - Gets the output path of the reference, without taking the "copy local" - setting into consideration. - - The solution configuration that is built. - - The output path of the reference. - - - - - Gets the complete set of output files for the referenced project. - - The solution configuration that is built. - The set of output files to be updated. - - The complete set of output files for the referenced project. - - - The key of the case-insensitive is the - full path of the output file and the value is the path relative to - the output directory. - - - - - Gets the complete set of assemblies that need to be referenced when - a project references this project. - - The solution configuration that is built. - - The complete set of assemblies that need to be referenced when a - project references this project. - - - - Apparently, there's some hack in VB.NET that allows a type to be used - that derives from a type in an assembly that is not referenced by the - project. - - - When building from the command line (using vbc), the following error - is reported "error BC30007: Reference required to assembly 'X' - containing the base class 'X'. Add one to your project". - - - Somehow VB.NET can workaround this issue, without actually adding a - reference to that assembly. I verified this with both VS.NET 2003 and - VS.NET 2005. - - - For now, we have no other option than to return all assembly - references of the referenced project if the parent is a VB.NET - project. - - - - - - Gets the timestamp of the reference. - - The solution configuration that is built. - - The timestamp of the reference. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the output file(s) of this reference - should be copied locally. - - - if the output file(s) of this reference - should be copied locally; otherwise, . - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether this reference represents a system - assembly. - - - as a project by itself can never be a - system assembly. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the reference is managed for the - specified configuration. - - The solution configuration that is built. - - . - - - - - Gets the path of the reference, without taking the "copy local" - setting into consideration. - - The solution configuration that is built. - - The output path of the reference. - - - - - Gets the complete set of output files for the referenced project. - - The solution configuration that is built. - The set of output files to be updated. - - The key of the case-insensitive is the - full path of the output file and the value is the path relative to - the output directory. - - - - - Gets the complete set of assemblies that need to be referenced when - a project references this component. - - The solution configuration that is built. - - The complete set of assemblies that need to be referenced when a - project references this component. - - - - - Gets the timestamp of the reference. - - The solution configuration that is built. - - The timestamp of the reference. - - - - - Removes wrapper assembly from build directory, if wrapper assembly - no longer exists in output directory or is not in sync with build - directory, to force rebuild. - - The project configuration. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the output file(s) of this reference - should be copied locally. - - - if the reference wraps a Primary Interop - Assembly; otherwise, . - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether this reference represents a system - assembly. - - - as none of the system assemblies are wrappers - or Primary Interop Assemblies anyway. - - - - - Gets the name of the tool that should be used to create the - . - - - The name of the tool that should be used to create the - . - - - - - Gets the path of the wrapper assembly. - - - The path of the wrapper assembly. - - - The wrapper assembly is stored in the object directory of the - project. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the wrapper assembly has already been - created. - - - - - Gets the path of the Primary Interop Assembly. - - - The path of the Primary Interop Assembly, or - if not available. - - - - - Gets the hex version of the type library as defined in the definition - of the reference. - - - The hex version of the type library. - - - - - Gets the GUID of the type library as defined in the definition - of the reference. - - - The GUID of the type library. - - - - - Gets the locale of the type library in hex notation. - - - The locale of the type library. - - - - - Gets the name of the type library. - - - The name of the type library. - - - - - Gets the name of the referenced assembly. - - - The name of the referenced assembly, or if - the name could not be determined. - - - - - Gets the name of the tool that should be used to create the - . - - - The name of the tool that should be used to create the - . - - - - - Gets the path of the wrapper assembly. - - - The path of the wrapper assembly. - - - The wrapper assembly is stored in the object directory of the - project. - - - - - Gets the path of the Primary Interop Assembly. - - - The path of the Primary Interop Assembly, or - if not available. - - - - - Gets the hex version of the type library as defined in the definition - of the reference. - - - The hex version of the type library. - - - - The definition of the reference does not contain a "VersionMajor" attribute. - - -or - - The definition of the reference does not contain a "VersionMinor" attribute. - - - - - - Gets the GUID of the type library as defined in the definition - of the reference. - - - The GUID of the type library. - - - - - Gets the locale of the type library in hex notation. - - - The locale of the type library. - - - - - Specifies the type of the project. - - - - - A Visual Basic.NET project. - - - - - A Visual C# project. - - - - - A Visual C++ project. - - - - - A Visual J# project. - - - - - MSBuild project. - - - - - Specifies the result of the build. - - - - - The build failed. - - - - - The build succeeded. - - - - - The build succeeded and the output was updated. - - - - - Visual Studio.NET 2002 - - - - - Visual Studio.NET 2003 - - - - - Visual Studio 2005 - - - - - Indentifies the physical location of a managed project. - - - - - A local project. - - - - - A web project. - - - - - Contains a collection of elements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Determines whether a with the specified - GUID is in the collection, using a case-insensitive lookup. - - The GUID to locate in the collection. - - if a with GUID - is found in the collection; otherwise, - . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Remove items with the specified guid from the collection. - - The guid of the project to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Gets the with the specified GUID. - - The GUID of the to get. - - Performs a case-insensitive lookup. - - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - Gets or sets the in memory representation of the project. - - - The in memory representation of the project, or - if the project is not (yet) loaded. - - - This property will always be for - projects that are not supported. - - - - - Return a mapping between the configurations defined in the - solution file and the project build configurations. - - - Mapping between configurations defined in the solution file - and the project build configurations, or - if the project is not defined in a solution file. - - - This mapping only includes project build configurations that - are configured to be built for a given solution configuration. - - - - - Contains a collection of elements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Determines whether a with the specified - GUID is in the collection, using a case-insensitive lookup. - - The GUID to locate in the collection. - - if a with GUID - is found in the collection; otherwise, - . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Gets the with the specified GUID. - - The GUID of the to get. - - Performs a case-insensitive lookup. - - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - Factory class for VS.NET projects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Holds a case-insensitive list of cached projects. - - - The key of the is the path of the project - file (for web projects this can be a URL) and the value is a - instance. - - - - - Holds a case-insensitive list of cached project GUIDs. - - - The key of the is the path of the project - file (for web projects this can be a URL) and the value is the GUID - of the project. - - - - - Holds a case-insensitive list of cached project GUIDs. - - - The key of the is the path of the project - file (for web projects this can be a URL) and the value is the Xml - of the project. - - - - - Determines the output type of the project from its XML definition. - - The XML definition of the project settings. - - The output type of the project. - - - - The output type of the project is not set in the specified XML - definition. - - -or- - - The output type of the project is not supported. - - - - - - Gets the project GUID from the given - holding a <VisualStudioProject> node. - - The path of the project file. - The <VisualStudioProject> node from which the project GUID should be retrieved. - - The project GUID from specified <VisualStudioProject> node. - - - - - Gets the .ico file to use as application icon. - - - The .ico file to use as application icon, or - if no application icon should be used. - - - - - Gets the key file to use to sign ActiveX/COM wrappers. - - - The path of the key file to use to sign ActiveX/COM wrappers, - relative to the project root directory, or - if the wrapper assembly should not be signed using a key file. - - - - - Gets the key name to use to sign ActiveX/COM wrappers. - - - The name of the key container to use to sign ActiveX/COM wrappers, - or if the wrapper assembly should not be - signed using a key container. - - - - - Gets the output type of this project. - - - - - Designates when the command line should - be run. Possible values are "OnBuildSuccess", "Always" or - "OnOutputUpdated". - - - - - Contains commands to be run before a build takes place. - - - Valid commands are those in a .bat file. For more info see MSDN. - - - - - Contains commands to be ran after a build has taken place. - - - Valid commands are those in a .bat file. For more info see MSDN. - - - - - Obtains a lifetime service object to control the lifetime policy for - this instance. - - - An object of type used to control the lifetime - policy for this instance. This is the current lifetime service object - for this instance if one exists; otherwise, a new lifetime service - object initialized with a lease that will never time out. - - - - - Gets the file name of the assembly with the given assembly name. - - The assembly name of the assembly of which the file name should be returned. - - The file name of the assembly with the given assembly name. - - - - - Compiles the resource file. - - The solution configuration that is built. - - A representing the compiled resource file. - - - - - Returns a representing the compiled resource - file. - - The solution configuration that is built. - - A representing the compiled resource file. - - - Calling this method does not force compilation of the resource file. - - - - - Gets a representing the physical location - of the resource file. - - - - - Gets a representing the logical location - of the resource file in the project. - - - When the resource file is not linked, this matches the - . - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the resource is in fact a ResX file. - - - if the resource is a ResX file; otherwise, - . - - - - - Factory class for VS.NET solutions. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Verifies whether the specified XML fragment represents a valid project - that is supported by this . - - XML fragment representing the project file. - - The XML fragment is not supported by this . - -or- - The XML fragment does not represent a valid project (for this ). - - - - - Returns the Visual Studio product version of the specified project - XML fragment. - - The document element of the project. - - The Visual Studio product version of the specified project XML - fragment. - - - The product version could not be determined. - -or- - The product version is not supported. - - - This method is called from the ctor, and - at that time we're not sure the XML that is passed in, is indeed a - valid Visual Basic project. - - - - - Returns the project location from the specified project XML fragment. - - XML fragment representing the project file. - - The project location of the specified project XML file. - - - The project location could not be determined. - -or- - The project location is invalid. - - - - - Returns a for launching the compiler - for this project. - - The configuration to build. - The response file for the compiler. - - A for launching the compiler for - this project. - - - - - Returns a value indicating whether the project represented by the - specified XML fragment is supported by . - - XML fragment representing the project to check. - - if supports the - specified project; otherwise, . - - - - A project is identified as as Visual Basic project, if the XML - fragment at least has the following information: - - - - - ... - - - ]]> - - - - - - Gets the type of the project. - - - The type of the project. - - - - - Gets the default file extension of sources for this project. - - - For VB projects, the default file extension is ".vb". - - - - - A mapping from properties in the .vcproj file to command line arguments. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - - - - Gets the argument string corresponding with a configuration property - named with value . - An ignore mask can be used to eliminate some arguments from the search. - - The name of the configuration property. - The value of the configuration property. - Specify any groups that needs to be ignored. - - The argument string corresponding with a configuration property - named with value , - or if no corresponding argument exists. - - - - - Creates a mapping between configuration properties for the Visual - C++ compiler and corresponding command-line arguments. - - - A mapping between configuration properties for the Visual C++ - compiler and corresponding command-line arguments. - - - - The following configuration properties are processed by - : - - - - Category - Property - - - General - Addtional Include Directories (/I[path]) - - - General - Resolve #using References (/AI[path]) - - - Preprocessor - Preprocessor Definitions (/D[macro]) - - - Code Generation - Enable C++ Exceptions (/EHsc) - - - Precompiled Headers - Create/Use Precompiled Header - - - Precompiled Headers - Create/Use PCH Through File - - - Precompiled Headers - Precompiled Header File - - - Output Files - Assembler Output - - - Output Files - ASM List Location - - - Browse Information - Enable Browse Information - - - Browse Information - Browse File - - - Advanced - Force Includes (/FI[name]) - - - Advanced - Force #using (/FU[name]) - - - Advanced - Undefine Preprocessor Definitions (/U[macro]) - - - - - - - Creates a mapping between configuration properties for the Visual - C++ linker and corresponding command-line arguments. - - - A mapping between configuration properties for the Visual C++ - linker and corresponding command-line arguments. - - - - The following configuration properties are processed by - : - - - - Category - Property - - - General - Output File (/OUT:[file]) - - - General - Additional Library Directories (/LIBPATH:[dir]) - - - Input - Additional Dependencies - - - Input - Add Module to Assembly (/ASSEMBLYMODULE:file) - - - Input - Embed Managed Resource File (/ASSEMBLYRESOURCE:file) - - - Debugging - Generate Debug Info (/DEBUG) - - - Debugging - Generate Program Database File (/PDB:name) - - - Debugging - Generate Map File (/MAP) - - - Debugging - Map File Name (/MAP:[filename]) - - - System - Heap Reserve Size (/HEAP:reserve) - - - System - Heap Commit Size (/HEAP:reserve, commit) - - - System - Stack Reserve Size (/STACK:reserve) - - - System - Stack Commit Size (/STACK:reserve, commit) - - - - The following configuration properties are ignored: - - - - Category - Property - - - General - Show Progress (/VERBOSE, /VERBOSE:LIB) - - - General - Suppress Startup Banner (/NOLOGO) - - - - Support for the following configuration properties still needs to - be implemented: - - - - Category - Property - - - General - Ignore Import Library - - - General - Register Output - - - Input - Delay Loaded DLLs (/DELAYLOAD:[dll_name]) - - - Embedded IDL - MIDL Commands (/MIDL:[file]) - - - - - - - Gets the name of the command-line argument. - - - The name of the command-line argument. - - - - - Represents a command-line arguments of which the trailing backslashes - in the value should be duplicated. - - - - - Represents a command-line argument of which the value should be - quoted, and of which trailing backslahes should be duplicated. - - - - - Gets the string that the configuration setting should match in - order for the command line argument to be set. - - - - - Allow us to assign an argument to a specific group. - - - - - The argument is not assigned to any group. - - - - - The argument is ignored when the optimization level is set to - Minimum Size (1) or Maximum Size (2). - - - - - Resolves an assembly reference. - - - The full path to the resolved assembly, or - if the assembly reference could not be resolved. - - - - - Is called each time a regular expression match is found during a - operation. - - The resulting from a single regular expression match during a . - - The expanded . - - The macro is not supported. - Expansion of a given macro is not yet implemented. - - - - Gets the name of the referenced assembly. - - - The name of the referenced assembly, or if - the name could not be determined. - - - - - A single build configuration for a Visual C++ project or for a specific - file in the project. - - - - - Expands the given macro. - - The macro to expand. - - The expanded macro. - - - The macro is not supported. - -or- - The macro is not implemented. - -or- - The macro cannot be expanded. - - - - - Gets the value of a given setting for a specified tool. - - The name of the tool. - The name of the setting. - - The value of a setting for the specified tool, or - if the setting is not defined for the specified tool. - - - An empty setting value, which is used as a means to override the - project default, will be returned as a empty . - - - - - Gets the value of a given setting for a specified tool. - - The name of the tool. - The name of the setting. - The value to return if setting is not defined. - - The value of a setting for the specified tool, or - if the setting is not defined for - the specified tool. - - - An empty setting value, which is used as a means to override the - project default, will be returned as a empty . - - - - - Gets the intermediate directory, specified relative to project - directory. - - - The intermediate directory, specified relative to project directory. - - - - - Gets a comma-separated list of directories to scan for assembly - references. - - - A comma-separated list of directories to scan for assembly - references, or if no additional directories - should scanned. - - - - - Gets the name of the configuration, including the platform it - targets. - - - Tthe name of the configuration, including the platform it targets. - - - - - Gets the output directory. - - - - - Gets the path in which the output file will be created before its - copied to the actual output path. - - - For Visual C++ projects, the output file will be immediately - created in the output path. - - - - - Gets the name of the configuration. - - - The name of the configuration. - - - - - Gets the platform that the configuration targets. - - - The platform targeted by the configuration. - - - - - Represents the configuration of a file. - - - - - Expands the given macro. - - The macro to expand. - - The expanded macro. - - - The macro is not supported. - -or- - The macro is not implemented. - -or- - The macro cannot be expanded. - - - - - Gets the value of a given setting for a specified tool. - - The name of the tool. - The name of the setting. - The value to return if setting is not defined in both the file and project configuration. - - The value of a setting for the specified tool, or - if the setting is not defined in - both the file and project configuration. - - - - If the setting is not defined in the file configuration, then - the project level setting will be used. - - - An empty setting value, which is used as a means to override the - project default, will be returned as a empty . - - - - - - Gets a value indication whether the file should be excluded from - the build for this configuration. - - - if the file should be excluded from the - build for this configuration; otherwise, . - - - - - Gets the relative path of the file. - - - The path of the file relative to the project directory. - - - - - Get the path of the output directory relative to the project - directory. - - - - - Gets the intermediate directory, specified relative to project - directory. - - - The intermediate directory, specified relative to project directory. - - - - - Gets the path for the output file. - - - The path for the output file, or if there's - no output file for this configuration. - - - - - Gets a comma-separated list of directories to scan for assembly - references. - - - A comma-separated list of directories to scan for assembly - references, or if no additional directories - should scanned. - - - - - Visual C++ project. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether building the project for the specified - build configuration results in managed output. - - The solution configuration that is built. - - if the project output for the specified build - configuration is either a Dynamic Library (dll) or an Application - (exe), and Managed Extensions are enabled; otherwise, - . - - - - - Verifies whether the specified XML fragment represents a valid project - that is supported by this . - - XML fragment representing the project file. - - The XML fragment is not supported by this . - -or- - The XML fragment does not represent a valid project (for this ). - - - - - Returns the Visual Studio product version of the specified project - XML fragment. - - The document element of the project. - - The Visual Studio product version of the specified project XML - fragment. - - - The product version could not be determined. - -or- - The product version is not supported. - - - - - Expands the given macro. - - The macro to expand. - - The expanded macro or if the macro is not - supported. - - - - - Build resource files for the given configuration. - - The resource files to build. - The project configuration. - The build configuration. - - TODO: refactor this as we should always get only one element in the - list. Each res file should be built - with its own file configuration. - - - - - Build Interface Definition Language files for the given - configuration. - - The IDL files to build. - The project configuration. - The build configuration. - - TODO: refactor this as we should always get only one element in the - list. Each IDL file should be built - with its own file configuration. - - - - - Merges the specified tool setting of - with . - - - The merge is suppressed when the flag $(noinherit) is defined in - . - - - - - Gets the absolute path to the object file or directory. - - The build configuration - - The absolute path to the object file or directory, or - - - We use an absolute path for the object file, otherwise - <cl> assumes a location relative to the output - directory - not the project directory. - - - - - Returns a value indicating whether the project represented by the - specified XML fragment is supported by . - - XML fragment representing the project to check. - - if supports the - specified project; otherwise, . - - - - A project is identified as as Visual C++ project, if the XML - fragment at least has the following information: - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Removes leading and trailing quotes from the specified path. - - The path to clean. - - - - Returns the Visual Studio product version of the specified project - XML fragment. - - XML fragment representing the project to check. - - The Visual Studio product version of the specified project XML - fragment. - - - The product version could not be determined. - -or- - The product version is not supported. - - - - - Holds the files included in the project. - - - - For project files with no specific file configuration, the relative - path is added to the list. - - - For project files that have a specific file configuration, a - containing the - instance representing the file configurations is added. - - - - - - Gets the name of the Visual C++ project. - - - - - Gets the type of the project. - - - The type of the project. - - - - - Gets the path of the Visual C++ project. - - - - - Gets the directory containing the VS.NET project. - - - - - Get the location of the project. - - - . - - - For now, we only support local Visual C++ projects. - - - - - Get the directory in which intermediate build output that is not - specific to the build configuration will be stored. - - - This is a directory relative to the project directory, - named temp\. - - - - - Gets or sets the unique identifier of the Visual C++ project. - - - - - Represents a Visual C++ project configuration. - - - - - Expands the given macro. - - The macro to expand. - - The expanded macro. - - - The macro is not supported. - -or- - The macro is not implemented. - -or- - The macro cannot be expanded. - - - Expansion of a given macro is not yet implemented. - - - - - Gets the value of the specified attribute from the specified node. - - The node of which the attribute value should be retrieved. - The attribute of which the value should be returned. - - The value of the attribute with the specified name or - if the attribute does not exist or has no value. - - - - - Holds the output path for this build configuration. - - - Lazy initialized by . - - - - - Holds list of files to link in the order in which they are defined - in the project file. - - - - - Holds the C++ sources for each build configuration. - - - The key of the hashtable is a build configuration, and the - value is an ArrayList holding the C++ source files for that - build configuration. - - - - - Holds the resources for each build configuration. - - - The key of the hashtable is a build configuration, and the - value is an ArrayList holding the resources files for that - build configuration. - - - - - Holds the IDL files for each build configuration. - - - The key of the hashtable is a build configuration, and the - value is an ArrayList holding the IDL files for that build - configuration. - - - - - Tells the compiler which character set to use. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether Managed Extensions for C++ are - enabled. - - - - - Gets a value indicating how MFC is used by the configuration. - - - - - Gets a value indicating how ATL is used by the configuration. - - - - - Gets the list of files to link in the order in which they are - defined in the project file. - - - - - Holds the C++ sources for each build configuration. - - - The key of the hashtable is a build configuration, and the - value is an ArrayList holding the C++ source files for that - build configuration. - - - - - Gets the resources for each build configuration. - - - The key of the hashtable is a build configuration, and the - value is an ArrayList holding the resources files for that - build configuration. - - - - - Get the IDL files for each build configuration. - - - The key of the hashtable is a build configuration, and the - value is an ArrayList holding the IDL files for that build - configuration. - - - - - Gets the target path for usage in macro expansion. - - - The target path, or a zero-length string if there's no output file - for this configuration. - - - - - Get the directory in which intermediate build output will be stored - for this configuration. - - - - This is a directory relative to the project directory named - obj\<configuration name>. - - - .resx and .licx files will only be recompiled if the - compiled resource files in the are not - uptodate. - - - - - - Get the path of the output directory relative to the project - directory. - - - - - Gets the intermediate directory, specified relative to project - directory. - - - The intermediate directory, specified relative to project directory. - - - - - Gets the absolute path for the output file. - - - The absolute path for the output file, or - if there's no output file for this configuration. - - - - - Gets a comma-separated list of directories to scan for assembly - references. - - - A comma-separated list of directories to scan for assembly - references, or if no additional directories - should scanned. - - - - - The type of output for a given configuration. - - - - - A Makefile. - - - - - Application (.exe). - - - - - Dynamic Library (.dll). - - - - - Static Library (.lib). - - - - - Utility. - - - - - Gets a instance representing the - absolute path to the import library to generate. - - - A representing the absolute path to the - import library to generate, or if no - import library must be generated. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the reference is managed for the - specified configuration. - - The build configuration of the reference. - - if the reference is managed for the - specified configuration; otherwise, . - - - - - Gets the name of the referenced assembly. - - - The name of the referenced assembly. - - - - - Gets the name of the tool that should be used to create the - . - - - The name of the tool that should be used to create the - . - - - - - Gets the path of the wrapper assembly. - - - The path of the wrapper assembly. - - - The wrapper assembly is stored in the object directory of the - project. - - - - - Gets the path of the Primary Interop Assembly. - - - The path of the Primary Interop Assembly, or - if not available. - - - - - Gets the hex version of the type library as defined in the definition - of the reference. - - - The hex version of the type library. - - The definition of the reference does not contain a "ControlVersion" attribute. - - - - Gets the GUID of the type library as defined in the definition - of the reference. - - - The GUID of the type library. - - - - - Gets the locale of the type library in hex notation. - - - The locale of the type library. - - -
-
diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.VisualCppTasks.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.VisualCppTasks.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 7436b1a..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.VisualCppTasks.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.VisualCppTasks.xml b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.VisualCppTasks.xml deleted file mode 100644 index a8ab7a3..0000000 --- a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.VisualCppTasks.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1211 +0,0 @@ - - - - NAnt.VisualCppTasks - - - - - Compiles C/C++ programs using cl.exe, Microsoft's C/C++ compiler. - - - This task is intended for version 13.00.9466 of cl.exe. - - - Compiles helloworld.cpp for the Common Language Runtime. - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Compiles the sources. - - - - - Determines if the sources need to be compiled. - - - - - Determines whether the precompiled header file is up-to-date. - - - if no precompiled header file was specified; - otherwise, . - - - In order to determine accurately whether the precompile header file - is up-to-date, we'd need scan all the header files that are pulled - in. As this is not implemented right now, its safer to always - recompile. - - - - - Determines whether any file that are includes in the specified - source file has been updated after the obj was compiled. - - The source file to check. - The last write time of the compiled obj. - - The full path to the include file that was modified after the obj - was compiled, or if no include files were - modified since the obj was compiled. - - - - To determine what includes are defined in a source file, conditional - directives are not honored. - - - If a given include cannot be resolved to an existing file, then - it will be considered stable. - - - - - - Quotes an argument value and duplicates trailing backslahes. - - The argument value to quote. - - The quotes argument value. - - - - - Determines the file name of the OBJ file for the specified source - file. - - The source file for which the OBJ file should be determined. - The path of the object file. - - The file name of the OBJ file for the specified source file. - - - - - Directory where all output files are placed. - - - - - Specifies the path and/or name of the generated precompiled header - file - given either relative to or as an - absolute path. - - - - - The path of the boundary file when generating/using the - specified . If a precompiled header file is - not specified then this attribute is ignored. - - - - - The mode in which the specified (if any) is - used. The default is . - - - - - Specifies whether Managed Extensions for C++ should be enabled. - The default is . - - - - - Tells the compiler to use the specified character set. - - - - - Options to pass to the compiler. - - - - - The list of files to compile. - - - - - The list of directories in which to search for include files. - - - - - Directories that the compiler will search to resolve file references - passed to the #using directive. - - - - - Specifies metadata files to reference in this compilation as an - alternative to passing a file name to #using in source code. - - - - - Macro definitions to pass to cl.exe. - Each entry will generate a /D - - - - - Macro undefines (/U) to pass to cl.exe. - - - - - A name to override the default object file name; can be either a file - or directory name. The default is the output directory. - - - - - A name for the compiler-generated PDB file; can be either a file or - directory name. The default is the output directory. - - - - - Gets the filename of the external program to start. - - The filename of the external program. - - - - Gets the command-line arguments for the external program. - - - The command-line arguments for the external program. - - - - - Defines the supported modes for the use of precompiled header files. - - - - - Create a precompiled header file. - - - For further information on the use of this option - see the Microsoft documentation on the C++ compiler flag /Yc. - - - - - Automatically create a precompiled header file if necessary. - - - For further information on the use of this option - see the Microsoft documentation on the C++ compiler flag /YX. - - - - - Use a (previously generated) precompiled header file. - - - For further information on the use of this option - see the Microsoft documentation on the C++ compiler flag /Yu. - - - - - Run lib.exe, Microsoft's Library Manager. - - - Create a library. - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Creates the library. - - - - - Determines if the sources need to be linked. - - - - - Options to pass to the compiler. - - - - - The output file. - - - - - The module definition file. - - - - - The list of files to combine into the output file. - - - - - Symbols to add to the symbol table. - - - - - Names of default libraries to ignore. - - - - - The list of additional library directories to search. - - - - - Gets the filename of the external program to start. - - The filename of the external program. - - - - Gets the command-line arguments for the external program. - - - The command-line arguments for the external program. - - - - - Links files using link.exe, Microsoft's Incremental Linker. - - - This task is intended for version 7.00.9466 of link.exe. - - - - Combine all object files in the current directory into helloworld.exe. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Links the sources. - - - - - Determines if the output needs linking. - - - - - Quotes an argument value and duplicates trailing backslahes. - - The argument value to quote. - - The quotes argument value. - - - - - Options to pass to the compiler. - - - - - Create debugging information for the .exe file or DLL. The default is - . - - - - - The output file. - - - - - A user-specified name for the program database (PDB) that the linker - creates. The default file name for the PDB has the base name of the - and the extension .pdb. - - - - - The name of a module-definition file (.def) to be passed to the - linker. - - - - - Specified DLLs for delay loading. - - - - - The list of files to combine into the output file. - - - - - The list of additional library directories to search. - - - - - Link the specified modules into this assembly. - - - - - Embed the specified resources into this assembly. - - - - - Symbols to add to the symbol table. - - - - - Names of libraries that you want the linker to ignore when it - resolves external references. - - - - - Gets the filename of the external program to start. - - The filename of the external program. - - - - Gets the command-line arguments for the external program. - - - The command-line arguments for the external program. - - - - - Compiles messages using mc.exe, Microsoft's Win32 message compiler. - - - - Compile text.mc using the default options. - - - - ]]> - - - Compile text.mc, passing a path to store the header, the rc - file and some additonal options. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Compiles the sources. - - - - - Determine if source files need re-building. - - - - - Options to pass to the compiler. - - - - - Path to store header file. The default is the project base directory. - - - - - Path to store RC file. The default is the project base directory. - - - - - Input filename. - - - - - Gets the filename of the external program to start. - - - The filename of the external program. - - - - - Gets the command-line arguments for the external program. - - - The command-line arguments for the external program. - - - - - This tasks allows you to run MIDL.exe. - - - - This task only supports a small subset of the MIDL.EXE command line - switches, but you can use the options element to specify any other - unsupported commands you want to specify. - - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - This is where the work is done. - - - - - Check output files to see if we need rebuilding. - - if a rebuild is needed; otherwise, - . - - - - Check output files to see if we need rebuilding. - - - if a rebuild is needed; otherwise, - . - - - - - Writes the response file for midl.exe. - - - - - The /acf switch allows the user to supply an - explicit ACF file name. The switch also - allows the use of different interface names in - the IDL and ACF files. - - - - - The /align switch is functionally the same as the - MIDL /Zp option and is recognized by the MIDL compiler - solely for backward compatibility with MkTypLib. - - The alignment value can be 1, 2, 4, or 8. - - - - The /app_config switch selects application-configuration - mode, which allows you to use some ACF keywords in the - IDL file. With this MIDL compiler switch, you can omit - the ACF and specify an interface in a single IDL file. - - - - - The /char switch helps to ensure that the MIDL compiler - and C compiler operate together correctly for all char - and small types. - - Can be one of signed | unsigned | ascii7 - - - - The /client switch directs the MIDL compiler to generate - client-side C source files for an RPC interface - - can be one of stub | none - - - - The /cstub switch specifies the name of the client - stub file for an RPC interface. - - - - - Specifies the file name for the generated dlldata file for a proxy - DLL. The default file name Dlldata.c is used if - is not specified. - - - - - The /env switch selects the - environment in which the application runs. - - It can take the values win32 and win64 - - - - The /Oi switch directs the MIDL compiler to - use a fully-interpreted marshaling method. - The /Oic and /Oicf switches provide additional - performance enhancements. - - - If you specify the Oi attribute, you must set it to - one of the values: - - Oi="" - - Oi="c" - - Oi="f" - - Oi="cf" - - - - - Specifies a file name for the type library generated by the MIDL - compiler. - - - - - Specifies the name of the header file. - - - - - Specifies the name of the interface identifier file for a COM - interface, overriding the default name obtained by adding _i.c - to the IDL file name. - - - - - Specifies the name of the interface proxy file for a COM interface. - - - - - Name of .IDL file to process. - - - - - Additional options to pass to midl.exe. - - - - - Macro definitions to pass to mdil.exe. - Each entry will generate a /D - - - - - Macro undefines (/U) to pass to mdil. - - - - - The list of directories in which to search for include files. - - - - - Filename of program to execute - - - - - Gets the command-line arguments for the external program. - - - The command-line arguments for the external program. - - - - - Compiles resources using rc.exe, Microsoft's Win32 resource - compiler. - - - - Compile text.rc to text.res using the default options. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Compile text.rc, passing an additional option. - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Compile the resource file - - - - - Determines if the resource need compiling. - - - - - Check if a resource file has been updated. - - - - - - - Options to pass to the compiler. - - - - - Output file. - - - - - The resource file to compile. - - - - - Default language ID. - - - - - The list of directories in which to search for include files. - - - - - Macro definitions to pass to rc.exe. - Each entry will generate a /d - - - - - Filename of program to execute - - - - - Arguments of program to execute - - - - - Defines the character sets that can be used by the C++ compiler. - - - - - Have the compiler determine the character set. - - - - - Unicode character set. - - - - - Multi-byte character set. - - - - - Represents a library. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with - the specified name. - - is . - - - - The name of the library. - - - - - If then the element will be processed; - otherwise, skipped. The default is . - - - - - If then the element will be skipped; - otherwise, processed. The default is . - - - - - Contains a collection of elements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - Represents a symbol. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with - the specified name. - - is . - - - - The name of the symbol. - - - - - If then the element will be processed; - otherwise, skipped. The default is . - - - - - If then the element will be skipped; - otherwise, processed. The default is . - - - - - Contains a collection of elements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - Defines how to deal with backslashes in values of command line - arguments. - - - - - Does not perform any processing on backslashes. - - - - - Duplicates the trailing backslash. - - - - - Fixes the trailing backslash by replaces trailing double backslashes - with only one backslash and removing single trailing backslashes. - - - - - Removes all the trailing backslashes. - - - - - Groups a set of useful manipulation methods for - command-line arguments. - - - - - Performs backslash processing on the specified value using a given - method. - - The to process. - The to use. - - with backslashes processed using the given - . - - - - - Duplicates the trailing backslash. - - The input string to check and duplicate the trailing backslash if necessary. - The result string after being processed. - - Also duplicates trailing backslash in quoted value. - - - - - Fixes the trailing backslash. This function replaces the trailing double backslashes with - only one backslash. It also, removes the single trailing backslash. - - The input string. - The result string after being processed. - - - - Removes all the trailing backslashes from the input. - - The input string. - The result string without trailing backslashes. - - - - Quotes an argument value and processes backslashes using a given - . - - The argument value to quote. - The to use. - - The quoted argument value. - - - - diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.Win32Tasks.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.Win32Tasks.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 60199d2..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.Win32Tasks.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.Win32Tasks.xml b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.Win32Tasks.xml deleted file mode 100644 index bd48850..0000000 --- a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.Win32Tasks.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,690 +0,0 @@ - - - - NAnt.Win32Tasks - - - - - Groups a set of functions that convert Windows native filenames to - Cygwin POSIX-style pathnames and vice versa. - - - It can be used when a Cygwin program needs to pass a file name to a - native Windows program, or expects to get a file name from a native - Windows program. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class with the specified and properties. - - The in which the class is used. - The set of properties to use for macro expansion. - - - - Gets the DOS (short) form of the specified path. - - The path to convert. - - The DOS (short) form of the specified path. - - cygpath could not be started. - could not be converted to a short form. - - - - Gets the Unix form of the specified path. - - The path to convert. - - The Unix form of the specified path. - - cygpath could not be started. - could not be converted to a Unix form. - - - - Gets the Windows form of the specified path. - - The path to convert. - - The Windows form of the specified path. - - cygpath could not be started. - could not be converted to a Windows form. - - - - Runs cygpath with the specified arguments and returns the result - as a . - - The arguments to pass to cygpath. - - The result of running cygpath with the specified arguments. - - - - - Factory method to return a new instance of ExecTask - - - - - - - Generates a Windows Forms Control that wraps ActiveX Controls defined - in an OCX. - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Import the ActiveX control. - - - - - Determines whether the assembly needs to be created again. - - - if the assembly needs to be created again; - otherwise, . - - - - - Filename of the .ocx file. - - - - - Filename of the generated assembly. - - - - - Specifies the file containing the public key to use to sign the - resulting assembly. - - - The file containing the public key to use to sign the resulting - assembly. - - - - - Specifies the publisher's official public/private key pair with which - the resulting assembly should be signed with a strong name. - - - The keyfile to use to sign the resulting assembly with a strong name. - - See the Microsoft.NET Framework SDK documentation for details. - - - - Specifies the key container in which the public/private key pair - should be found that should be used to sign the resulting assembly - with a strong name. - - - The key container containing a public/private key pair that should - be used to sign the resulting assembly. - - - - - Specifies to sign the resulting control using delayed signing. - - - - - Determines whether C# source code for the Windows Form wrapper should - be generated. The default is . - - - - - Assembly to use for Runtime Callable Wrapper rather than generating - new one [.NET 1.1 or higher]. - - - - - Indicates whether aximp supports using an existing Runtime - Callable Wrapper for a given target framework. The default is - . - - - - - Gets the command-line arguments for the external program. - - - The command-line arguments for the external program. - - - - - Reads a value or set of values from the Windows Registry into one or - more NAnt properties. - - - Read a single value from the registry. - - - ]]> - - Read all the registry values in a key. - - - ]]> - - - - - - read the specified registry value - - - - - Returns the hive for a given key. - - - - - The hive for a given key. - - - - - Returns the key for a given registry hive. - - The registry hive to return the key for. - - The key for a given registry hive. - - - - - The property to set to the specified registry key value. - If this attribute is used then a single value will be read. - - - - - The prefix to use for the specified registry key values. - If this attribute is used then all registry values will be read and stored as properties with this prefix. - - - Registry values a, b, c will be turned into prefixa, prefixb, prefixc named properties - - - - - The registry key to read, including the path. - - - SOFTWARE\Microsoft\.NETFramework\sdkInstallRoot - - - - - Space separated list of registry hives to search for . - For a list of possible values, see . The - default is . - - - - - - - - Registers an assembly, or set of assemblies for use from COM clients. - - - - Refer to the Regasm - documentation for more information on the regasm tool. - - - - - Register types in a single assembly. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Register types of an assembly and generate a type library containing - definitions of accessible types defined within the assembly. - - - - ]]> - - - - - Register types of set of assemblies at once, while specifying a set - of reference assemblies. - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Updates the of the specified - . - - The of which the should be updated. - - - - Registers or unregisters a single assembly, or a group of assemblies. - - - - - The name of the file to register. This is provided as an alternate - to using the task's . - - - - - Registry file to export to instead of entering the types directly - into the registry. - - - - - Set the code base registry setting. - - - - - Only refer to already registered type libraries. - - - - - Export the assemblies to the specified type library and register it. - - - - - Unregister the assembly. The default is . - - - - - The set of assemblies to register, or unregister. - - - - - The set of assembly references. - - - - - Gets the working directory for the application. - - - The working directory for the application. - - - - - Gets the command line arguments for the external program. - - - The command line arguments for the external program. - - - - - Gets the filename of the external program to start. - - - The filename of the external program. - - - Override in derived classes to explicitly set the location of the - external tool. - - - - - Exports a .NET assembly to a type library that can be used from unmanaged - code (wraps Microsoft's tlbexp.exe). - - - - See the Microsoft.NET Framework SDK documentation for details. - - - - Export DotNetAssembly.dll to LegacyCOM.dll. - - - ]]> - - - - - - Exports the type library. - - - - - Determines whether the assembly needs to be exported to a type - library again. - - - if the assembly needs to be exported to a - type library; otherwise, . - - - - - Specifies the assembly for which to export a type library. - - - The assembly for which to export a type library. - - See the Microsoft.NET Framework SDK documentation for details. - - - - Specifies the name of the type library file to generate. - - - The name of the type library file to generate. - - See the Microsoft.NET Framework SDK documentation for details. - - - - Specifies the file used to determine capitalization of names in a - type library. - - - The file used to determine capitalization of names in a type library. - - See the Microsoft.NET Framework SDK documentation for details. - - - - Gets the command line arguments for the external program. - - - The command line arguments for the external program. - - - - - Imports a type library to a .NET assembly (wraps Microsoft's tlbimp.exe). - - - - This task lets you easily create interop assemblies. By default, it will - not reimport if the underlying COM TypeLib or reference has not changed. - - - See the Microsoft.NET Framework SDK documentation for details. - - - - Import LegacyCOM.dll to DotNetAssembly.dll. - - - ]]> - - - - - Generate an assembly named "Interop.MSVidCtlLib.dll" for the - MS Video Control 1.0 Type Library, transforming any [out, retval] - parameters of methods on dispinterfaces in the type library into - return values in the managed library. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Imports the type library to a .NET assembly. - - - - - Returns the path of the type library, removing the identifier of - the type library from the specified string. - - The path from which to extract the path of the type library. - - The path of the type library without the type library identifier. - - - An example of a path which includes the identifier of the type - library (in this case "2") is - C:\WINDOWS\system32\msvidctl.dll\2. - - - - - Determines whether the type library needs to be imported again. - - - if the type library needs to be imported; - otherwise, . - - - - - Specifies the name of the output file. - - - The name of the output file. - - See the Microsoft.NET Framework SDK documentation for details. - - - - Specifies the namespace in which to produce the assembly. - - - The namespace in which to produce the assembly. - - See the Microsoft.NET Framework SDK documentation for details. - - - - Specifies the version number of the assembly to produce. - - - - The version number of the assembly to produce. - - - The version number should be in the format major.minor.build.revision. - - - See the Microsoft.NET Framework SDK documentation for details. - - - - - - Specifies whether the resulting assembly should be signed with a - strong name using delayed signing. The default is . - - - if the resulting assembly should be signed - with a strong name using delayed signing; otherwise, . - - See the Microsoft.NET Framework SDK documentation for details. - - - - Specifies whether a primary interop assembly should be produced for - the specified type library. The default is . - - - if a primary interop assembly should be - produced; otherwise, . - - See the Microsoft.NET Framework SDK documentation for details. - - - - Specifies the file containing the public key to use to sign the - resulting assembly. - - - The file containing the public key to use to sign the resulting - assembly. - - See the Microsoft.NET Framework SDK documentation for details. - - - - Specifies the publisher's official public/private key pair with which - the resulting assembly should be signed with a strong name. - - - The keyfile to use to sign the resulting assembly with a strong name. - - See the Microsoft.NET Framework SDK documentation for details. - - - - Specifies the key container in which the public/private key pair - should be found that should be used to sign the resulting assembly - with a strong name. - - - The key container containing a public/private key pair that should - be used to sign the resulting assembly. - - See the Microsoft.NET Framework SDK documentation for details. - - - - Specifies the assembly files to use to resolve references to types - defined outside the current type library. - - - The assembly files to use to resolve references to types defined - outside the current type library. - - See the Microsoft.NET Framework SDK documentation for details. - - - - Specifies whether a type library should not be imported if all - references within the current assembly or the reference assemblies - cannot be resolved. The default is . - - - if a type library should not be imported if - all references cannot be resolved; otherwise, . - - See the Microsoft.NET Framework SDK documentation for details. - - - - Specifies whether to import a COM style SafeArray as a managed - class type. The default is . - - - if a COM style SafeArray should be imported - as a managed class type; otherwise, - . - - See the Microsoft.NET Framework SDK documentation for details. - - - - Specifies how to transform the metadata [.NET 1.1 or higher]. - - - - - Specifies the source type library that gets passed to the type - library importer. - - - The source type library that gets passed to the type library - importer. - - See the Microsoft.NET Framework SDK documentation for details. - - - - Specifies whether interfaces should be produced without .NET Framework - security checks. The default is . - - - if interfaces without .NET Framework security - checks should be produced; otherwise, . - - See the Microsoft.NET Framework SDK documentation for details. - - - - Indicates whether tlbimp supports transforming metadata for - a given target framework. The default is . - - - - - Gets the command line arguments for the external program. - - - The command line arguments for the external program. - - - - diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.exe b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.exe deleted file mode 100644 index 1572536..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.exe and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.exe.config b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.exe.config deleted file mode 100644 index b3582b8..0000000 --- a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.exe.config +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2126 +0,0 @@ - - - - -
-
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - true - - - true - - - sn - - - lc - - - false - - - false - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - true - - - true - - - sn - - - lc - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - true - true - true - true - true - true - true - - - true - true - true - true - true - true - true - true - - - true - - - true - true - true - true - - - true - true - - - sn - - - lc - true - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - true - true - true - true - true - true - true - - - true - true - true - true - true - true - true - true - - - true - - - true - true - true - true - - - true - true - - - sn - - - lc - true - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - true - true - true - true - true - true - true - - - true - true - true - true - true - true - true - true - - - true - - - true - true - true - true - - - true - true - - - sn - - - lc - true - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - The .NET Framework 1.1 SDK is not installed. - - - - true - true - true - - - cfresgen - - - sn - - - lc - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - The .NET Framework 2.0 SDK is not installed. - - - - true - true - true - true - true - true - true - true - true - - - true - true - true - true - true - true - true - true - true - - - true - true - - - sn - - - lc - true - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - true - true - true - true - true - true - true - true - true - - - true - true - true - true - true - true - true - true - true - - - true - - - true - true - true - true - - - true - true - - - sn - - - lc - true - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - true - - - ${csc.tool} - true - true - true - ${csc.supportsdocgeneration} - true - true - true - true - - - mjs - true - - - ${mbas.tool} - true - - - ${resgen.tool} - true - - - sn - true - - - false - - - true - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - true - - - gmcs - true - true - true - ${csc.supportsdocgeneration} - true - true - true - true - - - mjs - strict - - - vbnc - true - - - ${resgen.tool} - true - ${resgen.supportsexternalfilereferences} - - - sn - true - - - false - - - true - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - true - - - gmcs - true - linq - true - true - true - true - true - true - true - - - mjs - strict - - - vbnc - true - - - true - true - - - sn - true - - - false - - - true - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - smcs - true - true - true - true - true - true - true - true - - - true - true - - - sn - - - false - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - true - - - true - - - sn - - - false - - - true - - - true - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Unable to locate 'mono' module using pkg-config. Download the Mono development packages from http://www.mono-project.com/downloads/. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - true - - - ${path::combine(prefix, 'lib/mono/1.0/mcs.exe')} - true - true - true - ${csc.supportsdocgeneration} - true - true - true - true - - - mjs - true - - - ${path::combine(prefix, 'lib/mono/1.0/mbas.exe')} - true - - - ${resgen.tool} - true - - - sn - true - - - false - - - true - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Unable to locate 'mono' module using pkg-config. Download the Mono development packages from http://www.mono-project.com/downloads/. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - true - - - gmcs - true - true - true - ${csc.supportsdocgeneration} - true - true - true - true - - - mjs - strict - - - vbnc - true - - - ${resgen.tool} - true - ${resgen.supportsexternalfilereferences} - - - sn - true - - - false - - - true - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Unable to locate 'mono' module using pkg-config. Download the Mono development packages from http://www.mono-project.com/downloads/. - - - - - - - - true - - - gmcs - true - linq - true - true - true - true - true - true - true - - - mjs - strict - - - vbnc - true - - - true - true - - - sn - true - - - false - - - true - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Unable to locate 'mono' module using pkg-config. Download the Mono development packages from http://www.mono-project.com/downloads/. - - - - - - - smcs - true - true - true - true - true - true - true - true - - - true - true - - - sn - - - false - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.xml b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 05605b6..0000000 --- a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NAnt.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ - - - - NAnt - - - - - Stub used to created and launch real ConsoleDriver - class in Core assembly. - - - - - Entry point for executable - - Command Line arguments - The result of the real execution - - - - Constructs the privatebinpath. - - - - For the common version dir, we do not use the framework version - as defined in the NAnt configuration file but the CLR version - since the assemblies in that directory are not specific to a - certain family and the framwork version might differ between - families (eg. mono 1.0 == .NET 1.1). - - - The runtime framework. - The base directory of the domain. - - The privatebinpath. - - - - - Given an absolute directory and an absolute file name, returns a - relative file name. - - An absolute directory. - An absolute file name. - - A relative file name for the given absolute file name. - - - - - Helper class for invoking the application entry point in NAnt.Core - and passing the command-line arguments. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class with the specified command-line arguments. - - The commandline arguments passed to NAnt.exe. - Directories relative to the base directory of the AppDomain to probe for missing assembly references. - - - - Invokes the application entry point in NAnt.Core. - - - - - Gets the status that the build process returned when it exited. - - - The code that the build process specified when it terminated. - - - - diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NCoverExplorer.NAntTasks.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NCoverExplorer.NAntTasks.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 552e452..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NCoverExplorer.NAntTasks.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NCoverExplorer.NAntTasks.xml b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NCoverExplorer.NAntTasks.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 449d6f4..0000000 --- a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NCoverExplorer.NAntTasks.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1364 +0,0 @@ - - - - NCoverExplorer.NAntTasks - - - - - Represents a coverage exclusion for passing to NCoverExplorer.Console in the configuration file. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - The exclusion type of Assembly, Namespace or Class. - - - - - The pattern to match. - - - - - Indicates if the pattern is a regular expression. - - - - - Indicates if the exclusion is enabled. - - - - - Contains a collection of elements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified array of instances. - - - - - Adds a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the end of the collection. - - The array of elements to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the collection. - - The to be added to the end of the collection. - - - - Determines whether a is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. - - if is found in the - collection; otherwise, . - - - - - Copies the entire collection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Retrieves the index of a specified object in the collection. - - The object for which the index is returned. - - The index of the specified . If the is not currently a member of the collection, it returns -1. - - - - - Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. - - - A for the entire collection. - - - - - Removes a member from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the element at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - A module threshold is used by the console application (only currently) to set coverage thresholds - at a more granular level than just at project level. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the module. - The coverage threshold. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the module. - - The name of the module. - - - - Gets or sets the coverage threshold for this module. - - The coverage threshold. - - - - Strongly typed collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Add a object to the collection. - - The item to add. - - - - The remove method that takes a object. - - The item to remove. - - - - Insert object at this position. - - Position to insert at. - Object to insert. - - - - Returns index position of this object. - - The value. - - - - - Returns whether this collection contains this object. - - Object to find. - - true if contains the specified value; otherwise, false. - - - - - Returns whether this collection contains this object. - - Name of the module. - - true if contains the specified value; otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets or sets the object at this ordinal index. - - - - - Gets or sets the object with this module name. - - - - - Enumerates the elements of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The collection that should be enumerated. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - if the enumerator was successfully advanced - to the next element; if the enumerator has - passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the - first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - Logging levels to use within NCover task. - - - - No logging. - - - Writes standard log output (Default). - - - Writes verbose log output. - - - - New element option introduced in NCover 1.5.7 for use with //x2 argument. - - - - - Legacy xml format that is the default. - - - - - New xml format introduced in NCover 1.5.7 that nests method nodes with class nodes. - - - - - Sort order for displaying the coverage results in the tree. - - - - Sort by name (default). (0) - - - Sort by name( down to class level) then by line within the class. (1) - - - Sort by coverage percentage ascending. (2) - - - Sort by coverage percentage descending. (3) - - - Sort by unvisited lines ascending. (4) - - - Sort by unvisited lines descending. (5) - - - Sort by visit count ascending. (6) - - - Sort by visit count descending. (7) - - - Sort by function coverage ascending. (8) - - - Sort by function coverage descending. (9) - - - - Filter styles that can be applied to the results. Filtered nodes are not excluded from the coverage - statistics. - - - - No filter applied. (0) - - - Hide unvisited nodes. (1) - - - Hide 100% fully covered nodes. (2) - - - Hide nodes exceeding coverage threshold. (3) - - - - Potential report types. - - - - None. (0) - - - Modules summary only. (1) - - - Modules summary followed with a namespaces by module summary. (3) - - - Modules summary followed with a classes by namespace summary. (4) - - - Modules summary followed with a classes by namespace summary showing function coverage. (5) - - - - NAnt task for automating NCoverExplorer.Console. - Using this task you can merge coverage files from NCover, produce xml coverage reports for use - with CruiseControl.Net, produce html report files directly, fail automated builds if coverage - thresholds are not met and apply a range of detail to the reports produced such as sorting, - filtering and coverage exclusions. - - - This example shows producing an xml coverage report at Module/Namespace/Class detail level for - inclusion on a CC.Net build server. You would add a merge file task in the publishers section - of your CC.Net project file to merge in this "CoverageSummary.xml" file so that it can be - transformed by the NCoverExplorer xsl stylesheets you have copied into the CC.Net folder. Here - we have set a satisfactory coverage threshold at 80%. - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - This example shows producing an html function coverage report, excluding the test assemblies. The - assemblies excluded are being displayed at the bottom of the report. Note also that this time - the reportType is specified by its enum name rather than numeric value - they are interchangable. - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - This example shows producing an html module class summary coverage report with exclusions as above. - This time we have added applying specific sorting and filtering criteria. This report will show all - classes that do not have 100% coverage, sorted within their namespaces by descending coverage %. - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - This example shows the merging capability to produce a consolidated merge file from multiple - coverage test runs. The results are being stored in a single "MyApp.CoverageMerged.xml" file. - Note that you could additionally apply coverage exclusions at this point. Merging files can - be useful if your testing process requires multiple coverage runs and you want a single archive - which consolidates the results. - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - This example shows failing a build if the overall coverage % does not meet our threshold, without - producing a coverage report. - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - This example shows failing a build if either the overall coverage % does not meet our threshold, or - if one of the individual module thresholds is not met. - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - This example shows using virtually the whole range of attributes. Shown below is failing a build - if not reaching the overall or module level coverage thresholds. The results of merging multiple - NCover files together are stored as a separate file. We are producing xml and html Namespace per - module summary reports (with the exclusions show in the footer). Note that the module thresholds - will also be used in the reports. The reports are sorted by name with no filter applied. - We are excluding test assemblies and anything in a presentation layer namespace. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Starts the process and handles errors. - - - The that was started. - - - - - Performs logic before the external process is started. - - Process. - Thrown if no matching coverage files. - - - - Removes generated config file after process has run. - - - - - Return a temporary filename for the config file for executing NCoverExplorer.Console. - - Configuration filename. - - - - Legacy NCoverExplorer.Console is considered prior to 1.4.0 (as 1.4.0 was when the settings - file format was changed). - - NCoverExplorer.Console.exe path. - true if version is prior to 1.4.0 - - - - Build the xml config file to pass to the NCoverExplorer.Console executable for legacy versions (prior to 1.4.0). - - - - - Build the Xml config file to pass to the NCoverExplorer.Console executable. - - - - - Build command line for passing to legacy NCoverExplorer.Console versions. - - - - - The name of the executable that should be used to launch the - external program. - - - The name of the executable that should be used to launch the external - program, or if no name is specified. - - - If available, the configured value in the NAnt configuration - file will be used if no name is specified. - - - - - Gets or sets the output directory for the reports. - - The output dir. - - - - Whether to fail the task if the minimumCoverage threshold is not reached on any module. - NCoverExplorer console application will return exit code 3. - - - - - Whether to fail the task if the minimumCoverage threshold is not reached on total coverage. - NCoverExplorer console application will return exit code 3. - - - - - The minimum coverage percentage to be used with the failMinimum and failCombinedMinimum options. - - - - - The satisfactory coverage percentage for display in the reports. - - - - - The project name to appear in the report. - - - - - The type of report to produce (use numeric value or string name). - 0 / None, 1 / ModuleSummary, 3 / ModuleNamespaceSummary, - 4 / ModuleClassSummary, 5 / ModuleClassFunctionSummary - - The string or textual enum value. - - - - The sorting if any to apply (use numeric value or string name). - 0 / Name, 1 / ClassLine, - 2 / CoveragePercentageAscending, 3 / CoveragePercentageDescending, - 4 / UnvisitedSequencePointsAscending, 5 / UnvisitedSequencePointsDescending, - 6 / VisitCountAscending, 7 / VisitCountDescending, - 8 / FunctionCoverageAscending, 9 / FunctionCoverageDescending - - The string or textual enum value. - - - - The filtering if any to apply (use numeric value or string name). - 0 / None, 1 / HideUnvisited, 2 / HideFullyCovered, 3 / HideThresholdCovered - - The string or textual enum value. - - - - The filename for generating an xml report. - - - - - The filename for generating an html report. - - - - - The filename for the merge of the coverage xml files. - - - - - Determines whether to include the coverage exclusions in the report. The default is - . - - - - - Coverage exclusions to apply. - - - - - Coverage exclusions to apply. - - - - - Used to select the coverage xml files to merge into the report. To use a . - - - - - The command-line arguments for the external program. - - - - - NAnt task for automating NCover.Console.exe, with both NCover 1.3.3 and 1.5.x support. Note that this task - will self register CoverLib.dll by default using the registry (does not require local admin). - - - This example shows the standard profiling using NCover for standard nunit tests with minimum arguments. - Defaults are with no logging, profiling all assemblies, output filename of coverage.xml and this assumes that - NCover and NUnit are in the path. - - - - ]]> - - - - If you are using TypeMock, you may experience issues with the registration of coverlib.dll conflicting - due to overwriting the registered profiler. You should add the "registerProfiler" attribute below and set it to false. - - - - ]]> - - - - This example shows the standard profiling using for standard nunit tests with minimal arguments. - Defaults are with logging to coverage.log, profiling all assemblies, output filename of coverage.xml and this - example specifies a full path to NCover.Console.exe. - - - - ]]> - - - - This example for NCover 1.5.8 shows profiling a process which is launched by another process. - - - - ]]> - - - - This example shows using the assemblies attribute inline rather than having child elements, and - also showing how child elements of commandLineArgs should be quoted if they contain spaces. - - - - ]]> - - - - This example shows the standard profiling using NCover 1.5.x for a Windows application, specifying a coverage - exclusion, verbose logging to a named file, specifically named log, output xml and html files. It also shows - coverage exclusion attributes, overriding the NCover location to run from and a way of listing assemblies - to be included in the profiled NCover results. - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Starts the process and handles errors. - - - The that was started. - - - - - Performs logic before the external process is started. - - Process. - - - - Convert the NAnt specific StringCollection to a string array for use by NCoverUtilities. - - - - - - - Removes generated settings file after process has run. - - - - - The name of the executable that should be used to launch the external program. - - - The name of the executable that should be used to launch the external - program, or if no name is specified. - - - If available, the configured value in the NAnt configuration - file will be used if no name is specified. - - - - - The command line executable to be launched by NCover (such as nunit-console.exe). - - - - - The arguments to pass to the command line executable to be launched by NCover (such as nunit-console.exe). - - - - - The filename for the output coverage.xml file (default). - - - - - What level of NCover logging to provide. Values are "Quiet", "Normal" (default) and "Verbose". - Note that due to a current bug in NCover 1.5.4 there is no different between Quiet and Normal - since the //q argument (NoLog=true) will lock NCover. So logging is always on for NCover 1.5.4 - - - - - Gets or sets the logfile name to write to if logLevel is set to anything other than "Quiet". The default - is "coverage.log". - - - - - Gets or sets the working directory for the command line executable. - - - - - If coverage exclusion attributes have been applied (NCover 1.5.4 onwards) specify the full namespace - to the attribute including the "Attribute" suffix - e.g. "CoverageExcludeAttribute" if defined in no - namespace. Separate multiple attributes with semi-colons. - - - - - Determines whether to profile under IIS (//iis). Default value is . - - - - - The service name to profile if any (//svc). Default is none. - - - - - Used to specify the assemblies to be profiled by specifically naming them. Values - should be separated by semi-colons and not include suffixe or path (and case sensitive) - as this is how they are identified by the CLR. e.g. "MyApp.Main;MyApp.Core". - - - - - Used to specify the assemblies to be profiled by choosing dynamically from a - directory. To use see . - - - - - Determines whether to register NCover CoverLib.dll on each run. The default is true. You - would set this to false if using TypeMock due to a conflict in registered profilers. - If set to true, the NCover task uses a reference counting approach to minimise the chance - of issues when simultaneous builds. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating the xml output format to write (new in NCover 1.5.7). - Default value is "Xml1", alternate option is "Xml2" which nests method nodes within class - nodes. Note however that "Xml2" is for future use and is not yet supported by NCoverExplorer - as of version 1.3.6. - - - - - Gets or sets the profiled process module name. Use this argument when the executable being - launched is not the actual process you want to profile coverage for. - - - - - The command-line arguments for the external program. - - - - - Common utility functions for working with NCover. - - - - - Registry key for registering NCover manually - this will all become unnecessary in future versions of NCover (post 1.5.5) hopefully. - - - - - Builds the temp settings XML file for NCover. - - The version. - The ncover path. - The settings file. - The command line exe. - The command line args. - The working directory. - The assembly list. - The assembly files. - The coverage file. - The log level. - The log file. - The exclude attributes. - If set to true profile IIS. - The profile service. - The XML format to write out (new feature in 1.5.7). - Name of the profiled process. - - Command line switch necessary for passing as an argument. - - - - - Creates the command line arguments. - - The version. - The ncover path. - The command line exe. - The command line args. - The working directory. - The assembly list. - The coverage file. - The log level. - The log file. - The exclude attributes. - if set to true [profile IIS]. - The profile service. - if set to true include formatting. - Whether to register CoverLib.dll. - The command line format token. - - - - - Registers the NCover coverlib.dll by writing directly into the registry under HKCU. - Keeps a reference count so only register if only NCover task currently running. - - - - - Unregisters the NCover coverlib.dll - Keeps a reference count so only unregister if last NCover task currently running. - - - - - Find path to NCover console and retrieve the version info. - - - - - Reads the file contents and returns as a string. - - - - - Build the Xml .ncoversettings file to pass to the NCover.Console executable using NCover 1.3.3 syntax. - - - - - Write assembly names as a semi-colon delimited unique assembly name list. - Assembly names do not have extensions (how NCover requires them) to match how the - CLR identifies them when being profiled. - - - - - Build the Xml .ncoversettings file to pass to the NCover.Console executable using NCover 1.5 syntax. - - - - - Writes assembly names as separate Assembly nodes in the settings file. Seems to be a - difference in how NCover 1.5.4 onwards handles from previous versions in the xml. - - - - - Build a command line using NCover 1.3.3 syntax. - - - - - Build a command line using NCover 1.5.x syntax. - - - - - Creates the necessary HKCU entries for the NCover coverlib.dll. - - The ncover path. - - - - Handles a control-C style event so we can cleanup our refcount. - - Type of control exit. - Whether to cancel the event. - - - - Create a .nunit project file for all the test assemblies matching the specified pattern. - This should be created in the bin folder where your test assemblies are located so that - the assemblies are within the AppDomain path. - The .nunit file can then be used by NUnit or NCover based tasks. - - - - Create a .nunit project file in output bin folder for a specified test assembly. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - Create a .nunit project file in output bin folder with an associated App.Config file for - all test assemblies matching a pattern. - - - - - - - - ]]> - - - - - - Default constructor. - - - - - Checks whether the task is initialized with valid attributes. - - The used to initialize the task. - - - - Build the contents of the .nunit file using the test assemblies matching this pattern. - - - - - Create a .nunit project file listing the test assemblies. - - Full filename of the .nunit file. - Fileset containing the test assemblies. - Optional path to App.Config file to include in project. - Optional path to the nunit app base, when included full paths to each assembly (relative to the appbase) are included - - - - The nunit project file to create. - - - - - Optional path to an App.Config file to be specified in the .nunit project file. - - - - - Optional path to the nunit app base, when included full paths to each assembly - (relative to the appbase) are included. - - - - - Used to select the test assemblies to be included in the .nunit project. To use see . - - - - - Utility class to scan for an executable in all available paths. - Based on CodeProject article at: http://www.codeproject.com/csharp/winwhich.asp - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Return the version information for the executable located at this path. If executable - not found at this location (e.g. not a fully qualified path) does a path search to see - if it can be found anywhere else. - - Path to executable to find. - Whether to throw exception if not found. - Version number in format Major.Minor.Build - - - - Searches for the specified executable name in all available paths. - - Name of the executable. - - - - - Form the regular expression string for the matching file. - - The name of the executable - string that is the regex pattern. - - - - Runs NDoc2 Alpha to create documentation for .NET 2.0 assemblies. Unlike the original <ndoc> task, this one - simply runs the NDoc.Console.exe with the configuration file created. - - - - The easiest way to create the correct contents for this task is to use the NDocGui and save the resulting - configuration file. Then just paste in the <documenter> and other sections you want into your NAnt script as is. - See the NDoc2 Alpha page for more - information about NDoc Alpha. - - - - - Document two assemblies using the MSDN-CHM documenter. The namespaces are documented in NamespaceSummary.xml. - This is assuming that the NDocConsole.exe is in your path. If not, use the "program" attribute on the ndoc2 - node to specify the path to NDocConsole.exe. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ]]> - - Content of NamespaceSummary.xml : - - - - The Foo.Bar namespace reinvents the wheel. - - - The Foo.Bar.Tests namespace ensures that the Foo.Bar namespace reinvents the wheel correctly. - - - ]]> - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes the taks and verifies the parameters. - - containing the XML fragment used to define this task instance. - - - - Starts the process and handles errors. - - - The that was started. - - - - - Performs logic before the external process is started. - - Process. - - - - Removes generated config file after process has run. - - - - - Concatenates variables for complete filename. - - Configuration filename. - - - - Performs macro expansion for the given nodes. - - for which expansion should be performed. - - - - Builds the arguments to pass to the exe. - - - - - Build the Xml config file to pass to the NDoc2 executable. - - - - - The name of the executable that should be used to launch the - external program. - - - The name of the executable that should be used to launch the external - program, or if no name is specified. - - - If available, the configured value in the NAnt configuration - file will be used if no name is specified. - - - - - The set of assemblies to document. - - - - - The set of namespace summary files. - - - - - Specifies the formats in which the documentation should be generated. - - - - - Collection of additional directories to search for referenced - assemblies. - - - - - The command-line arguments for the external program. - - - - diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NDepend.Build.NAntTasks.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NDepend.Build.NAntTasks.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 2e5fb18..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NDepend.Build.NAntTasks.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NDoc.Documenter.NAnt.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NDoc.Documenter.NAnt.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 0939f2e..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/NDoc.Documenter.NAnt.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/QuickGraph.Algorithms.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/QuickGraph.Algorithms.dll deleted file mode 100644 index d2746c7..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/QuickGraph.Algorithms.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/QuickGraph.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/QuickGraph.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 9847dce..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/QuickGraph.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/SLiNgshoT.Core.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/SLiNgshoT.Core.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 8a96be8..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/SLiNgshoT.Core.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/SLiNgshoT.exe b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/SLiNgshoT.exe deleted file mode 100644 index 16bdf79..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/SLiNgshoT.exe and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/SourceSafe.Interop.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/SourceSafe.Interop.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 85493ae..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/SourceSafe.Interop.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/ThoughtWorks.CruiseControl.MSBuild.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/ThoughtWorks.CruiseControl.MSBuild.dll deleted file mode 100644 index a302f40..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/ThoughtWorks.CruiseControl.MSBuild.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/extensions/common/2.0/NAnt.MSBuild.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/extensions/common/2.0/NAnt.MSBuild.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 115ab1e..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/extensions/common/2.0/NAnt.MSBuild.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/extensions/common/2.0/NAnt.MSBuild.xml b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/extensions/common/2.0/NAnt.MSBuild.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 0f179af..0000000 --- a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/extensions/common/2.0/NAnt.MSBuild.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ - - - - NAnt.MSBuild - - - - - Functions to return information for MSBuild system. - - - - - - - - Test whether project is VS2005 project and could be built using <msbuild> - - The name or path of the project file (csproj, vbproj, ...). - - True, if it is msbuild project, False otherwise. - - - - - Initialize is guaranteed to be called by MSBuild at the start of the build - before any events are raised. - - - - - Analyses Microsoft Visual Studio .NET 2005 (Whidbey) solution files. - - - - diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/1.1/nunit-console-runner.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/1.1/nunit-console-runner.dll deleted file mode 100644 index f112e23..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/1.1/nunit-console-runner.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/1.1/nunit-console.exe b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/1.1/nunit-console.exe deleted file mode 100644 index 32ca802..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/1.1/nunit-console.exe and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/1.1/nunit.core.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/1.1/nunit.core.dll deleted file mode 100644 index df7f905..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/1.1/nunit.core.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/1.1/nunit.framework.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/1.1/nunit.framework.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 5316687..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/1.1/nunit.framework.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/1.1/nunit.util.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/1.1/nunit.util.dll deleted file mode 100644 index e9e479e..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/1.1/nunit.util.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/2.0/nunit-console-runner.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/2.0/nunit-console-runner.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 6a6b5e2..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/2.0/nunit-console-runner.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/2.0/nunit-console.exe b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/2.0/nunit-console.exe deleted file mode 100644 index 24fda7e..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/2.0/nunit-console.exe and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/2.0/nunit.core.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/2.0/nunit.core.dll deleted file mode 100644 index a11e623..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/2.0/nunit.core.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/2.0/nunit.framework.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/2.0/nunit.framework.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 44704bd..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/2.0/nunit.framework.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/2.0/nunit.util.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/2.0/nunit.util.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 8fff811..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/2.0/nunit.util.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/neutral/ICSharpCode.SharpCvsLib.Console.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/neutral/ICSharpCode.SharpCvsLib.Console.dll deleted file mode 100644 index fcca99e..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/neutral/ICSharpCode.SharpCvsLib.Console.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/neutral/ICSharpCode.SharpCvsLib.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/neutral/ICSharpCode.SharpCvsLib.dll deleted file mode 100644 index fcd2d1a..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/neutral/ICSharpCode.SharpCvsLib.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/neutral/ICSharpCode.SharpZipLib.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/neutral/ICSharpCode.SharpZipLib.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 83cd1da..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/neutral/ICSharpCode.SharpZipLib.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/neutral/NDoc.Core.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/neutral/NDoc.Core.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 07fbbe8..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/neutral/NDoc.Core.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/neutral/NDoc.Documenter.Msdn.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/neutral/NDoc.Documenter.Msdn.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 986998c..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/neutral/NDoc.Documenter.Msdn.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/neutral/NDoc.ExtendedUI.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/neutral/NDoc.ExtendedUI.dll deleted file mode 100644 index bc3d5a4..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/neutral/NDoc.ExtendedUI.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/neutral/NUnitCore.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/neutral/NUnitCore.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 0f1873c..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/common/neutral/NUnitCore.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/1.0/NDoc.Core.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/1.0/NDoc.Core.dll deleted file mode 100644 index d360866..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/1.0/NDoc.Core.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/1.0/NDoc.Documenter.Msdn.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/1.0/NDoc.Documenter.Msdn.dll deleted file mode 100644 index c0fc50d..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/1.0/NDoc.Documenter.Msdn.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/1.0/NDoc.ExtendedUI.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/1.0/NDoc.ExtendedUI.dll deleted file mode 100644 index d075d5d..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/1.0/NDoc.ExtendedUI.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/1.0/nunit.core.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/1.0/nunit.core.dll deleted file mode 100644 index df7f905..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/1.0/nunit.core.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/1.0/nunit.framework.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/1.0/nunit.framework.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 5316687..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/1.0/nunit.framework.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/1.0/nunit.util.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/1.0/nunit.util.dll deleted file mode 100644 index e9e479e..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/1.0/nunit.util.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/2.0/NDoc.Core.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/2.0/NDoc.Core.dll deleted file mode 100644 index d360866..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/2.0/NDoc.Core.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/2.0/NDoc.Documenter.Msdn.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/2.0/NDoc.Documenter.Msdn.dll deleted file mode 100644 index c0fc50d..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/2.0/NDoc.Documenter.Msdn.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/2.0/NDoc.ExtendedUI.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/2.0/NDoc.ExtendedUI.dll deleted file mode 100644 index d075d5d..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/2.0/NDoc.ExtendedUI.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/2.0/nunit.core.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/2.0/nunit.core.dll deleted file mode 100644 index a11e623..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/2.0/nunit.core.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/2.0/nunit.framework.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/2.0/nunit.framework.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 44704bd..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/2.0/nunit.framework.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/2.0/nunit.util.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/2.0/nunit.util.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 8fff811..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/mono/2.0/nunit.util.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.0/NDoc.Core.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.0/NDoc.Core.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 351e001..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.0/NDoc.Core.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.0/NDoc.Documenter.Msdn.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.0/NDoc.Documenter.Msdn.dll deleted file mode 100644 index c492f02..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.0/NDoc.Documenter.Msdn.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.0/NDoc.ExtendedUI.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.0/NDoc.ExtendedUI.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 5ebcc27..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.0/NDoc.ExtendedUI.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.0/nunit-console-runner.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.0/nunit-console-runner.dll deleted file mode 100644 index cd6050b..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.0/nunit-console-runner.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.0/nunit-console.exe b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.0/nunit-console.exe deleted file mode 100644 index c25a7cc..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.0/nunit-console.exe and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.0/nunit.core.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.0/nunit.core.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 7b1916e..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.0/nunit.core.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.0/nunit.framework.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.0/nunit.framework.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 6038b27..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.0/nunit.framework.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.0/nunit.util.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.0/nunit.util.dll deleted file mode 100644 index a778921..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.0/nunit.util.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.1/NDoc.Core.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.1/NDoc.Core.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 84931f6..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.1/NDoc.Core.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.1/NDoc.Documenter.Msdn.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.1/NDoc.Documenter.Msdn.dll deleted file mode 100644 index bcda527..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.1/NDoc.Documenter.Msdn.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.1/NDoc.ExtendedUI.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.1/NDoc.ExtendedUI.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 2132a5c..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.1/NDoc.ExtendedUI.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.1/nunit.core.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.1/nunit.core.dll deleted file mode 100644 index df7f905..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.1/nunit.core.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.1/nunit.framework.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.1/nunit.framework.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 5316687..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.1/nunit.framework.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.1/nunit.util.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.1/nunit.util.dll deleted file mode 100644 index e9e479e..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/1.1/nunit.util.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/2.0/NDoc.Core.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/2.0/NDoc.Core.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 84931f6..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/2.0/NDoc.Core.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/2.0/NDoc.Documenter.Msdn.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/2.0/NDoc.Documenter.Msdn.dll deleted file mode 100644 index bcda527..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/2.0/NDoc.Documenter.Msdn.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/2.0/NDoc.ExtendedUI.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/2.0/NDoc.ExtendedUI.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 2132a5c..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/2.0/NDoc.ExtendedUI.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/2.0/nunit.core.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/2.0/nunit.core.dll deleted file mode 100644 index a11e623..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/2.0/nunit.core.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/2.0/nunit.framework.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/2.0/nunit.framework.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 44704bd..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/2.0/nunit.framework.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/2.0/nunit.util.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/2.0/nunit.util.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 8fff811..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/lib/net/2.0/nunit.util.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/log4net.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/log4net.dll deleted file mode 100644 index f377286..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/log4net.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/scvs.exe b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/scvs.exe deleted file mode 100644 index 34da1bc..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/scvs.exe and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/uppercut.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/uppercut.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 6e5603b..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/uppercut.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/uppercut.tasks.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/uppercut.tasks.dll deleted file mode 100644 index f6fdbda..0000000 Binary files a/AutoTest.Net/lib/NAnt/uppercut.tasks.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/HTML.xslt b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/HTML.xslt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..92eaa3d --- /dev/null +++ b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/HTML.xslt @@ -0,0 +1,239 @@ + + + + + + ]]> + + + xUnit.net Test Results + + + + +

+ Assemblies Run +

+ +

+ Summary +

+
+ Tests run:   + + Errors: , + + + Failures: , + + + Skipped: , + + Run time: s +
+ +
+

+ Errors +

+ +
+ +
+

+ Failed tests +

+ + + +
+ +
+

+ Collection failures +

+ + + +
+ +
+

+ Skipped tests +

+ + + +
+
+

+ All tests +

+
Click test class name to expand/collapse test details
+ + + +

+ + s + + + ToggleClass('class') + ToggleClass('class') + + + + + + +   +   + ( tests) + + +
+

+
+ + display: none; + + class + + + +
+
+ + +
+ + +
+ +
+
+ + +
+ altrow + + + s + + + + Skipped + + + + + + + + +   +
+ +
+
+ +
+
+ +
Output:
+
+
+ +
Traits:
+ + +
+
+
+
+ + + + + + + + + +

+ +
+ altrow +
+ +
+
+ +
+
+
+
+
+ + + +
+ + altrow + + + Test Assembly Cleanup + Test Collection Cleanup + Test Class Cleanup + Test Method Cleanup + Test Case Cleanup + Test Cleanup + Fatal Error + + () + +
+ +
+
+ +
+
+
+
+
+ +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/NUnitXml.xslt b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/NUnitXml.xslt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..44da86f --- /dev/null +++ b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/NUnitXml.xslt @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + False + True + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + False + True + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + False + True + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + False + True + + + + False + True + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xUnit1.xslt b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xUnit1.xslt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bb77bc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xUnit1.xslt @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.abstractions.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.abstractions.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..926e59d Binary files /dev/null and b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.abstractions.dll differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.abstractions.xml b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.abstractions.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b801849 --- /dev/null +++ b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.abstractions.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1087 @@ + + + + xunit.abstractions + + + + + Represents source information about a test case. + + + + + Interface implement by objects that want to support serialization in xUnit.net. + + + + + Called when the object should populate itself with data from the serialization info. + + The info to get the data from + + + + Called when the object should store its data into the serialization info. + + The info to store the data in + + + + Gets or sets the source file name. A null value indicates that the + source file name is not known. + + + + + Gets or sets the source file line. A null value indicates that the + source file line is not known. + + + + + Represents a provider which gives source line information for a test case. Generally + consumed by an implementation of during Find operations. + + + + + Returns the source information for a test case. + + The test case to retrieve information for. + The source information, with null string and int values when the information is not available. + Note: return value should never be null, only the interior data values inside. + + + + Represents a test framework. There are two pieces to test frameworks: discovery and + execution. The two factory methods represent these two pieces. Test frameworks can + implement an empty constructor, or they can implement one that takes + if they want to be able to send diagnostic messages. + + + + + Get a test discoverer. + + The assembly from which to discover the tests. + The test discoverer. + + + + Get a test executor. + + The name of the assembly to run tests from. + The test executor. + + + + Sets the source information provider to be used during discovery. + + + + + Represents an implementation of the discovery part of a test framework. + + + + + Starts the process of finding all tests in an assembly. + + Whether to include source file information, if possible. + The message sink to report results back to. + The options used by the test framework during discovery. + + + + Starts the process of finding all tests in a class. + + The fully qualified type name to find tests in. + Whether to include source file information, if possible. + The message sink to report results back to. + The options used by the test framework during discovery. + + + + Serializes a test case into string form. + + The test case to be serialized. + The serialized representation of the test case. + + + + Gets the target framework that the test assembly is linked against. + + + + + Returns the display name of the test framework that this discoverer is running tests for. + + + + + Represents an instance of that is to be used for + test discovery purposes. + + + + + This interface should not be consumed directly; instead, you should + consume + or . + + + + + Gets an option value. + + The type of the value. + The name of the value. + The value. + + + + Sets an option value. + + The type of the value. + The name of the value. + The value to be set. + + + + Represents an instance of that is to be used for + test execution purposes. + + + + + Represents an implementation of the execution part of a test framework. + + + + + De-serializes a test case. + + The string representation of the test case. + The de-serialized test case. + + + + Starts the process of running all the tests in the assembly. + + The message sink to report results back to. + The options to be used during test discovery. + The options to be used during test execution. + + + + Starts the process of running selected tests in the assembly. + + The test cases to run. + The message sink to report results back to. + The options to be used during test execution. + + + + Base message interface for all messages related to test execution. It includes the list + of test cases that are associated with this execution step. + + + + + This is the base interface for all test messages. A test message is a message that is + used to communicate the status of discovery and execution of tests. + + + + + The test cases that are associated with this message. + + + + + This represents failure information for the test runner. It encapsulates multiple sets + of exceptions so that it can provide inner exception information, including support for + . The parent indices indicate the hierarchy of the exceptions + as extracted during the failure; the 0th exception is always the single parent of the tree, + and will have an index of -1. + + + + + The fully-qualified type name of the exceptions. + + + + + The messages of the exceptions. + + + + + The stack traces of the exceptions. + + + + + The parent exception index for the exceptions; a -1 indicates that + the exception in question has no parent. + + + + + This is the base message for various types of completion that can occur during the + various phases of execution process (e.g., test case, test class, test collection, + and assembly). + + + + + The execution time (in seconds) for this execution. + + + + + The number of failing tests. + + + + + The total number of tests run. + + + + + The number of skipped tests. + + + + + Represents an endpoint for the reception of test messages. + + + + + Reports the presence of a message on the message bus. This method should + never throw exceptions. + + The message from the message bus + Return true to continue running tests, or false to stop. + + + + Base message interface for all messages related to test assemblies. + + + + + The test assembly that is associated with this message. + + + + + Base message interface for all messages related to test cases. + + + + + Base message interface for all messages related to test methods. + + + + + Base message interface for all messages related to test classes. + + + + + Base message interface for all messages related to test collections. + + + + + The test collection that is associated with this message. + + + + + The test class that is associated with this message. + + + + + The test method that is associated with this message. + + + + + The test case that is associated with this message. + + + + + Base message interface for all messages related to tests. + + + + + The test that is associated with this message. + + + + + This is the base interface for all individual test results (e.g., tests which + pass, fail, or are skipped). + + + + + The execution time of the test, in seconds. + + + + + The captured output of the test. + + + + + This message is sent during execution to indicate that the After method of + a has completed executing. + + + + + The fully qualified type name of the . + + + + + This message is sent during execution to indicate that the After method of + a is about to execute. + + + + + The fully qualified type name of the . + + + + + This message is sent during execution to indicate that the Before method of + a has completed executing. + + + + + The fully qualified type name of the . + + + + + This message is sent during execution to indicate that the Before method of + a is about to execute. + + + + + The fully qualified type name of the . + + + + + This message is sent when the test framework wants to report a diagnostic message + to the end user. + + + + + Gets the diagnostic message. + + + + + This message indicates that the discovery process has been completed for + the requested assembly. + + + + + This message indicates that an error has occurred in the execution process. + + + + + This message indicates that an error has occurred in test assembly cleanup. + + + + + This message indicates that the execution process has been completed for + the requested assembly. + + + + + This message indicates that the execution process is about to start for + the requested assembly. + + + + + Gets the local date and time when the test assembly execution began. + + + + + Gets a display string that describes the test execution environment. + + + + + Gets a display string which describes the test framework and version number. + + + + + This message indicates that an error has occurred during test case cleanup. + + + + + This message indicates that a test case had been found during the discovery process. + + + + + This message indicates that a test case has finished executing. + + + + + This message indicates that a test case is about to start executing. + + + + + This message indicates that an error has occurred during test class cleanup. + + + + + This message indicates that an instance of a test class has just been constructed. + Instance (non-static) methods of tests get a new instance of the test class for each + individual test execution; static methods do not get an instance of the test class. + + + + + This message indicates that an instance of a test class is about to be constructed. + Instance (non-static) methods of tests get a new instance of the test class for each + individual test execution; static methods do not get an instance of the test class. + + + + + This message indicates that the method was + just called on the test class for the test case that just finished executing. + + + + + This message indicates that the method is + about to be called on the test class for the test case that just finished executing. + + + + + This message indicates that a test class has finished executing (meaning, all of the + test cases in this test class have finished running). + + + + + This message indicates that a test class is about to begin running. + + + + + This message indicates that an error has occurred during test cleanup. + + + + + This message indicates that an error has occurred during test collection cleanup. + + + + + This message indicates that a test collection has just finished executing (meaning, + all the test classes in the collection has finished). + + + + + This message indicates that a test collection has is about to start executing. + + + + + This message indicates that a test has failed. + + + + + This message indicates that a test has finished executing. + + + + + Gets the time spent executing the test, in seconds. + + + + + The captured output of the test. + + + + + This message indicates that an error has occurred during test method cleanup. + + + + + This message indicates that a test method has finished executing (meaning, all + the test cases that derived from the test method have finished). + + + + + This message indicates that a test method is about to begin executing. + + + + + This message indicates that a line of output was provided for a test. + + + + + Gets the line of output. + + + + + Indicates that a test has passed. + + + + + This message indicates that a test was skipped. + + + + + The reason given for skipping the test. + + + + + This message indicates that a test is about to start executing. + + + + + Represents information about an assembly. The primary implementation is based on runtime + reflection, but may also be implemented by runner authors to provide non-reflection-based + test discovery (for example, AST-based runners like CodeRush or Resharper). + + + + + Gets all the custom attributes for the given assembly. + + The type of the attribute, in assembly-qualified form + The matching attributes that decorate the assembly + + + + Gets a for the given type. + + The fully qualified type name. + The if the type exists, or null if not. + + + + Gets all the types for the assembly. + + Set to true to return all types in the assembly, + or false to return only public types. + The types in the assembly. + + + + Gets the on-disk location of the assembly under test. If the assembly path is not + known (for example, in AST-based runners), you must return null. + + + This is used by the test framework wrappers to find the co-located unit test framework + assembly (f.e., xunit.dll or xunit.execution.dll). AST-based runners will need to directly create + instances of and (using the constructors that + support an explicit path to the test framework DLL) rather than relying on the + use of . + + + + + Gets the assembly name. May return a fully qualified name for assemblies found via + reflection (i.e., "mscorlib, Version=4.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089"), + or may return just assembly name only for assemblies found via source code introspection + (i.e., "mscorlib"). + + + + + Represents information about an attribute. The primary implementation is based on runtime + reflection, but may also be implemented by runner authors to provide non-reflection-based + test discovery (for example, AST-based runners like CodeRush or Resharper). + + + + + Gets the arguments passed to the constructor. + + The constructor arguments, in order + + + + Gets all the custom attributes for the given attribute. + + The type of the attribute to find, in assembly-qualified form + The matching attributes that decorate the attribute + + + + Gets a named-argument initialized value of the attribute. If there is no named argument for the given name + on this attribute, then returns default(TValue). + + The type of the argument + The name of the argument + The argument value + + + + Represents information about a method. The primary implementation is based on runtime + reflection, but may also be implemented by runner authors to provide non-reflection-based + test discovery (for example, AST-based runners like CodeRush or Resharper). + + + + + Gets all the custom attributes for the method that are of the given type. + + The type of the attribute, in assembly qualified form + The matching attributes that decorate the method + + + + Gets the types of the generic arguments for generic methods. + + The argument types. + + + + Gets information about the parameters to the method. + + The method's parameters. + + + + Converts an open generic method into a closed generic method, using the provided type arguments. + + The type arguments to be used in the generic definition. + A new that represents the closed generic method. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the method is abstract. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the method is a generic definition (i.e., an open generic). + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the method is public. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the method is static. + + + + + Gets the name of the method. + + + + + Gets the fully qualified type name of the return type. + + + + + Gets a value which represents the class that this method was + reflected from (i.e., equivalent to MethodInfo.ReflectedType) + + + + + Represents information about a method parameter. The primary implementation is based on runtime + reflection, but may also be implemented by runner authors to provide non-reflection-based + test discovery (for example, AST-based runners like CodeRush or Resharper). + + + + + The name of the parameter. + + + + + Gets the type of the parameter. + + + + + Represents a reflection-backed implementation of . + + + + + Gets the underlying for the assembly. + + + + + Represents a reflection-backed implementation of . + + + + + Gets the instance of the attribute, if available. + + + + + Represents a reflection-backed implementation of . + + + + + Gets the underlying for the method. + + + + + Represents a reflection-backed implementation of . + + + + + Gets the underlying for the parameter. + + + + + Represents a reflection-backed implementation of . + + + + + Represents information about a type. The primary implementation is based on runtime + reflection, but may also be implemented by runner authors to provide non-reflection-based + test discovery (for example, AST-based runners like CodeRush or Resharper). + + + + + Gets all the custom attributes for the given type. + + The type of the attribute, in assembly qualified form + The matching attributes that decorate the type + + + + Gets the generic type arguments for a generic type. + + The list of generic types. + + + + Gets a specific method. + + The name of the method. + Set to true to look for the method in both public and private. + The method. + + + + Gets all the methods in this type. + + Set to true to return all methods in the type, + or false to return only public methods. + + + + Gets the assembly this type is located in. + + + + + Gets the base type of the given type. + + + + + Gets the interfaces implemented by the given type. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the type is abstract. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the type represents a generic parameter. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the type is a generic type. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the type is sealed. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the type is a value type. + + + + + Gets the fully qualified type name (for non-generic parameters), or the + simple type name (for generic parameters). + + + + + Gets the underlying object. + + + + + Represents serialization support in xUnit.net. + + + + + Adds a value to the serialization. Supported value types include the built-in + intrinsics (string, int, long, float, double, and decimal, including nullable + versions of those), any class which implements ), + or arrays of any supported types. + + The key + The value + The optional type of the value + + + + Gets a value from the serialization. + + The key + The type of the value + The value, if present; null, otherwise + + + + Gets a value from the serialization. + + The key + The value, if present; default(T), otherwise + + + + Represents a single test in the system. A test case typically contains only a single test, + but may contain many if circumstances warrant it (for example, test data for a theory cannot + be pre-enumerated, so the theory yields a single test case with multiple tests). + + + + + Gets the display name of the test. + + + + + Gets the test case this test belongs to. + + + + + Represents a test assembly. + + + + + Gets the assembly that this test assembly belongs to. + + + + + Gets the full path of the configuration file name, if one is present. + May be null if there is no configuration file. + + + + + Represents a single test case in the system. This test case usually represents a single test, but in + the case of dynamically generated data for data driven tests, the test case may actually return + multiple results when run. + + + + + Gets the display name of the test case. + + + + + Gets the display text for the reason a test is being skipped; if the test + is not skipped, returns null. + + + + + Get or sets the source file name and line where the test is defined, if requested (and known). + + + + + Gets the test method this test case belongs to. + + + + + Gets the arguments that will be passed to the test method. + + + + + Gets the trait values associated with this test case. If + there are none, or the framework does not support traits, + this should return an empty dictionary (not null). This + dictionary must be treated as read-only. + + + + + Gets a unique identifier for the test case. + + + The unique identifier for a test case should be able to discriminate + among test cases, even those which are varied invocations against the + same test method (i.e., theories). Ideally, this identifier would remain + stable until such time as the developer changes some fundamental part + of the identity (assembly, class name, test name, or test data); however, + the minimum stability of the identifier must at least extend across + multiple discoveries of the same test in the same (non-recompiled) + assembly. + + + + + Represents a test class. + + + + + Gets the class that this test case is attached to. + + + + + Gets the test collection this test case belongs to. + + + + + Represents a group of test cases. Test collections form the basis of the parallelization in + xUnit.net. Test cases which are in the same test collection will not be run in parallel + against sibling tests, but will run in parallel against tests in other collections. + + + + + Gets the type that the test collection was defined with, if available; may be null + if the test collection didn't have a definition type. + + + + + Gets the display name of the test collection. + + + + + Gets the test assembly this test collection belongs to. + + + + + Gets the test collection ID. Test collection equality is determined by comparing IDs. + + + + + Represents a test method. + + + + + Gets the method associated with this test method. + + + + + Gets the test class that this test method belongs to. + + + + + Represents a class which can be used to provide test output. + + + + + Adds a line of text to the output. + + The message + + + + Formats a line of text and adds it to the output. + + The message format + The format arguments + + + diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.assert.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.assert.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..21d79cf Binary files /dev/null and b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.assert.dll differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.assert.pdb b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.assert.pdb new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b1f5dfe Binary files /dev/null and b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.assert.pdb differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.assert.xml b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.assert.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3552ea5 --- /dev/null +++ b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.assert.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1417 @@ + + + + xunit.assert + + + + + Contains various static methods that are used to verify that conditions are met during the + process of running tests. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Do not call this method. + + + Do not call this method. + + + + Verifies that the condition is false. + + The condition to be tested + Thrown if the condition is not false + + + + Verifies that the condition is false. + + The condition to be tested + Thrown if the condition is not false + + + + Verifies that the condition is false. + + The condition to be tested + The message to show when the condition is not false + Thrown if the condition is not false + + + + Verifies that the condition is false. + + The condition to be tested + The message to show when the condition is not false + Thrown if the condition is not false + + + + Verifies that an expression is true. + + The condition to be inspected + Thrown when the condition is false + + + + Verifies that an expression is true. + + The condition to be inspected + Thrown when the condition is false + + + + Verifies that an expression is true. + + The condition to be inspected + The message to be shown when the condition is false + Thrown when the condition is false + + + + Verifies that an expression is true. + + The condition to be inspected + The message to be shown when the condition is false + Thrown when the condition is false + + + + Verifies that all items in the collection pass when executed against + action. + + The type of the object to be verified + The collection + The action to test each item against + Thrown when the collection contains at least one non-matching element + + + + Verifies that a collection contains exactly a given number of elements, which meet + the criteria provided by the element inspectors. + + The type of the object to be verified + The collection to be inspected + The element inspectors, which inspect each element in turn. The + total number of element inspectors must exactly match the number of elements in the collection. + + + + Verifies that a collection contains a given object. + + The type of the object to be verified + The object expected to be in the collection + The collection to be inspected + Thrown when the object is not present in the collection + + + + Verifies that a collection contains a given object, using an equality comparer. + + The type of the object to be verified + The object expected to be in the collection + The collection to be inspected + The comparer used to equate objects in the collection with the expected object + Thrown when the object is not present in the collection + + + + Verifies that a collection contains a given object. + + The type of the object to be verified + The collection to be inspected + The filter used to find the item you're ensuring the collection contains + Thrown when the object is not present in the collection + + + + Verifies that a collection does not contain a given object. + + The type of the object to be compared + The object that is expected not to be in the collection + The collection to be inspected + Thrown when the object is present inside the container + + + + Verifies that a collection does not contain a given object, using an equality comparer. + + The type of the object to be compared + The object that is expected not to be in the collection + The collection to be inspected + The comparer used to equate objects in the collection with the expected object + Thrown when the object is present inside the container + + + + Verifies that a collection does not contain a given object. + + The type of the object to be compared + The collection to be inspected + The filter used to find the item you're ensuring the collection does not contain + Thrown when the object is present inside the container + + + + Verifies that a collection is empty. + + The collection to be inspected + Thrown when the collection is null + Thrown when the collection is not empty + + + + Verifies that two sequences are equivalent, using a default comparer. + + The type of the objects to be compared + The expected value + The value to be compared against + Thrown when the objects are not equal + + + + Verifies that two sequences are equivalent, using a custom equatable comparer. + + The type of the objects to be compared + The expected value + The value to be compared against + The comparer used to compare the two objects + Thrown when the objects are not equal + + + + Verifies that a collection is not empty. + + The collection to be inspected + Thrown when a null collection is passed + Thrown when the collection is empty + + + + Verifies that two sequences are not equivalent, using a default comparer. + + The type of the objects to be compared + The expected object + The actual object + Thrown when the objects are equal + + + + Verifies that two sequences are not equivalent, using a custom equality comparer. + + The type of the objects to be compared + The expected object + The actual object + The comparer used to compare the two objects + Thrown when the objects are equal + + + + Verifies that the given collection contains only a single + element of the given type. + + The collection. + The single item in the collection. + Thrown when the collection does not contain + exactly one element. + + + + Verifies that the given collection contains only a single + element of the given value. The collection may or may not + contain other values. + + The collection. + The value to find in the collection. + The single item in the collection. + Thrown when the collection does not contain + exactly one element. + + + + Verifies that the given collection contains only a single + element of the given type. + + The collection type. + The collection. + The single item in the collection. + Thrown when the collection does not contain + exactly one element. + + + + Verifies that the given collection contains only a single + element of the given type which matches the given predicate. The + collection may or may not contain other values which do not + match the given predicate. + + The collection type. + The collection. + The item matching predicate. + The single item in the filtered collection. + Thrown when the filtered collection does + not contain exactly one element. + + + + Verifies that two objects are equal, using a default comparer. + + The type of the objects to be compared + The expected value + The value to be compared against + Thrown when the objects are not equal + + + + Verifies that two objects are equal, using a custom equatable comparer. + + The type of the objects to be compared + The expected value + The value to be compared against + The comparer used to compare the two objects + Thrown when the objects are not equal + + + + Verifies that two values are equal, within the number of decimal + places given by . + + The expected value + The value to be compared against + The number of decimal places (valid values: 0-15) + Thrown when the values are not equal + + + + Verifies that two values are equal, within the number of decimal + places given by . + + The expected value + The value to be compared against + The number of decimal places (valid values: 0-15) + Thrown when the values are not equal + + + + Verifies that two objects are strictly equal, using the type's default comparer. + + The type of the objects to be compared + The expected value + The value to be compared against + Thrown when the objects are not equal + + + + Verifies that two objects are not equal, using a default comparer. + + The type of the objects to be compared + The expected object + The actual object + Thrown when the objects are equal + + + + Verifies that two objects are not equal, using a custom equality comparer. + + The type of the objects to be compared + The expected object + The actual object + The comparer used to examine the objects + Thrown when the objects are equal + + + + Verifies that two values are not equal, within the number of decimal + places given by . + + The expected value + The value to be compared against + The number of decimal places (valid values: 0-15) + Thrown when the values are equal + + + + Verifies that two values are not equal, within the number of decimal + places given by . + + The expected value + The value to be compared against + The number of decimal places (valid values: 0-15) + Thrown when the values are equal + + + + Verifies that two objects are strictly not equal, using the type's default comparer. + + The type of the objects to be compared + The expected object + The actual object + Thrown when the objects are equal + + + + Verifies that the exact exception is thrown (and not a derived exception type). + + The type of the exception expected to be thrown + A delegate to the code to be tested + The exception that was thrown, when successful + Thrown when an exception was not thrown, or when an exception of the incorrect type is thrown + + + + Verifies that the exact exception is thrown (and not a derived exception type). + Generally used to test property accessors. + + The type of the exception expected to be thrown + A delegate to the code to be tested + The exception that was thrown, when successful + Thrown when an exception was not thrown, or when an exception of the incorrect type is thrown + + + + + + + Verifies that the exact exception is thrown (and not a derived exception type). + + The type of the exception expected to be thrown + A delegate to the task to be tested + The exception that was thrown, when successful + Thrown when an exception was not thrown, or when an exception of the incorrect type is thrown + + + + Verifies that the exact exception or a derived exception type is thrown. + + The type of the exception expected to be thrown + A delegate to the code to be tested + The exception that was thrown, when successful + Thrown when an exception was not thrown, or when an exception of the incorrect type is thrown + + + + Verifies that the exact exception or a derived exception type is thrown. + Generally used to test property accessors. + + The type of the exception expected to be thrown + A delegate to the code to be tested + The exception that was thrown, when successful + Thrown when an exception was not thrown, or when an exception of the incorrect type is thrown + + + + Verifies that the exact exception is thrown (and not a derived exception type). + + The type of the exception expected to be thrown + A delegate to the task to be tested + The exception that was thrown, when successful + Thrown when an exception was not thrown, or when an exception of the incorrect type is thrown + + + + Verifies that the exact exception is thrown (and not a derived exception type). + + The type of the exception expected to be thrown + A delegate to the code to be tested + The exception that was thrown, when successful + Thrown when an exception was not thrown, or when an exception of the incorrect type is thrown + + + + Verifies that the exact exception is thrown (and not a derived exception type). + Generally used to test property accessors. + + The type of the exception expected to be thrown + A delegate to the code to be tested + The exception that was thrown, when successful + Thrown when an exception was not thrown, or when an exception of the incorrect type is thrown + + + + Verifies that the exact exception is thrown (and not a derived exception type). + + The type of the exception expected to be thrown + A delegate to the task to be tested + The exception that was thrown, when successful + Thrown when an exception was not thrown, or when an exception of the incorrect type is thrown + + + + Verifies that the exact exception is thrown (and not a derived exception type), where the exception + derives from and has the given parameter name. + + The parameter name that is expected to be in the exception + A delegate to the code to be tested + The exception that was thrown, when successful + Thrown when an exception was not thrown, or when an exception of the incorrect type is thrown + + + + Verifies that the exact exception is thrown (and not a derived exception type), where the exception + derives from and has the given parameter name. + + The parameter name that is expected to be in the exception + A delegate to the code to be tested + The exception that was thrown, when successful + Thrown when an exception was not thrown, or when an exception of the incorrect type is thrown + + + + + + + Verifies that the exact exception is thrown (and not a derived exception type), where the exception + derives from and has the given parameter name. + + The parameter name that is expected to be in the exception + A delegate to the task to be tested + The exception that was thrown, when successful + Thrown when an exception was not thrown, or when an exception of the incorrect type is thrown + + + + + + + Records any exception which is thrown by the given code. + + The code which may thrown an exception. + Returns the exception that was thrown by the code; null, otherwise. + + + + Records any exception which is thrown by the given code that has + a return value. Generally used for testing property accessors. + + The code which may thrown an exception. + Returns the exception that was thrown by the code; null, otherwise. + + + + + + + Records any exception which is thrown by the given task. + + The task which may thrown an exception. + Returns the exception that was thrown by the code; null, otherwise. + + + + Verifies that two objects are not the same instance. + + The expected object instance + The actual object instance + Thrown when the objects are the same instance + + + + Verifies that two objects are the same instance. + + The expected object instance + The actual object instance + Thrown when the objects are not the same instance + + + + Verifies that an object reference is not null. + + The object to be validated + Thrown when the object is not null + + + + Verifies that an object reference is null. + + The object to be inspected + Thrown when the object reference is not null + + + + Verifies that the provided object raised INotifyPropertyChanged.PropertyChanged + as a result of executing the given test code. + + The object which should raise the notification + The property name for which the notification should be raised + The test code which should cause the notification to be raised + Thrown when the notification is not raised + + + + Verifies that a value is within a given range. + + The type of the value to be compared + The actual value to be evaluated + The (inclusive) low value of the range + The (inclusive) high value of the range + Thrown when the value is not in the given range + + + + Verifies that a value is within a given range, using a comparer. + + The type of the value to be compared + The actual value to be evaluated + The (inclusive) low value of the range + The (inclusive) high value of the range + The comparer used to evaluate the value's range + Thrown when the value is not in the given range + + + + Verifies that a value is not within a given range, using the default comparer. + + The type of the value to be compared + The actual value to be evaluated + The (inclusive) low value of the range + The (inclusive) high value of the range + Thrown when the value is in the given range + + + + Verifies that a value is not within a given range, using a comparer. + + The type of the value to be compared + The actual value to be evaluated + The (inclusive) low value of the range + The (inclusive) high value of the range + The comparer used to evaluate the value's range + Thrown when the value is in the given range + + + + Verifies that a set is a proper subset of another set. + + The type of the object to be verified + The expected superset + The set expected to be a proper subset + Thrown when the actual set is not a proper subset of the expected set + + + + Verifies that a set is a proper superset of another set. + + The type of the object to be verified + The expected subset + The set expected to be a proper superset + Thrown when the actual set is not a proper superset of the expected set + + + + Verifies that a set is a subset of another set. + + The type of the object to be verified + The expected superset + The set expected to be a subset + Thrown when the actual set is not a subset of the expected set + + + + Verifies that a set is a superset of another set. + + The type of the object to be verified + The expected subset + The set expected to be a superset + Thrown when the actual set is not a superset of the expected set + + + + Verifies that a string contains a given sub-string, using the current culture. + + The sub-string expected to be in the string + The string to be inspected + Thrown when the sub-string is not present inside the string + + + + Verifies that a string contains a given sub-string, using the given comparison type. + + The sub-string expected to be in the string + The string to be inspected + The type of string comparison to perform + Thrown when the sub-string is not present inside the string + + + + Verifies that a string does not contain a given sub-string, using the current culture. + + The sub-string which is expected not to be in the string + The string to be inspected + Thrown when the sub-string is present inside the string + + + + Verifies that a string does not contain a given sub-string, using the current culture. + + The sub-string which is expected not to be in the string + The string to be inspected + The type of string comparison to perform + Thrown when the sub-string is present inside the given string + + + + Verifies that a string starts with a given string, using the current culture. + + The string expected to be at the start of the string + The string to be inspected + Thrown when the string does not start with the expected string + + + + Verifies that a string starts with a given string, using the given comparison type. + + The string expected to be at the start of the string + The string to be inspected + The type of string comparison to perform + Thrown when the string does not start with the expected string + + + + Verifies that a string ends with a given string, using the current culture. + + The string expected to be at the end of the string + The string to be inspected + Thrown when the string does not end with the expected string + + + + Verifies that a string ends with a given string, using the given comparison type. + + The string expected to be at the end of the string + The string to be inspected + The type of string comparison to perform + Thrown when the string does not end with the expected string + + + + Verifies that a string matches a regular expression. + + The regex pattern expected to match + The string to be inspected + Thrown when the string does not match the regex pattern + + + + Verifies that a string matches a regular expression. + + The regex expected to match + The string to be inspected + Thrown when the string does not match the regex + + + + Verifies that a string does not match a regular expression. + + The regex pattern expected not to match + The string to be inspected + Thrown when the string matches the regex pattern + + + + Verifies that a string does not match a regular expression. + + The regex expected not to match + The string to be inspected + Thrown when the string matches the regex + + + + Verifies that two strings are equivalent. + + The expected string value. + The actual string value. + Thrown when the strings are not equivalent. + + + + Verifies that two strings are equivalent. + + The expected string value. + The actual string value. + If set to true, ignores cases differences. The invariant culture is used. + If set to true, treats \r\n, \r, and \n as equivalent. + If set to true, treats spaces and tabs (in any non-zero quantity) as equivalent. + Thrown when the strings are not equivalent. + + + + Verifies that an object is of the given type or a derived type. + + The type the object should be + The object to be evaluated + The object, casted to type T when successful + Thrown when the object is not the given type + + + + Verifies that an object is of the given type or a derived type. + + The type the object should be + The object to be evaluated + Thrown when the object is not the given type + + + + Verifies that an object is not exactly the given type. + + The type the object should not be + The object to be evaluated + Thrown when the object is the given type + + + + Verifies that an object is not exactly the given type. + + The type the object should not be + The object to be evaluated + Thrown when the object is the given type + + + + Verifies that an object is exactly the given type (and not a derived type). + + The type the object should be + The object to be evaluated + The object, casted to type T when successful + Thrown when the object is not the given type + + + + Verifies that an object is exactly the given type (and not a derived type). + + The type the object should be + The object to be evaluated + Thrown when the object is not the given type + + + + Formats arguments for display in theories. + + + + + Format the value for presentation. + + The value to be formatted. + The formatted value. + + + + Default implementation of used by the xUnit.net range assertions. + + The type that is being compared. + + + + + + + Default implementation of used by the xUnit.net equality assertions. + + The type that is being compared. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Set to true to skip type equality checks. + The inner comparer to be used when the compared objects are enumerable. + + + + + + + + + + A class that wraps to create . + + The type that is being compared. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The comparer that is being adapted. + + + + + + + + + + Base class for exceptions that have actual and expected values + + + + + The base assert exception class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The user message to be displayed + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The user message to be displayed + The inner exception + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The user message to be displayed + The stack trace to be displayed + + + + + + + Gets a string representation of the frames on the call stack at the time the current exception was thrown. + + A string that describes the contents of the call stack, with the most recent method call appearing first. + + + + Gets the user message + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The expected value + The actual value + The user message to be shown + The title to use for the expected value (defaults to "Expected") + The title to use for the actual value (defaults to "Actual") + + + + Gets the actual value. + + + + + Gets the title used for the actual value. + + + + + Gets the expected value. + + + + + Gets the title used for the expected value. + + + + + Gets a message that describes the current exception. Includes the expected and actual values. + + The error message that explains the reason for the exception, or an empty string(""). + 1 + + + + Exception thrown when the collection did not contain exactly the given number element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The expected number of items in the collection. + The actual number of items in the collection. + + + + Exception thrown when Assert.Collection fails. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The expected number of items in the collection. + The actual number of items in the collection. + The index of the position where the first comparison failure occurred. + The exception that was thrown during the comparison failure. + + + + The actual number of items in the collection. + + + + + The expected number of items in the collection. + + + + + The index of the position where the first comparison failure occurred, or -1 if + comparisions did not occur (because the actual and expected counts differed). + + + + + + + + + + + Exception thrown when an All assertion has one or more items fail an assertion. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The total number of items that were in the collection. + The list of errors that occurred during the test pass. + + + + The errors that occurred during execution of the test. + + + + + + + + Exception thrown when a collection unexpectedly does not contain the expected value. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The expected object value + The actual value + + + + Exception thrown when a collection unexpectedly contains the expected value. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The expected object value + The actual value + + + + Exception thrown when a string unexpectedly matches a regular expression. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The regular expression pattern expected not to match + The actual value + + + + Exception thrown when a collection is unexpectedly not empty. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + Exception thrown when a string does not end with the expected value. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The expected string value + The actual value + + + + Exception thrown when two values are unexpectedly not equal. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The expected object value + The actual object value + + + + Creates a new instance of the class for string comparisons. + + The expected string value + The actual string value + The first index in the expected string where the strings differ + The first index in the actual string where the strings differ + + + + Gets the index into the actual value where the values first differed. + Returns -1 if the difference index points were not provided. + + + + + Gets the index into the expected value where the values first differed. + Returns -1 if the difference index points were not provided. + + + + + + + + Exception thrown when a value is unexpectedly true. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The user message to be display, or null for the default message + The actual value + + + + Exception thrown when a value is unexpectedly not in the given range. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The actual object value + The low value of the range + The high value of the range + + + + Gets the actual object value + + + + + Gets the high value of the range + + + + + Gets the low value of the range + + + + + Gets a message that describes the current exception. + + The error message that explains the reason for the exception, or an empty string(""). + + + + Exception thrown when the value is unexpectedly not of the given type or a derived type. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The expected type + The actual object value + + + + Exception thrown when the value is unexpectedly of the exact given type. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The expected type + The actual object value + + + + Exception thrown when the value is unexpectedly not of the exact given type. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The expected type name + The actual type name + + + + Exception thrown when a string does not match a regular expression. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The expected regular expression pattern + The actual value + + + + Exception thrown when a collection is unexpectedly empty. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + Exception thrown when two values are unexpectedly equal. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + Exception thrown when a value is unexpectedly in the given range. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The actual object value + The low value of the range + The high value of the range + + + + Gets the actual object value + + + + + Gets the high value of the range + + + + + Gets the low value of the range + + + + + Gets a message that describes the current exception. + + The error message that explains the reason for the exception, or an empty string(""). + + + + Exception thrown when an object is unexpectedly null. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + Exception thrown when two values are unexpected the same instance. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + Exception thrown when an object reference is unexpectedly not null. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Exception to be thrown from theory execution when the number of + parameter values does not the test method signature. + + + + + + + + Exception thrown when a set is not a proper subset of another set. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + Exception thrown when a set is not a proper superset of another set. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + Exception thrown when code unexpectedly fails change a property. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. Call this constructor + when no exception was thrown. + + The name of the property that was expected to be changed. + + + + Exception thrown when two object references are unexpectedly not the same instance. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The expected object reference + The actual object reference + + + + Exception thrown when the collection did not contain exactly one element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The numbers of items in the collection. + + + + Exception thrown when a string does not start with the expected value. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The expected string value + The actual value + + + + Exception thrown when a set is not a subset of another set. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + Exception thrown when a set is not a superset of another set. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + Exception thrown when code unexpectedly fails to throw an exception. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. Call this constructor + when no exception was thrown. + + The type of the exception that was expected + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. Call this constructor + when an exception of the wrong type was thrown. + + The type of the exception that was expected + The actual exception that was thrown + + + + THIS CONSTRUCTOR IS FOR UNIT TESTING PURPOSES ONLY. + + + + + Gets a string representation of the frames on the call stack at the time the current exception was thrown. + + A string that describes the contents of the call stack, with the most recent method call appearing first. + + + + Exception thrown when a value is unexpectedly false. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The user message to be displayed, or null for the default message + The actual value + + + diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.console.exe b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.console.exe new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b31265 Binary files /dev/null and b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.console.exe differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.console.exe.config b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.console.exe.config new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f7877d --- /dev/null +++ b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.console.exe.config @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.console.x86.exe b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.console.x86.exe new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c3e5948 Binary files /dev/null and b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.console.x86.exe differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.console.x86.exe.config b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.console.x86.exe.config new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f68633b --- /dev/null +++ b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.console.x86.exe.config @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b3a5816 Binary files /dev/null and b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.dll differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.dll.tdnet b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.dll.tdnet new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4d8afc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.dll.tdnet @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ + + xUnit.net {0}.{1}.{2} build {3} + xunit.runner.tdnet.dll + Xunit.Runner.TdNet.TdNetRunner + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.pdb b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.pdb new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4d3388 Binary files /dev/null and b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.pdb differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.props b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.props new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c07c73d --- /dev/null +++ b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.props @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + + + %(Filename)%(Extension) + PreserveNewest + False + + + xunit.execution.desktop.dll + PreserveNewest + False + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.xml b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f1e258f --- /dev/null +++ b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.xml @@ -0,0 +1,940 @@ + + + + xunit.core + + + + + Rethrows an exception object without losing the existing stack trace information + + The exception to re-throw. + + For more information on this technique, see + http://www.dotnetjunkies.com/WebLog/chris.taylor/archive/2004/03/03/8353.aspx. + The remote_stack_trace string is here to support Mono. + + + + + Unwraps an exception to remove any wrappers, like . + + The exception to unwrap. + The unwrapped exception. + + + + Guard class, used for guard clauses and argument validation + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates the default display name format for test methods. + + + + + Use a fully qualified name (namespace + class + method) + + + + + Use just the method name (without class) + + + + + Formats arguments for display in theories. + + + + + Format the value for presentation. + + The value to be formatted. + The formatted value. + + + + Default implementation of used by the xUnit.net equality assertions. + + The type that is being compared. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Set to true to skip type equality checks. + The inner comparer to be used when the compared objects are enumerable. + + + + + + + + + + A class that wraps to create . + + The type that is being compared. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The comparer that is being adapted. + + + + + + + + + + Used to declare a specific test collection for a test class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The test collection name. + + + + Defines the built-in behavior types for collections in xUnit.net. + + + + + By default, generates a collection per assembly, and any test classes that are not + decorated with will be placed into the assembly-level + collection. + + + + + By default, generates a collection per test class for any test classes that are not + decorated with . + + + + + Used to declare a the default test collection behavior for the assembly. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The collection behavior for the assembly. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The type name of the test collection factory (that implements ). + The assembly that exists in. + + + + Determines whether tests in this assembly are run in parallel. + + + + + Determines how many tests can run in parallel with each other. + + + + + Used to declare a test collection container class. The container class gives + developers a place to attach interfaces like and + that will be applied to all tests classes + that are members of the test collection. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The test collection name. + + + + Attribute that is applied to a method to indicate that it is a fact that should be run + by the test runner. It can also be extended to support a customized definition of a + test method. + + + + + Gets the name of the test to be used when the test is skipped. Defaults to + null, which will cause the fully qualified test name to be used. + + + + + Marks the test so that it will not be run, and gets or sets the skip reason + + + + + Used to decorate xUnit.net test classes and collections to indicate a test which has + per-test-class fixture data. An instance of the fixture data is initialized just before + the first test in the class is run, and if it implements IDisposable, is disposed + after the last test in the class is run. To gain access to the fixture data from + inside the test, a constructor argument should be added to the test class which + exactly matches the . + + The type of the fixture. + + + + Used to decorate xUnit.net test classes and collections to indicate a test which has + per-test-collection fixture data. An instance of the fixture data is initialized just before + the first test in the collection is run, and if it implements IDisposable, is disposed + after the last test in the collection is run. To gain access to the fixture data from + inside the test, a constructor argument should be added to the test class which + exactly matches the . + + The type of the fixture. + + + + Provides a data source for a data theory, with the data coming from inline values. + + + + + Abstract attribute which represents a data source for a data theory. + Data source providers derive from this attribute and implement GetData + to return the data for the theory. + + + + + Returns the data to be used to test the theory. + + The method that is being tested + One or more sets of theory data. Each invocation of the test method + is represented by a single object array. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The data values to pass to the theory. + + + + + + + A class implements this interface to participate in ordering tests + for the test runner. Test collection orderers are applied using the + , which can be applied at + the assembly level. + + + + + Orders test collections for execution. + + The test collections to be ordered. + The test collections in the order to be run. + + + + Provides a data source for a data theory, with the data coming from one of the following sources: + 1. A static property + 2. A static field + 3. A static method (with parameters) + The member must return something compatible with IEnumerable<object[]> with the test data. + + + + + Provides a base class for attributes that will provide member data. The member data must return + something compatible with . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the public static member on the test class that will provide the test data + The parameters for the member (only supported for methods; ignored for everything else) + + + + + + + Converts an item yielded by the data member to an object array, for return from . + + The method that is being tested. + An item yielded from the data member. + An suitable for return from . + + + + Returns true if the data attribute wants to skip enumerating data during discovery. + This will cause the theory to yield a single test case for all data, and the data discovery + will be during test execution instead of discovery. + + + + + Gets the member name. + + + + + Gets or sets the type to retrieve the member from. If not set, then the property will be + retrieved from the unit test class. + + + + + Gets or sets the parameters passed to the member. Only supported for static methods. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the public static member on the test class that will provide the test data + The parameters for the member (only supported for methods; ignored for everything else) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Allows the user to record actions for a test. + + + + + Records any exception which is thrown by the given code. + + The code which may thrown an exception. + Returns the exception that was thrown by the code; null, otherwise. + + + + Records any exception which is thrown by the given code that has + a return value. Generally used for testing property accessors. + + The code which may thrown an exception. + Returns the exception that was thrown by the code; null, otherwise. + + + + + + + Records any exception which is thrown by the given task. + + The task which may thrown an exception. + Returns the exception that was thrown by the code; null, otherwise. + + + + + + + Base attribute which indicates a test method interception (allows code to be run before and + after the test is run). + + + + + This method is called after the test method is executed. + + The method under test + + + + This method is called before the test method is executed. + + The method under test + + + + Implementation of for discovering . + + + + + Default implementation of . Uses reflection to find the + data associated with ; may return null when called + without reflection-based abstraction implementations. + + + + + This class is responsible for discovering the data available in an implementation + of . The discovery process may not always have access + to reflection (i.e., running in Resharper), so the discoverer must make a best + effort to return data, but may return null when there is not enough information + available (for example, if reflection is required to answer the question). + + + + + Returns the data to be used to test the theory. + + + This will be called during + discovery, at which point the may or may not + be backed by reflection (i.e., implementing ). + If the data is not available because reflection is required, then you may return + null to inform xUnit that the quantity of data is unknown at this point. + When the tests are run, if you returned back null during discovery, then this method + will be called again to retrieve the data, this time guaranteed to provide + an implementation of . At this time, you + must return the actual data, and returning null is not legal. + + The data attribute being discovered + The method that is being tested/discovered + The theory data (or null during discovery, if not enough + information is available to enumerate the data) + + + + Returns true if the data attribute supports enumeration during + discovery; false otherwise. Data attributes with expensive computational + costs should return false. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + An attribute used to decorate classes which derive from , + to indicate how data elements should be discovered. + + + + + Initializes an instance of . + + The fully qualified type name of the discoverer + (f.e., 'Xunit.Sdk.DataDiscoverer') + The name of the assembly that the discoverer type + is located in, without file extension (f.e., 'xunit.execution') + + + + Aggregates exceptions. Intended to run one or more code blocks, and collect the + exceptions thrown by those code blocks. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class that + contains the exception list of its parent. + + The parent aggregator to copy exceptions from. + + + + Adds an exception to the aggregator. + + The exception to be added. + + + + Adds exceptions from another aggregator into this aggregator. + + The aggregator whose exceptions should be copied. + + + + Clears the aggregator. + + + + + Runs the code, catching the exception that is thrown and adding it to + the aggregate. + + The code to be run. + + + + Runs the code, catching the exception that is thrown and adding it to + the aggregate. + + The code to be run. + + + + Runs the code, catching the exception that is thrown and adding it to + the aggregate. + + The code to be run. + + + + Returns an exception that represents the exceptions thrown by the code + passed to the or method. + + Returns null if no exceptions were thrown; returns the + exact exception is a single exception was thrown; returns + if more than one exception was thrown. + + + + Returns true if the aggregator has at least one exception inside it. + + + + + Used by discovery, execution, and extensibility code to send messages to the runner. + + + + + Queues a message to be sent to the runner. + + The message to be sent to the runner + + Returns true if discovery/execution should continue; false, otherwise. + The return value may be safely ignored by components which are not directly responsible + for discovery or execution, and this is intended to communicate to those sub-systems that + that they should short circuit and stop their work as quickly as is reasonable. + + + + + Implementation of used to discover the data + provided by . + + + + + + + + + + + A class implements this interface to participate in ordering tests + for the test runner. Test case orderers are applied using the + , which can be applied at + the assembly, test collection, and test class level. + + + + + Orders test cases for execution. + + The test cases to be ordered. + The test cases in the order to be run. + + + + Marker interface that must be implemented by test framework attributes, so + that the test framework attribute discoverer can find them. + + + + + Interface to be implemented by classes which are used to discover the test framework. + + + + + Gets the type that implements to be used to discover + and run tests. + + The test framework attribute that decorated the assembly + The test framework type + + + + Marker interface used by attributes which provide trait data. + + + + + This interface is implemented by discoverers that provide trait values to + xUnit.net v2 tests. + + + + + Gets the trait values from the trait attribute. + + The trait attribute containing the trait values. + The trait values. + + + + Interface to be implemented by classes which are used to discover tests cases attached + to test methods that are attributed with (or a subclass). + + + + + Discover test cases from a test method. + + The discovery options to be used. + The test method the test cases belong to. + The fact attribute attached to the test method. + Returns zero or more test cases represented by the test method. + + + + Represents a single test case from xUnit.net v2. + + + + + Executes the test case, returning 0 or more result messages through the message sink. + + The message sink used to send diagnostic messages to. + The message bus to report results to. + The arguments to pass to the constructor. + The error aggregator to use for catching exception. + The cancellation token source that indicates whether cancellation has been requested. + Returns the summary of the test case run. + + + + Gets the method to be run. Differs from . in that + any generic argument types will have been closed based on the arguments. + + + + + This interface is intended to be implemented by components which generate test collections. + End users specify the desired test collection factory by applying + at the assembly level. Classes which implement this interface must have a constructor + that takes and . + + + + + Gets the test collection for a given test class. + + The test class. + The test collection. + + + + Gets the display name for the test collection factory. This information is shown to the end + user as part of the description of the test environment. + + + + + Marks an assembly as a platform specific assembly for use with xUnit.net. Type references from + such assemblies are allowed to use a special suffix ("My.Assembly.{Platform}"), which will + automatically be translated into the correct platform-specific name ("My.Assembly.desktop", + "My.Assembly.win8", etc.). This affects both extensibility points which require specifying + a string-based type name and assembly, as well as serialization. The supported platform target + names include: + "desktop" (for desktop and PCL tests), + "iOS-Universal" (for Xamarin test projects targeting iOS), + "MonoAndroid" (for Xamarin MonoAndroid tests), + "MonoTouch" (for Xamarin MonoTouch tests), + "universal" (for Windows Phone 8.1 and Windows 8.1 tests), + "win8" (for Modern Windows 8 tests), and + "wp8" (for Windows Phone 8 Silverlight tests). + Note that file names may be case sensitive (when running on platforms with case sensitive + file systems like Linux), so ensure that your assembly file name casing is consistent, and + that you use the suffixes here with the exact case shown. + + + + + Represents the statistical summary from a run of one or more tests. + + + + + The total number of tests run. + + + + + The number of failed tests. + + + + + The number of skipped tests. + + + + + The total time taken to run the tests, in seconds. + + + + + Adds a run summary's totals into this run summary. + + The run summary to be added. + + + + Decorates an implementation of that is used to + determine which test framework is used to discover and run tests. + + + + + Initializes an instance of . + + The fully qualified type name of the discoverer + (f.e., 'Xunit.Sdk.DataDiscoverer') + The name of the assembly that the discoverer type + is located in, without file extension (f.e., 'xunit.execution') + + + + An attribute used to decorate classes which derive from , + to indicate how test cases should be discovered. + + + + + Initializes an instance of the class. + + The fully qualified type name of the discoverer + (f.e., 'Xunit.Sdk.FactDiscoverer') + The name of the assembly that the discoverer type + is located in, without file extension (f.e., 'xunit.execution') + + + + The implementation of which returns the trait values + for . + + + + + + + + An attribute used to decorate classes which implement , + to indicate how trait values should be discovered. The discoverer type must implement + . + + + + + Initializes an instance of . + + The fully qualified type name of the discoverer + (f.e., 'Xunit.Sdk.TraitDiscoverer') + The name of the assembly that the discoverer type + is located in, without file extension (f.e., 'xunit.execution') + + + + Used to decorate an assembly to allow the use a custom . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The type name of the orderer class (that implements ). + The assembly that exists in. + + + + Used to decorate an assembly, test collection, or test class to allow + the use a custom . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The type name of the orderer class (that implements ). + The assembly that exists in. + + + + Used to decorate an assembly to allow the use a custom . + + + + + Initializes an instance of . + + The fully qualified type name of the test framework + (f.e., 'Xunit.Sdk.XunitTestFramework') + The name of the assembly that the test framework type + is located in, without file extension (f.e., 'xunit.execution') + + + + Marks a test method as being a data theory. Data theories are tests which are fed + various bits of data from a data source, mapping to parameters on the test method. + If the data source contains multiple rows, then the test method is executed + multiple times (once with each data row). Data is provided by attributes which + derive from (notably, and + ). + + + + + Provides data for theories based on collection initialization syntax. + + + + + Adds a row to the theory. + + The values to be added. + + + + + + + + + + Represents a set of data for a theory with a single parameter. Data can + be added to the data set using the collection initializer syntax. + + The parameter type. + + + + Adds data to the theory data set. + + The data value. + + + + Represents a set of data for a theory with 2 parameters. Data can + be added to the data set using the collection initializer syntax. + + The first parameter type. + The second parameter type. + + + + Adds data to the theory data set. + + The first data value. + The second data value. + + + + Represents a set of data for a theory with 3 parameters. Data can + be added to the data set using the collection initializer syntax. + + The first parameter type. + The second parameter type. + The third parameter type. + + + + Adds data to the theory data set. + + The first data value. + The second data value. + The third data value. + + + + Represents a set of data for a theory with 3 parameters. Data can + be added to the data set using the collection initializer syntax. + + The first parameter type. + The second parameter type. + The third parameter type. + The fourth parameter type. + + + + Adds data to the theory data set. + + The first data value. + The second data value. + The third data value. + The fourth data value. + + + + Represents a set of data for a theory with 3 parameters. Data can + be added to the data set using the collection initializer syntax. + + The first parameter type. + The second parameter type. + The third parameter type. + The fourth parameter type. + The fifth parameter type. + + + + Adds data to the theory data set. + + The first data value. + The second data value. + The third data value. + The fourth data value. + The fifth data value. + + + + Attribute used to decorate a test method with arbitrary name/value pairs ("traits"). + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The trait name + The trait value + + + diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.execution.desktop.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.execution.desktop.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ae40be1 Binary files /dev/null and b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.execution.desktop.dll differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.runner.tdnet.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.runner.tdnet.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6acf324 Binary files /dev/null and b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.runner.tdnet.dll differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.runner.utility.desktop.dll b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.runner.utility.desktop.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a90ee09 Binary files /dev/null and b/AutoTest.Net/lib/XUnit2/xunit.runner.utility.desktop.dll differ diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.Core/Configuration/DIContainer.cs b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.Core/Configuration/DIContainer.cs index b121322..e31fa26 100644 --- a/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.Core/Configuration/DIContainer.cs +++ b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.Core/Configuration/DIContainer.cs @@ -60,6 +60,7 @@ public void Configure(ILocateWriteLocation defaultConfigurationLocator) .Register(Component.For>().Forward>().ImplementedBy().LifeStyle.Singleton) .Register(Component.For>().ImplementedBy().Named("MSBuild")) .Register(Component.For>().ImplementedBy().Named("NoBuild")) + .Register(Component.For>().ImplementedBy().Named("RecursiveRunConsumer")) .Register(Component.For().ImplementedBy().LifeStyle.Singleton) .Register(Component.For().ImplementedBy()) .Register(Component.For().ImplementedBy()) diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.Server/AutoTest.Server.csproj b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.Server/AutoTest.Server.csproj index c69eb0a..0b1be75 100644 --- a/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.Server/AutoTest.Server.csproj +++ b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.Server/AutoTest.Server.csproj @@ -32,6 +32,9 @@ 4 + + ..\..\..\lib\BellyRub\BellyRub.dll + @@ -48,7 +51,6 @@ ..\..\lib\Castle.Windsor\Castle.Windsor.dll - diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.Server/Handlers/TriggerRunHandler.cs b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.Server/Handlers/TriggerRunHandler.cs index a751bee..dac2176 100644 --- a/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.Server/Handlers/TriggerRunHandler.cs +++ b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.Server/Handlers/TriggerRunHandler.cs @@ -60,9 +60,9 @@ public Dictionary> GetClientHandlers() { .Select(x => { var run = new OnDemandRun( x.project.ToString(), - ((IEnumerable)x.tests).Select(y => y.ToString()).ToArray(), - ((IEnumerable)x.members).Select(y => y.ToString()).ToArray(), - ((IEnumerable)x.namespaces).Select(y => y.ToString()).ToArray() + ((IEnumerable)x.tests).Select(y => y.ToString()).OfType().ToArray(), + ((IEnumerable)x.members).Select(y => y.ToString()).OfType().ToArray(), + ((IEnumerable)x.namespaces).Select(y => y.ToString()).OfType().ToArray() ); if ((bool)x.project_runall_tests == true) run.ShouldRunAllTestsInProject(); diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.Tests/RunnerTests.cs b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.Tests/RunnerTests.cs index e8867cc..b5c7b5d 100644 --- a/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.Tests/RunnerTests.cs +++ b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.Tests/RunnerTests.cs @@ -28,31 +28,15 @@ public IEnumerable Run(Plugin plugin, RunSettings settings) [TestFixture] public class RunnerTests { - //private AppDomain _childDomain = null; - //private Plugin _plugin = null; - //private ITestRunner _runner; - - //[SetUp] - //public void SetUp() - //{ - // AppDomainSetup domainSetup = new AppDomainSetup() - // { - // ApplicationBase = AppDomain.CurrentDomain.SetupInformation.ApplicationBase, - // ConfigurationFile = AppDomain.CurrentDomain.SetupInformation.ConfigurationFile, - // ApplicationName = AppDomain.CurrentDomain.SetupInformation.ApplicationName, - // LoaderOptimization = LoaderOptimization.MultiDomainHost - // }; - // _childDomain = AppDomain.CreateDomain("XUnit app domain", null, domainSetup); - // _plugin = new Plugin(typeof(Runner).Assembly.Location, typeof(Runner).FullName); - // _runner = (ITestRunner)_childDomain.CreateInstanceAndUnwrap(typeof(TestRunner).Assembly.FullName, typeof(TestRunner).FullName); - //} - - //[TearDown] - //public void Teardown() - //{ - // if (_childDomain != null) - // AppDomain.Unload(_childDomain); - //} + private Plugin _plugin = null; + private ITestRunner _runner; + + [SetUp] + public void SetUp() + { + _plugin = new Plugin(typeof(Runner).Assembly.Location, typeof(Runner).FullName); + _runner = new TestRunner(); + } [Test] public void Should_identify_test() @@ -86,77 +70,75 @@ private string getPath(string relativePath) return Path.Combine(path, relativePath); } - //[Test] - //public void Should_run_tests() - //{ - // var options = new RunnerOptions("XUnit"); - // options.AddAssembly(new AssemblyOptions( - // Path.GetFullPath(@"AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.Tests.TestResource.dll"))); - - // var result = _runner.Run(_plugin, options); - - // Assert.That(result.Count(), Is.EqualTo(7)); - // var test1 = result.Where(x => x.TestName.Equals("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.Tests.TestResource.Class1.Should_pass")).First(); - // Assert.That(test1.Runner, Is.EqualTo("XUnit")); - // Assert.That(test1.Assembly, Is.EqualTo(options.Assemblies.ElementAt(0).Assembly)); - // Assert.That(test1.TestFixture, Is.EqualTo("")); - // Assert.That(test1.DurationInMilliseconds, Is.GreaterThan(0)); - // Assert.That(test1.TestName, Is.EqualTo("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.Tests.TestResource.Class1.Should_pass")); - // Assert.That(test1.State, Is.EqualTo(Shared.Results.TestState.Passed)); - - // var test2 = result.Where(x => x.TestName.Equals("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.Tests.TestResource.Class1.Should_fail")).First(); - // Assert.That(test2.Runner, Is.EqualTo("XUnit")); - // Assert.That(test2.Assembly, Is.EqualTo(options.Assemblies.ElementAt(0).Assembly)); - // Assert.That(test2.TestFixture, Is.EqualTo("")); - // Assert.That(test2.TestName, Is.EqualTo("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.Tests.TestResource.Class1.Should_fail")); - // Assert.That(test2.State, Is.EqualTo(Shared.Results.TestState.Failed)); - // Assert.That(test2.StackLines.Count(), Is.EqualTo(1)); - // Assert.That(test2.StackLines.ElementAt(0).Method, Is.EqualTo("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.Tests.TestResource.Class1.Should_fail()")); - // // Only verify if build with debug - // if (test2.StackLines.ElementAt(0).File.Length > 0) - // { - // Assert.IsTrue(File.Exists(test2.StackLines.ElementAt(0).File)); - // Assert.That(test2.StackLines.ElementAt(0).Line, Is.EqualTo(23)); - // } - //} - - //[Test] - //public void Should_run_single_test() - //{ - // var options = new RunnerOptions("XUnit"); - // var assembly = new AssemblyOptions(Path.GetFullPath(@"AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.Tests.TestResource.dll")); - // assembly.AddTest("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.Tests.TestResource.Class1.Should_pass"); - // options.AddAssembly(assembly); - - // var result = _runner.Run(_plugin, options); - - // Assert.That(result.Count(), Is.EqualTo(1)); - //} - - //[Test] - //public void Should_run_members() - //{ - // var options = new RunnerOptions("XUnit"); - // var assembly = new AssemblyOptions(Path.GetFullPath(@"AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.Tests.TestResource.dll")); - // assembly.AddMember("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.Tests.TestResource.Class1"); - // options.AddAssembly(assembly); - - // var result = _runner.Run(_plugin, options); - - // Assert.That(result.Count(), Is.EqualTo(2)); - //} - - //[Test] - //public void Should_run_namespace() - //{ - // var options = new RunnerOptions("XUnit"); - // var assembly = new AssemblyOptions(Path.GetFullPath(@"AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.Tests.TestResource.dll")); - // assembly.AddNamespace("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.Tests.TestResource.Anothernamespace"); - // options.AddAssembly(assembly); - - // var result = _runner.Run(_plugin, options); - - // Assert.That(result.Count(), Is.EqualTo(4)); - //} + [Test] + public void Should_run_tests() + { + var options = new RunSettings(new AssemblyOptions(Path.GetFullPath(@"AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.Tests.TestResource.dll")), new string[0], null); + + var result = _runner.Run(_plugin, options); + + Assert.That(result.Count(), Is.EqualTo(7)); + var test1 = result.Where(x => x.TestName.Equals("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.Tests.TestResource.Class1.Should_pass")).First(); + Assert.That(test1.Runner, Is.EqualTo("XUnit")); + //Assert.That(test1.Assembly, Is.EqualTo(options.Assembly)); + Assert.That(test1.TestFixture, Is.EqualTo("")); + Assert.That(test1.DurationInMilliseconds, Is.GreaterThan(0)); + Assert.That(test1.TestName, Is.EqualTo("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.Tests.TestResource.Class1.Should_pass")); + Assert.That(test1.State, Is.EqualTo(Shared.Results.TestState.Passed)); + + var test2 = result.Where(x => x.TestName.Equals("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.Tests.TestResource.Class1.Should_fail")).First(); + Assert.That(test2.Runner, Is.EqualTo("XUnit")); + //Assert.That(test2.Assembly, Is.EqualTo(options.Assembly)); + Assert.That(test2.TestFixture, Is.EqualTo("")); + Assert.That(test2.TestName, Is.EqualTo("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.Tests.TestResource.Class1.Should_fail")); + Assert.That(test2.State, Is.EqualTo(Shared.Results.TestState.Failed)); + Assert.That(test2.StackLines.Count(), Is.EqualTo(1)); + Assert.That(test2.StackLines.ElementAt(0).Method, Is.EqualTo("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.Tests.TestResource.Class1.Should_fail()")); + // Only verify if build with debug + if (test2.StackLines.ElementAt(0).File.Length > 0) + { + Assert.IsTrue(File.Exists(test2.StackLines.ElementAt(0).File)); + Assert.That(test2.StackLines.ElementAt(0).Line, Is.EqualTo(23)); + } + } + + [Test] + public void Should_run_single_test() + { + var assemblyOptions = new AssemblyOptions(Path.GetFullPath(@"AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.Tests.TestResource.dll")); + assemblyOptions.AddTest("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.Tests.TestResource.Class1.Should_pass"); + + var options = new RunSettings(assemblyOptions, new string[0], null); + + var result = _runner.Run(_plugin, options); + + Assert.That(result.Count(), Is.EqualTo(1)); + } + + [Test] + public void Should_run_members() + { + var assemblyOptions = new AssemblyOptions(Path.GetFullPath(@"AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.Tests.TestResource.dll")); + assemblyOptions.AddMember("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.Tests.TestResource.Class1"); + + var options = new RunSettings(assemblyOptions, new string[0], null); + + var result = _runner.Run(_plugin, options); + + Assert.That(result.Count(), Is.EqualTo(2)); + } + + [Test] + public void Should_run_namespace() + { + var assemblyOptions = new AssemblyOptions(Path.GetFullPath(@"AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.Tests.TestResource.dll")); + assemblyOptions.AddNamespace("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.Tests.TestResource.Anothernamespace"); + + var options = new RunSettings(assemblyOptions, new string[0], null); + + var result = _runner.Run(_plugin, options); + + Assert.That(result.Count(), Is.EqualTo(4)); + } } } diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource/Anothernamespace/Class3.cs b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource/Anothernamespace/Class3.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b28baec --- /dev/null +++ b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource/Anothernamespace/Class3.cs @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +using Xunit; + +namespace AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource.Anothernamespace +{ + public class Class3 + { + [Fact] + public void Should_again_pass() + { + Assert.Equal(1, 1); + } + + [Fact] + public void Should_again_fail() + { + Assert.Equal(1, 2); + } + + [Fact(Skip="meh")] + public void Should_ignore() + { + } + } +} diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource/Anothernamespace/Class4.cs b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource/Anothernamespace/Class4.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8b50a2e --- /dev/null +++ b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource/Anothernamespace/Class4.cs @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +using Xunit; + +namespace AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource.Anothernamespace +{ + public class Class4 + { + [Fact] + public void Another_passing_test() + { + } + } +} diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource.csproj b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource.csproj new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e5f47bc --- /dev/null +++ b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource.csproj @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + {97E83122-AB34-438D-8D18-DFE2FADC6EEA} + Library + Properties + AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource + AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource + v4.5 + 512 + + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + false + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + false + + + true + bin\x86\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + full + x86 + prompt + MinimumRecommendedRules.ruleset + + + bin\x86\Release\ + TRACE + true + pdbonly + x86 + prompt + MinimumRecommendedRules.ruleset + + + + + + + + + + + ..\..\..\..\lib\XUnit2\xunit.abstractions.dll + + + ..\..\..\..\lib\XUnit2\xunit.assert.dll + + + ..\..\..\..\lib\XUnit2\xunit.core.dll + + + ..\..\..\..\lib\XUnit2\xunit.execution.desktop.dll + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource/Class1.cs b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource/Class1.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc4ba95 --- /dev/null +++ b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource/Class1.cs @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +using System.Threading; +using Xunit; +using Xunit.Sdk; + +namespace AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource +{ + public class Class1 + { + + public Class1() + { + typeof (TestFrameworkProxy).ToString(); + } + [Fact] + public void Should_pass() + { + Thread.Sleep(20); + Assert.Equal(1, 1); + } + + [Fact] + public void Should_fail() + { + Thread.Sleep(20); + Assert.Equal(1, 10); + } + } +} diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource/Class2.cs b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource/Class2.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bb6efb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource/Class2.cs @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +using Xunit; + +namespace AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource +{ + public class Class2 + { + [Fact] + public void Anothger_passing_test() + { + Assert.Equal(1, 1); + } + } +} diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f4e9c3a --- /dev/null +++ b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © 2015")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("491280f6-5583-4e83-8fd6-12279dd8c8ef")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers +// by using the '*' as shown below: +// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.csproj b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.csproj new file mode 100644 index 0000000..82f5793 --- /dev/null +++ b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.csproj @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + {C847DCCC-36A3-4D73-BA13-E44765CF455D} + Library + Properties + AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests + AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests + v4.5 + 512 + + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + false + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + false + + + true + bin\x86\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + full + x86 + prompt + MinimumRecommendedRules.ruleset + + + bin\x86\Release\ + TRACE + true + pdbonly + x86 + prompt + MinimumRecommendedRules.ruleset + + + + ..\..\..\..\lib\NUnit\nunit.framework.dll + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + {7d34aabb-dd67-4826-ad89-75d91a1375f5} + AutoTest.TestRunners.Shared + + + {97e83122-ab34-438d-8d18-dfe2fadc6eea} + AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource + + + {90db0ff8-d635-4ad1-b310-37db366cbfeb} + AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2 + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d355ed --- /dev/null +++ b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © 2015")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("1e59cd32-48db-4d2f-8918-f829786a1764")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers +// by using the '*' as shown below: +// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests/RunnerTests.cs b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests/RunnerTests.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000..105ffc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests/RunnerTests.cs @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.IO; +using System.Linq; +using System.Reflection; +using AutoTest.TestRunners.Shared.Options; +using AutoTest.TestRunners.Shared.Plugins; +using AutoTest.TestRunners.Shared.Results; +using NUnit.Framework; + +namespace AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests +{ + interface ITestRunner + { + IEnumerable Run(Plugin plugin, RunSettings settings); + } + + class TestRunner : MarshalByRefObject, ITestRunner + { + public IEnumerable Run(Plugin plugin, RunSettings settings) + { + return plugin.New().Run(settings); + } + } + + [TestFixture] + public class RunnerTests + { + private Plugin _plugin = null; + private ITestRunner _runner; + + [SetUp] + public void SetUp() + { + _plugin = new Plugin(typeof(Runner).Assembly.Location, typeof(Runner).FullName); + _runner = new TestRunner(); + } + + [Test] + public void Should_identify_test() + { + var runner = new Runner(); + var assembly = getPath("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource.dll"); + var method = "AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource.Class1.Should_pass"; + Assert.That(runner.IsTest(assembly, method), Is.True); + } + + [Test] + public void Should_identify_test_container() + { + var runner = new Runner(); + var assembly = getPath("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource.dll"); + var cls = "AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource.Class1"; + Assert.That(runner.ContainsTestsFor(assembly, cls), Is.True); + } + + [Test] + public void Should_contain_tests_for() + { + var runner = new Runner(); + var assembly = getPath("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource.dll"); + Assert.That(runner.ContainsTestsFor(assembly), Is.True); + } + + private string getPath(string relativePath) + { + var path = Path.GetDirectoryName(Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly().Location); + return Path.Combine(path, relativePath); + } + + [Test] + public void Should_run_tests() + { + var options = new RunSettings(new AssemblyOptions(Path.GetFullPath(@"AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource.dll")), new string[0], null); + + var result = _runner.Run(_plugin, options); + + Assert.That(result.Count(), Is.EqualTo(7)); + var test1 = result.Where(x => x.TestName.Equals("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource.Class1.Should_pass")).First(); + Assert.That(test1.Runner, Is.EqualTo("XUnit2")); + //Assert.That(test1.Assembly, Is.EqualTo(Path.GetFullPath(@"AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource.dll"))); + Assert.That(test1.TestFixture, Is.EqualTo("")); + Assert.That(test1.DurationInMilliseconds, Is.GreaterThan(0)); + Assert.That(test1.TestName, Is.EqualTo("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource.Class1.Should_pass")); + Assert.That(test1.State, Is.EqualTo(Shared.Results.TestState.Passed)); + + var test2 = result.Where(x => x.TestName.Equals("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource.Class1.Should_fail")).First(); + Assert.That(test2.Runner, Is.EqualTo("XUnit2")); + //Assert.That(test2.Assembly, Is.EqualTo(Path.GetFullPath(@"AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource.dll"))); + Assert.That(test2.TestFixture, Is.EqualTo("")); + Assert.That(test2.TestName, Is.EqualTo("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource.Class1.Should_fail")); + Assert.That(test2.State, Is.EqualTo(Shared.Results.TestState.Failed)); + Assert.That(test2.StackLines.Count(), Is.EqualTo(2)); + Assert.That(test2.StackLines.ElementAt(1).Method, Is.EqualTo("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource.Class1.Should_fail()")); + // Only verify if build with debug + if (test2.StackLines.ElementAt(1).File.Length > 0) + { + Assert.IsTrue(File.Exists(test2.StackLines.ElementAt(1).File)); + Assert.That(test2.StackLines.ElementAt(1).Line, Is.EqualTo(25)); + } + } + + [Test] + public void Should_run_single_test() + { + var assemblyOptions = new AssemblyOptions(Path.GetFullPath(@"AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource.dll")); + assemblyOptions.AddTest("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource.Class1.Should_pass"); + + var options = new RunSettings(assemblyOptions, new string[0], null); + + var result = _runner.Run(_plugin, options); + + Assert.That(result.Count(), Is.EqualTo(1)); + } + + [Test] + public void Should_run_members() + { + var assemblyOptions = new AssemblyOptions(Path.GetFullPath(@"AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource.dll")); + assemblyOptions.AddMember("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource.Class1"); + + var options = new RunSettings(assemblyOptions, new string[0], null); + + var result = _runner.Run(_plugin, options); + + Assert.That(result.Count(), Is.EqualTo(2)); + } + + [Test] + public void Should_run_namespace() + { + var assemblyOptions = new AssemblyOptions(Path.GetFullPath(@"AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource.dll")); + assemblyOptions.AddNamespace("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.Tests.TestResource.Anothernamespace"); + + var options = new RunSettings(assemblyOptions, new string[0], null); + + var result = _runner.Run(_plugin, options); + + Assert.That(result.Count(), Is.EqualTo(4)); + } + } +} diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.csproj b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.csproj new file mode 100644 index 0000000..89e8237 --- /dev/null +++ b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.csproj @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + {90DB0FF8-D635-4AD1-B310-37DB366CBFEB} + Library + Properties + AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2 + AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2 + v4.5 + 512 + + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + false + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + false + + + true + bin\x86\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + full + x86 + prompt + MinimumRecommendedRules.ruleset + + + bin\x86\Release\ + TRACE + true + pdbonly + x86 + prompt + MinimumRecommendedRules.ruleset + + + + + + + + + + + ..\..\..\..\lib\XUnit2\xunit.abstractions.dll + + + ..\..\..\..\lib\XUnit2\xunit.execution.desktop.dll + + + ..\..\..\..\lib\XUnit2\xunit.runner.utility.desktop.dll + + + + + + + + + + {7d34aabb-dd67-4826-ad89-75d91a1375f5} + AutoTest.TestRunners.Shared + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f38961c --- /dev/null +++ b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © 2015")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("8b18f674-3a08-4539-a71b-6a40d89b5eeb")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers +// by using the '*' as shown below: +// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2/Runner.cs b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2/Runner.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c572ae --- /dev/null +++ b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2/Runner.cs @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Linq; +using AutoTest.TestRunners.Shared; +using AutoTest.TestRunners.Shared.AssemblyAnalysis; +using AutoTest.TestRunners.Shared.Communication; +using AutoTest.TestRunners.Shared.Logging; +using AutoTest.TestRunners.Shared.Options; +using AutoTest.TestRunners.Shared.Results; + +namespace AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2 +{ + public class Runner : IAutoTestNetTestRunner + { + private Func _reflectionProviderFactory = (assembly) => { return Reflect.On(assembly); }; + private ITestFeedbackProvider _channel = null; + + public string Identifier { get { return "XUnit2"; } } + + public void SetLogger(ILogger logger) + { + } + + public void SetReflectionProvider(Func reflectionProviderFactory) + { + _reflectionProviderFactory = reflectionProviderFactory; + } + + public void SetLiveFeedbackChannel(ITestFeedbackProvider channel) + { + _channel = channel; + } + + public bool IsTest(string assembly, string member) + { + using (var locator = _reflectionProviderFactory(assembly)) + { + var method = locator.LocateMethod(member); + if (method == null) + return false; + return method.Attributes.Contains("Xunit.FactAttribute") && + !method.IsAbstract; + } + } + + public bool ContainsTestsFor(string assembly, string member) + { + using (var locator = _reflectionProviderFactory(assembly)) + { + var cls = locator.LocateClass(member); + if (cls == null) + return false; + return !cls.IsAbstract && cls.Methods.Where(x => x.Attributes.Contains("Xunit.FactAttribute")).Count() > 0; + } + } + + public bool ContainsTestsFor(string assembly) + { + using (var parser = _reflectionProviderFactory(assembly)) + { + return parser.GetReferences().Count(x => x.Name.Equals("xunit.core")) > 0; + } + } + + public bool Handles(string identifier) + { + return identifier.ToLower().Equals(Identifier.ToLower()); + } + + public IEnumerable Run(RunSettings settings) + { + var runner = new XUnit2Runner(); + return runner.Run(settings, _channel); + } + } +} diff --git a/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2/XUnit2Runner.cs b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2/XUnit2Runner.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0af5c3b --- /dev/null +++ b/AutoTest.Net/src/AutoTest.TestRunner/Plugins/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2/XUnit2Runner.cs @@ -0,0 +1,214 @@ +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Linq; +using System.Reflection; +using AutoTest.TestRunners.Shared.Communication; +using AutoTest.TestRunners.Shared.Options; +using AutoTest.TestRunners.Shared.Results; +using Xunit; +using Xunit.Abstractions; + +namespace AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2 +{ + class XUnit2Runner + { + public IEnumerable Run(RunSettings settings, ITestFeedbackProvider channel) + { + XunitProject project = new XunitProject(); + + var runner = settings.Assembly; + + XunitProjectAssembly assembly = new XunitProjectAssembly + { + AssemblyFilename = runner.Assembly, + ConfigFilename = null, + ShadowCopy = false + }; + project.Add(assembly); + + var results = new List(); + + foreach (XunitProjectAssembly asm in project.Assemblies) + { + using (var controller = new Xunit2(new NullSourceInformationProvider(), asm.AssemblyFilename, asm.ConfigFilename, asm.ShadowCopy, diagnosticMessageSink: new NullMessageSink())) + using (var discoveryVisitor = new TestDiscoveryVisitor()) + { + try + { + controller.Find(true, discoveryVisitor, TestFrameworkOptions.ForDiscovery()); + + discoveryVisitor.Finished.WaitOne(); + + var filters = CreateFilter(runner); + + var filteredTestCases = discoveryVisitor.TestCases.Where(filters.Filter).ToList(); + + var testMessageVisitor = new AutoTestTestMessageVisitor(channel); + + controller.RunTests(filteredTestCases, testMessageVisitor, TestFrameworkOptions.ForExecution()); + + testMessageVisitor.Finished.WaitOne(); + + results.AddRange(testMessageVisitor.Results); + } + catch (ArgumentException ex) + { + Console.WriteLine(ex.Message); + } + } + } + return results; + } + + private static XunitFilters CreateFilter(AssemblyOptions runner) + { + //Run all tests + if (!runner.Tests.Any() && !runner.Members.Any() && !runner.Namespaces.Any()) + { + return new XunitFilters(); + } + //Run tests + if (runner.Tests.Any()) + { + var filters = new XunitFilters(); + + foreach (var test in runner.Tests) + filters.IncludedMethods.Add(test); + + return filters; + } + //Run classes + if (runner.Members.Any()) + { + var filters = new XunitFilters(); + + foreach (var test in runner.Members) + filters.IncludedClasses.Add(test); + + return filters; + } + //Run namespaces + if (runner.Namespaces.Any()) + { + var filters = new XunitFilters(); + var loadedAssembly = Assembly.LoadFrom(runner.Assembly); + var types = loadedAssembly.GetExportedTypes(); + loadedAssembly = null; + foreach (var ns in runner.Namespaces) + { + foreach (Type type in types) + if (ns == null || type.Namespace == ns) + filters.IncludedClasses.Add(type.FullName); + } + + return filters; + } + + throw new ArgumentException("Could not figure out what to do"); + } + + class TestDiscoveryVisitor : TestMessageVisitor + { + public TestDiscoveryVisitor() + { + TestCases = new List(); + } + + public List TestCases { get; private set; } + + protected override bool Visit(ITestCaseDiscoveryMessage discovery) + { + TestCases.Add(discovery.TestCase); + + return true; + } + } + + class AutoTestTestMessageVisitor : TestMessageVisitor + { + private readonly ITestFeedbackProvider _channel; + + private readonly IList _results; + + public AutoTestTestMessageVisitor(ITestFeedbackProvider channel) + { + _channel = channel; + _results = new List(); + } + + public IEnumerable Results + { + get { return _results.AsEnumerable(); } + } + + protected override bool Visit(IBeforeTestStarting beforeTestStarting) + { + var result = base.Visit(beforeTestStarting); + + _channel.TestStarted(GetTestName(beforeTestStarting.TestMethod)); + + return result; + } + + protected override bool Visit(ITestPassed testPassed) + { + var result = base.Visit(testPassed); + + var testResult = getResult(testPassed.TestAssembly.Assembly.Name, testPassed.ExecutionTime, TestState.Passed, + testPassed.TestMethod, testPassed.Output); + + _channel.TestFinished(testResult); + _results.Add(testResult); + + return result; + } + + protected override bool Visit(ITestFailed testFailed) + { + var result = base.Visit(testFailed); + + var stackTrace = testFailed.StackTraces.SelectMany(s => s.Split(new[] { '\r', '\n' }, StringSplitOptions.RemoveEmptyEntries)).ToArray(); + + var testResult = getResult(testFailed.TestAssembly.Assembly.Name, testFailed.ExecutionTime, TestState.Failed, + testFailed.TestMethod, testFailed.Output, stackTrace); + _results.Add(testResult); + + _channel.TestFinished(testResult); + + return result; + } + + protected override bool Visit(ITestSkipped testSkipped) + { + var result = base.Visit(testSkipped); + + var testResult = getResult(testSkipped.TestAssembly.Assembly.Name, testSkipped.ExecutionTime, + TestState.Ignored, + testSkipped.TestMethod, testSkipped.Output); + + _channel.TestFinished(testResult); + _results.Add(testResult); + + return result; + } + + private TestResult getResult(string currentAssembly, decimal durationInSeconds, TestState state, ITestMethod testMethod, string message, params string[] stackLines) + { + var name = GetTestName(testMethod); + var testName = name.IndexOf("(") == -1 ? name : name.Substring(0, name.IndexOf("(")); + var result = new TestResult("XUnit2", currentAssembly, "", ((double)durationInSeconds * 1000), testName, name, state, message); + if (stackLines != null && stackLines.Any()) + { + foreach (var line in stackLines) + result.AddStackLine(new StackLine(line)); + } + return result; + } + + private static string GetTestName(ITestMethod testMethod) + { + return testMethod.TestClass.Class.Name + "." + testMethod.Method.Name; + } + } + } +} diff --git a/Installer/ATEInstaller.iss b/Installer/ATEInstaller.iss index 09f642b..74d206b 100644 --- a/Installer/ATEInstaller.iss +++ b/Installer/ATEInstaller.iss @@ -58,7 +58,6 @@ Source: "..\ReleaseBinaries\Icons\circleFAIL.png"; DestDir: "{app}\Icons"; Flags Source: "..\ReleaseBinaries\Icons\circleWAIL.png"; DestDir: "{app}\Icons"; Flags: ignoreversion Source: "..\ReleaseBinaries\Icons\circleWIN.png"; DestDir: "{app}\Icons"; Flags: ignoreversion Source: "..\ReleaseBinaries\progress.gif"; DestDir: "{app}"; Flags: ignoreversion -Source: "..\ReleaseBinaries\progress-light.gif"; DestDir: "{app}"; Flags: ignoreversion Source: "..\ReleaseBinaries\Worst.Testing.Framework.Ever.dll"; DestDir: "{app}"; Flags: ignoreversion Source: "..\ReleaseBinaries\Worst.Testing.Framework.Ever.License.txt"; DestDir: "{app}"; Flags: ignoreversion diff --git a/deploy.bat b/deploy.bat index bce03e4..d27a463 100644 --- a/deploy.bat +++ b/deploy.bat @@ -80,6 +80,12 @@ IF NOT EXIST %DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\XUnit ( del %DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\XUnit\* /Q ) +IF NOT EXIST %DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\XUnit2 ( + mkdir %DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\XUnit2 +) ELSE ( + del %DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\XUnit2\* /Q +) + IF NOT EXIST %DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\MSTest ( mkdir %DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\MSTest ) ELSE ( @@ -123,7 +129,6 @@ AutoTest.TestRunner.x86.v4.0.exe ^ AutoTest.TestRunner.x86.v4.0.exe.config ^ AutoTest.TestRunners.Shared.dll ^ progress.gif ^ -progress-light.gif ^ Worst.Testing.Framework.Ever.dll ^ Worst.Testing.Framework.Ever.License.txt ^ NUnit.License.txt ^ @@ -167,6 +172,19 @@ FOR %%f in %file_list% do ( copy "%DIR%lib\AutoTest.Net\TestRunners\XUnit\%%f" %DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\XUnit\%%f ) +echo -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +echo Copying AutoTest.Net\TestRunners\XUnit2 folder files +echo -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +SET file_list=( ^ +AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.dll ^ +xunit.runner.utility.desktop.dll ^ +) + +FOR %%f in %file_list% do ( + echo %%f + copy "%DIR%lib\AutoTest.Net\TestRunners\XUnit2\%%f" %DEPLOYDIR%\TestRunners\XUnit2\%%f +) + echo -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- echo Copying AutoTest.Net\TestRunners\MSTest folder files echo -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/deploy.sh b/deploy.sh index f4a3713..bc4e291 100755 --- a/deploy.sh +++ b/deploy.sh @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ mkdir $DEPLOYDIR/Icons mkdir $DEPLOYDIR/TestRunners mkdir $DEPLOYDIR/TestRunners/NUnit mkdir $DEPLOYDIR/TestRunners/XUnit +mkdir $DEPLOYDIR/TestRunners/XUnit2 mkdir $DEPLOYDIR/TestRunners/MSTest mkdir $DEPLOYDIR/TestRunners/MSpec mkdir $DEPLOYDIR/TestRunners/MbUnit @@ -71,6 +72,9 @@ cp $DIR/lib/AutoTest.Net/TestRunners/NUnit/nunit.util.dll $DEPLOYDIR/TestRunner cp $DIR/lib/AutoTest.Net/TestRunners/XUnit/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.dll $DEPLOYDIR/TestRunners/XUnit/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit.dll cp $DIR/lib/AutoTest.Net/TestRunners/XUnit/xunit.runner.utility.dll $DEPLOYDIR/TestRunners/XUnit/xunit.runner.utility.dll +cp $DIR/lib/AutoTest.Net/TestRunners/XUnit2/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.dll $DEPLOYDIR/TestRunners/XUnit2/AutoTest.TestRunners.XUnit2.dll +cp $DIR/lib/AutoTest.Net/TestRunners/XUnit2/xunit.runner.utility.desktop.dll $DEPLOYDIR/TestRunners/XUnit/xunit.runner.utility.desktop.dll + cp $DIR/lib/AutoTest.Net/TestRunners/MSTest/AutoTest.TestRunners.MSTest.dll $DEPLOYDIR/TestRunners/MSTest/AutoTest.TestRunners.MSTest.dll cp $DIR/lib/AutoTest.Net/TestRunners/MSTest/celer.Core.dll $DEPLOYDIR/TestRunners/MSTest/celer.Core.dll diff --git a/lib/XUnit2/HTML.xslt b/lib/XUnit2/HTML.xslt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf055bf --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/XUnit2/HTML.xslt @@ -0,0 +1,239 @@ + + + + + + ]]> + + + xUnit.net Test Results + + + + +

+ Assemblies Run +

+ +

+ Summary +

+
+ Tests run:   + + Errors: , + + + Failures: , + + + Skipped: , + + Run time: s +
+ +
+

+ Errors +

+ +
+ +
+

+ Failed tests +

+ + + +
+ +
+

+ Collection failures +

+ + + +
+ +
+

+ Skipped tests +

+ + + +
+
+

+ All tests +

+
Click test class name to expand/collapse test details
+ + + +

+ + s + + + ToggleClass('class') + ToggleClass('class') + + + + + + +   +   + ( tests) + + +
+

+
+ + display: none; + + class + + + +
+
+ + +
+ + +
+ +
+
+ + +
+ altrow + + + s + + + + Skipped + + + + + + + + +   +
+ +
+
+ +
+
+ +
Output:
+
+
+ +
Traits:
+ + +
+
+
+
+ + + + + + + + + +

+ +
+ altrow +
+ +
+
+ +
+
+
+
+
+ + + +
+ + altrow + + + Test Assembly Cleanup + Test Collection Cleanup + Test Class Cleanup + Test Method Cleanup + Test Case Cleanup + Test Cleanup + Fatal Error + + () + +
+ +
+
+ +
+
+
+
+
+ +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/lib/XUnit2/NUnitXml.xslt b/lib/XUnit2/NUnitXml.xslt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..228fbed --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/XUnit2/NUnitXml.xslt @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + False + True + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + False + True + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + False + True + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + False + True + + + + False + True + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/lib/XUnit2/xUnit1.xslt b/lib/XUnit2/xUnit1.xslt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a8425d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/XUnit2/xUnit1.xslt @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/lib/XUnit2/xunit.abstractions.dll b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.abstractions.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..926e59d Binary files /dev/null and b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.abstractions.dll differ diff --git a/lib/XUnit2/xunit.abstractions.xml b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.abstractions.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7dba65f --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.abstractions.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1087 @@ + + + + xunit.abstractions + + + + + Represents source information about a test case. + + + + + Interface implement by objects that want to support serialization in xUnit.net. + + + + + Called when the object should populate itself with data from the serialization info. + + The info to get the data from + + + + Called when the object should store its data into the serialization info. + + The info to store the data in + + + + Gets or sets the source file name. A null value indicates that the + source file name is not known. + + + + + Gets or sets the source file line. A null value indicates that the + source file line is not known. + + + + + Represents a provider which gives source line information for a test case. Generally + consumed by an implementation of during Find operations. + + + + + Returns the source information for a test case. + + The test case to retrieve information for. + The source information, with null string and int values when the information is not available. + Note: return value should never be null, only the interior data values inside. + + + + Represents a test framework. There are two pieces to test frameworks: discovery and + execution. The two factory methods represent these two pieces. Test frameworks can + implement an empty constructor, or they can implement one that takes + if they want to be able to send diagnostic messages. + + + + + Get a test discoverer. + + The assembly from which to discover the tests. + The test discoverer. + + + + Get a test executor. + + The name of the assembly to run tests from. + The test executor. + + + + Sets the source information provider to be used during discovery. + + + + + Represents an implementation of the discovery part of a test framework. + + + + + Starts the process of finding all tests in an assembly. + + Whether to include source file information, if possible. + The message sink to report results back to. + The options used by the test framework during discovery. + + + + Starts the process of finding all tests in a class. + + The fully qualified type name to find tests in. + Whether to include source file information, if possible. + The message sink to report results back to. + The options used by the test framework during discovery. + + + + Serializes a test case into string form. + + The test case to be serialized. + The serialized representation of the test case. + + + + Gets the target framework that the test assembly is linked against. + + + + + Returns the display name of the test framework that this discoverer is running tests for. + + + + + Represents an instance of that is to be used for + test discovery purposes. + + + + + This interface should not be consumed directly; instead, you should + consume + or . + + + + + Gets an option value. + + The type of the value. + The name of the value. + The value. + + + + Sets an option value. + + The type of the value. + The name of the value. + The value to be set. + + + + Represents an instance of that is to be used for + test execution purposes. + + + + + Represents an implementation of the execution part of a test framework. + + + + + De-serializes a test case. + + The string representation of the test case. + The de-serialized test case. + + + + Starts the process of running all the tests in the assembly. + + The message sink to report results back to. + The options to be used during test discovery. + The options to be used during test execution. + + + + Starts the process of running selected tests in the assembly. + + The test cases to run. + The message sink to report results back to. + The options to be used during test execution. + + + + Base message interface for all messages related to test execution. It includes the list + of test cases that are associated with this execution step. + + + + + This is the base interface for all test messages. A test message is a message that is + used to communicate the status of discovery and execution of tests. + + + + + The test cases that are associated with this message. + + + + + This represents failure information for the test runner. It encapsulates multiple sets + of exceptions so that it can provide inner exception information, including support for + . The parent indices indicate the hierarchy of the exceptions + as extracted during the failure; the 0th exception is always the single parent of the tree, + and will have an index of -1. + + + + + The fully-qualified type name of the exceptions. + + + + + The messages of the exceptions. + + + + + The stack traces of the exceptions. + + + + + The parent exception index for the exceptions; a -1 indicates that + the exception in question has no parent. + + + + + This is the base message for various types of completion that can occur during the + various phases of execution process (e.g., test case, test class, test collection, + and assembly). + + + + + The execution time (in seconds) for this execution. + + + + + The number of failing tests. + + + + + The total number of tests run. + + + + + The number of skipped tests. + + + + + Represents an endpoint for the reception of test messages. + + + + + Reports the presence of a message on the message bus. This method should + never throw exceptions. + + The message from the message bus + Return true to continue running tests, or false to stop. + + + + Base message interface for all messages related to test assemblies. + + + + + The test assembly that is associated with this message. + + + + + Base message interface for all messages related to test cases. + + + + + Base message interface for all messages related to test methods. + + + + + Base message interface for all messages related to test classes. + + + + + Base message interface for all messages related to test collections. + + + + + The test collection that is associated with this message. + + + + + The test class that is associated with this message. + + + + + The test method that is associated with this message. + + + + + The test case that is associated with this message. + + + + + Base message interface for all messages related to tests. + + + + + The test that is associated with this message. + + + + + This is the base interface for all individual test results (e.g., tests which + pass, fail, or are skipped). + + + + + The execution time of the test, in seconds. + + + + + The captured output of the test. + + + + + This message is sent during execution to indicate that the After method of + a has completed executing. + + + + + The fully qualified type name of the . + + + + + This message is sent during execution to indicate that the After method of + a is about to execute. + + + + + The fully qualified type name of the . + + + + + This message is sent during execution to indicate that the Before method of + a has completed executing. + + + + + The fully qualified type name of the . + + + + + This message is sent during execution to indicate that the Before method of + a is about to execute. + + + + + The fully qualified type name of the . + + + + + This message is sent when the test framework wants to report a diagnostic message + to the end user. + + + + + Gets the diagnostic message. + + + + + This message indicates that the discovery process has been completed for + the requested assembly. + + + + + This message indicates that an error has occurred in the execution process. + + + + + This message indicates that an error has occurred in test assembly cleanup. + + + + + This message indicates that the execution process has been completed for + the requested assembly. + + + + + This message indicates that the execution process is about to start for + the requested assembly. + + + + + Gets the local date and time when the test assembly execution began. + + + + + Gets a display string that describes the test execution environment. + + + + + Gets a display string which describes the test framework and version number. + + + + + This message indicates that an error has occurred during test case cleanup. + + + + + This message indicates that a test case had been found during the discovery process. + + + + + This message indicates that a test case has finished executing. + + + + + This message indicates that a test case is about to start executing. + + + + + This message indicates that an error has occurred during test class cleanup. + + + + + This message indicates that an instance of a test class has just been constructed. + Instance (non-static) methods of tests get a new instance of the test class for each + individual test execution; static methods do not get an instance of the test class. + + + + + This message indicates that an instance of a test class is about to be constructed. + Instance (non-static) methods of tests get a new instance of the test class for each + individual test execution; static methods do not get an instance of the test class. + + + + + This message indicates that the method was + just called on the test class for the test case that just finished executing. + + + + + This message indicates that the method is + about to be called on the test class for the test case that just finished executing. + + + + + This message indicates that a test class has finished executing (meaning, all of the + test cases in this test class have finished running). + + + + + This message indicates that a test class is about to begin running. + + + + + This message indicates that an error has occurred during test cleanup. + + + + + This message indicates that an error has occurred during test collection cleanup. + + + + + This message indicates that a test collection has just finished executing (meaning, + all the test classes in the collection has finished). + + + + + This message indicates that a test collection has is about to start executing. + + + + + This message indicates that a test has failed. + + + + + This message indicates that a test has finished executing. + + + + + Gets the time spent executing the test, in seconds. + + + + + The captured output of the test. + + + + + This message indicates that an error has occurred during test method cleanup. + + + + + This message indicates that a test method has finished executing (meaning, all + the test cases that derived from the test method have finished). + + + + + This message indicates that a test method is about to begin executing. + + + + + This message indicates that a line of output was provided for a test. + + + + + Gets the line of output. + + + + + Indicates that a test has passed. + + + + + This message indicates that a test was skipped. + + + + + The reason given for skipping the test. + + + + + This message indicates that a test is about to start executing. + + + + + Represents information about an assembly. The primary implementation is based on runtime + reflection, but may also be implemented by runner authors to provide non-reflection-based + test discovery (for example, AST-based runners like CodeRush or Resharper). + + + + + Gets all the custom attributes for the given assembly. + + The type of the attribute, in assembly-qualified form + The matching attributes that decorate the assembly + + + + Gets a for the given type. + + The fully qualified type name. + The if the type exists, or null if not. + + + + Gets all the types for the assembly. + + Set to true to return all types in the assembly, + or false to return only public types. + The types in the assembly. + + + + Gets the on-disk location of the assembly under test. If the assembly path is not + known (for example, in AST-based runners), you must return null. + + + This is used by the test framework wrappers to find the co-located unit test framework + assembly (f.e., xunit.dll or xunit.execution.dll). AST-based runners will need to directly create + instances of and (using the constructors that + support an explicit path to the test framework DLL) rather than relying on the + use of . + + + + + Gets the assembly name. May return a fully qualified name for assemblies found via + reflection (i.e., "mscorlib, Version=4.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089"), + or may return just assembly name only for assemblies found via source code introspection + (i.e., "mscorlib"). + + + + + Represents information about an attribute. The primary implementation is based on runtime + reflection, but may also be implemented by runner authors to provide non-reflection-based + test discovery (for example, AST-based runners like CodeRush or Resharper). + + + + + Gets the arguments passed to the constructor. + + The constructor arguments, in order + + + + Gets all the custom attributes for the given attribute. + + The type of the attribute to find, in assembly-qualified form + The matching attributes that decorate the attribute + + + + Gets a named-argument initialized value of the attribute. If there is no named argument for the given name + on this attribute, then returns default(TValue). + + The type of the argument + The name of the argument + The argument value + + + + Represents information about a method. The primary implementation is based on runtime + reflection, but may also be implemented by runner authors to provide non-reflection-based + test discovery (for example, AST-based runners like CodeRush or Resharper). + + + + + Gets all the custom attributes for the method that are of the given type. + + The type of the attribute, in assembly qualified form + The matching attributes that decorate the method + + + + Gets the types of the generic arguments for generic methods. + + The argument types. + + + + Gets information about the parameters to the method. + + The method's parameters. + + + + Converts an open generic method into a closed generic method, using the provided type arguments. + + The type arguments to be used in the generic definition. + A new that represents the closed generic method. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the method is abstract. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the method is a generic definition (i.e., an open generic). + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the method is public. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the method is static. + + + + + Gets the name of the method. + + + + + Gets the fully qualified type name of the return type. + + + + + Gets a value which represents the class that this method was + reflected from (i.e., equivalent to MethodInfo.ReflectedType) + + + + + Represents information about a method parameter. The primary implementation is based on runtime + reflection, but may also be implemented by runner authors to provide non-reflection-based + test discovery (for example, AST-based runners like CodeRush or Resharper). + + + + + The name of the parameter. + + + + + Gets the type of the parameter. + + + + + Represents a reflection-backed implementation of . + + + + + Gets the underlying for the assembly. + + + + + Represents a reflection-backed implementation of . + + + + + Gets the instance of the attribute, if available. + + + + + Represents a reflection-backed implementation of . + + + + + Gets the underlying for the method. + + + + + Represents a reflection-backed implementation of . + + + + + Gets the underlying for the parameter. + + + + + Represents a reflection-backed implementation of . + + + + + Represents information about a type. The primary implementation is based on runtime + reflection, but may also be implemented by runner authors to provide non-reflection-based + test discovery (for example, AST-based runners like CodeRush or Resharper). + + + + + Gets all the custom attributes for the given type. + + The type of the attribute, in assembly qualified form + The matching attributes that decorate the type + + + + Gets the generic type arguments for a generic type. + + The list of generic types. + + + + Gets a specific method. + + The name of the method. + Set to true to look for the method in both public and private. + The method. + + + + Gets all the methods in this type. + + Set to true to return all methods in the type, + or false to return only public methods. + + + + Gets the assembly this type is located in. + + + + + Gets the base type of the given type. + + + + + Gets the interfaces implemented by the given type. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the type is abstract. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the type represents a generic parameter. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the type is a generic type. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the type is sealed. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the type is a value type. + + + + + Gets the fully qualified type name (for non-generic parameters), or the + simple type name (for generic parameters). + + + + + Gets the underlying object. + + + + + Represents serialization support in xUnit.net. + + + + + Adds a value to the serialization. Supported value types include the built-in + intrinsics (string, int, long, float, double, and decimal, including nullable + versions of those), any class which implements ), + or arrays of any supported types. + + The key + The value + The optional type of the value + + + + Gets a value from the serialization. + + The key + The type of the value + The value, if present; null, otherwise + + + + Gets a value from the serialization. + + The key + The value, if present; default(T), otherwise + + + + Represents a single test in the system. A test case typically contains only a single test, + but may contain many if circumstances warrant it (for example, test data for a theory cannot + be pre-enumerated, so the theory yields a single test case with multiple tests). + + + + + Gets the display name of the test. + + + + + Gets the test case this test belongs to. + + + + + Represents a test assembly. + + + + + Gets the assembly that this test assembly belongs to. + + + + + Gets the full path of the configuration file name, if one is present. + May be null if there is no configuration file. + + + + + Represents a single test case in the system. This test case usually represents a single test, but in + the case of dynamically generated data for data driven tests, the test case may actually return + multiple results when run. + + + + + Gets the display name of the test case. + + + + + Gets the display text for the reason a test is being skipped; if the test + is not skipped, returns null. + + + + + Get or sets the source file name and line where the test is defined, if requested (and known). + + + + + Gets the test method this test case belongs to. + + + + + Gets the arguments that will be passed to the test method. + + + + + Gets the trait values associated with this test case. If + there are none, or the framework does not support traits, + this should return an empty dictionary (not null). This + dictionary must be treated as read-only. + + + + + Gets a unique identifier for the test case. + + + The unique identifier for a test case should be able to discriminate + among test cases, even those which are varied invocations against the + same test method (i.e., theories). Ideally, this identifier would remain + stable until such time as the developer changes some fundamental part + of the identity (assembly, class name, test name, or test data); however, + the minimum stability of the identifier must at least extend across + multiple discoveries of the same test in the same (non-recompiled) + assembly. + + + + + Represents a test class. + + + + + Gets the class that this test case is attached to. + + + + + Gets the test collection this test case belongs to. + + + + + Represents a group of test cases. Test collections form the basis of the parallelization in + xUnit.net. Test cases which are in the same test collection will not be run in parallel + against sibling tests, but will run in parallel against tests in other collections. + + + + + Gets the type that the test collection was defined with, if available; may be null + if the test collection didn't have a definition type. + + + + + Gets the display name of the test collection. + + + + + Gets the test assembly this test collection belongs to. + + + + + Gets the test collection ID. Test collection equality is determined by comparing IDs. + + + + + Represents a test method. + + + + + Gets the method associated with this test method. + + + + + Gets the test class that this test method belongs to. + + + + + Represents a class which can be used to provide test output. + + + + + Adds a line of text to the output. + + The message + + + + Formats a line of text and adds it to the output. + + The message format + The format arguments + + + diff --git a/lib/XUnit2/xunit.assert.dll b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.assert.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..21d79cf Binary files /dev/null and b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.assert.dll differ diff --git a/lib/XUnit2/xunit.assert.pdb b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.assert.pdb new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b1f5dfe Binary files /dev/null and b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.assert.pdb differ diff --git a/lib/XUnit2/xunit.assert.xml b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.assert.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3552ea5 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.assert.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1417 @@ + + + + xunit.assert + + + + + Contains various static methods that are used to verify that conditions are met during the + process of running tests. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Do not call this method. + + + Do not call this method. + + + + Verifies that the condition is false. + + The condition to be tested + Thrown if the condition is not false + + + + Verifies that the condition is false. + + The condition to be tested + Thrown if the condition is not false + + + + Verifies that the condition is false. + + The condition to be tested + The message to show when the condition is not false + Thrown if the condition is not false + + + + Verifies that the condition is false. + + The condition to be tested + The message to show when the condition is not false + Thrown if the condition is not false + + + + Verifies that an expression is true. + + The condition to be inspected + Thrown when the condition is false + + + + Verifies that an expression is true. + + The condition to be inspected + Thrown when the condition is false + + + + Verifies that an expression is true. + + The condition to be inspected + The message to be shown when the condition is false + Thrown when the condition is false + + + + Verifies that an expression is true. + + The condition to be inspected + The message to be shown when the condition is false + Thrown when the condition is false + + + + Verifies that all items in the collection pass when executed against + action. + + The type of the object to be verified + The collection + The action to test each item against + Thrown when the collection contains at least one non-matching element + + + + Verifies that a collection contains exactly a given number of elements, which meet + the criteria provided by the element inspectors. + + The type of the object to be verified + The collection to be inspected + The element inspectors, which inspect each element in turn. The + total number of element inspectors must exactly match the number of elements in the collection. + + + + Verifies that a collection contains a given object. + + The type of the object to be verified + The object expected to be in the collection + The collection to be inspected + Thrown when the object is not present in the collection + + + + Verifies that a collection contains a given object, using an equality comparer. + + The type of the object to be verified + The object expected to be in the collection + The collection to be inspected + The comparer used to equate objects in the collection with the expected object + Thrown when the object is not present in the collection + + + + Verifies that a collection contains a given object. + + The type of the object to be verified + The collection to be inspected + The filter used to find the item you're ensuring the collection contains + Thrown when the object is not present in the collection + + + + Verifies that a collection does not contain a given object. + + The type of the object to be compared + The object that is expected not to be in the collection + The collection to be inspected + Thrown when the object is present inside the container + + + + Verifies that a collection does not contain a given object, using an equality comparer. + + The type of the object to be compared + The object that is expected not to be in the collection + The collection to be inspected + The comparer used to equate objects in the collection with the expected object + Thrown when the object is present inside the container + + + + Verifies that a collection does not contain a given object. + + The type of the object to be compared + The collection to be inspected + The filter used to find the item you're ensuring the collection does not contain + Thrown when the object is present inside the container + + + + Verifies that a collection is empty. + + The collection to be inspected + Thrown when the collection is null + Thrown when the collection is not empty + + + + Verifies that two sequences are equivalent, using a default comparer. + + The type of the objects to be compared + The expected value + The value to be compared against + Thrown when the objects are not equal + + + + Verifies that two sequences are equivalent, using a custom equatable comparer. + + The type of the objects to be compared + The expected value + The value to be compared against + The comparer used to compare the two objects + Thrown when the objects are not equal + + + + Verifies that a collection is not empty. + + The collection to be inspected + Thrown when a null collection is passed + Thrown when the collection is empty + + + + Verifies that two sequences are not equivalent, using a default comparer. + + The type of the objects to be compared + The expected object + The actual object + Thrown when the objects are equal + + + + Verifies that two sequences are not equivalent, using a custom equality comparer. + + The type of the objects to be compared + The expected object + The actual object + The comparer used to compare the two objects + Thrown when the objects are equal + + + + Verifies that the given collection contains only a single + element of the given type. + + The collection. + The single item in the collection. + Thrown when the collection does not contain + exactly one element. + + + + Verifies that the given collection contains only a single + element of the given value. The collection may or may not + contain other values. + + The collection. + The value to find in the collection. + The single item in the collection. + Thrown when the collection does not contain + exactly one element. + + + + Verifies that the given collection contains only a single + element of the given type. + + The collection type. + The collection. + The single item in the collection. + Thrown when the collection does not contain + exactly one element. + + + + Verifies that the given collection contains only a single + element of the given type which matches the given predicate. The + collection may or may not contain other values which do not + match the given predicate. + + The collection type. + The collection. + The item matching predicate. + The single item in the filtered collection. + Thrown when the filtered collection does + not contain exactly one element. + + + + Verifies that two objects are equal, using a default comparer. + + The type of the objects to be compared + The expected value + The value to be compared against + Thrown when the objects are not equal + + + + Verifies that two objects are equal, using a custom equatable comparer. + + The type of the objects to be compared + The expected value + The value to be compared against + The comparer used to compare the two objects + Thrown when the objects are not equal + + + + Verifies that two values are equal, within the number of decimal + places given by . + + The expected value + The value to be compared against + The number of decimal places (valid values: 0-15) + Thrown when the values are not equal + + + + Verifies that two values are equal, within the number of decimal + places given by . + + The expected value + The value to be compared against + The number of decimal places (valid values: 0-15) + Thrown when the values are not equal + + + + Verifies that two objects are strictly equal, using the type's default comparer. + + The type of the objects to be compared + The expected value + The value to be compared against + Thrown when the objects are not equal + + + + Verifies that two objects are not equal, using a default comparer. + + The type of the objects to be compared + The expected object + The actual object + Thrown when the objects are equal + + + + Verifies that two objects are not equal, using a custom equality comparer. + + The type of the objects to be compared + The expected object + The actual object + The comparer used to examine the objects + Thrown when the objects are equal + + + + Verifies that two values are not equal, within the number of decimal + places given by . + + The expected value + The value to be compared against + The number of decimal places (valid values: 0-15) + Thrown when the values are equal + + + + Verifies that two values are not equal, within the number of decimal + places given by . + + The expected value + The value to be compared against + The number of decimal places (valid values: 0-15) + Thrown when the values are equal + + + + Verifies that two objects are strictly not equal, using the type's default comparer. + + The type of the objects to be compared + The expected object + The actual object + Thrown when the objects are equal + + + + Verifies that the exact exception is thrown (and not a derived exception type). + + The type of the exception expected to be thrown + A delegate to the code to be tested + The exception that was thrown, when successful + Thrown when an exception was not thrown, or when an exception of the incorrect type is thrown + + + + Verifies that the exact exception is thrown (and not a derived exception type). + Generally used to test property accessors. + + The type of the exception expected to be thrown + A delegate to the code to be tested + The exception that was thrown, when successful + Thrown when an exception was not thrown, or when an exception of the incorrect type is thrown + + + + + + + Verifies that the exact exception is thrown (and not a derived exception type). + + The type of the exception expected to be thrown + A delegate to the task to be tested + The exception that was thrown, when successful + Thrown when an exception was not thrown, or when an exception of the incorrect type is thrown + + + + Verifies that the exact exception or a derived exception type is thrown. + + The type of the exception expected to be thrown + A delegate to the code to be tested + The exception that was thrown, when successful + Thrown when an exception was not thrown, or when an exception of the incorrect type is thrown + + + + Verifies that the exact exception or a derived exception type is thrown. + Generally used to test property accessors. + + The type of the exception expected to be thrown + A delegate to the code to be tested + The exception that was thrown, when successful + Thrown when an exception was not thrown, or when an exception of the incorrect type is thrown + + + + Verifies that the exact exception is thrown (and not a derived exception type). + + The type of the exception expected to be thrown + A delegate to the task to be tested + The exception that was thrown, when successful + Thrown when an exception was not thrown, or when an exception of the incorrect type is thrown + + + + Verifies that the exact exception is thrown (and not a derived exception type). + + The type of the exception expected to be thrown + A delegate to the code to be tested + The exception that was thrown, when successful + Thrown when an exception was not thrown, or when an exception of the incorrect type is thrown + + + + Verifies that the exact exception is thrown (and not a derived exception type). + Generally used to test property accessors. + + The type of the exception expected to be thrown + A delegate to the code to be tested + The exception that was thrown, when successful + Thrown when an exception was not thrown, or when an exception of the incorrect type is thrown + + + + Verifies that the exact exception is thrown (and not a derived exception type). + + The type of the exception expected to be thrown + A delegate to the task to be tested + The exception that was thrown, when successful + Thrown when an exception was not thrown, or when an exception of the incorrect type is thrown + + + + Verifies that the exact exception is thrown (and not a derived exception type), where the exception + derives from and has the given parameter name. + + The parameter name that is expected to be in the exception + A delegate to the code to be tested + The exception that was thrown, when successful + Thrown when an exception was not thrown, or when an exception of the incorrect type is thrown + + + + Verifies that the exact exception is thrown (and not a derived exception type), where the exception + derives from and has the given parameter name. + + The parameter name that is expected to be in the exception + A delegate to the code to be tested + The exception that was thrown, when successful + Thrown when an exception was not thrown, or when an exception of the incorrect type is thrown + + + + + + + Verifies that the exact exception is thrown (and not a derived exception type), where the exception + derives from and has the given parameter name. + + The parameter name that is expected to be in the exception + A delegate to the task to be tested + The exception that was thrown, when successful + Thrown when an exception was not thrown, or when an exception of the incorrect type is thrown + + + + + + + Records any exception which is thrown by the given code. + + The code which may thrown an exception. + Returns the exception that was thrown by the code; null, otherwise. + + + + Records any exception which is thrown by the given code that has + a return value. Generally used for testing property accessors. + + The code which may thrown an exception. + Returns the exception that was thrown by the code; null, otherwise. + + + + + + + Records any exception which is thrown by the given task. + + The task which may thrown an exception. + Returns the exception that was thrown by the code; null, otherwise. + + + + Verifies that two objects are not the same instance. + + The expected object instance + The actual object instance + Thrown when the objects are the same instance + + + + Verifies that two objects are the same instance. + + The expected object instance + The actual object instance + Thrown when the objects are not the same instance + + + + Verifies that an object reference is not null. + + The object to be validated + Thrown when the object is not null + + + + Verifies that an object reference is null. + + The object to be inspected + Thrown when the object reference is not null + + + + Verifies that the provided object raised INotifyPropertyChanged.PropertyChanged + as a result of executing the given test code. + + The object which should raise the notification + The property name for which the notification should be raised + The test code which should cause the notification to be raised + Thrown when the notification is not raised + + + + Verifies that a value is within a given range. + + The type of the value to be compared + The actual value to be evaluated + The (inclusive) low value of the range + The (inclusive) high value of the range + Thrown when the value is not in the given range + + + + Verifies that a value is within a given range, using a comparer. + + The type of the value to be compared + The actual value to be evaluated + The (inclusive) low value of the range + The (inclusive) high value of the range + The comparer used to evaluate the value's range + Thrown when the value is not in the given range + + + + Verifies that a value is not within a given range, using the default comparer. + + The type of the value to be compared + The actual value to be evaluated + The (inclusive) low value of the range + The (inclusive) high value of the range + Thrown when the value is in the given range + + + + Verifies that a value is not within a given range, using a comparer. + + The type of the value to be compared + The actual value to be evaluated + The (inclusive) low value of the range + The (inclusive) high value of the range + The comparer used to evaluate the value's range + Thrown when the value is in the given range + + + + Verifies that a set is a proper subset of another set. + + The type of the object to be verified + The expected superset + The set expected to be a proper subset + Thrown when the actual set is not a proper subset of the expected set + + + + Verifies that a set is a proper superset of another set. + + The type of the object to be verified + The expected subset + The set expected to be a proper superset + Thrown when the actual set is not a proper superset of the expected set + + + + Verifies that a set is a subset of another set. + + The type of the object to be verified + The expected superset + The set expected to be a subset + Thrown when the actual set is not a subset of the expected set + + + + Verifies that a set is a superset of another set. + + The type of the object to be verified + The expected subset + The set expected to be a superset + Thrown when the actual set is not a superset of the expected set + + + + Verifies that a string contains a given sub-string, using the current culture. + + The sub-string expected to be in the string + The string to be inspected + Thrown when the sub-string is not present inside the string + + + + Verifies that a string contains a given sub-string, using the given comparison type. + + The sub-string expected to be in the string + The string to be inspected + The type of string comparison to perform + Thrown when the sub-string is not present inside the string + + + + Verifies that a string does not contain a given sub-string, using the current culture. + + The sub-string which is expected not to be in the string + The string to be inspected + Thrown when the sub-string is present inside the string + + + + Verifies that a string does not contain a given sub-string, using the current culture. + + The sub-string which is expected not to be in the string + The string to be inspected + The type of string comparison to perform + Thrown when the sub-string is present inside the given string + + + + Verifies that a string starts with a given string, using the current culture. + + The string expected to be at the start of the string + The string to be inspected + Thrown when the string does not start with the expected string + + + + Verifies that a string starts with a given string, using the given comparison type. + + The string expected to be at the start of the string + The string to be inspected + The type of string comparison to perform + Thrown when the string does not start with the expected string + + + + Verifies that a string ends with a given string, using the current culture. + + The string expected to be at the end of the string + The string to be inspected + Thrown when the string does not end with the expected string + + + + Verifies that a string ends with a given string, using the given comparison type. + + The string expected to be at the end of the string + The string to be inspected + The type of string comparison to perform + Thrown when the string does not end with the expected string + + + + Verifies that a string matches a regular expression. + + The regex pattern expected to match + The string to be inspected + Thrown when the string does not match the regex pattern + + + + Verifies that a string matches a regular expression. + + The regex expected to match + The string to be inspected + Thrown when the string does not match the regex + + + + Verifies that a string does not match a regular expression. + + The regex pattern expected not to match + The string to be inspected + Thrown when the string matches the regex pattern + + + + Verifies that a string does not match a regular expression. + + The regex expected not to match + The string to be inspected + Thrown when the string matches the regex + + + + Verifies that two strings are equivalent. + + The expected string value. + The actual string value. + Thrown when the strings are not equivalent. + + + + Verifies that two strings are equivalent. + + The expected string value. + The actual string value. + If set to true, ignores cases differences. The invariant culture is used. + If set to true, treats \r\n, \r, and \n as equivalent. + If set to true, treats spaces and tabs (in any non-zero quantity) as equivalent. + Thrown when the strings are not equivalent. + + + + Verifies that an object is of the given type or a derived type. + + The type the object should be + The object to be evaluated + The object, casted to type T when successful + Thrown when the object is not the given type + + + + Verifies that an object is of the given type or a derived type. + + The type the object should be + The object to be evaluated + Thrown when the object is not the given type + + + + Verifies that an object is not exactly the given type. + + The type the object should not be + The object to be evaluated + Thrown when the object is the given type + + + + Verifies that an object is not exactly the given type. + + The type the object should not be + The object to be evaluated + Thrown when the object is the given type + + + + Verifies that an object is exactly the given type (and not a derived type). + + The type the object should be + The object to be evaluated + The object, casted to type T when successful + Thrown when the object is not the given type + + + + Verifies that an object is exactly the given type (and not a derived type). + + The type the object should be + The object to be evaluated + Thrown when the object is not the given type + + + + Formats arguments for display in theories. + + + + + Format the value for presentation. + + The value to be formatted. + The formatted value. + + + + Default implementation of used by the xUnit.net range assertions. + + The type that is being compared. + + + + + + + Default implementation of used by the xUnit.net equality assertions. + + The type that is being compared. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Set to true to skip type equality checks. + The inner comparer to be used when the compared objects are enumerable. + + + + + + + + + + A class that wraps to create . + + The type that is being compared. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The comparer that is being adapted. + + + + + + + + + + Base class for exceptions that have actual and expected values + + + + + The base assert exception class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The user message to be displayed + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The user message to be displayed + The inner exception + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The user message to be displayed + The stack trace to be displayed + + + + + + + Gets a string representation of the frames on the call stack at the time the current exception was thrown. + + A string that describes the contents of the call stack, with the most recent method call appearing first. + + + + Gets the user message + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The expected value + The actual value + The user message to be shown + The title to use for the expected value (defaults to "Expected") + The title to use for the actual value (defaults to "Actual") + + + + Gets the actual value. + + + + + Gets the title used for the actual value. + + + + + Gets the expected value. + + + + + Gets the title used for the expected value. + + + + + Gets a message that describes the current exception. Includes the expected and actual values. + + The error message that explains the reason for the exception, or an empty string(""). + 1 + + + + Exception thrown when the collection did not contain exactly the given number element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The expected number of items in the collection. + The actual number of items in the collection. + + + + Exception thrown when Assert.Collection fails. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The expected number of items in the collection. + The actual number of items in the collection. + The index of the position where the first comparison failure occurred. + The exception that was thrown during the comparison failure. + + + + The actual number of items in the collection. + + + + + The expected number of items in the collection. + + + + + The index of the position where the first comparison failure occurred, or -1 if + comparisions did not occur (because the actual and expected counts differed). + + + + + + + + + + + Exception thrown when an All assertion has one or more items fail an assertion. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The total number of items that were in the collection. + The list of errors that occurred during the test pass. + + + + The errors that occurred during execution of the test. + + + + + + + + Exception thrown when a collection unexpectedly does not contain the expected value. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The expected object value + The actual value + + + + Exception thrown when a collection unexpectedly contains the expected value. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The expected object value + The actual value + + + + Exception thrown when a string unexpectedly matches a regular expression. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The regular expression pattern expected not to match + The actual value + + + + Exception thrown when a collection is unexpectedly not empty. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + Exception thrown when a string does not end with the expected value. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The expected string value + The actual value + + + + Exception thrown when two values are unexpectedly not equal. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The expected object value + The actual object value + + + + Creates a new instance of the class for string comparisons. + + The expected string value + The actual string value + The first index in the expected string where the strings differ + The first index in the actual string where the strings differ + + + + Gets the index into the actual value where the values first differed. + Returns -1 if the difference index points were not provided. + + + + + Gets the index into the expected value where the values first differed. + Returns -1 if the difference index points were not provided. + + + + + + + + Exception thrown when a value is unexpectedly true. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The user message to be display, or null for the default message + The actual value + + + + Exception thrown when a value is unexpectedly not in the given range. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The actual object value + The low value of the range + The high value of the range + + + + Gets the actual object value + + + + + Gets the high value of the range + + + + + Gets the low value of the range + + + + + Gets a message that describes the current exception. + + The error message that explains the reason for the exception, or an empty string(""). + + + + Exception thrown when the value is unexpectedly not of the given type or a derived type. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The expected type + The actual object value + + + + Exception thrown when the value is unexpectedly of the exact given type. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The expected type + The actual object value + + + + Exception thrown when the value is unexpectedly not of the exact given type. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The expected type name + The actual type name + + + + Exception thrown when a string does not match a regular expression. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The expected regular expression pattern + The actual value + + + + Exception thrown when a collection is unexpectedly empty. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + Exception thrown when two values are unexpectedly equal. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + Exception thrown when a value is unexpectedly in the given range. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The actual object value + The low value of the range + The high value of the range + + + + Gets the actual object value + + + + + Gets the high value of the range + + + + + Gets the low value of the range + + + + + Gets a message that describes the current exception. + + The error message that explains the reason for the exception, or an empty string(""). + + + + Exception thrown when an object is unexpectedly null. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + Exception thrown when two values are unexpected the same instance. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + Exception thrown when an object reference is unexpectedly not null. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Exception to be thrown from theory execution when the number of + parameter values does not the test method signature. + + + + + + + + Exception thrown when a set is not a proper subset of another set. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + Exception thrown when a set is not a proper superset of another set. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + Exception thrown when code unexpectedly fails change a property. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. Call this constructor + when no exception was thrown. + + The name of the property that was expected to be changed. + + + + Exception thrown when two object references are unexpectedly not the same instance. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The expected object reference + The actual object reference + + + + Exception thrown when the collection did not contain exactly one element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The numbers of items in the collection. + + + + Exception thrown when a string does not start with the expected value. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The expected string value + The actual value + + + + Exception thrown when a set is not a subset of another set. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + Exception thrown when a set is not a superset of another set. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + Exception thrown when code unexpectedly fails to throw an exception. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. Call this constructor + when no exception was thrown. + + The type of the exception that was expected + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. Call this constructor + when an exception of the wrong type was thrown. + + The type of the exception that was expected + The actual exception that was thrown + + + + THIS CONSTRUCTOR IS FOR UNIT TESTING PURPOSES ONLY. + + + + + Gets a string representation of the frames on the call stack at the time the current exception was thrown. + + A string that describes the contents of the call stack, with the most recent method call appearing first. + + + + Exception thrown when a value is unexpectedly false. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The user message to be displayed, or null for the default message + The actual value + + + diff --git a/lib/XUnit2/xunit.console.exe b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.console.exe new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b31265 Binary files /dev/null and b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.console.exe differ diff --git a/lib/XUnit2/xunit.console.exe.config b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.console.exe.config new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f7877d --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.console.exe.config @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/lib/XUnit2/xunit.console.x86.exe b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.console.x86.exe new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c3e5948 Binary files /dev/null and b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.console.x86.exe differ diff --git a/lib/XUnit2/xunit.console.x86.exe.config b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.console.x86.exe.config new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f68633b --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.console.x86.exe.config @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.dll b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b3a5816 Binary files /dev/null and b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.dll differ diff --git a/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.dll.tdnet b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.dll.tdnet new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4d8afc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.dll.tdnet @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ + + xUnit.net {0}.{1}.{2} build {3} + xunit.runner.tdnet.dll + Xunit.Runner.TdNet.TdNetRunner + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.pdb b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.pdb new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4d3388 Binary files /dev/null and b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.pdb differ diff --git a/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.props b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.props new file mode 100644 index 0000000..22abad6 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.props @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + + + %(Filename)%(Extension) + PreserveNewest + False + + + xunit.execution.desktop.dll + PreserveNewest + False + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.xml b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f1e258f --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.core.xml @@ -0,0 +1,940 @@ + + + + xunit.core + + + + + Rethrows an exception object without losing the existing stack trace information + + The exception to re-throw. + + For more information on this technique, see + http://www.dotnetjunkies.com/WebLog/chris.taylor/archive/2004/03/03/8353.aspx. + The remote_stack_trace string is here to support Mono. + + + + + Unwraps an exception to remove any wrappers, like . + + The exception to unwrap. + The unwrapped exception. + + + + Guard class, used for guard clauses and argument validation + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates the default display name format for test methods. + + + + + Use a fully qualified name (namespace + class + method) + + + + + Use just the method name (without class) + + + + + Formats arguments for display in theories. + + + + + Format the value for presentation. + + The value to be formatted. + The formatted value. + + + + Default implementation of used by the xUnit.net equality assertions. + + The type that is being compared. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Set to true to skip type equality checks. + The inner comparer to be used when the compared objects are enumerable. + + + + + + + + + + A class that wraps to create . + + The type that is being compared. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The comparer that is being adapted. + + + + + + + + + + Used to declare a specific test collection for a test class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The test collection name. + + + + Defines the built-in behavior types for collections in xUnit.net. + + + + + By default, generates a collection per assembly, and any test classes that are not + decorated with will be placed into the assembly-level + collection. + + + + + By default, generates a collection per test class for any test classes that are not + decorated with . + + + + + Used to declare a the default test collection behavior for the assembly. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The collection behavior for the assembly. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The type name of the test collection factory (that implements ). + The assembly that exists in. + + + + Determines whether tests in this assembly are run in parallel. + + + + + Determines how many tests can run in parallel with each other. + + + + + Used to declare a test collection container class. The container class gives + developers a place to attach interfaces like and + that will be applied to all tests classes + that are members of the test collection. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The test collection name. + + + + Attribute that is applied to a method to indicate that it is a fact that should be run + by the test runner. It can also be extended to support a customized definition of a + test method. + + + + + Gets the name of the test to be used when the test is skipped. Defaults to + null, which will cause the fully qualified test name to be used. + + + + + Marks the test so that it will not be run, and gets or sets the skip reason + + + + + Used to decorate xUnit.net test classes and collections to indicate a test which has + per-test-class fixture data. An instance of the fixture data is initialized just before + the first test in the class is run, and if it implements IDisposable, is disposed + after the last test in the class is run. To gain access to the fixture data from + inside the test, a constructor argument should be added to the test class which + exactly matches the . + + The type of the fixture. + + + + Used to decorate xUnit.net test classes and collections to indicate a test which has + per-test-collection fixture data. An instance of the fixture data is initialized just before + the first test in the collection is run, and if it implements IDisposable, is disposed + after the last test in the collection is run. To gain access to the fixture data from + inside the test, a constructor argument should be added to the test class which + exactly matches the . + + The type of the fixture. + + + + Provides a data source for a data theory, with the data coming from inline values. + + + + + Abstract attribute which represents a data source for a data theory. + Data source providers derive from this attribute and implement GetData + to return the data for the theory. + + + + + Returns the data to be used to test the theory. + + The method that is being tested + One or more sets of theory data. Each invocation of the test method + is represented by a single object array. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The data values to pass to the theory. + + + + + + + A class implements this interface to participate in ordering tests + for the test runner. Test collection orderers are applied using the + , which can be applied at + the assembly level. + + + + + Orders test collections for execution. + + The test collections to be ordered. + The test collections in the order to be run. + + + + Provides a data source for a data theory, with the data coming from one of the following sources: + 1. A static property + 2. A static field + 3. A static method (with parameters) + The member must return something compatible with IEnumerable<object[]> with the test data. + + + + + Provides a base class for attributes that will provide member data. The member data must return + something compatible with . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the public static member on the test class that will provide the test data + The parameters for the member (only supported for methods; ignored for everything else) + + + + + + + Converts an item yielded by the data member to an object array, for return from . + + The method that is being tested. + An item yielded from the data member. + An suitable for return from . + + + + Returns true if the data attribute wants to skip enumerating data during discovery. + This will cause the theory to yield a single test case for all data, and the data discovery + will be during test execution instead of discovery. + + + + + Gets the member name. + + + + + Gets or sets the type to retrieve the member from. If not set, then the property will be + retrieved from the unit test class. + + + + + Gets or sets the parameters passed to the member. Only supported for static methods. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the public static member on the test class that will provide the test data + The parameters for the member (only supported for methods; ignored for everything else) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Allows the user to record actions for a test. + + + + + Records any exception which is thrown by the given code. + + The code which may thrown an exception. + Returns the exception that was thrown by the code; null, otherwise. + + + + Records any exception which is thrown by the given code that has + a return value. Generally used for testing property accessors. + + The code which may thrown an exception. + Returns the exception that was thrown by the code; null, otherwise. + + + + + + + Records any exception which is thrown by the given task. + + The task which may thrown an exception. + Returns the exception that was thrown by the code; null, otherwise. + + + + + + + Base attribute which indicates a test method interception (allows code to be run before and + after the test is run). + + + + + This method is called after the test method is executed. + + The method under test + + + + This method is called before the test method is executed. + + The method under test + + + + Implementation of for discovering . + + + + + Default implementation of . Uses reflection to find the + data associated with ; may return null when called + without reflection-based abstraction implementations. + + + + + This class is responsible for discovering the data available in an implementation + of . The discovery process may not always have access + to reflection (i.e., running in Resharper), so the discoverer must make a best + effort to return data, but may return null when there is not enough information + available (for example, if reflection is required to answer the question). + + + + + Returns the data to be used to test the theory. + + + This will be called during + discovery, at which point the may or may not + be backed by reflection (i.e., implementing ). + If the data is not available because reflection is required, then you may return + null to inform xUnit that the quantity of data is unknown at this point. + When the tests are run, if you returned back null during discovery, then this method + will be called again to retrieve the data, this time guaranteed to provide + an implementation of . At this time, you + must return the actual data, and returning null is not legal. + + The data attribute being discovered + The method that is being tested/discovered + The theory data (or null during discovery, if not enough + information is available to enumerate the data) + + + + Returns true if the data attribute supports enumeration during + discovery; false otherwise. Data attributes with expensive computational + costs should return false. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + An attribute used to decorate classes which derive from , + to indicate how data elements should be discovered. + + + + + Initializes an instance of . + + The fully qualified type name of the discoverer + (f.e., 'Xunit.Sdk.DataDiscoverer') + The name of the assembly that the discoverer type + is located in, without file extension (f.e., 'xunit.execution') + + + + Aggregates exceptions. Intended to run one or more code blocks, and collect the + exceptions thrown by those code blocks. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class that + contains the exception list of its parent. + + The parent aggregator to copy exceptions from. + + + + Adds an exception to the aggregator. + + The exception to be added. + + + + Adds exceptions from another aggregator into this aggregator. + + The aggregator whose exceptions should be copied. + + + + Clears the aggregator. + + + + + Runs the code, catching the exception that is thrown and adding it to + the aggregate. + + The code to be run. + + + + Runs the code, catching the exception that is thrown and adding it to + the aggregate. + + The code to be run. + + + + Runs the code, catching the exception that is thrown and adding it to + the aggregate. + + The code to be run. + + + + Returns an exception that represents the exceptions thrown by the code + passed to the or method. + + Returns null if no exceptions were thrown; returns the + exact exception is a single exception was thrown; returns + if more than one exception was thrown. + + + + Returns true if the aggregator has at least one exception inside it. + + + + + Used by discovery, execution, and extensibility code to send messages to the runner. + + + + + Queues a message to be sent to the runner. + + The message to be sent to the runner + + Returns true if discovery/execution should continue; false, otherwise. + The return value may be safely ignored by components which are not directly responsible + for discovery or execution, and this is intended to communicate to those sub-systems that + that they should short circuit and stop their work as quickly as is reasonable. + + + + + Implementation of used to discover the data + provided by . + + + + + + + + + + + A class implements this interface to participate in ordering tests + for the test runner. Test case orderers are applied using the + , which can be applied at + the assembly, test collection, and test class level. + + + + + Orders test cases for execution. + + The test cases to be ordered. + The test cases in the order to be run. + + + + Marker interface that must be implemented by test framework attributes, so + that the test framework attribute discoverer can find them. + + + + + Interface to be implemented by classes which are used to discover the test framework. + + + + + Gets the type that implements to be used to discover + and run tests. + + The test framework attribute that decorated the assembly + The test framework type + + + + Marker interface used by attributes which provide trait data. + + + + + This interface is implemented by discoverers that provide trait values to + xUnit.net v2 tests. + + + + + Gets the trait values from the trait attribute. + + The trait attribute containing the trait values. + The trait values. + + + + Interface to be implemented by classes which are used to discover tests cases attached + to test methods that are attributed with (or a subclass). + + + + + Discover test cases from a test method. + + The discovery options to be used. + The test method the test cases belong to. + The fact attribute attached to the test method. + Returns zero or more test cases represented by the test method. + + + + Represents a single test case from xUnit.net v2. + + + + + Executes the test case, returning 0 or more result messages through the message sink. + + The message sink used to send diagnostic messages to. + The message bus to report results to. + The arguments to pass to the constructor. + The error aggregator to use for catching exception. + The cancellation token source that indicates whether cancellation has been requested. + Returns the summary of the test case run. + + + + Gets the method to be run. Differs from . in that + any generic argument types will have been closed based on the arguments. + + + + + This interface is intended to be implemented by components which generate test collections. + End users specify the desired test collection factory by applying + at the assembly level. Classes which implement this interface must have a constructor + that takes and . + + + + + Gets the test collection for a given test class. + + The test class. + The test collection. + + + + Gets the display name for the test collection factory. This information is shown to the end + user as part of the description of the test environment. + + + + + Marks an assembly as a platform specific assembly for use with xUnit.net. Type references from + such assemblies are allowed to use a special suffix ("My.Assembly.{Platform}"), which will + automatically be translated into the correct platform-specific name ("My.Assembly.desktop", + "My.Assembly.win8", etc.). This affects both extensibility points which require specifying + a string-based type name and assembly, as well as serialization. The supported platform target + names include: + "desktop" (for desktop and PCL tests), + "iOS-Universal" (for Xamarin test projects targeting iOS), + "MonoAndroid" (for Xamarin MonoAndroid tests), + "MonoTouch" (for Xamarin MonoTouch tests), + "universal" (for Windows Phone 8.1 and Windows 8.1 tests), + "win8" (for Modern Windows 8 tests), and + "wp8" (for Windows Phone 8 Silverlight tests). + Note that file names may be case sensitive (when running on platforms with case sensitive + file systems like Linux), so ensure that your assembly file name casing is consistent, and + that you use the suffixes here with the exact case shown. + + + + + Represents the statistical summary from a run of one or more tests. + + + + + The total number of tests run. + + + + + The number of failed tests. + + + + + The number of skipped tests. + + + + + The total time taken to run the tests, in seconds. + + + + + Adds a run summary's totals into this run summary. + + The run summary to be added. + + + + Decorates an implementation of that is used to + determine which test framework is used to discover and run tests. + + + + + Initializes an instance of . + + The fully qualified type name of the discoverer + (f.e., 'Xunit.Sdk.DataDiscoverer') + The name of the assembly that the discoverer type + is located in, without file extension (f.e., 'xunit.execution') + + + + An attribute used to decorate classes which derive from , + to indicate how test cases should be discovered. + + + + + Initializes an instance of the class. + + The fully qualified type name of the discoverer + (f.e., 'Xunit.Sdk.FactDiscoverer') + The name of the assembly that the discoverer type + is located in, without file extension (f.e., 'xunit.execution') + + + + The implementation of which returns the trait values + for . + + + + + + + + An attribute used to decorate classes which implement , + to indicate how trait values should be discovered. The discoverer type must implement + . + + + + + Initializes an instance of . + + The fully qualified type name of the discoverer + (f.e., 'Xunit.Sdk.TraitDiscoverer') + The name of the assembly that the discoverer type + is located in, without file extension (f.e., 'xunit.execution') + + + + Used to decorate an assembly to allow the use a custom . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The type name of the orderer class (that implements ). + The assembly that exists in. + + + + Used to decorate an assembly, test collection, or test class to allow + the use a custom . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The type name of the orderer class (that implements ). + The assembly that exists in. + + + + Used to decorate an assembly to allow the use a custom . + + + + + Initializes an instance of . + + The fully qualified type name of the test framework + (f.e., 'Xunit.Sdk.XunitTestFramework') + The name of the assembly that the test framework type + is located in, without file extension (f.e., 'xunit.execution') + + + + Marks a test method as being a data theory. Data theories are tests which are fed + various bits of data from a data source, mapping to parameters on the test method. + If the data source contains multiple rows, then the test method is executed + multiple times (once with each data row). Data is provided by attributes which + derive from (notably, and + ). + + + + + Provides data for theories based on collection initialization syntax. + + + + + Adds a row to the theory. + + The values to be added. + + + + + + + + + + Represents a set of data for a theory with a single parameter. Data can + be added to the data set using the collection initializer syntax. + + The parameter type. + + + + Adds data to the theory data set. + + The data value. + + + + Represents a set of data for a theory with 2 parameters. Data can + be added to the data set using the collection initializer syntax. + + The first parameter type. + The second parameter type. + + + + Adds data to the theory data set. + + The first data value. + The second data value. + + + + Represents a set of data for a theory with 3 parameters. Data can + be added to the data set using the collection initializer syntax. + + The first parameter type. + The second parameter type. + The third parameter type. + + + + Adds data to the theory data set. + + The first data value. + The second data value. + The third data value. + + + + Represents a set of data for a theory with 3 parameters. Data can + be added to the data set using the collection initializer syntax. + + The first parameter type. + The second parameter type. + The third parameter type. + The fourth parameter type. + + + + Adds data to the theory data set. + + The first data value. + The second data value. + The third data value. + The fourth data value. + + + + Represents a set of data for a theory with 3 parameters. Data can + be added to the data set using the collection initializer syntax. + + The first parameter type. + The second parameter type. + The third parameter type. + The fourth parameter type. + The fifth parameter type. + + + + Adds data to the theory data set. + + The first data value. + The second data value. + The third data value. + The fourth data value. + The fifth data value. + + + + Attribute used to decorate a test method with arbitrary name/value pairs ("traits"). + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The trait name + The trait value + + + diff --git a/lib/XUnit2/xunit.execution.desktop.dll b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.execution.desktop.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ae40be1 Binary files /dev/null and b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.execution.desktop.dll differ diff --git a/lib/XUnit2/xunit.runner.tdnet.dll b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.runner.tdnet.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6acf324 Binary files /dev/null and b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.runner.tdnet.dll differ diff --git a/lib/XUnit2/xunit.runner.utility.desktop.dll b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.runner.utility.desktop.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a90ee09 Binary files /dev/null and b/lib/XUnit2/xunit.runner.utility.desktop.dll differ diff --git a/src/AutoTest.Minimizer.TestIdentifiers.XUnit2.Tests/AutoTest.Minimizer.TestIdentifiers.XUnit2.Tests.csproj b/src/AutoTest.Minimizer.TestIdentifiers.XUnit2.Tests/AutoTest.Minimizer.TestIdentifiers.XUnit2.Tests.csproj new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1993681 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/AutoTest.Minimizer.TestIdentifiers.XUnit2.Tests/AutoTest.Minimizer.TestIdentifiers.XUnit2.Tests.csproj @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + {3A728527-ADAE-4D9F-8633-AF87DC24AF36} + Library + Properties + AutoTest.Minimizer.TestIdentifiers.XUnit2.Tests + AutoTest.Minimizer.TestIdentifiers.XUnit2.Tests + v4.5 + 512 + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + ..\..\lib\cecil deploy\Mono.Cecil.dll + + + ..\..\lib\NUnit\nunit.framework.dll + + + + + + ..\..\lib\XUnit2\xunit.abstractions.dll + + + ..\..\lib\XUnit2\xunit.assert.dll + + + ..\..\lib\XUnit2\xunit.core.dll + + + + + + + + + {f59add6e-822a-4f5f-92cc-896f4669c740} + AutoTest.Graphs + + + {56533c4f-da7b-4db3-8a08-37e9a901d15f} + AutoTest.Minimizer + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/AutoTest.Minimizer.TestIdentifiers.XUnit2.Tests/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/src/AutoTest.Minimizer.TestIdentifiers.XUnit2.Tests/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9d98c0b --- /dev/null +++ b/src/AutoTest.Minimizer.TestIdentifiers.XUnit2.Tests/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("AutoTest.Minimizer.TestIdentifiers.XUnit2.Tests")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("AutoTest.Minimizer.TestIdentifiers.XUnit2.Tests")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © 2015")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("af4a8a1c-a572-4a84-bd3f-bf8c6c37a7fc")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers +// by using the '*' as shown below: +// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/src/AutoTest.Minimizer.TestIdentifiers.XUnit2.Tests/xUnit2TestIdentifierTests.cs b/src/AutoTest.Minimizer.TestIdentifiers.XUnit2.Tests/xUnit2TestIdentifierTests.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000..73db45f --- /dev/null +++ b/src/AutoTest.Minimizer.TestIdentifiers.XUnit2.Tests/xUnit2TestIdentifierTests.cs @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +using System; +using Mono.Cecil; +using NUnit.Framework; +using Xunit; +using Assert = NUnit.Framework.Assert; + +namespace AutoTest.Minimizer.TestIdentifiers.XUnit2.Tests +{ + static class AssemblyReferenceExtension + { + public static TypeDefinition GetTypeDefinition(this AssemblyDefinition assembly) + { + var type = assembly.MainModule.GetType(typeof(T).FullName); + Assert.IsNotNull(type, "type " + typeof(T).FullName + " was null"); + return type; + } + + public static TypeDefinition GetTypeDefinition(this AssemblyDefinition assembly, Type t) + { + var type = assembly.MainModule.GetType(t.FullName); + Assert.IsNotNull(type, "type " + t.FullName + " was null"); + return type; + } + + + public static MethodDefinition GetMethodDefinition(this AssemblyDefinition assembly, Type t, string name) + { + var type = assembly.GetTypeDefinition(t); + foreach (var method in type.Methods) + { + if (method.Name == name) + return method; + } + throw new MissingMethodException("Unable to find method: " + name); + } + + public static MethodDefinition GetMethodDefinition(this AssemblyDefinition assembly, string name) + { + var type = assembly.GetTypeDefinition(); + foreach (var method in type.Methods) + { + if (method.Name == name) + return method; + } + throw new MissingMethodException("Unable to find method: " + name); + } + } + + public class AssemblyTestFixture + { + protected AssemblyDefinition assembly; + + [SetUp] + public virtual void SetUp() + { + var mdr = new DefaultAssemblyResolver(); + assembly = mdr.Resolve("AutoTest.Minimizer.TestIdentifiers.XUnit2.Tests"); + Assert.IsNotNull(assembly, "assembly was null"); + } + } + + [TestFixture] + public class xUnit2TestIdentifierTests : AssemblyTestFixture + { + private readonly XUnit2TestIdentifier identifier = new XUnit2TestIdentifier(); + + [Test] + public void can_identify_a_xunit_test() + { + var method = assembly.GetMethodDefinition("a_test"); + Assert.IsTrue(identifier.IsTest(method)); + } + + + [Test] + public void does_not_identify_an_abstract_test() + { + var method = assembly.GetMethodDefinition("abstract_test"); + Assert.IsFalse(identifier.IsTest(method)); + } + + [Test] + public void does_not_identify_a_test_inabstract_class() + { + var method = assembly.GetMethodDefinition("a_test"); + Assert.IsFalse(identifier.IsTest(method)); + } + + [Test] + public void does_not_identify_non_test_as_test() + { + var method = assembly.GetMethodDefinition("not_a_test"); + Assert.IsFalse(identifier.IsTest(method)); + } + + [Test] + public void can_identify_constructor_as_setup() + { + var method = assembly.GetMethodDefinition(".ctor"); + Assert.IsTrue(identifier.IsSetup(method)); + } + + [Test] + public void can_identify_finalizer_as_teardown() + { + var method = assembly.GetMethodDefinition("Finalize"); + Assert.IsTrue(identifier.IsTeardown(method)); + } + + [Test] + public void can_identify_constructor_on_base_as_hidden_dependency() + { + var method = assembly.GetMethodDefinition("test"); + Assert.IsTrue(identifier.GetHiddenDependenciesForTest(method).Count == 1); + } + } + + public abstract class AbstractXUnit2TestFixture + { + [Fact] + public abstract void abstract_test(); + [Fact] + public void a_test(){} + } + + public class XUnitDerivedTestFixture : XUnitBaseFixture + { + [Fact] + public void test() + { + + } + } + + public class XUnitBaseFixture + { + public XUnitBaseFixture() + { + Console.Write("foo"); + } + } + + public class XUnit2TestFixture + { + public XUnit2TestFixture() + { + + } + + ~XUnit2TestFixture() + { + + } + + [Fact] + public void a_test() + { + + } + + public void not_a_test() + { + + } + + [Xunit.Theory, InlineData(5)] + public void data_driven_test(int x) + { + + } + } + +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/AutoTest.VM.Messages/Communication/NetClient.cs b/src/AutoTest.VM.Messages/Communication/NetClient.cs index 8e9c39a..27d4b5e 100644 --- a/src/AutoTest.VM.Messages/Communication/NetClient.cs +++ b/src/AutoTest.VM.Messages/Communication/NetClient.cs @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ private void Connect(string ip, int port, int retryCount) } catch { - Reconnect(retryCount); + Reconnect(retryCount, ip, port); } } @@ -67,12 +67,12 @@ public void Disconnect() _isConnected = false; } - private void Reconnect(int retryCount) + private void Reconnect(int retryCount, string ip = null, int? port = default (int)) { retryCount++; _readBuffer.SetLength(0); Disconnect(); - Connect(_currentIp, _currentPort, retryCount); + Connect(ip ?? _currentIp, port ?? _currentPort, retryCount); } private void ReadCompleted(IAsyncResult result) diff --git a/src/AutoTestExtensions.sln b/src/AutoTestExtensions.sln index 58ba894..4d03332 100644 --- a/src/AutoTestExtensions.sln +++ b/src/AutoTestExtensions.sln @@ -1,6 +1,8 @@  -Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 11.00 -# Visual Studio 2010 +Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 12.00 +# Visual Studio 2013 +VisualStudioVersion = 12.0.31101.0 +MinimumVisualStudioVersion = 10.0.40219.1 Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "AutoTest.VM", "AutoTest.VM\AutoTest.VM.csproj", "{FAA1D2AE-8A69-479E-9744-EE9BA489BC3F}" EndProject Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "AutoTest.VM.Messages", "AutoTest.VM.Messages\AutoTest.VM.Messages.csproj", "{052F78A0-E25A-4C48-8409-CA4DE76958E6}" @@ -47,6 +49,8 @@ Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "TestHarness", "TestHarness\ EndProject Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "TestProject", "TestProject\TestProject.csproj", "{88757110-1434-4E50-AA49-CAD0AD98364B}" EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "AutoTest.Minimizer.TestIdentifiers.XUnit2.Tests", "AutoTest.Minimizer.TestIdentifiers.XUnit2.Tests\AutoTest.Minimizer.TestIdentifiers.XUnit2.Tests.csproj", "{3A728527-ADAE-4D9F-8633-AF87DC24AF36}" +EndProject Global GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution Debug|Any CPU = Debug|Any CPU @@ -257,21 +261,32 @@ Global {88757110-1434-4E50-AA49-CAD0AD98364B}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {88757110-1434-4E50-AA49-CAD0AD98364B}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {88757110-1434-4E50-AA49-CAD0AD98364B}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3A728527-ADAE-4D9F-8633-AF87DC24AF36}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {3A728527-ADAE-4D9F-8633-AF87DC24AF36}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {3A728527-ADAE-4D9F-8633-AF87DC24AF36}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {3A728527-ADAE-4D9F-8633-AF87DC24AF36}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {3A728527-ADAE-4D9F-8633-AF87DC24AF36}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {3A728527-ADAE-4D9F-8633-AF87DC24AF36}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3A728527-ADAE-4D9F-8633-AF87DC24AF36}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3A728527-ADAE-4D9F-8633-AF87DC24AF36}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3A728527-ADAE-4D9F-8633-AF87DC24AF36}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3A728527-ADAE-4D9F-8633-AF87DC24AF36}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU EndGlobalSection GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution HideSolutionNode = FALSE EndGlobalSection GlobalSection(NestedProjects) = preSolution + {2C2984E7-8FE9-49DF-80D7-2B7E0489C152} = {89333AD7-954D-4B21-8D48-58677B2457D7} + {358B9AE1-8B60-41F6-B51A-AC6AA26C1974} = {89333AD7-954D-4B21-8D48-58677B2457D7} {F835CFE4-6A25-495F-B57B-1C09D0029B3A} = {1C07C567-A1C7-4BE9-81BA-5BE1DE043065} {12E94D98-E009-4FFB-A590-10E6B6317AA8} = {1C07C567-A1C7-4BE9-81BA-5BE1DE043065} {C95D507F-33D8-4D7C-8B99-81466E790A43} = {1C07C567-A1C7-4BE9-81BA-5BE1DE043065} + {EA4836C0-D7DA-4A94-8DA6-A5595A592FC8} = {F9222005-0E08-431C-B455-0F7214230356} {D41669FD-A2F4-4850-AE04-851047B55B50} = {1C07C567-A1C7-4BE9-81BA-5BE1DE043065} {7EFC1679-11C0-4C4D-92F6-739FFEDEB584} = {1C07C567-A1C7-4BE9-81BA-5BE1DE043065} {D0BC24E3-F0FD-4F3F-82A9-A37E01D470A9} = {1C07C567-A1C7-4BE9-81BA-5BE1DE043065} {03B78C5E-22B5-4D38-AA3C-8E5693CFDAFB} = {1C07C567-A1C7-4BE9-81BA-5BE1DE043065} {88757110-1434-4E50-AA49-CAD0AD98364B} = {1C07C567-A1C7-4BE9-81BA-5BE1DE043065} - {2C2984E7-8FE9-49DF-80D7-2B7E0489C152} = {89333AD7-954D-4B21-8D48-58677B2457D7} - {358B9AE1-8B60-41F6-B51A-AC6AA26C1974} = {89333AD7-954D-4B21-8D48-58677B2457D7} - {EA4836C0-D7DA-4A94-8DA6-A5595A592FC8} = {F9222005-0E08-431C-B455-0F7214230356} + {3A728527-ADAE-4D9F-8633-AF87DC24AF36} = {1C07C567-A1C7-4BE9-81BA-5BE1DE043065} EndGlobalSection EndGlobal